Autor: Editor

  • Three hundred Aesop’s fables

    Three hundred Aesop’s fables

    Aproximadamente 45.066 palavras.

    THREE HUNDRED
    ÆSOP’S FABLES

    LITERALLY TRANSLATED FROM THE GREEK

    By the
    Rev. George Fyler Townsend, M.A.

    LONDON
    GEORGE ROUTLEDGE AND SONS

    THE BROADWAY, LUDGATE
    NEW YORK: 416 BROOME STREET

    CONTENTS

    PREFACE
    LIFE OF AESOP
    AESOP’S FABLES
    The Lion And The Mouse
    The Wolf And The Lamb
    The Ass And The Grasshopper
    The Wolf and the Crane
    The Father And His Sons
    The Bat And The Weasels
    The Cock and the Jewel
    The Swallow and the Crow
    The Kingdom of the Lion
    The Traveler and His Dog
    The Ants and the Grasshopper
    The Hare and the Tortoise
    The Charcoal-Burner And The Fuller
    The Boy Hunting Locusts
    The Fisherman Piping
    The Dog and the Shadow
    Hercules and the Wagoner
    The Mole and His Mother
    The Herdsman and the Lost Bull
    The Fawn and His Mother
    The Ass, the Fox, and the Lion
    The Flies and the Honey-Pot
    The Lioness
    The Farmer and the Snake
    The Man and the Lion
    The Pomegranate, Apple-Tree, and Bramble
    The Farmer and the Stork
    The Mountain in Labor
    The Bear and the Fox
    The Tortoise and the Eagle
    The Fox and the Goat
    The Raven and the Swan
    The Thirsty Pigeon
    The Dog in the Manger
    The Oxen and the Axle-Trees
    The Farmer and the Cranes
    The Sick Lion
    The Bear and the Two Travelers
    The Fox Who Had Lost His Tail
    The Cat and the Cock
    The Wolf in Sheep’s Clothing
    The Goat and the Goatherd
    The Boasting Traveler
    The Lion in Love
    The Miser
    The Porker, the Sheep, and the Goat
    The Boy and the Filberts
    The Frogs Asking for a King
    The Laborer and the Snake
    The Lion, the Mouse, and the Fox
    The Horse and Groom
    The Ass and the Mule
    The Ass and the Lapdog
    The Oxen and the Butchers
    The Shepherd’s Boy and the Wolf
    The Boys and the Frogs
    The Salt Merchant and His Ass
    The Mischievous Dog
    The Goatherd and the Wild Goats
    The Man and His Two Sweethearts
    The Sick Stag
    The Boy and the Nettles
    The Astronomer
    The Wolves and the Sheep
    The Cat and the Birds
    The Vain Jackdaw
    The Kid and the Wolf
    The Old Woman and the Physician
    The Ox and the Frog
    The Farmer and His Sons
    The Heifer and the Ox
    The Fighting Cocks and the Eagle
    The Charger and the Miller
    The Fox and the Monkey
    The Horse and His Rider
    The Belly and the Members
    The Widow and Her Little Maidens
    The Vine and the Goat
    Jupiter and the Monkey
    The Hawk, the Kite, and the Pigeons
    The Dolphins, the Whales, and the Sprat
    The Swallow, the Serpent, and the Court of Justice
    The Two Pots
    The Shepherd and the Wolf
    The Crab and Its Mother
    The Father and His Two Daughters
    The Thief and His Mother
    The Old Man and Death
    The Fir-Tree and the Bramble
    The Æthiop
    The Mouse, the Frog, and the Hawk
    The Fisherman and His Nets
    The Wolf and the Sheep
    The Old Woman and the Wine-Jar
    The Man Bitten by a Dog
    The Huntsman and the Fisherman
    The Fox and the Crow
    The Widow and the Sheep
    The Playful Ass
    The Stag in the Ox-Stall
    The Two Dogs
    The Wild Ass and the Lion
    The Lion and the Dolphin
    The Eagle and the Arrow
    The Sick Kite
    The Lion and the Boar
    The Mice in Council
    The One-Eyed Doe
    The Mice and the Weasels
    The Shepherd and the Sea
    The Ass, the Cock, and the Lion
    The Rivers and the Sea
    The Wild Boar and the Fox
    The Milk-Woman and Her Pail
    The Bee and Jupiter
    The Wolf and the Housedog
    The Three Tradesmen
    The Ass Carrying the Image
    The Master and His Dogs
    The Old Hound
    The Two Travelers and the Axe
    The Old Lion
    The Wolf and the Shepherds
    The Seaside Travelers
    The Ass and His Shadow
    The Ass and His Masters
    Mercury and the Sculptor
    The Fox and the Woodcutter
    The Oak and the Reeds
    The Lion in a Farmyard
    The Wolf and the Lion
    The Birdcatcher, the Partridge, and the Cock
    The Ant and the Dove
    The Hares and the Frogs
    The Monkey and the Fishermen
    The Swan and the Goose
    The Doe and the Lion
    The Fisherman and the Little Fish
    The Hunter and the Woodman
    The Swollen Fox
    The Two Frogs
    The Lamp
    The Camel and the Arab
    The Miller, His Son, and Their Ass
    The Cat and the Mice
    The Mouse and the Bull
    The Dog and the Cook
    The Thieves and the Cock
    The Dancing Monkeys
    The Farmer and the Fox
    The Traveler and Fortune
    The Seagull and the Kite
    The Lion, the Bear, and the Fox
    The Philosopher, the Ants, and Mercury
    The Peasant and the Eagle
    The Fox and the Leopard
    The Lion and the Hare
    The Image of Mercury and the Carpenter
    The Lion, the Fox, and the Ass
    The Bull and the Goat
    The Bald Knight
    The Oaks and Jupiter
    The Monkeys and Their Mother
    The Hare and the Hound
    The Shepherd and the Dog
    The Oak and the Woodcutters
    The Wasp and the Snake
    The Peacock and the Crane
    The Hen and the Golden Eggs
    The Ass and the Frogs
    The Crow and the Raven
    The Trees and the Axe
    The Wolves and the Sheepdogs
    The Bull, the Lioness, and the Wild-Boar Hunter
    The Bowman and Lion
    The Camel
    The Crab and the Fox
    The Ass and the Old Shepherd
    The Fox and the Hedgehog
    The Woman and Her Hen
    The Kites and the Swans
    The Dog and the Hare
    The Hares and the Foxes
    The Bull and the Calf
    The Stag, the Wolf, and the Sheep
    The Eagle, the Cat, and the Wild Sow
    The Wolf and the Fox
    The Mule
    The Prophet
    The Two Frogs
    The Serpent and the Eagle
    The Crow and the Pitcher
    The Thief and the Innkeeper
    The Hart and the Vine
    The Gnat and the Lion
    The Fox and the Grapes
    The Walnut-Tree
    The Kid and the Wolf
    The Monkey and the Dolphin
    The Horse and the Stag
    The Jackdaw and the Doves
    The Fox and the Monkey
    The Man and His Wife
    The Man, the Horse, the Ox, and the Dog
    The Thief and the Housedog
    The Apes and the Two Travelers
    The Fox and the Lion
    The Weasel and the Mice
    The Boy Bathing
    The Peacock and Juno
    The Wolf and the Shepherd
    The Hares and the Lions
    The Seller of Images
    The Hawk and the Nightingale
    The Lark and Her Young Ones
    The Dog, the Cock, and the Fox
    The Geese and the Cranes
    The Ass and the Wolf
    The Goat and the Ass
    The Lion and the Bull
    The Fox and the Mask
    The Grasshopper and the Owl
    The Fowler and the Viper
    The Horse and the Ass
    The Lion and the Three Bulls
    The Wolf and the Goat
    The Fly and the Draught-Mule
    The Fishermen
    The Town Mouse and the Country Mouse
    The Wolf, the Fox, and the Ape
    The Wasps, the Partridges, and the Farmer
    The Brother and the Sister
    The Dogs and the Fox
    The Blind Man and the Whelp
    The Cobbler Turned Doctor
    The Wolf and the Horse
    The Two Men Who Were Enemies
    The Gamecocks and the Partridge
    The Fox and the Lion
    The Quack Frog
    The Lion, the Wolf, and the Fox
    The Dog’s House
    The North Wind and the Sun
    The Crow and Mercury
    The Fox and the Crane
    The Wolf and the Lion
    The Birds, the Beasts, and the Bat
    The Spendthrift and the Swallow
    The Trumpeter Taken Prisoner
    The Owl and the Birds
    The Goods and the Ills
    The Ass in the Lion’s Skin
    The Sparrow and the Hare
    The Flea and the Ox
    The Ass and His Purchaser
    The Dove and the Crow
    The Man and the Satyr
    Jupiter, Neptune, Minerva, and Momus
    The Eagle and the Jackdaw
    The Eagle and the Fox
    The Two Bags
    The Bitch and Her Whelps
    The Stag at the Pool
    The Lark Burying Her Father
    The Gnat and the Bull
    The Monkey and the Camel
    The Dogs and the Hides
    The Jackdaw and the Fox
    Mercury and the Workmen
    The Peasant and the Apple-Tree
    The Two Soldiers and the Robber
    The Shepherd and the Sheep
    The Trees Under the Protection of the Gods
    The Flea and the Wrestler
    The Lion and the Fox
    Truth and the Traveler
    The Manslayer
    The Lion and the Eagle
    The Ass and His Driver
    The Thrush and the Fowler
    The Mother and the Wolf
    The Hen and the Swallow
    The Rose and the Amaranth
    The Travelers and the Plane-Tree
    The Ass and the Horse
    The Crow and the Sheep
    The Fox and the Bramble
    The Ass and the Charger
    The Lion, Jupiter, and the Elephant
    The Dog and the Oyster
    The Mules and the Robbers
    The Lamb and the Wolf
    The Partridge and the Fowler
    The Flea and the Man
    The Rich Man and the Tanner
    The Viper and the File
    The Lion and the Shepherd
    The Camel and Jupiter
    The Panther and the Shepherds
    The Eagle and the Kite
    The Eagle and His Captor
    The King’s Son and the Painted Lion
    The Cat and Venus
    The Eagle and the Beetle
    The She-Goats and Their Beards
    The Bald Man and the Fly
    The Shipwrecked Man and the Sea
    The Buffoon and the Countryman
    The Crow and the Serpent
    The Hunter and the Horseman
    The Olive-Tree and the Fig-Tree
    The Frogs’ Complaint Against the Sun
    The Brazier and His Dog
    FOOTNOTES
    INDEX

    PREFACE

    The Tale, the Parable, and the Fable are all common and popular modes
    of conveying instruction. Each is distinguished by its own special
    characteristics. The Tale consists simply in the narration of a story
    either founded on facts, or created solely by the imagination, and not
    necessarily associated with the teaching of any moral lesson. The
    Parable is the designed use of language purposely intended to convey a
    hidden and secret meaning other than that contained in the words
    themselves; and which may or may not bear a special reference to the
    hearer, or reader. The Fable partly agrees with, and partly differs
    from both of these. It will contain, like the Tale, a short but real
    narrative; it will seek, like the Parable, to convey a hidden meaning,
    and that not so much by the use of language, as by the skilful
    introduction of fictitious characters; and yet, unlike to either Tale
    or Parable, it will ever keep in view, as its high prerogative, and
    inseparable attribute, the great purpose of instruction, and will
    necessarily seek to inculcate some moral maxim, social duty, or
    political truth. The true Fable, if it rise to its high requirements,
    ever aims at one great end and purpose—the representation of human
    motive, and the improvement of human conduct, and yet it so conceals
    its design under the disguise of fictitious characters, by clothing
    with speech the animals of the field, the birds of the air, the trees
    of the wood, or the beasts of the forest, that the reader shall receive
    advice without perceiving the presence of the adviser. Thus the
    superiority of the counsellor, which often renders counsel unpalatable,
    is kept out of view, and the lesson comes with the greater acceptance
    when the reader is led, unconsciously to himself, to have his
    sympathies enlisted in behalf of what is pure, honourable, and
    praiseworthy, and to have his indignation excited against what is low,
    ignoble, and unworthy. The true fabulist, therefore, discharges a most
    important function. He is neither a narrator, nor an allegorist. He is
    a great teacher, a corrector of morals, a censor of vice, and a
    commender of virtue. In this consists the superiority of the Fable over
    the Tale or the Parable. The fabulist is to create a laugh, but yet,
    under a merry guise, to convey instruction. Phædrus, the great imitator
    of Æsop, plainly indicates this double purpose to be the true office of
    the writer of fables.

    Duplex libelli dos est: quod risum movet,
    Et quod prudenti vitam consilio monet.

    The continual observance of this twofold aim creates the charm, and
    accounts for the universal favour, of the fables of Æsop. “The fable,”
    says Professor K. O. Mueller, “originated in Greece in an intentional
    travestie of human affairs. The ‘ainos,’ as its name denotes, is an
    admonition, or rather a reproof, veiled, either from fear of an excess
    of frankness, or from a love of fun and jest, beneath the fiction of an
    occurrence happening among beasts; and wherever we have any ancient and
    authentic account of the Æsopian fables, we find it to be the same.”[1]

    The construction of a fable involves a minute attention to (1), the
    narration itself; (2), the deduction of the moral; and (3), a careful
    maintenance of the individual characteristics of the fictitious
    personages introduced into it. The narration should relate to one
    simple action, consistent with itself, and neither be overladen with a
    multiplicity of details, nor distracted by a variety of circumstances.
    The moral or lesson should be so plain, and so intimately interwoven
    with, and so necessarily dependent on, the narration, that every reader
    should be compelled to give to it the same undeniable interpretation.
    The introduction of the animals or fictitious characters should be
    marked with an unexceptionable care and attention to their natural
    attributes, and to the qualities attributed to them by universal
    popular consent. The Fox should be always cunning, the Hare timid, the
    Lion bold, the Wolf cruel, the Bull strong, the Horse proud, and the
    Ass patient. Many of these fables are characterized by the strictest
    observance of these rules. They are occupied with one short narrative,
    from which the moral naturally flows, and with which it is intimately
    associated. “’Tis the simple manner,” says Dodsley,[2] “in which the
    morals of Æsop are interwoven with his fables that distinguishes him,
    and gives him the preference over all other mythologists. His ‘Mountain
    delivered of a Mouse,’ produces the moral of his fable in ridicule of
    pompous pretenders; and his Crow, when she drops her cheese, lets fall,
    as it were by accident, the strongest admonition against the power of
    flattery. There is no need of a separate sentence to explain it; no
    possibility of impressing it deeper, by that load we too often see of
    accumulated reflections.”[3] An equal amount of praise is due for the
    consistency with which the characters of the animals, fictitiously
    introduced, are marked. While they are made to depict the motives and
    passions of men, they retain, in an eminent degree, their own special
    features of craft or counsel, of cowardice or courage, of generosity or
    rapacity.

    These terms of praise, it must be confessed, cannot be bestowed on all
    the fables in this collection. Many of them lack that unity of design,
    that close connection of the moral with the narrative, that wise choice
    in the introduction of the animals, which constitute the charm and
    excellency of true Æsopian fable. This inferiority of some to others is
    sufficiently accounted for in the history of the origin and descent of
    these fables. The great bulk of them are not the immediate work of
    Æsop. Many are obtained from ancient authors prior to the time in which
    he lived. Thus, the fable of the “Hawk and the Nightingale” is related
    by Hesiod;[4] the “Eagle wounded by an Arrow, winged with its own
    feathers,” by Æschylus;[5] the “Fox avenging his wrongs on the Eagle,”
    by Archilochus.[6] Many of them again are of later origin, and are to
    be traced to the monks of the middle ages: and yet this collection,
    though thus made up of fables both earlier and later than the era of
    Æsop, rightfully bears his name, because he composed so large a number
    (all framed in the same mould, and conformed to the same fashion, and
    stamped with the same lineaments, image, and superscription) as to
    secure to himself the right to be considered the father of Greek
    fables, and the founder of this class of writing, which has ever since
    borne his name, and has secured for him, through all succeeding ages,
    the position of the first of moralists.[7]

    The fables were in the first instance only narrated by Æsop, and for a
    long time were handed down by the uncertain channel of oral tradition.
    Socrates is mentioned by Plato[8] as having employed his time while in
    prison, awaiting the return of the sacred ship from Delphos which was
    to be the signal of his death, in turning some of these fables into
    verse, but he thus versified only such as he remembered. Demetrius
    Phalereus, a philosopher at Athens about 300 B.C., is said to have made
    the first collection of these fables. Phædrus, a slave by birth or by
    subsequent misfortunes, and admitted by Augustus to the honours of a
    freedman, imitated many of these fables in Latin iambics about the
    commencement of the Christian era. Aphthonius, a rhetorician of
    Antioch, A.D. 315, wrote a treatise on, and converted into Latin prose,
    some of these fables. This translation is the more worthy of notice, as
    it illustrates a custom of common use, both in these and in later
    times. The rhetoricians and philosophers were accustomed to give the
    Fables of Æsop as an exercise to their scholars, not only inviting them
    to discuss the moral of the tale, but also to practice and to perfect
    themselves thereby in style and rules of grammar, by making for
    themselves new and various versions of the fables. Ausonius,[9] the
    friend of the Emperor Valentinian, and the latest poet of eminence in
    the Western Empire, has handed down some of these fables in verse,
    which Julianus Titianus, a contemporary writer of no great name,
    translated into prose. Avienus, also a contemporary of Ausonius, put
    some of these fables into Latin elegiacs, which are given by Nevelet
    (in a book we shall refer to hereafter), and are occasionally
    incorporated with the editions of Phædrus.

    Seven centuries elapsed before the next notice is found of the Fables
    of Æsop. During this long period these fables seem to have suffered an
    eclipse, to have disappeared and to have been forgotten; and it is at
    the commencement of the fourteenth century, when the Byzantine emperors
    were the great patrons of learning, and amidst the splendors of an
    Asiatic court, that we next find honours paid to the name and memory of
    Æsop. Maximus Planudes, a learned monk of Constantinople, made a
    collection of about a hundred and fifty of these fables. Little is
    known of his history. Planudes, however, was no mere recluse, shut up
    in his monastery. He took an active part in public affairs. In 1327
    A.D. he was sent on a diplomatic mission to Venice by the Emperor
    Andronicus the Elder. This brought him into immediate contact with the
    Western Patriarch, whose interests he henceforth advocated with so much
    zeal as to bring on him suspicion and persecution from the rulers of
    the Eastern Church. Planudes has been exposed to a two-fold accusation.
    He is charged on the one hand with having had before him a copy of
    Babrias (to whom we shall have occasion to refer at greater length in
    the end of this Preface), and to have had the bad taste “to transpose,”
    or to turn his poetical version into prose: and he is asserted, on the
    other hand, never to have seen the Fables of Æsop at all, but to have
    himself invented and made the fables which he palmed off under the name
    of the famous Greek fabulist. The truth lies between these two
    extremes. Planudes may have invented some few fables, or have inserted
    some that were current in his day; but there is an abundance of
    unanswerable internal evidence to prove that he had an acquaintance
    with the veritable fables of Æsop, although the versions he had access
    to were probably corrupt, as contained in the various translations and
    disquisitional exercises of the rhetoricians and philosophers. His
    collection is interesting and important, not only as the parent source
    or foundation of the earlier printed versions of Æsop, but as the
    direct channel of attracting to these fables the attention of the
    learned.

    The eventual re-introduction, however, of these Fables of Æsop to their
    high place in the general literature of Christendom, is to be looked
    for in the West rather than in the East. The calamities gradually
    thickening round the Eastern Empire, and the fall of Constantinople,
    1453 A.D. combined with other events to promote the rapid restoration
    of learning in Italy; and with that recovery of learning the revival of
    an interest in the Fables of Æsop is closely identified. These fables,
    indeed, were among the first writings of an earlier antiquity that
    attracted attention. They took their place beside the Holy Scriptures
    and the ancient classic authors, in the minds of the great students of
    that day. Lorenzo Valla, one of the most famous promoters of Italian
    learning, not only translated into Latin the Iliad of Homer and the
    Histories of Herodotus and Thucydides, but also the Fables of Æsop.

    These fables, again, were among the books brought into an extended
    circulation by the agency of the printing press. Bonus Accursius, as
    early as 1475–1480, printed the collection of these fables, made by
    Planudes, which, within five years afterwards, Caxton translated into
    English, and printed at his press in Westminster Abbey, 1485.[10] It
    must be mentioned also that the learning of this age has left permanent
    traces of its influence on these fables,[11] by causing the
    interpolation with them (as a κτῆμα εἰς ἰει) of some of those amusing
    stories which were so frequently introduced into the public discourses
    of the great preachers of those days, and of which specimens are yet to
    be found in the extant sermons of Jean Raulin, Meffreth, and Gabriel
    Barlette.[12] The publication of this era which most probably has
    influenced these fables, is the “Liber Facetiarum,”[13] a book
    consisting of a hundred jests and stories, by the celebrated Poggio
    Bracciolini, published A.D. 1471, from which the two fables of the
    “Miller, his Son, and the Ass,” and the “Fox and the Woodcutter,” are
    undoubtedly selected.

    The knowledge of these fables rapidly spread from Italy into Germany,
    and their popularity was increased by the favour and sanction given to
    them by the great fathers of the Reformation, who frequently used them
    as vehicles for satire and protest against the tricks and abuses of the
    Romish ecclesiastics. The zealous and renowned Camerarius, who took an
    active part in the preparation of the Confession of Augsburgh, found
    time, amidst his numerous avocations, to prepare a version for the
    students in the University of Tübingen, in which he was a professor.
    Martin Luther translated twenty of these fables, and was urged by
    Melancthon to complete the whole; while Gottfried Arnold, the
    celebrated Lutheran theologian, and librarian to Frederick I., king of
    Prussia, mentions that the great Reformer valued the Fables of Æsop
    next after the Holy Scriptures. In 1546 A.D. the second printed edition
    of the collection of the Fables made by Planudes, was issued from the
    printing-press of Robert Stephens, in which were inserted some
    additional fables from a MS. in the Bibliothêque du Roy at Paris.

    The greatest advance, however, towards a re-introduction of the Fables
    of Æsop to a place in the literature of the world, was made in the
    early part of the seventeenth century. In the year 1610, a learned
    Swiss, Isaac Nicholas Nevelet, sent forth the third printed edition of
    these fables, in a work entitled “Mythologia Æsopica.” This was a noble
    effort to do honour to the great fabulist, and was the most perfect
    collection of Æsopian fables ever yet published. It consisted, in
    addition to the collection of fables given by Planudes and reprinted in
    the various earlier editions, of one hundred and thirty-six new fables
    (never before published) from MSS. in the Library of the Vatican, of
    forty fables attributed to Aphthonius, and of forty-three from Babrias.
    It also contained the Latin versions of the same fables by Phædrus,
    Avienus, and other authors. This volume of Nevelet forms a complete
    “Corpus Fabularum Æsopicarum;” and to his labours Æsop owes his
    restoration to universal favour as one of the wise moralists and great
    teachers of mankind. During the interval of three centuries which has
    elapsed since the publication of this volume of Nevelet’s, no book,
    with the exception of the Holy Scriptures, has had a wider circulation
    than Æsop’s Fables. They have been translated into the greater number
    of the languages both of Europe and of the East, and have been read,
    and will be read, for generations, alike by Jew, Heathen, Mohammedan,
    and Christian. They are, at the present time, not only engrafted into
    the literature of the civilized world, but are familiar as household
    words in the common intercourse and daily conversation of the
    inhabitants of all countries.

    This collection of Nevelet’s is the great culminating point in the
    history of the revival of the fame and reputation of Æsopian Fables. It
    is remarkable, also, as containing in its preface the germ of an idea,
    which has been since proved to have been correct by a strange chain of
    circumstances. Nevelet intimates an opinion, that a writer named
    Babrias would be found to be the veritable author of the existing form
    of Æsopian Fables. This intimation has since given rise to a series of
    inquiries, the knowledge of which is necessary, in the present day, to
    a full understanding of the true position of Æsop in connection with
    the writings that bear his name.

    The history of Babrias is so strange and interesting, that it might not
    unfitly be enumerated among the curiosities of literature. He is
    generally supposed to have been a Greek of Asia Minor, of one of the
    Ionic Colonies, but the exact period in which he lived and wrote is yet
    unsettled. He is placed, by one critic,[14] as far back as the
    institution of the Achaian League, B.C. 250; by another as late as the
    Emperor Severus, who died A.D. 235; while others make him a
    contemporary with Phædrus in the time of Augustus. At whatever time he
    wrote his version of Æsop, by some strange accident it seems to have
    entirely disappeared, and to have been lost sight of. His name is
    mentioned by Avienus; by Suidas, a celebrated critic, at the close of
    the eleventh century, who gives in his lexicon several isolated verses
    of his version of the fables; and by John Tzetzes, a grammarian and
    poet of Constantinople, who lived during the latter half of the twelfth
    century. Nevelet, in the preface to the volume which we have described,
    points out that the Fables of Planudes could not be the work of Æsop,
    as they contain a reference in two places to “Holy monks,” and give a
    verse from the Epistle of St. James as an “Epimith” to one of the
    fables, and suggests Babrias as their author. Francis Vavassor,[15] a
    learned French jesuit, entered at greater length on this subject, and
    produced further proofs from internal evidence, from the use of the
    word Piræus in describing the harbour of Athens, a name which was not
    given till two hundred years after Æsop, and from the introduction of
    other modern words, that many of these fables must have been at least
    committed to writing posterior to the time of Æsop, and more boldly
    suggests Babrias as their author or collector.[16] These various
    references to Babrias induced Dr. Richard Bentley, at the close of the
    seventeenth century, to examine more minutely the existing versions of
    Æsop’s Fables, and he maintained that many of them could, with a slight
    change of words, be resolved into the Scazonic[17] iambics, in which
    Babrias is known to have written: and, with a greater freedom than the
    evidence then justified, he put forth, in behalf of Babrias, a claim to
    the exclusive authorship of these fables. Such a seemingly extravagant
    theory, thus roundly asserted, excited much opposition. Dr. Bentley[18]
    met with an able antagonist in a member of the University of Oxford,
    the Hon. Mr. Charles Boyle,[19] afterwards Earl of Orrery. Their
    letters and disputations on this subject, enlivened on both sides with
    much wit and learning, will ever bear a conspicuous place in the
    literary history of the seventeenth century. The arguments of Dr.
    Bentley were yet further defended a few years later by Mr. Thomas
    Tyrwhitt, a well-read scholar, who gave up high civil distinctions that
    he might devote himself the more unreservedly to literary pursuits. Mr.
    Tyrwhitt published, A.D. 1776, a Dissertation on Babrias, and a
    collection of his fables in choliambic metre found in a MS. in the
    Bodleian Library at Oxford. Francesco de Furia, a learned Italian,
    contributed further testimony to the correctness of the supposition
    that Babrias had made a veritable collection of fables by printing from
    a MS. contained in the Vatican library several fables never before
    published. In the year 1844, however, new and unexpected light was
    thrown upon this subject. A veritable copy of Babrias was found in a
    manner as singular as were the MSS. of Quinctilian’s Institutes, and of
    Cicero’s Orations by Poggio in the monastery of St. Gall A.D. 1416. M.
    Menoides, at the suggestion of M. Villemain, Minister of Public
    Instruction to King Louis Philippe, had been entrusted with a
    commission to search for ancient MSS., and in carrying out his
    instructions he found a MS. at the convent of St. Laura, on Mount
    Athos, which proved to be a copy of the long suspected and wished-for
    choliambic version of Babrias. This MS. was found to be divided into
    two books, the one containing a hundred and twenty-five, and the other
    ninety-five fables. This discovery attracted very general attention,
    not only as confirming, in a singular manner, the conjectures so boldly
    made by a long chain of critics, but as bringing to light valuable
    literary treasures tending to establish the reputation, and to confirm
    the antiquity and authenticity of the great mass of Æsopian Fable. The
    Fables thus recovered were soon published. They found a most worthy
    editor in the late distinguished Sir George Cornewall Lewis, and a
    translator equally qualified for his task, in the Reverend James
    Davies, M.A., sometime a scholar of Lincoln College, Oxford, and
    himself a relation of their English editor. Thus, after an eclipse of
    many centuries, Babrias shines out as the earliest, and most reliable
    collector of veritable Æsopian Fables.

    Having thus given a complete synopsis of the origin, descent, and
    history of these fables, it only remains to explain the reasons which
    have induced the Publishers to prepare a new edition of Æsop, and to
    state the grounds on which they hope to establish a claim for support
    and public approval in their undertaking. They boldly assert that the
    new light thrown upon these fables by the discovery of the metrical
    version by Babrias, renders a new translation an inevitable necessity.
    The two chief existing English versions of Æsop are those by Archdeacon
    Croxall, and by the late Rev. Thomas James, canon of Peterborough. The
    first of these deviates so very far from the text, that it degenerates
    into a parody. The fables are so padded, diluted, and altered, as to
    give very little idea to the reader either of the terseness or the
    meaning of the original. The second of these is an improvement on its
    predecessor, but Mr. James, either out of compliance with the wishes of
    the publishers, or in condescension to the taste prevalent some twenty
    years ago, has so freely introduced as the point of the fable
    conventional English sayings which are not sanctioned by the Greek, and
    which in many instances are scarcely equivalent to it, that his version
    frequently approaches a paraphrase rather than a translation.

    The Publishers therefore ground their first claim for public approval
    on the necessity of a new translation. They trust further that their
    present work will have met that necessity in a satisfactory manner.
    They have sought to give as nearly a literal translation as possible of
    the Greek text; and they hope that if the reader should miss the
    smoothness and thoroughly English tone which characterized the previous
    version of these fables, he will be more than repaid by gaining a
    nearer approach to the spirit, thoughts, and (in some cases) to the
    epigrammatic terseness of the original. The Publishers trust to
    vindicate, on another ground, their claims to a share of public
    patronage. They have inserted a hundred new fables, and they have the
    satisfaction of knowing that this edition, on which they have spared no
    pains nor cost, will afford a larger choice, and greater variety, to
    the numerous and increasing circle of the admirers of Æsopian Fables.
    Whatever be the result of their labours, they will be content to have
    contributed towards promoting a wider acquaintance with fables, the
    wisdom, excellency, and wonderful suitableness of which to every
    condition of humanity has been attested and confirmed by the experience
    of so many generations; and which in all ages, amidst the ever changing
    fluctuations of human opinion, are adapted alike to amuse the young,
    and to instruct the thoughtful, and are well fitted to teach all who
    study them lessons useful for their guidance in every position of
    political, social, civil, or domestic life.

    The Editor must claim the privilege of adding a few words on a matter
    personal to himself. He has already within the last few months been
    connected with one edition of Æsop, and it may seem strange that he
    should be willing to undertake the superintendence of another. His
    answer is, that the two works on which he has been engaged were totally
    distinct, and entirely independent of each other. The first was a
    request to furnish new morals and applications to a definite number of
    fables; Ihe other was a commission to add a large number of additional
    fables and to make a wholly new translation. The necessity of a new and
    improved translation the Editor then recognized, and would have
    willingly undertaken. It was a wish he had much at heart, and when the
    proposal was voluntarily made to him by the present Publishers, to
    undertake the task of a new translation of an enlarged number of Æsop’s
    Fables, he saw no reason for refusing the offer because of his prior
    discharge of a totally different design; and he resolved to comply with
    the request submitted to him, and to do his best towards the attainment
    of so desirable an object as a purer translation and more literal
    rendering of fables so justly celebrated.

    The following are the sources from which the present translation has
    been prepared:—

    Babrii Fabulæ Æsopeæ. George Cornewall Lewis. Oxford, 1846.

    Babrii Fabulæ Æsopeæ. E codice manuscripto partem secundam edidit.
    George Cornewall Lewis. London: Parker, 1857.

    Mythologica Æsopica. Opera et studia Isaaci Nicholai Neveleti.
    Frankfort, 1610.

    Fabulæ Æsopiacæ, quales ante Planudem ferebantur cura et studio
    Francisci de Furia. Lipsiæ, 1810.

    Αἰσωπεὶων Μυθῶν Συναγωγή. Ex recognitione Caroli Halmii. Lipsiæ, 1851

    Phædri Fabulæ Esopiæ. Delphin Classics. 1822.

    GEORGE FYLER TOWNSEND

    LIFE OF AESOP

    The Life and History of Æsop is involved, like that of Homer, the most
    famous of Greek poets, in much obscurity. Sardis, the capital of Lydia;
    Samos, a Greek island; Mesembria, an ancient colony in Thrace; and
    Cotiæum, the chief city of a province of Phrygia, contend for the
    distinction of being the birthplace of Æsop. Although the honour thus
    claimed cannot be definitely assigned to any one of these places, yet
    there are a few incidents now generally accepted by scholars as
    established facts, relating to the birth, life, and death of Æsop. He
    is, by an almost universal consent, allowed to have been born about the
    year 620 B.C., and to have been by birth a slave. He was owned by two
    masters in succession, both inhabitants of Samos, Xanthus and Jadmon,
    the latter of whom gave him his liberty as a reward for his learning
    and wit. One of the privileges of a freedman in the ancient republics
    of Greece, was the permission to take an active interest in public
    affairs; and Æsop, like the philosophers Phædo, Menippus, and
    Epictetus, in later times, raised himself from the indignity of a
    servile condition to a position of high renown. In his desire alike to
    instruct and to be instructed, he travelled through many countries, and
    among others came to Sardis, the capital of the famous king of Lydia,
    the great patron, in that day, of learning and of learned men. He met
    at the court of Crœsus with Solon, Thales, and other sages, and is
    related so to have pleased his royal master by the part he took in the
    conversations held with these philosophers, that he applied to him an
    expression which has since passed into a proverb, “μᾶλλον ὁ Φρύξ.” “The
    Phrygian has spoken better than all.”

    On the invitation of Crœsus he fixed his residence at Sardis, and was
    employed by that monarch in various difficult and delicate affairs of
    State. In his discharge of these commissions he visited the different
    petty republics of Greece. At one time he is found in Corinth, and at
    another in Athens, endeavouring, by the narration of some of his wise
    fables, to reconcile the inhabitants of those cities to the
    administration of their respective rulers Periander and Pisistratus.
    One of these ambassadorial missions, undertaken at the command of
    Crœsus, was the occasion of his death. Having been sent to Delphi with
    a large sum of gold for distribution among the citizens, he was so
    provoked at their covetousness that he refused to divide the money, and
    sent it back to his master. The Delphians, enraged at this treatment,
    accused him of impiety, and, in spite of his sacred character as
    ambassador, executed him as a public criminal. This cruel death of Æsop
    was not unavenged. The citizens of Delphi were visited with a series of
    calamities, until they made a public reparation of their crime; and,
    “The blood of Æsop” became a well-known adage, bearing witness to the
    truth that deeds of wrong would not pass unpunished. Neither did the
    great fabulist lack posthumous honours; for a statue was erected to his
    memory at Athens, the work of Lysippus, one of the most famous of Greek
    sculptors. Phædrus thus immortalizes the event:—

    Æsopo ingentem statuam posuere Attici,
    Servumque collocarunt æternâ in basi:
    Patere honoris scirent ut cuncti viam;
    Nec generi tribui sed virtuti gloriam.

    These few facts are all that can be relied on with any degree of
    certainty, in reference to the birth, life, and death of Æsop. They
    were first brought to light, after a patient search and diligent
    perusal of ancient authors, by a Frenchman, M. Claude Gaspard Bachet de
    Mezeriac, who declined the honour of being tutor to Louis XIII. of
    France, from his desire to devote himself exclusively to literature. He
    published his Life of Æsop, Anno Domini 1632. The later investigations
    of a host of English and German scholars have added very little to the
    facts given by M. Mezeriac. The substantial truth of his statements has
    been confirmed by later criticism and inquiry. It remains to state,
    that prior to this publication of M. Mezeriac, the life of Æsop was
    from the pen of Maximus Planudes, a monk of Constantinople, who was
    sent on an embassy to Venice by the Byzantine Emperor Andronicus the
    elder, and who wrote in the early part of the fourteenth century. His
    life was prefixed to all the early editions of these fables, and was
    republished as late as 1727 by Archdeacon Croxall as the introduction
    to his edition of Æsop. This life by Planudes contains, however, so
    small an amount of truth, and is so full of absurd pictures of the
    grotesque deformity of Æsop, of wondrous apocryphal stories, of lying
    legends, and gross anachronisms, that it is now universally condemned
    as false, puerile, and unauthentic.[20] It is given up in the present
    day, by general consent, as unworthy of the slightest credit.

    AESOP’S FABLES

    The Lion And The Mouse

    A LION was awakened from sleep by a Mouse running over his face. Rising
    up angrily, he caught him and was about to kill him, when the Mouse
    piteously entreated, saying: “If you would only spare my life, I would
    be sure to repay your kindness.” The Lion laughed and let him go. It
    happened shortly after this that the Lion was caught by some hunters,
    who bound him by strong ropes to the ground. The Mouse, recognizing his
    roar, came and gnawed the rope with his teeth, and set him free,
    exclaiming:

    “You ridiculed the idea of my ever being able to help you, not
    expecting to receive from me any repayment of your favour; now you know
    that it is possible for even a Mouse to confer benefits on a Lion.”

    The Wolf And The Lamb

    WOLF, meeting with a Lamb astray from the fold, resolved not to lay
    violent hands on him, but to find some plea to justify to the Lamb the
    Wolf’s right to eat him. He thus addressed him: “Sirrah, last year you
    grossly insulted me.” “Indeed,” bleated the Lamb in a mournful tone of
    voice, “I was not then born.” Then said the Wolf, “You feed in my
    pasture.” “No, good sir,” replied the Lamb, “I have not yet tasted
    grass.” Again said the Wolf, “You drink of my well.” “No,” exclaimed
    the Lamb, “I never yet drank water, for as yet my mother’s milk is both
    food and drink to me.” Upon which the Wolf seized him and ate him up,
    saying, “Well! I won’t remain supperless, even though you refute every
    one of my imputations.” The tyrant will always find a pretext for his
    tyranny.

    The Ass And The Grasshopper

    AN ASS having heard some Grasshoppers chirping, was highly enchanted;
    and, desiring to possess the same charms of melody, demanded what sort
    of food they lived on to give them such beautiful voices. They replied,
    “The dew.” The Ass resolved that he would live only upon dew, and in a
    short time died of hunger.

    The Wolf and the Crane

    A WOLF who had a bone stuck in his throat hired a Crane, for a large
    sum, to put her head into his mouth and draw out the bone. When the
    Crane had extracted the bone and demanded the promised payment, the
    Wolf, grinning and grinding his teeth, exclaimed: “Why, you have surely
    already had a sufficient recompense, in having been permitted to draw
    out your head in safety from the mouth and jaws of a wolf.”

    In serving the wicked, expect no reward, and be thankful if you escape
    injury for your pains.

    The Father And His Sons

    A FATHER had a family of sons who were perpetually quarreling among
    themselves. When he failed to heal their disputes by his exhortations,
    he determined to give them a practical illustration of the evils of
    disunion; and for this purpose he one day told them to bring him a
    bundle of sticks. When they had done so, he placed the faggot into the
    hands of each of them in succession, and ordered them to break it in
    pieces. They tried with all their strength, and were not able to do it.
    He next opened the faggot, took the sticks separately, one by one, and
    again put them into his sons’ hands, upon which they broke them easily.
    He then addressed them in these words: “My sons, if you are of one
    mind, and unite to assist each other, you will be as this faggot,
    uninjured by all the attempts of your enemies; but if you are divided
    among yourselves, you will be broken as easily as these sticks.”

    The Bat And The Weasels

    A BAT who fell upon the ground and was caught by a Weasel pleaded to be
    spared his life. The Weasel refused, saying that he was by nature the
    enemy of all birds. The Bat assured him that he was not a bird, but a
    mouse, and thus was set free. Shortly afterwards the Bat again fell to
    the ground and was caught by another Weasel, whom he likewise entreated
    not to eat him. The Weasel said that he had a special hostility to
    mice. The Bat assured him that he was not a mouse, but a bat, and thus
    a second time escaped.

    It is wise to turn circumstances to good account.

    The Cock and the Jewel

    A COCK, scratching for food for himself and his hens, found a precious
    stone and exclaimed: “If your owner had found thee, and not I, he would
    have taken thee up, and have set thee in thy first estate; but I have
    found thee for no purpose. I would rather have one barleycorn than all
    the jewels in the world.”

    The Swallow and the Crow

    THE SWALLOW and the Crow had a contention about their plumage. The Crow
    put an end to the dispute by saying, “Your feathers are all very well
    in the spring, but mine protect me against the winter.”

    Fair weather friends are not worth much.

    The Kingdom of the Lion

    THE BEASTS of the field and forest had a Lion as their king. He was
    neither wrathful, cruel, nor tyrannical, but just and gentle as a king
    could be. During his reign he made a royal proclamation for a general
    assembly of all the birds and beasts, and drew up conditions for a
    universal league, in which the Wolf and the Lamb, the Panther and the
    Kid, the Tiger and the Stag, the Dog and the Hare, should live together
    in perfect peace and amity. The Hare said, “Oh, how I have longed to
    see this day, in which the weak shall take their place with impunity by
    the side of the strong.” And after the Hare said this, he ran for his
    life.

    The Traveler and His Dog

    A TRAVELER about to set out on a journey saw his Dog stand at the door
    stretching himself. He asked him sharply: “Why do you stand there
    gaping? Everything is ready but you, so come with me instantly.” The
    Dog, wagging his tail, replied: “O, master! I am quite ready; it is you
    for whom I am waiting.”

    The loiterer often blames delay on his more active friend.

    The Ants and the Grasshopper

    THE ANTS were spending a fine winter’s day drying grain collected in
    the summertime. A Grasshopper, perishing with famine, passed by and
    earnestly begged for a little food. The Ants inquired of him, “Why did
    you not treasure up food during the summer?” He replied, “I had not
    leisure enough. I passed the days in singing.” They then said in
    derision: “If you were foolish enough to sing all the summer, you must
    dance supperless to bed in the winter.”

    The Hare and the Tortoise

    A HARE one day ridiculed the short feet and slow pace of the Tortoise,
    who replied, laughing: “Though you be swift as the wind, I will beat
    you in a race.” The Hare, believing her assertion to be simply
    impossible, assented to the proposal; and they agreed that the Fox
    should choose the course and fix the goal. On the day appointed for the
    race the two started together. The Tortoise never for a moment stopped,
    but went on with a slow but steady pace straight to the end of the
    course. The Hare, lying down by the wayside, fell fast asleep. At last
    waking up, and moving as fast as he could, he saw the Tortoise had
    reached the goal, and was comfortably dozing after her fatigue.

    Slow but steady wins the race.

    The Charcoal-Burner And The Fuller

    A CHARCOAL-BURNER carried on his trade in his own house. One day he met
    a friend, a Fuller, and entreated him to come and live with him, saying
    that they should be far better neighbors and that their housekeeping
    expenses would be lessened. The Fuller replied, “The arrangement is
    impossible as far as I am concerned, for whatever I should whiten, you
    would immediately blacken again with your charcoal.”

    Like will draw like.

    The Boy Hunting Locusts

    A BOY was hunting for locusts. He had caught a goodly number, when he
    saw a Scorpion, and mistaking him for a locust, reached out his hand to
    take him. The Scorpion, showing his sting, said: “If you had but
    touched me, my friend, you would have lost me, and all your locusts
    too!”

    The Fisherman Piping

    A FISHERMAN skilled in music took his flute and his nets to the
    seashore. Standing on a projecting rock, he played several tunes in the
    hope that the fish, attracted by his melody, would of their own accord
    dance into his net, which he had placed below. At last, having long
    waited in vain, he laid aside his flute, and casting his net into the
    sea, made an excellent haul of fish. When he saw them leaping about in
    the net upon the rock he said: “O you most perverse creatures, when I
    piped you would not dance, but now that I have ceased you do so
    merrily.”

    The Dog and the Shadow

    A DOG, crossing a bridge over a stream with a piece of flesh in his
    mouth, saw his own shadow in the water and took it for that of another
    Dog, with a piece of meat double his own in size. He immediately let go
    of his own, and fiercely attacked the other Dog to get his larger piece
    from him. He thus lost both: that which he grasped at in the water,
    because it was a shadow; and his own, because the stream swept it away.

    Hercules and the Wagoner

    A CARTER was driving a wagon along a country lane, when the wheels sank
    down deep into a rut. The rustic driver, stupefied and aghast, stood
    looking at the wagon, and did nothing but utter loud cries to Hercules
    to come and help him. Hercules, it is said, appeared and thus addressed
    him: “Put your shoulders to the wheels, my man. Goad on your bullocks,
    and never more pray to me for help, until you have done your best to
    help yourself, or depend upon it you will henceforth pray in vain.”

    Self-help is the best help.

    The Mole and His Mother

    A MOLE, a creature blind from birth, once said to his Mother: “I am
    sure than I can see, Mother!” In the desire to prove to him his
    mistake, his Mother placed before him a few grains of frankincense, and
    asked, “What is it?” The young Mole said, “It is a pebble.” His Mother
    exclaimed: “My son, I am afraid that you are not only blind, but that
    you have lost your sense of smell.”

    The Herdsman and the Lost Bull

    A HERDSMAN tending his flock in a forest lost a Bull-calf from the
    fold. After a long and fruitless search, he made a vow that, if he
    could only discover the thief who had stolen the Calf, he would offer a
    lamb in sacrifice to Hermes, Pan, and the Guardian Deities of the
    forest. Not long afterwards, as he ascended a small hillock, he saw at
    its foot a Lion feeding on the Calf. Terrified at the sight, he lifted
    his eyes and his hands to heaven, and said: “Just now I vowed to offer
    a lamb to the Guardian Deities of the forest if I could only find out
    who had robbed me; but now that I have discovered the thief, I would
    willingly add a full-grown Bull to the Calf I have lost, if I may only
    secure my own escape from him in safety.”

    The Fawn and His Mother

    A YOUNG FAWN once said to his Mother, “You are larger than a dog, and
    swifter, and more used to running, and you have your horns as a
    defense; why, then, O Mother! do the hounds frighten you so?” She
    smiled, and said: “I know full well, my son, that all you say is true.
    I have the advantages you mention, but when I hear even the bark of a
    single dog I feel ready to faint, and fly away as fast as I can.”

    No arguments will give courage to the coward.

    The Ass, the Fox, and the Lion

    THE ASS and the Fox, having entered into partnership together for their
    mutual protection, went out into the forest to hunt. They had not
    proceeded far when they met a Lion. The Fox, seeing imminent danger,
    approached the Lion and promised to contrive for him the capture of the
    Ass if the Lion would pledge his word not to harm the Fox. Then, upon
    assuring the Ass that he would not be injured, the Fox led him to a
    deep pit and arranged that he should fall into it. The Lion, seeing
    that the Ass was secured, immediately clutched the Fox, and attacked
    the Ass at his leisure.

    The Flies and the Honey-Pot

    A NUMBER of Flies were attracted to a jar of honey which had been
    overturned in a housekeeper’s room, and placing their feet in it, ate
    greedily. Their feet, however, became so smeared with the honey that
    they could not use their wings, nor release themselves, and were
    suffocated. Just as they were expiring, they exclaimed, “O foolish
    creatures that we are, for the sake of a little pleasure we have
    destroyed ourselves.”

    Pleasure bought with pains, hurts.

    The Lioness

    A CONTROVERSY prevailed among the beasts of the field as to which of
    the animals deserved the most credit for producing the greatest number
    of whelps at a birth. They rushed clamorously into the presence of the
    Lioness and demanded of her the settlement of the dispute. “And you,”
    they said, “how many sons have you at a birth?” The Lioness laughed at
    them, and said: “Why! I have only one; but that one is altogether a
    thoroughbred Lion.”

    The value is in the worth, not in the number.

    The Farmer and the Snake

    ONE WINTER a Farmer found a Snake stiff and frozen with cold. He had
    compassion on it, and taking it up, placed it in his bosom. The Snake
    was quickly revived by the warmth, and resuming its natural instincts,
    bit its benefactor, inflicting on him a mortal wound. “Oh,” cried the
    Farmer with his last breath, “I am rightly served for pitying a
    scoundrel.”

    The greatest kindness will not bind the ungrateful.

    The Man and the Lion

    A MAN and a Lion traveled together through the forest. They soon began
    to boast of their respective superiority to each other in strength and
    prowess. As they were disputing, they passed a statue carved in stone,
    which represented “a Lion strangled by a Man.” The traveler pointed to
    it and said: “See there! How strong we are, and how we prevail over
    even the king of beasts.” The Lion replied: “This statue was made by
    one of you men. If we Lions knew how to erect statues, you would see
    the Man placed under the paw of the Lion.”

    One story is good, till another is told.

    The Pomegranate, Apple-Tree, and Bramble

    THE POMEGRANATE and Apple-Tree disputed as to which was the most
    beautiful. When their strife was at its height, a Bramble from the
    neighboring hedge lifted up its voice, and said in a boastful tone:
    “Pray, my dear friends, in my presence at least cease from such vain
    disputings.”

    The Farmer and the Stork

    A FARMER placed nets on his newly-sown plowlands and caught a number of
    Cranes, which came to pick up his seed. With them he trapped a Stork
    that had fractured his leg in the net and was earnestly beseeching the
    Farmer to spare his life. “Pray save me, Master,” he said, “and let me
    go free this once. My broken limb should excite your pity. Besides, I
    am no Crane, I am a Stork, a bird of excellent character; and see how I
    love and slave for my father and mother. Look too, at my feathers—they
    are not the least like those of a Crane.” The Farmer laughed aloud and
    said, “It may be all as you say, I only know this: I have taken you
    with these robbers, the Cranes, and you must die in their company.”

    Birds of a feather flock together.

    The Mountain in Labor

    A MOUNTAIN was once greatly agitated. Loud groans and noises were
    heard, and crowds of people came from all parts to see what was the
    matter. While they were assembled in anxious expectation of some
    terrible calamity, out came a Mouse.

    Don’t make much ado about nothing.

    The Bear and the Fox

    A BEAR boasted very much of his philanthropy, saying that of all
    animals he was the most tender in his regard for man, for he had such
    respect for him that he would not even touch his dead body. A Fox
    hearing these words said with a smile to the Bear, “Oh! that you would
    eat the dead and not the living.”

    The Tortoise and the Eagle

    A TORTOISE, lazily basking in the sun, complained to the sea-birds of
    her hard fate, that no one would teach her to fly. An Eagle, hovering
    near, heard her lamentation and demanded what reward she would give him
    if he would take her aloft and float her in the air. “I will give you,”
    she said, “all the riches of the Red Sea.” “I will teach you to fly
    then,” said the Eagle; and taking her up in his talons he carried her
    almost to the clouds suddenly he let her go, and she fell on a lofty
    mountain, dashing her shell to pieces. The Tortoise exclaimed in the
    moment of death: “I have deserved my present fate; for what had I to do
    with wings and clouds, who can with difficulty move about on the
    earth?”

    If men had all they wished, they would be often ruined.

    The Fox and the Goat

    A FOX one day fell into a deep well and could find no means of escape.
    A Goat, overcome with thirst, came to the same well, and seeing the
    Fox, inquired if the water was good. Concealing his sad plight under a
    merry guise, the Fox indulged in a lavish praise of the water, saying
    it was excellent beyond measure, and encouraging him to descend. The
    Goat, mindful only of his thirst, thoughtlessly jumped down, but just
    as he drank, the Fox informed him of the difficulty they were both in
    and suggested a scheme for their common escape. “If,” said he, “you
    will place your forefeet upon the wall and bend your head, I will run
    up your back and escape, and will help you out afterwards.” The Goat
    readily assented and the Fox leaped upon his back. Steadying himself
    with the Goat’s horns, he safely reached the mouth of the well and made
    off as fast as he could. When the Goat upbraided him for breaking his
    promise, he turned around and cried out, “You foolish old fellow! If
    you had as many brains in your head as you have hairs in your beard,
    you would never have gone down before you had inspected the way up, nor
    have exposed yourself to dangers from which you had no means of
    escape.”

    Look before you leap.

    The Raven and the Swan

    A RAVEN saw a Swan and desired to secure for himself the same beautiful
    plumage. Supposing that the Swan’s splendid white color arose from his
    washing in the water in which he swam, the Raven left the altars in the
    neighborhood where he picked up his living, and took up residence in
    the lakes and pools. But cleansing his feathers as often as he would,
    he could not change their color, while through want of food he
    perished.

    Change of habit cannot alter Nature.

    The Thirsty Pigeon

    A PIGEON, oppressed by excessive thirst, saw a goblet of water painted
    on a signboard. Not supposing it to be only a picture, she flew towards
    it with a loud whir and unwittingly dashed against the signboard,
    jarring herself terribly. Having broken her wings by the blow, she fell
    to the ground, and was caught by one of the bystanders.

    Zeal should not outrun discretion.

    The Dog in the Manger

    A DOG lay in a manger, and by his growling and snapping prevented the
    oxen from eating the hay which had been placed for them. “What a
    selfish Dog!” said one of them to his companions; “he cannot eat the
    hay himself, and yet refuses to allow those to eat who can.”

    The Oxen and the Axle-Trees

    A HEAVY WAGON was being dragged along a country lane by a team of Oxen.
    The Axle-trees groaned and creaked terribly; whereupon the Oxen,
    turning round, thus addressed the wheels: “Hullo there! why do you make
    so much noise? We bear all the labor, and we, not you, ought to cry
    out.”

    Those who suffer most cry out the least.

    The Farmer and the Cranes

    SOME CRANES made their feeding grounds on some plowlands newly sown
    with wheat. For a long time the Farmer, brandishing an empty sling,
    chased them away by the terror he inspired; but when the birds found
    that the sling was only swung in the air, they ceased to take any
    notice of it and would not move. The Farmer, on seeing this, charged
    his sling with stones, and killed a great number. The remaining birds
    at once forsook his fields, crying to each other, “It is time for us to
    be off to Liliput: for this man is no longer content to scare us, but
    begins to show us in earnest what he can do.”

    If words suffice not, blows must follow.

    The Sick Lion

    A LION, unable from old age and infirmities to provide himself with
    food by force, resolved to do so by artifice. He returned to his den,
    and lying down there, pretended to be sick, taking care that his
    sickness should be publicly known. The beasts expressed their sorrow,
    and came one by one to his den, where the Lion devoured them. After
    many of the beasts had thus disappeared, the Fox discovered the trick
    and presenting himself to the Lion, stood on the outside of the cave,
    at a respectful distance, and asked him how he was. “I am very
    middling,” replied the Lion, “but why do you stand without? Pray enter
    within to talk with me.” “No, thank you,” said the Fox. “I notice that
    there are many prints of feet entering your cave, but I see no trace of
    any returning.”

    He is wise who is warned by the misfortunes of others.

    The Bear and the Two Travelers

    TWO MEN were traveling together, when a Bear suddenly met them on their
    path. One of them climbed up quickly into a tree and concealed himself
    in the branches. The other, seeing that he must be attacked, fell flat
    on the ground, and when the Bear came up and felt him with his snout,
    and smelt him all over, he held his breath, and feigned the appearance
    of death as much as he could. The Bear soon left him, for it is said he
    will not touch a dead body. When he was quite gone, the other Traveler
    descended from the tree, and jocularly inquired of his friend what it
    was the Bear had whispered in his ear. “He gave me this advice,” his
    companion replied. “Never travel with a friend who deserts you at the
    approach of danger.”

    Misfortune tests the sincerity of friends.

    The Fox Who Had Lost His Tail

    A FOX caught in a trap escaped, but in so doing lost his tail.
    Thereafter, feeling his life a burden from the shame and ridicule to
    which he was exposed, he schemed to convince all the other Foxes that
    being tailless was much more attractive, thus making up for his own
    deprivation. He assembled a good many Foxes and publicly advised them
    to cut off their tails, saying that they would not only look much
    better without them, but that they would get rid of the weight of the
    brush, which was a very great inconvenience. One of them interrupting
    him said, “If you had not yourself lost your tail, my friend, you would
    not thus counsel us.”

    The Cat and the Cock

    A CAT caught a Cock, and pondered how he might find a reasonable excuse
    for eating him. He accused him of being a nuisance to men by crowing in
    the nighttime and not permitting them to sleep. The Cock defended
    himself by saying that he did this for the benefit of men, that they
    might rise in time for their labours. The Cat replied, “Although you
    abound in specious apologies, I shall not remain supperless;” and he
    made a meal of him.

    The Wolf in Sheep’s Clothing

    ONCE UPON A TIME a Wolf resolved to disguise his appearance in order to
    secure food more easily. Encased in the skin of a sheep, he pastured
    with the flock deceiving the shepherd by his costume. In the evening he
    was shut up by the shepherd in the fold; the gate was closed, and the
    entrance made thoroughly secure. But the shepherd, returning to the
    fold during the night to obtain meat for the next day, mistakenly
    caught up the Wolf instead of a sheep, and killed him instantly.

    Harm seek, harm find.

    The Goat and the Goatherd

    A GOATHERD had sought to bring back a stray goat to his flock. He
    whistled and sounded his horn in vain; the straggler paid no attention
    to the summons. At last the Goatherd threw a stone, and breaking its
    horn, begged the Goat not to tell his master. The Goat replied, “Why,
    you silly fellow, the horn will speak though I be silent.”

    Do not attempt to hide things which cannot be hid.

    The Boasting Traveler

    A MAN who had traveled in foreign lands boasted very much, on returning
    to his own country, of the many wonderful and heroic feats he had
    performed in the different places he had visited. Among other things,
    he said that when he was at Rhodes he had leaped to such a distance
    that no man of his day could leap anywhere near him as to that, there
    were in Rhodes many persons who saw him do it and whom he could call as
    witnesses. One of the bystanders interrupted him, saying: “Now, my good
    man, if this be all true there is no need of witnesses. Suppose this to
    be Rhodes, and leap for us.”

    The Lion in Love

    A LION demanded the daughter of a woodcutter in marriage. The Father,
    unwilling to grant, and yet afraid to refuse his request, hit upon this
    expedient to rid himself of his importunities. He expressed his
    willingness to accept the Lion as the suitor of his daughter on one
    condition: that he should allow him to extract his teeth, and cut off
    his claws, as his daughter was fearfully afraid of both. The Lion
    cheerfully assented to the proposal. But when the toothless, clawless
    Lion returned to repeat his request, the Woodman, no longer afraid, set
    upon him with his club, and drove him away into the forest.

    The Miser

    A MISER sold all that he had and bought a lump of gold, which he buried
    in a hole in the ground by the side of an old wall and went to look at
    daily. One of his workmen observed his frequent visits to the spot and
    decided to watch his movements. He soon discovered the secret of the
    hidden treasure, and digging down, came to the lump of gold, and stole
    it. The Miser, on his next visit, found the hole empty and began to
    tear his hair and to make loud lamentations. A neighbor, seeing him
    overcome with grief and learning the cause, said, “Pray do not grieve
    so; but go and take a stone, and place it in the hole, and fancy that
    the gold is still lying there. It will do you quite the same service;
    for when the gold was there, you had it not, as you did not make the
    slightest use of it.”

    The Porker, the Sheep, and the Goat

    A young Pig was shut up in a fold-yard with a Goat and a Sheep. On one
    occasion the shepherd laid hold of him, when he grunted, and squeaked,
    and resisted violently. The Sheep and the Goat complained of his
    distressing cries, and said, “He often handles us, and we do not cry
    out.” To this he replied, “Your handling and mine are very different
    things. He catches you only for your wool, or your milk, but he lays
    hold on me for my very life.”

    The Boy and the Filberts

    A BOY put his hand into a pitcher full of filberts. He grasped as many
    as he could possibly hold, but when he tried to pull out his hand, he
    was prevented from doing so by the neck of the pitcher. Unwilling to
    lose his filberts, and yet unable to withdraw his hand, he burst into
    tears and bitterly lamented his disappointment. A bystander said to
    him, “Be satisfied with half the quantity, and you will readily draw
    out your hand.”

    Do not attempt too much at once.

    The Frogs Asking for a King

    THE FROGS, grieved at having no established Ruler, sent ambassadors to
    Jupiter entreating for a King. Perceiving their simplicity, he cast
    down a huge log into the lake. The Frogs were terrified at the splash
    occasioned by its fall and hid themselves in the depths of the pool.
    But as soon as they realized that the huge log was motionless, they
    swam again to the top of the water, dismissed their fears, climbed up,
    and began squatting on it in contempt. After some time they began to
    think themselves ill-treated in the appointment of so inert a Ruler,
    and sent a second deputation to Jupiter to pray that he would set over
    them another sovereign. He then gave them an Eel to govern them. When
    the Frogs discovered his easy good nature, they sent yet a third time
    to Jupiter to beg him to choose for them still another King. Jupiter,
    displeased with all their complaints, sent a Heron, who preyed upon the
    Frogs day by day till there were none left to croak upon the lake.

    The Laborer and the Snake

    A SNAKE, having made his hole close to the porch of a cottage,
    inflicted a mortal bite on the Cottager’s infant son. Grieving over his
    loss, the Father resolved to kill the Snake. The next day, when it came
    out of its hole for food, he took up his axe, but by swinging too
    hastily, missed its head and cut off only the end of its tail. After
    some time the Cottager, afraid that the Snake would bite him also,
    endeavored to make peace, and placed some bread and salt in the hole.
    The Snake, slightly hissing, said: “There can henceforth be no peace
    between us; for whenever I see you I shall remember the loss of my
    tail, and whenever you see me you will be thinking of the death of your
    son.”

    No one truly forgets injuries in the presence of him who caused the
    injury.

    The Lion, the Mouse, and the Fox

    A LION, fatigued by the heat of a summer’s day, fell fast asleep in his
    den. A Mouse ran over his mane and ears and woke him from his slumbers.
    He rose up and shook himself in great wrath, and searched every corner
    of his den to find the Mouse. A Fox seeing him said: “A fine Lion you
    are, to be frightened of a Mouse.” “’Tis not the Mouse I fear,” said
    the Lion; “I resent his familiarity and ill-breeding.”

    Little liberties are great offenses.

    The Horse and Groom

    A GROOM used to spend whole days in currycombing and rubbing down his
    Horse, but at the same time stole his oats and sold them for his own
    profit. “Alas!” said the Horse, “if you really wish me to be in good
    condition, you should groom me less, and feed me more.”

    The Ass and the Mule

    A MULETEER set forth on a journey, driving before him an Ass and a
    Mule, both well laden. The Ass, as long as he traveled along the plain,
    carried his load with ease, but when he began to ascend the steep path
    of the mountain, felt his load to be more than he could bear. He
    entreated his companion to relieve him of a small portion, that he
    might carry home the rest; but the Mule paid no attention to the
    request. The Ass shortly afterwards fell down dead under his burden.
    Not knowing what else to do in so wild a region, the Muleteer placed
    upon the Mule the load carried by the Ass in addition to his own, and
    at the top of all placed the hide of the Ass, after he had skinned him.
    The Mule, groaning beneath his heavy burden, said to himself: “I am
    treated according to my deserts. If I had only been willing to assist
    the Ass a little in his need, I should not now be bearing, together
    with his burden, himself as well.”

    The Ass and the Lapdog

    A MAN had an Ass, and a Maltese Lapdog, a very great beauty. The Ass
    was left in a stable and had plenty of oats and hay to eat, just as any
    other Ass would. The Lapdog knew many tricks and was a great favourite
    with his master, who often fondled him and seldom went out to dine
    without bringing him home some tidbit to eat. The Ass, on the contrary,
    had much work to do in grinding the corn-mill and in carrying wood from
    the forest or burdens from the farm. He often lamented his own hard
    fate and contrasted it with the luxury and idleness of the Lapdog, till
    at last one day he broke his cords and halter, and galloped into his
    master’s house, kicking up his heels without measure, and frisking and
    fawning as well as he could. He next tried to jump about his master as
    he had seen the Lapdog do, but he broke the table and smashed all the
    dishes upon it to atoms. He then attempted to lick his master, and
    jumped upon his back. The servants, hearing the strange hubbub and
    perceiving the danger of their master, quickly relieved him, and drove
    out the Ass to his stable with kicks and clubs and cuffs. The Ass, as
    he returned to his stall beaten nearly to death, thus lamented: “I have
    brought it all on myself! Why could I not have been contented to labor
    with my companions, and not wish to be idle all the day like that
    useless little Lapdog!”

    The Oxen and the Butchers

    THE OXEN once upon a time sought to destroy the Butchers, who practiced
    a trade destructive to their race. They assembled on a certain day to
    carry out their purpose, and sharpened their horns for the contest. But
    one of them who was exceedingly old (for many a field had he plowed)
    thus spoke: “These Butchers, it is true, slaughter us, but they do so
    with skillful hands, and with no unnecessary pain. If we get rid of
    them, we shall fall into the hands of unskillful operators, and thus
    suffer a double death: for you may be assured, that though all the
    Butchers should perish, yet will men never want beef.”

    Do not be in a hurry to change one evil for another.

    The Shepherd’s Boy and the Wolf

    A SHEPHERD-BOY, who watched a flock of sheep near a village, brought
    out the villagers three or four times by crying out, “Wolf! Wolf!” and
    when his neighbors came to help him, laughed at them for their pains.
    The Wolf, however, did truly come at last. The Shepherd-boy, now really
    alarmed, shouted in an agony of terror: “Pray, do come and help me; the
    Wolf is killing the sheep;” but no one paid any heed to his cries, nor
    rendered any assistance. The Wolf, having no cause of fear, at his
    leisure lacerated or destroyed the whole flock.

    There is no believing a liar, even when he speaks the truth.

    The Boys and the Frogs

    SOME BOYS, playing near a pond, saw a number of Frogs in the water and
    began to pelt them with stones. They killed several of them, when one
    of the Frogs, lifting his head out of the water, cried out: “Pray stop,
    my boys: what is sport to you, is death to us.”

    The Salt Merchant and His Ass

    A PEDDLER drove his Ass to the seashore to buy salt. His road home lay
    across a stream into which his Ass, making a false step, fell by
    accident and rose up again with his load considerably lighter, as the
    water melted the sack. The Peddler retraced his steps and refilled his
    panniers with a larger quantity of salt than before. When he came again
    to the stream, the Ass fell down on purpose in the same spot, and,
    regaining his feet with the weight of his load much diminished, brayed
    triumphantly as if he had obtained what he desired. The Peddler saw
    through his trick and drove him for the third time to the coast, where
    he bought a cargo of sponges instead of salt. The Ass, again playing
    the fool, fell down on purpose when he reached the stream, but the
    sponges became swollen with water, greatly increasing his load. And
    thus his trick recoiled on him, for he now carried on his back a double
    burden.

    The Mischievous Dog

    A DOG used to run up quietly to the heels of everyone he met, and to
    bite them without notice. His master suspended a bell about his neck so
    that the Dog might give notice of his presence wherever he went.
    Thinking it a mark of distinction, the Dog grew proud of his bell and
    went tinkling it all over the marketplace. One day an old hound said to
    him: “Why do you make such an exhibition of yourself? That bell that
    you carry is not, believe me, any order of merit, but on the contrary a
    mark of disgrace, a public notice to all men to avoid you as an ill
    mannered dog.”

    Notoriety is often mistaken for fame.

    The Goatherd and the Wild Goats

    A GOATHERD, driving his flock from their pasture at eventide, found
    some Wild Goats mingled among them, and shut them up together with his
    own for the night. The next day it snowed very hard, so that he could
    not take the herd to their usual feeding places, but was obliged to
    keep them in the fold. He gave his own goats just sufficient food to
    keep them alive, but fed the strangers more abundantly in the hope of
    enticing them to stay with him and of making them his own. When the
    thaw set in, he led them all out to feed, and the Wild Goats scampered
    away as fast as they could to the mountains. The Goatherd scolded them
    for their ingratitude in leaving him, when during the storm he had
    taken more care of them than of his own herd. One of them, turning
    about, said to him: “That is the very reason why we are so cautious;
    for if you yesterday treated us better than the Goats you have had so
    long, it is plain also that if others came after us, you would in the
    same manner prefer them to ourselves.”

    Old friends cannot with impunity be sacrificed for new ones.

    The Man and His Two Sweethearts

    A MIDDLE-AGED MAN, whose hair had begun to turn gray, courted two women
    at the same time. One of them was young, and the other well advanced in
    years. The elder woman, ashamed to be courted by a man younger than
    herself, made a point, whenever her admirer visited her, to pull out
    some portion of his black hairs. The younger, on the contrary, not
    wishing to become the wife of an old man, was equally zealous in
    removing every gray hair she could find. Thus it came to pass that
    between them both he very soon found that he had not a hair left on his
    head.

    Those who seek to please everybody please nobody.

    The Sick Stag

    A SICK STAG lay down in a quiet corner of its pasture-ground. His
    companions came in great numbers to inquire after his health, and each
    one helped himself to a share of the food which had been placed for his
    use; so that he died, not from his sickness, but from the failure of
    the means of living.

    Evil companions bring more hurt than profit.

    The Boy and the Nettles

    A BOY was stung by a Nettle. He ran home and told his Mother, saying,
    “Although it hurts me very much, I only touched it gently.” “That was
    just why it stung you,” said his Mother. “The next time you touch a
    Nettle, grasp it boldly, and it will be soft as silk to your hand, and
    not in the least hurt you.”

    Whatever you do, do with all your might.

    The Astronomer

    AN ASTRONOMER used to go out at night to observe the stars. One
    evening, as he wandered through the suburbs with his whole attention
    fixed on the sky, he fell accidentally into a deep well. While he
    lamented and bewailed his sores and bruises, and cried loudly for help,
    a neighbor ran to the well, and learning what had happened said: “Hark
    ye, old fellow, why, in striving to pry into what is in heaven, do you
    not manage to see what is on earth?”

    The Wolves and the Sheep

    “WHY SHOULD there always be this fear and slaughter between us?” said
    the Wolves to the Sheep. “Those evil-disposed Dogs have much to answer
    for. They always bark whenever we approach you and attack us before we
    have done any harm. If you would only dismiss them from your heels,
    there might soon be treaties of peace and reconciliation between us.”
    The Sheep, poor silly creatures, were easily beguiled and dismissed the
    Dogs, whereupon the Wolves destroyed the unguarded flock at their own
    pleasure.

    The Cat and the Birds

    A CAT, hearing that the Birds in a certain aviary were ailing dressed
    himself up as a physician, and, taking his cane and a bag of
    instruments becoming his profession, went to call on them. He knocked
    at the door and inquired of the inmates how they all did, saying that
    if they were ill, he would be happy to prescribe for them and cure
    them. They replied, “We are all very well, and shall continue so, if
    you will only be good enough to go away, and leave us as we are.”

    The Vain Jackdaw

    JUPITER DETERMINED, it is said, to create a sovereign over the birds,
    and made proclamation that on a certain day they should all present
    themselves before him, when he would himself choose the most beautiful
    among them to be king. The Jackdaw, knowing his own ugliness, searched
    through the woods and fields, and collected the feathers which had
    fallen from the wings of his companions, and stuck them in all parts of
    his body, hoping thereby to make himself the most beautiful of all.
    When the appointed day arrived, and the birds had assembled before
    Jupiter, the Jackdaw also made his appearance in his many feathered
    finery. But when Jupiter proposed to make him king because of the
    beauty of his plumage, the birds indignantly protested, and each
    plucked from him his own feathers, leaving the Jackdaw nothing but a
    Jackdaw.

    The Kid and the Wolf

    A KID standing on the roof of a house, out of harm’s way, saw a Wolf
    passing by and immediately began to taunt and revile him. The Wolf,
    looking up, said, “Sirrah! I hear thee: yet it is not thou who mockest
    me, but the roof on which thou art standing.”

    Time and place often give the advantage to the weak over the strong.

    The Old Woman and the Physician

    AN OLD WOMAN having lost the use of her eyes, called in a Physician to
    heal them, and made this bargain with him in the presence of witnesses:
    that if he should cure her blindness, he should receive from her a sum
    of money; but if her infirmity remained, she should give him nothing.
    This agreement being made, the Physician, time after time, applied his
    salve to her eyes, and on every visit took something away, stealing all
    her property little by little. And when he had got all she had, he
    healed her and demanded the promised payment. The Old Woman, when she
    recovered her sight and saw none of her goods in her house, would give
    him nothing. The Physician insisted on his claim, and, as she still
    refused, summoned her before the Judge. The Old Woman, standing up in
    the Court, argued: “This man here speaks the truth in what he says; for
    I did promise to give him a sum of money if I should recover my sight:
    but if I continued blind, I was to give him nothing. Now he declares
    that I am healed. I on the contrary affirm that I am still blind; for
    when I lost the use of my eyes, I saw in my house various chattels and
    valuable goods: but now, though he swears I am cured of my blindness, I
    am not able to see a single thing in it.”

    The Ox and the Frog

    AN OX drinking at a pool trod on a brood of young frogs and crushed one
    of them to death. The Mother coming up, and missing one of her sons,
    inquired of his brothers what had become of him. “He is dead, dear
    Mother; for just now a very huge beast with four great feet came to the
    pool and crushed him to death with his cloven heel.” The Frog, puffing
    herself out, inquired, “if the beast was as big as that in size.”
    “Cease, Mother, to puff yourself out,” said her son, “and do not be
    angry; for you would, I assure you, sooner burst than successfully
    imitate the hugeness of that monster.”

    The Farmer and His Sons

    A FATHER, being on the point of death, wished to be sure that his sons
    would give the same attention to his farm as he himself had given it.
    He called them to his bedside and said, “My sons, there is a great
    treasure hid in one of my vineyards.” The sons, after his death, took
    their spades and mattocks and carefully dug over every portion of their
    land. They found no treasure, but the vines repaid their labor by an
    extraordinary and superabundant crop.

    The Heifer and the Ox

    A HEIFER saw an Ox hard at work harnessed to a plow, and tormented him
    with reflections on his unhappy fate in being compelled to labor.
    Shortly afterwards, at the harvest festival, the owner released the Ox
    from his yoke, but bound the Heifer with cords and led him away to the
    altar to be slain in honour of the occasion. The Ox saw what was being
    done, and said with a smile to the Heifer: “For this you were allowed
    to live in idleness, because you were presently to be sacrificed.”

    The Fighting Cocks and the Eagle

    TWO GAME COCKS were fiercely fighting for the mastery of the farmyard.
    One at last put the other to flight. The vanquished Cock skulked away
    and hid himself in a quiet corner, while the conqueror, flying up to a
    high wall, flapped his wings and crowed exultingly with all his might.
    An Eagle sailing through the air pounced upon him and carried him off
    in his talons. The vanquished Cock immediately came out of his corner,
    and ruled henceforth with undisputed mastery.

    Pride goes before destruction.

    The Charger and the Miller

    A CHARGER, feeling the infirmities of age, was sent to work in a mill
    instead of going out to battle. But when he was compelled to grind
    instead of serving in the wars, he bewailed his change of fortune and
    called to mind his former state, saying, “Ah! Miller, I had indeed to
    go campaigning before, but I was barbed from counter to tail, and a man
    went along to groom me; and now I cannot understand what ailed me to
    prefer the mill before the battle.” “Forbear,” said the Miller to him,
    “harping on what was of yore, for it is the common lot of mortals to
    sustain the ups and downs of fortune.”

    The Fox and the Monkey

    A MONKEY once danced in an assembly of the Beasts, and so pleased them
    all by his performance that they elected him their King. A Fox, envying
    him the honour, discovered a piece of meat lying in a trap, and leading
    the Monkey to the place where it was, said that she had found a store,
    but had not used it, she had kept it for him as treasure trove of his
    kingdom, and counseled him to lay hold of it. The Monkey approached
    carelessly and was caught in the trap; and on his accusing the Fox of
    purposely leading him into the snare, she replied, “O Monkey, and are
    you, with such a mind as yours, going to be King over the Beasts?”

    The Horse and His Rider

    A HORSE SOLDIER took the utmost pains with his charger. As long as the
    war lasted, he looked upon him as his fellow-helper in all emergencies
    and fed him carefully with hay and corn. But when the war was over, he
    only allowed him chaff to eat and made him carry heavy loads of wood,
    subjecting him to much slavish drudgery and ill-treatment. War was
    again proclaimed, however, and when the trumpet summoned him to his
    standard, the Soldier put on his charger its military trappings, and
    mounted, being clad in his heavy coat of mail. The Horse fell down
    straightway under the weight, no longer equal to the burden, and said
    to his master, “You must now go to the war on foot, for you have
    transformed me from a Horse into an Ass; and how can you expect that I
    can again turn in a moment from an Ass to a Horse?”

    The Belly and the Members

    THE MEMBERS of the Body rebelled against the Belly, and said, “Why
    should we be perpetually engaged in administering to your wants, while
    you do nothing but take your rest, and enjoy yourself in luxury and
    self-indulgence?” The Members carried out their resolve and refused
    their assistance to the Belly. The whole Body quickly became
    debilitated, and the hands, feet, mouth, and eyes, when too late,
    repented of their folly.

    The Widow and Her Little Maidens

    A WIDOW who was fond of cleaning had two little maidens to wait on her.
    She was in the habit of waking them early in the morning, at cockcrow.
    The maidens, aggravated by such excessive labor, resolved to kill the
    cock who roused their mistress so early. When they had done this, they
    found that they had only prepared for themselves greater troubles, for
    their mistress, no longer hearing the hour from the cock, woke them up
    to their work in the middle of the night.

    The Vine and the Goat

    A VINE was luxuriant in the time of vintage with leaves and grapes. A
    Goat, passing by, nibbled its young tendrils and its leaves. The Vine
    addressed him and said: “Why do you thus injure me without a cause, and
    crop my leaves? Is there no young grass left? But I shall not have to
    wait long for my just revenge; for if you now should crop my leaves,
    and cut me down to my root, I shall provide the wine to pour over you
    when you are led as a victim to the sacrifice.”

    Jupiter and the Monkey

    JUPITER ISSUED a proclamation to all the beasts of the forest and
    promised a royal reward to the one whose offspring should be deemed the
    handsomest. The Monkey came with the rest and presented, with all a
    mother’s tenderness, a flat-nosed, hairless, ill-featured young Monkey
    as a candidate for the promised reward. A general laugh saluted her on
    the presentation of her son. She resolutely said, “I know not whether
    Jupiter will allot the prize to my son, but this I do know, that he is
    at least in the eyes of me his mother, the dearest, handsomest, and
    most beautiful of all.”

    The Hawk, the Kite, and the Pigeons

    THE PIGEONS, terrified by the appearance of a Kite, called upon the
    Hawk to defend them. He at once consented. When they had admitted him
    into the cote, they found that he made more havoc and slew a larger
    number of them in one day than the Kite could pounce upon in a whole
    year.

    Avoid a remedy that is worse than the disease.

    The Dolphins, the Whales, and the Sprat

    THE DOLPHINS and Whales waged a fierce war with each other. When the
    battle was at its height, a Sprat lifted its head out of the waves and
    said that he would reconcile their differences if they would accept him
    as an umpire. One of the Dolphins replied, “We would far rather be
    destroyed in our battle with each other than admit any interference
    from you in our affairs.”

    The Swallow, the Serpent, and the Court of Justice

    A SWALLOW, returning from abroad and especially fond of dwelling with
    men, built herself a nest in the wall of a Court of Justice and there
    hatched seven young birds. A Serpent gliding past the nest from its
    hole in the wall ate up the young unfledged nestlings. The Swallow,
    finding her nest empty, lamented greatly and exclaimed: “Woe to me a
    stranger! that in this place where all others’ rights are protected, I
    alone should suffer wrong.”

    The Two Pots

    A RIVER carried down in its stream two Pots, one made of earthenware
    and the other of brass. The Earthen Pot said to the Brass Pot, “Pray
    keep at a distance and do not come near me, for if you touch me ever so
    slightly, I shall be broken in pieces, and besides, I by no means wish
    to come near you.”

    Equals make the best friends.

    The Shepherd and the Wolf

    A SHEPHERD once found the whelp of a Wolf and brought it up, and after
    a while taught it to steal lambs from the neighboring flocks. The Wolf,
    having shown himself an apt pupil, said to the Shepherd, “Since you
    have taught me to steal, you must keep a sharp lookout, or you will
    lose some of your own flock.”

    The Crab and Its Mother

    A CRAB said to her son, “Why do you walk so one-sided, my child? It is
    far more becoming to go straight forward.” The young Crab replied:
    “Quite true, dear Mother; and if you will show me the straight way, I
    will promise to walk in it.” The Mother tried in vain, and submitted
    without remonstrance to the reproof of her child.

    Example is more powerful than precept.

    The Father and His Two Daughters

    A MAN had two daughters, the one married to a gardener, and the other
    to a tile-maker. After a time he went to the daughter who had married
    the gardener, and inquired how she was and how all things went with
    her. She said, “All things are prospering with me, and I have only one
    wish, that there may be a heavy fall of rain, in order that the plants
    may be well watered.” Not long after, he went to the daughter who had
    married the tilemaker, and likewise inquired of her how she fared; she
    replied, “I want for nothing, and have only one wish, that the dry
    weather may continue, and the sun shine hot and bright, so that the
    bricks might be dried.” He said to her, “If your sister wishes for
    rain, and you for dry weather, with which of the two am I to join my
    wishes?”

    The Thief and His Mother

    A BOY stole a lesson-book from one of his schoolfellows and took it
    home to his Mother. She not only abstained from beating him, but
    encouraged him. He next time stole a cloak and brought it to her, and
    she again commended him. The Youth, advanced to adulthood, proceeded to
    steal things of still greater value. At last he was caught in the very
    act, and having his hands bound behind him, was led away to the place
    of public execution. His Mother followed in the crowd and violently
    beat her breast in sorrow, whereupon the young man said, “I wish to say
    something to my Mother in her ear.” She came close to him, and he
    quickly seized her ear with his teeth and bit it off. The Mother
    upbraided him as an unnatural child, whereon he replied, “Ah! if you
    had beaten me when I first stole and brought to you that lesson-book, I
    should not have come to this, nor have been thus led to a disgraceful
    death.”

    The Old Man and Death

    AN OLD MAN was employed in cutting wood in the forest, and, in carrying
    the faggots to the city for sale one day, became very wearied with his
    long journey. He sat down by the wayside, and throwing down his load,
    besought “Death” to come. “Death” immediately appeared in answer to his
    summons and asked for what reason he had called him. The Old Man
    hurriedly replied, “That, lifting up the load, you may place it again
    upon my shoulders.”

    The Fir-Tree and the Bramble

    A FIR-TREE said boastingly to the Bramble, “You are useful for nothing
    at all; while I am everywhere used for roofs and houses.” The Bramble
    answered: “You poor creature, if you would only call to mind the axes
    and saws which are about to hew you down, you would have reason to wish
    that you had grown up a Bramble, not a Fir-Tree.”

    Better poverty without care, than riches with.

    The Æthiop

    THE PURCHASER of a black servant was persuaded that the color of his
    skin arose from dirt contracted through the neglect of his former
    masters. On bringing him home he resorted to every means of cleaning,
    and subjected the man to incessant scrubbings. The servant caught a
    severe cold, but he never changed his color or complexion.

    What’s bred in the bone will stick to the flesh.

    The Mouse, the Frog, and the Hawk

    A MOUSE who always lived on the land, by an unlucky chance formed an
    intimate acquaintance with a Frog, who lived for the most part in the
    water. The Frog, one day intent on mischief, bound the foot of the
    Mouse tightly to his own. Thus joined together, the Frog first of all
    led his friend the Mouse to the meadow where they were accustomed to
    find their food. After this, he gradually led him towards the pool in
    which he lived, until reaching the very brink, he suddenly jumped in,
    dragging the Mouse with him. The Frog enjoyed the water amazingly, and
    swam croaking about, as if he had done a good deed. The unhappy Mouse
    was soon suffocated by the water, and his dead body floated about on
    the surface, tied to the foot of the Frog. A Hawk observed it, and,
    pouncing upon it with his talons, carried it aloft. The Frog, being
    still fastened to the leg of the Mouse, was also carried off a
    prisoner, and was eaten by the Hawk.

    Harm hatch, harm catch.

    The Fisherman and His Nets

    A FISHERMAN, engaged in his calling, made a very successful cast and
    captured a great haul of fish. He managed by a skillful handling of his
    net to retain all the large fish and to draw them to the shore; but he
    could not prevent the smaller fish from falling back through the meshes
    of the net into the sea.

    The Wolf and the Sheep

    A WOLF, sorely wounded and bitten by dogs, lay sick and maimed in his
    lair. Being in want of food, he called to a Sheep who was passing, and
    asked him to fetch some water from a stream flowing close beside him.
    “For,” he said, “if you will bring me drink, I will find means to
    provide myself with meat.” “Yes,” said the Sheep, “if I should bring
    you the draught, you would doubtless make me provide the meat also.”

    Hypocritical speeches are easily seen through.

    The Old Woman and the Wine-Jar

    AN OLD WOMAN found an empty jar which had lately been full of prime old
    wine and which still retained the fragrant smell of its former
    contents. She greedily placed it several times to her nose, and drawing
    it backwards and forwards said, “O most delicious! How nice must the
    Wine itself have been, when it leaves behind in the very vessel which
    contained it so sweet a perfume!”

    The memory of a good deed lives.

    The Man Bitten by a Dog

    A MAN who had been bitten by a Dog went about in quest of someone who
    might heal him. A friend, meeting him and learning what he wanted,
    said, “If you would be cured, take a piece of bread, and dip it in the
    blood from your wound, and go and give it to the Dog that bit you.” The
    Man who had been bitten laughed at this advice and said, “Why? If I
    should do so, it would be as if I should beg every Dog in the town to
    bite me.”

    Benefits bestowed upon the evil-disposed increase their means of
    injuring you.

    The Huntsman and the Fisherman

    A HUNTSMAN, returning with his dogs from the field, fell in by chance
    with a Fisherman who was bringing home a basket well laden with fish.
    The Huntsman wished to have the fish, and their owner experienced an
    equal longing for the contents of the game-bag. They quickly agreed to
    exchange the produce of their day’s sport. Each was so well pleased
    with his bargain that they made for some time the same exchange day
    after day. Finally a neighbor said to them, “If you go on in this way,
    you will soon destroy by frequent use the pleasure of your exchange,
    and each will again wish to retain the fruits of his own sport.”

    Abstain and enjoy.

    The Fox and the Crow

    A CROW having stolen a bit of meat, perched in a tree and held it in
    her beak. A Fox, seeing this, longed to possess the meat himself, and
    by a wily stratagem succeeded. “How handsome is the Crow,” he
    exclaimed, “in the beauty of her shape and in the fairness of her
    complexion! Oh, if her voice were only equal to her beauty, she would
    deservedly be considered the Queen of Birds!” This he said deceitfully;
    but the Crow, anxious to refute the reflection cast upon her voice, set
    up a loud caw and dropped the flesh. The Fox quickly picked it up, and
    thus addressed the Crow: “My good Crow, your voice is right enough, but
    your wit is wanting.”

    The Widow and the Sheep

    A CERTAIN poor widow had one solitary Sheep. At shearing time, wishing
    to take his fleece and to avoid expense, she sheared him herself, but
    used the shears so unskillfully that with the fleece she sheared the
    flesh. The Sheep, writhing with pain, said, “Why do you hurt me so,
    Mistress? What weight can my blood add to the wool? If you want my
    flesh, there is the butcher, who will kill me in an instant; but if you
    want my fleece and wool, there is the shearer, who will shear and not
    hurt me.”

    The least outlay is not always the greatest gain.

    The Playful Ass

    AN ASS climbed up to the roof of a building, and frisking about there,
    broke in the tiling. The owner went up after him and quickly drove him
    down, beating him severely with a thick wooden cudgel. The Ass said,
    “Why, I saw the Monkey do this very thing yesterday, and you all
    laughed heartily, as if it afforded you very great amusement.”

    The Stag in the Ox-Stall

    A STAG, roundly chased by the hounds and blinded by fear to the danger
    he was running into, took shelter in a farmyard and hid himself in a
    shed among the oxen. An Ox gave him this kindly warning: “O unhappy
    creature! why should you thus, of your own accord, incur destruction
    and trust yourself in the house of your enemy?” The Stag replied: “Only
    allow me, friend, to stay where I am, and I will undertake to find some
    favourable opportunity of effecting my escape.” At the approach of the
    evening the herdsman came to feed his cattle, but did not see the Stag;
    and even the farm-bailiff with several laborers passed through the shed
    and failed to notice him. The Stag, congratulating himself on his
    safety, began to express his sincere thanks to the Oxen who had kindly
    helped him in the hour of need. One of them again answered him: “We
    indeed wish you well, but the danger is not over. There is one other
    yet to pass through the shed, who has as it were a hundred eyes, and
    until he has come and gone, your life is still in peril.” At that
    moment the master himself entered, and having had to complain that his
    oxen had not been properly fed, he went up to their racks and cried
    out: “Why is there such a scarcity of fodder? There is not half enough
    straw for them to lie on. Those lazy fellows have not even swept the
    cobwebs away.” While he thus examined everything in turn, he spied the
    tips of the antlers of the Stag peeping out of the straw. Then
    summoning his laborers, he ordered that the Stag should be seized and
    killed.

    The Two Dogs

    A MAN had two dogs: a Hound, trained to assist him in his sports, and a
    Housedog, taught to watch the house. When he returned home after a good
    day’s sport, he always gave the Housedog a large share of his spoil.
    The Hound, feeling much aggrieved at this, reproached his companion,
    saying, “It is very hard to have all this labor, while you, who do not
    assist in the chase, luxuriate on the fruits of my exertions.” The
    Housedog replied, “Do not blame me, my friend, but find fault with the
    master, who has not taught me to labor, but to depend for subsistence
    on the labor of others.”

    Children are not to be blamed for the faults of their parents.

    The Wild Ass and the Lion

    A WILD ASS and a Lion entered into an alliance so that they might
    capture the beasts of the forest with greater ease. The Lion agreed to
    assist the Wild Ass with his strength, while the Wild Ass gave the Lion
    the benefit of his greater speed. When they had taken as many beasts as
    their necessities required, the Lion undertook to distribute the prey,
    and for this purpose divided it into three shares. “I will take the
    first share,” he said, “because I am King: and the second share, as a
    partner with you in the chase: and the third share (believe me) will be
    a source of great evil to you, unless you willingly resign it to me,
    and set off as fast as you can.”

    Might makes right.

    The Lion and the Dolphin

    A LION roaming by the seashore saw a Dolphin lift up its head out of
    the waves, and suggested that they contract an alliance, saying that of
    all the animals they ought to be the best friends, since the one was
    the king of beasts on the earth, and the other was the sovereign ruler
    of all the inhabitants of the ocean. The Dolphin gladly consented to
    this request. Not long afterwards the Lion had a combat with a wild
    bull, and called on the Dolphin to help him. The Dolphin, though quite
    willing to give him assistance, was unable to do so, as he could not by
    any means reach the land. The Lion abused him as a traitor. The Dolphin
    replied, “Nay, my friend, blame not me, but Nature, which, while giving
    me the sovereignty of the sea, has quite denied me the power of living
    upon the land.”

    The Eagle and the Arrow

    AN EAGLE sat on a lofty rock, watching the movements of a Hare whom he
    sought to make his prey. An archer, who saw the Eagle from a place of
    concealment, took an accurate aim and wounded him mortally. The Eagle
    gave one look at the arrow that had entered his heart and saw in that
    single glance that its feathers had been furnished by himself. “It is a
    double grief to me,” he exclaimed, “that I should perish by an arrow
    feathered from my own wings.”

    The Sick Kite

    A KITE, sick unto death, said to his mother: “O Mother! do not mourn,
    but at once invoke the gods that my life may be prolonged.” She
    replied, “Alas! my son, which of the gods do you think will pity you?
    Is there one whom you have not outraged by filching from their very
    altars a part of the sacrifice offered up to them?”

    We must make friends in prosperity if we would have their help in
    adversity.

    The Lion and the Boar

    ON A SUMMER DAY, when the great heat induced a general thirst among the
    beasts, a Lion and a Boar came at the same moment to a small well to
    drink. They fiercely disputed which of them should drink first, and
    were soon engaged in the agonies of a mortal combat. When they stopped
    suddenly to catch their breath for a fiercer renewal of the fight, they
    saw some Vultures waiting in the distance to feast on the one that
    should fall first. They at once made up their quarrel, saying, “It is
    better for us to make friends, than to become the food of Crows or
    Vultures.”

    The Mice in Council

    THE MICE summoned a council to decide how they might best devise means
    of warning themselves of the approach of their great enemy the Cat.
    Among the many plans suggested, the one that found most favour was the
    proposal to tie a bell to the neck of the Cat, so that the Mice, being
    warned by the sound of the tinkling, might run away and hide themselves
    in their holes at his approach. But when the Mice further debated who
    among them should thus “bell the Cat,” there was no one found to do it.

    The One-Eyed Doe

    A DOE blind in one eye was accustomed to graze as near to the edge of
    the cliff as she possibly could, in the hope of securing her greater
    safety. She turned her sound eye towards the land that she might get
    the earliest tidings of the approach of hunter or hound, and her
    injured eye towards the sea, from whence she entertained no
    anticipation of danger. Some boatmen sailing by saw her, and taking a
    successful aim, mortally wounded her. Yielding up her last breath, she
    gasped forth this lament: “O wretched creature that I am! to take such
    precaution against the land, and after all to find this seashore, to
    which I had come for safety, so much more perilous.”

    The Mice and the Weasels

    THE WEASELS and the Mice waged a perpetual war with each other, in
    which much blood was shed. The Weasels were always the victors. The
    Mice thought that the cause of their frequent defeats was that they had
    no leaders set apart from the general army to command them, and that
    they were exposed to dangers from lack of discipline. They therefore
    chose as leaders Mice that were most renowned for their family descent,
    strength, and counsel, as well as those most noted for their courage in
    the fight, so that they might be better marshaled in battle array and
    formed into troops, regiments, and battalions. When all this was done,
    and the army disciplined, and the herald Mouse had duly proclaimed war
    by challenging the Weasels, the newly chosen generals bound their heads
    with straws, that they might be more conspicuous to all their troops.
    Scarcely had the battle begun, when a great rout overwhelmed the Mice,
    who scampered off as fast as they could to their holes. The generals,
    not being able to get in on account of the ornaments on their heads,
    were all captured and eaten by the Weasels.

    The more honour the more danger.

    The Shepherd and the Sea

    A SHEPHERD, keeping watch over his sheep near the shore, saw the Sea
    very calm and smooth, and longed to make a voyage with a view to
    commerce. He sold all his flock, invested it in a cargo of dates, and
    set sail. But a very great tempest came on, and the ship being in
    danger of sinking, he threw all his merchandise overboard, and barely
    escaped with his life in the empty ship. Not long afterwards when
    someone passed by and observed the unruffled calm of the Sea, he
    interrupted him and said, “It is again in want of dates, and therefore
    looks quiet.”

    The Ass, the Cock, and the Lion

    AN ASS and a Cock were in a straw-yard together when a Lion, desperate
    from hunger, approached the spot. He was about to spring upon the Ass,
    when the Cock (to the sound of whose voice the Lion, it is said, has a
    singular aversion) crowed loudly, and the Lion fled away as fast as he
    could. The Ass, observing his trepidation at the mere crowing of a Cock
    summoned courage to attack him, and galloped after him for that
    purpose. He had run no long distance, when the Lion, turning about,
    seized him and tore him to pieces.

    False confidence often leads into danger.

    The Rivers and the Sea

    THE RIVERS joined together to complain to the Sea, saying, “Why is it
    that when we flow into your tides so potable and sweet, you work in us
    such a change, and make us salty and unfit to drink?” The Sea,
    perceiving that they intended to throw the blame on him, said, “Pray
    cease to flow into me, and then you will not be made briny.”

    The Wild Boar and the Fox

    A WILD BOAR stood under a tree and rubbed his tusks against the trunk.
    A Fox passing by asked him why he thus sharpened his teeth when there
    was no danger threatening from either huntsman or hound. He replied, “I
    do it advisedly; for it would never do to have to sharpen my weapons
    just at the time I ought to be using them.”

    To be well prepared for war is the best guarantee of peace.

    The Milk-Woman and Her Pail

    A FARMER’S daughter was carrying her Pail of milk from the field to the
    farmhouse, when she fell a-musing. “The money for which this milk will
    be sold, will buy at least three hundred eggs. The eggs, allowing for
    all mishaps, will produce two hundred and fifty chickens. The chickens
    will become ready for the market when poultry will fetch the highest
    price, so that by the end of the year I shall have money enough from my
    share to buy a new gown. In this dress I will go to the Christmas
    parties, where all the young fellows will propose to me, but I will
    toss my head and refuse them every one.” At this moment she tossed her
    head in unison with her thoughts, when down fell the milk pail to the
    ground, and all her imaginary schemes perished in a moment.

    The Bee and Jupiter

    A BEE from Mount Hymettus, the queen of the hive, ascended to Olympus
    to present Jupiter some honey fresh from her combs. Jupiter, delighted
    with the offering of honey, promised to give whatever she should ask.
    She therefore besought him, saying, “Give me, I pray thee, a sting,
    that if any mortal shall approach to take my honey, I may kill him.”
    Jupiter was much displeased, for he loved the race of man, but could
    not refuse the request because of his promise. He thus answered the
    Bee: “You shall have your request, but it will be at the peril of your
    own life. For if you use your sting, it shall remain in the wound you
    make, and then you will die from the loss of it.”

    Evil wishes, like chickens, come home to roost.

    The Wolf and the Housedog

    A WOLF, meeting a big well-fed Mastiff with a wooden collar about his
    neck asked him who it was that fed him so well and yet compelled him to
    drag that heavy log about wherever he went. “The master,” he replied.
    Then said the Wolf: “May no friend of mine ever be in such a plight;
    for the weight of this chain is enough to spoil the appetite.”

    The Three Tradesmen

    A GREAT CITY was besieged, and its inhabitants were called together to
    consider the best means of protecting it from the enemy. A Bricklayer
    earnestly recommended bricks as affording the best material for an
    effective resistance. A Carpenter, with equal enthusiasm, proposed
    timber as a preferable method of defense. Upon which a Currier stood up
    and said, “Sirs, I differ from you altogether: there is no material for
    resistance equal to a covering of hides; and nothing so good as
    leather.”

    Every man for himself.

    The Ass Carrying the Image

    AN ASS once carried through the streets of a city a famous wooden
    Image, to be placed in one of its Temples. As he passed along, the
    crowd made lowly prostration before the Image. The Ass, thinking that
    they bowed their heads in token of respect for himself, bristled up
    with pride, gave himself airs, and refused to move another step. The
    driver, seeing him thus stop, laid his whip lustily about his shoulders
    and said, “O you perverse dull-head! it is not yet come to this, that
    men pay worship to an Ass.”

    They are not wise who give to themselves the credit due to others.

    The Master and His Dogs

    A CERTAIN MAN, detained by a storm in his country house, first of all
    killed his sheep, and then his goats, for the maintenance of his
    household. The storm still continuing, he was obliged to slaughter his
    yoke oxen for food. On seeing this, his Dogs took counsel together, and
    said, “It is time for us to be off, for if the master spare not his
    oxen, who work for his gain, how can we expect him to spare us?”

    He is not to be trusted as a friend who mistreats his own family.

    The Old Hound

    A HOUND, who in the days of his youth and strength had never yielded to
    any beast of the forest, encountered in his old age a boar in the
    chase. He seized him boldly by the ear, but could not retain his hold
    because of the decay of his teeth, so that the boar escaped. His
    master, quickly coming up, was very much disappointed, and fiercely
    abused the dog. The Hound looked up and said, “It was not my fault
    master: my spirit was as good as ever, but I could not help my
    infirmities. I rather deserve to be praised for what I have been, than
    to be blamed for what I am.”

    The Two Travelers and the Axe

    TWO MEN were journeying together. One of them picked up an axe that lay
    upon the path, and said, “I have found an axe.” “Nay, my friend,”
    replied the other, “do not say ‘I,’ but ‘We’ have found an axe.” They
    had not gone far before they saw the owner of the axe pursuing them,
    and he who had picked up the axe said, “We are undone.” “Nay,” replied
    the other, “keep to your first mode of speech, my friend; what you
    thought right then, think right now. Say ‘I,’ not ‘We’ are undone.”

    He who shares the danger ought to share the prize.

    The Old Lion

    A LION, worn out with years and powerless from disease, lay on the
    ground at the point of death. A Boar rushed upon him, and avenged with
    a stroke of his tusks a long-remembered injury. Shortly afterwards the
    Bull with his horns gored him as if he were an enemy. When the Ass saw
    that the huge beast could be assailed with impunity, he let drive at
    his forehead with his heels. The expiring Lion said, “I have
    reluctantly brooked the insults of the brave, but to be compelled to
    endure such treatment from thee, a disgrace to Nature, is indeed to die
    a double death.”

    The Wolf and the Shepherds

    A WOLF, passing by, saw some Shepherds in a hut eating a haunch of
    mutton for their dinner. Approaching them, he said, “What a clamor you
    would raise if I were to do as you are doing!”

    The Seaside Travelers

    SOME TRAVELERS, journeying along the seashore, climbed to the summit of
    a tall cliff, and looking over the sea, saw in the distance what they
    thought was a large ship. They waited in the hope of seeing it enter
    the harbor, but as the object on which they looked was driven nearer to
    shore by the wind, they found that it could at the most be a small
    boat, and not a ship. When however it reached the beach, they
    discovered that it was only a large faggot of sticks, and one of them
    said to his companions, “We have waited for no purpose, for after all
    there is nothing to see but a load of wood.”

    Our mere anticipations of life outrun its realities.

    The Ass and His Shadow

    A TRAVELER hired an Ass to convey him to a distant place. The day being
    intensely hot, and the sun shining in its strength, the Traveler
    stopped to rest, and sought shelter from the heat under the Shadow of
    the Ass. As this afforded only protection for one, and as the Traveler
    and the owner of the Ass both claimed it, a violent dispute arose
    between them as to which of them had the right to the Shadow. The owner
    maintained that he had let the Ass only, and not his Shadow. The
    Traveler asserted that he had, with the hire of the Ass, hired his
    Shadow also. The quarrel proceeded from words to blows, and while the
    men fought, the Ass galloped off.

    In quarreling about the shadow we often lose the substance.

    The Ass and His Masters

    AN ASS, belonging to an herb-seller who gave him too little food and
    too much work made a petition to Jupiter to be released from his
    present service and provided with another master. Jupiter, after
    warning him that he would repent his request, caused him to be sold to
    a tile-maker. Shortly afterwards, finding that he had heavier loads to
    carry and harder work in the brick-field, he petitioned for another
    change of master. Jupiter, telling him that it would be the last time
    that he could grant his request, ordained that he be sold to a tanner.
    The Ass found that he had fallen into worse hands, and noting his
    master’s occupation, said, groaning: “It would have been better for me
    to have been either starved by the one, or to have been overworked by
    the other of my former masters, than to have been bought by my present
    owner, who will even after I am dead tan my hide, and make me useful to
    him.”

    Mercury and the Sculptor

    MERCURY once determined to learn in what esteem he was held among
    mortals. For this purpose he assumed the character of a man and visited
    in this disguise a Sculptor’s studio having looked at various statues,
    he demanded the price of two figures of Jupiter and Juno. When the sum
    at which they were valued was named, he pointed to a figure of himself,
    saying to the Sculptor, “You will certainly want much more for this, as
    it is the statue of the Messenger of the Gods, and author of all your
    gain.” The Sculptor replied, “Well, if you will buy these, I’ll fling
    you that into the bargain.”

    The Fox and the Woodcutter

    A FOX, running before the hounds, came across a Woodcutter felling an
    oak and begged him to show him a safe hiding-place. The Woodcutter
    advised him to take shelter in his own hut, so the Fox crept in and hid
    himself in a corner. The huntsman soon came up with his hounds and
    inquired of the Woodcutter if he had seen the Fox. He declared that he
    had not seen him, and yet pointed, all the time he was speaking, to the
    hut where the Fox lay hidden. The huntsman took no notice of the signs,
    but believing his word, hastened forward in the chase. As soon as they
    were well away, the Fox departed without taking any notice of the
    Woodcutter: whereon he called to him and reproached him, saying, “You
    ungrateful fellow, you owe your life to me, and yet you leave me
    without a word of thanks.” The Fox replied, “Indeed, I should have
    thanked you fervently if your deeds had been as good as your words, and
    if your hands had not been traitors to your speech.”

    The Oak and the Reeds

    A VERY LARGE OAK was uprooted by the wind and thrown across a stream.
    It fell among some Reeds, which it thus addressed: “I wonder how you,
    who are so light and weak, are not entirely crushed by these strong
    winds.” They replied, “You fight and contend with the wind, and
    consequently you are destroyed; while we on the contrary bend before
    the least breath of air, and therefore remain unbroken, and escape.”

    Stoop to conquer.

    The Lion in a Farmyard

    A LION entered a farmyard. The Farmer, wishing to catch him, shut the
    gate. When the Lion found that he could not escape, he flew upon the
    sheep and killed them, and then attacked the oxen. The Farmer,
    beginning to be alarmed for his own safety, opened the gate and
    released the Lion. On his departure the Farmer grievously lamented the
    destruction of his sheep and oxen, but his wife, who had been a
    spectator to all that took place, said, “On my word, you are rightly
    served, for how could you for a moment think of shutting up a Lion
    along with you in your farmyard when you know that you shake in your
    shoes if you only hear his roar at a distance?”

    The Wolf and the Lion

    A WOLF, having stolen a lamb from a fold, was carrying him off to his
    lair. A Lion met him in the path, and seizing the lamb, took it from
    him. Standing at a safe distance, the Wolf exclaimed, “You have
    unrighteously taken that which was mine from me!” To which the Lion
    jeeringly replied, “It was righteously yours, eh? The gift of a
    friend?”

    The Birdcatcher, the Partridge, and the Cock

    A BIRDCATCHER was about to sit down to a dinner of herbs when a friend
    unexpectedly came in. The bird-trap was quite empty, as he had caught
    nothing, and he had to kill a pied Partridge, which he had tamed for a
    decoy. The bird entreated earnestly for his life: “What would you do
    without me when next you spread your nets? Who would chirp you to
    sleep, or call for you the covey of answering birds?” The Birdcatcher
    spared his life, and determined to pick out a fine young Cock just
    attaining to his comb. But the Cock expostulated in piteous tones from
    his perch: “If you kill me, who will announce to you the appearance of
    the dawn? Who will wake you to your daily tasks or tell you when it is
    time to visit the bird-trap in the morning?” He replied, “What you say
    is true. You are a capital bird at telling the time of day. But my
    friend and I must have our dinners.”

    Necessity knows no law.

    The Ant and the Dove

    AN ANT went to the bank of a river to quench its thirst, and being
    carried away by the rush of the stream, was on the point of drowning. A
    Dove sitting on a tree overhanging the water plucked a leaf and let it
    fall into the stream close to her. The Ant climbed onto it and floated
    in safety to the bank. Shortly afterwards a birdcatcher came and stood
    under the tree, and laid his lime-twigs for the Dove, which sat in the
    branches. The Ant, perceiving his design, stung him in the foot. In
    pain the birdcatcher threw down the twigs, and the noise made the Dove
    take wing.

    The Hares and the Frogs

    THE HARES, oppressed by their own exceeding timidity and weary of the
    perpetual alarm to which they were exposed, with one accord determined
    to put an end to themselves and their troubles by jumping from a lofty
    precipice into a deep lake below. As they scampered off in large
    numbers to carry out their resolve, the Frogs lying on the banks of the
    lake heard the noise of their feet and rushed helter-skelter to the
    deep water for safety. On seeing the rapid disappearance of the Frogs,
    one of the Hares cried out to his companions: “Stay, my friends, do not
    do as you intended; for you now see that there are creatures who are
    still more timid than ourselves.”

    The Monkey and the Fishermen

    A MONKEY perched upon a lofty tree saw some Fishermen casting their
    nets into a river, and narrowly watched their proceedings. The
    Fishermen after a while gave up fishing, and on going home to dinner
    left their nets upon the bank. The Monkey, who is the most imitative of
    animals, descended from the treetop and endeavored to do as they had
    done. Having handled the net, he threw it into the river, but became
    tangled in the meshes and drowned. With his last breath he said to
    himself, “I am rightly served; for what business had I who had never
    handled a net to try and catch fish?”

    The Swan and the Goose

    A CERTAIN rich man bought in the market a Goose and a Swan. He fed the
    one for his table and kept the other for the sake of its song. When the
    time came for killing the Goose, the cook went to get him at night,
    when it was dark, and he was not able to distinguish one bird from the
    other. By mistake he caught the Swan instead of the Goose. The Swan,
    threatened with death, burst forth into song and thus made himself
    known by his voice, and preserved his life by his melody.

    The Doe and the Lion

    A DOE hard pressed by hunters sought refuge in a cave belonging to a
    Lion. The Lion concealed himself on seeing her approach, but when she
    was safe within the cave, sprang upon her and tore her to pieces. “Woe
    is me,” exclaimed the Doe, “who have escaped from man, only to throw
    myself into the mouth of a wild beast?”

    In avoiding one evil, care must be taken not to fall into another.

    The Fisherman and the Little Fish

    A FISHERMAN who lived on the produce of his nets, one day caught a
    single small Fish as the result of his day’s labor. The Fish, panting
    convulsively, thus entreated for his life: “O Sir, what good can I be
    to you, and how little am I worth? I am not yet come to my full size.
    Pray spare my life, and put me back into the sea. I shall soon become a
    large fish fit for the tables of the rich, and then you can catch me
    again, and make a handsome profit of me.” The Fisherman replied, “I
    should indeed be a very simple fellow if, for the chance of a greater
    uncertain profit, I were to forego my present certain gain.”

    The Hunter and the Woodman

    A HUNTER, not very bold, was searching for the tracks of a Lion. He
    asked a man felling oaks in the forest if he had seen any marks of his
    footsteps or knew where his lair was. “I will,” said the man, “at once
    show you the Lion himself.” The Hunter, turning very pale and
    chattering with his teeth from fear, replied, “No, thank you. I did not
    ask that; it is his track only I am in search of, not the Lion
    himself.”

    The hero is brave in deeds as well as words.

    The Swollen Fox

    A VERY HUNGRY FOX, seeing some bread and meat left by shepherds in the
    hollow of an oak, crept into the hole and made a hearty meal. When he
    finished, he was so full that he was not able to get out, and began to
    groan and lament his fate. Another Fox passing by heard his cries, and
    coming up, inquired the cause of his complaining. On learning what had
    happened, he said to him, “Ah, you will have to remain there, my
    friend, until you become such as you were when you crept in, and then
    you will easily get out.”

    The Two Frogs

    TWO FROGS dwelt in the same pool. When the pool dried up under the
    summer’s heat, they left it and set out together for another home. As
    they went along they chanced to pass a deep well, amply supplied with
    water, and when they saw it, one of the Frogs said to the other, “Let
    us descend and make our abode in this well: it will furnish us with
    shelter and food.” The other replied with greater caution, “But suppose
    the water should fail us. How can we get out again from so great a
    depth?”

    Do nothing without a regard to the consequences.

    The Lamp

    A LAMP, soaked with too much oil and flaring brightly, boasted that it
    gave more light than the sun. Then a sudden puff of wind arose, and the
    Lamp was immediately extinguished. Its owner lit it again, and said:
    “Boast no more, but henceforth be content to give thy light in silence.
    Know that not even the stars need to be relit.”

    The Camel and the Arab

    AN ARAB Camel-driver, after completing the loading of his Camel, asked
    him which he would like best, to go up hill or down. The poor beast
    replied, not without a touch of reason: “Why do you ask me? Is it that
    the level way through the desert is closed?”

    The Miller, His Son, and Their Ass

    A MILLER and his son were driving their Ass to a neighboring fair to
    sell him. They had not gone far when they met with a troop of women
    collected round a well, talking and laughing. “Look there,” cried one
    of them, “did you ever see such fellows, to be trudging along the road
    on foot when they might ride?” The old man hearing this, quickly made
    his son mount the Ass, and continued to walk along merrily by his side.
    Presently they came up to a group of old men in earnest debate.
    “There,” said one of them, “it proves what I was a-saying. What respect
    is shown to old age in these days? Do you see that idle lad riding
    while his old father has to walk? Get down, you young scapegrace, and
    let the old man rest his weary limbs.” Upon this the old man made his
    son dismount, and got up himself. In this manner they had not proceeded
    far when they met a company of women and children: “Why, you lazy old
    fellow,” cried several tongues at once, “how can you ride upon the
    beast, while that poor little lad there can hardly keep pace by the
    side of you?” The good-natured Miller immediately took up his son
    behind him. They had now almost reached the town. “Pray, honest
    friend,” said a citizen, “is that Ass your own?” “Yes,” replied the old
    man. “O, one would not have thought so,” said the other, “by the way
    you load him. Why, you two fellows are better able to carry the poor
    beast than he you.” “Anything to please you,” said the old man; “we can
    but try.” So, alighting with his son, they tied the legs of the Ass
    together and with the help of a pole endeavored to carry him on their
    shoulders over a bridge near the entrance to the town. This
    entertaining sight brought the people in crowds to laugh at it, till
    the Ass, not liking the noise nor the strange handling that he was
    subject to, broke the cords that bound him and, tumbling off the pole,
    fell into the river. Upon this, the old man, vexed and ashamed, made
    the best of his way home again, convinced that by endeavoring to please
    everybody he had pleased nobody, and lost his Ass in the bargain.

    The Cat and the Mice

    A CERTAIN HOUSE was overrun with Mice. A Cat, discovering this, made
    her way into it and began to catch and eat them one by one. Fearing for
    their lives, the Mice kept themselves close in their holes. The Cat was
    no longer able to get at them and perceived that she must tempt them
    forth by some device. For this purpose she jumped upon a peg, and
    suspending herself from it, pretended to be dead. One of the Mice,
    peeping stealthily out, saw her and said, “Ah, my good madam, even
    though you should turn into a meal-bag, we will not come near you.”

    The Mouse and the Bull

    A BULL was bitten by a Mouse and, angered by the wound, tried to
    capture him. But the Mouse reached his hole in safety. Though the Bull
    dug into the walls with his horns, he tired before he could rout out
    the Mouse, and crouching down, went to sleep outside the hole. The
    Mouse peeped out, crept furtively up his flank, and again biting him,
    retreated to his hole. The Bull rising up, and not knowing what to do,
    was sadly perplexed. At which the Mouse said, “The great do not always
    prevail. There are times when the small and lowly are the strongest to
    do mischief.”

    The Dog and the Cook

    A RICH MAN gave a great feast, to which he invited many friends and
    acquaintances. His Dog availed himself of the occasion to invite a
    stranger Dog, a friend of his, saying, “My master gives a feast, and
    there is always much food remaining; come and sup with me tonight.” The
    Dog thus invited went at the hour appointed, and seeing the
    preparations for so grand an entertainment, said in the joy of his
    heart, “How glad I am that I came! I do not often get such a chance as
    this. I will take care and eat enough to last me both today and
    tomorrow.” While he was congratulating himself and wagging his tail to
    convey his pleasure to his friend, the Cook saw him moving about among
    his dishes and, seizing him by his fore and hind paws, bundled him
    without ceremony out of the window. He fell with force upon the ground
    and limped away, howling dreadfully. His yelling soon attracted other
    street dogs, who came up to him and inquired how he had enjoyed his
    supper. He replied, “Why, to tell you the truth, I drank so much wine
    that I remember nothing. I do not know how I got out of the house.”

    The Thieves and the Cock

    SOME THIEVES broke into a house and found nothing but a Cock, whom they
    stole, and got off as fast as they could. Upon arriving at home they
    prepared to kill the Cock, who thus pleaded for his life: “Pray spare
    me; I am very serviceable to men. I wake them up in the night to their
    work.” “That is the very reason why we must the more kill you,” they
    replied; “for when you wake your neighbors, you entirely put an end to
    our business.”

    The safeguards of virtue are hateful to those with evil intentions.

    The Dancing Monkeys

    A PRINCE had some Monkeys trained to dance. Being naturally great
    mimics of men’s actions, they showed themselves most apt pupils, and
    when arrayed in their rich clothes and masks, they danced as well as
    any of the courtiers. The spectacle was often repeated with great
    applause, till on one occasion a courtier, bent on mischief, took from
    his pocket a handful of nuts and threw them upon the stage. The Monkeys
    at the sight of the nuts forgot their dancing and became (as indeed
    they were) Monkeys instead of actors. Pulling off their masks and
    tearing their robes, they fought with one another for the nuts. The
    dancing spectacle thus came to an end amidst the laughter and ridicule
    of the audience.

    The Farmer and the Fox

    A FARMER, who bore a grudge against a Fox for robbing his poultry yard,
    caught him at last, and being determined to take an ample revenge, tied
    some rope well soaked in oil to his tail, and set it on fire. The Fox
    by a strange fatality rushed to the fields of the Farmer who had
    captured him. It was the time of the wheat harvest; but the Farmer
    reaped nothing that year and returned home grieving sorely.

    The Traveler and Fortune

    A TRAVELER wearied from a long journey lay down, overcome with fatigue,
    on the very brink of a deep well. Just as he was about to fall into the
    water, Dame Fortune, it is said, appeared to him and waking him from
    his slumber thus addressed him: “Good Sir, pray wake up: for if you
    fall into the well, the blame will be thrown on me, and I shall get an
    ill name among mortals; for I find that men are sure to impute their
    calamities to me, however much by their own folly they have really
    brought them on themselves.”

    Everyone is more or less master of his own fate.

    The Seagull and the Kite

    A SEAGULL having bolted down too large a fish, burst its deep
    gullet-bag and lay down on the shore to die. A Kite saw him and
    exclaimed: “You richly deserve your fate; for a bird of the air has no
    business to seek its food from the sea.”

    Every man should be content to mind his own business.

    The Lion, the Bear, and the Fox

    A LION and a Bear seized a Kid at the same moment, and fought fiercely
    for its possession. When they had fearfully lacerated each other and
    were faint from the long combat, they lay down exhausted with fatigue.
    A Fox, who had gone round them at a distance several times, saw them
    both stretched on the ground with the Kid lying untouched in the
    middle. He ran in between them, and seizing the Kid scampered off as
    fast as he could. The Lion and the Bear saw him, but not being able to
    get up, said, “Woe be to us, that we should have fought and belabored
    ourselves only to serve the turn of a Fox.”

    It sometimes happens that one man has all the toil, and another all the
    profit.

    The Philosopher, the Ants, and Mercury

    A PHILOSOPHER witnessed from the shore the shipwreck of a vessel, of
    which the crew and passengers were all drowned. He inveighed against
    the injustice of Providence, which would for the sake of one criminal
    perchance sailing in the ship allow so many innocent persons to perish.
    As he was indulging in these reflections, he found himself surrounded
    by a whole army of Ants, near whose nest he was standing. One of them
    climbed up and stung him, and he immediately trampled them all to death
    with his foot. Mercury presented himself, and striking the Philosopher
    with his wand, said, “And are you indeed to make yourself a judge of
    the dealings of Providence, who hast thyself in a similar manner
    treated these poor Ants?”

    The Peasant and the Eagle

    A PEASANT found an Eagle captured in a trap, and much admiring the
    bird, set him free. The Eagle did not prove ungrateful to his
    deliverer, for seeing the Peasant sitting under a wall which was not
    safe, he flew toward him and with his talons snatched a bundle from his
    head. When the Peasant rose in pursuit, the Eagle let the bundle fall
    again. Taking it up, the man returned to the same place, to find that
    the wall under which he had been sitting had fallen to pieces; and he
    marveled at the service rendered him by the Eagle.

    The Fox and the Leopard

    THE FOX and the Leopard disputed which was the more beautiful of the
    two. The Leopard exhibited one by one the various spots which decorated
    his skin. But the Fox, interrupting him, said, “And how much more
    beautiful than you am I, who am decorated, not in body, but in mind.”

    The Lion and the Hare

    A LION came across a Hare, who was fast asleep. He was just in the act
    of seizing her, when a fine young Hart trotted by, and he left the Hare
    to follow him. The Hare, scared by the noise, awoke and scudded away.
    The Lion was unable after a long chase to catch the Hart, and returned
    to feed upon the Hare. On finding that the Hare also had run off, he
    said, “I am rightly served, for having let go of the food that I had in
    my hand for the chance of obtaining more.”

    The Image of Mercury and the Carpenter

    A VERY POOR MAN, a Carpenter by trade, had a wooden image of Mercury,
    before which he made offerings day by day, and begged the idol to make
    him rich, but in spite of his entreaties he became poorer and poorer.
    At last, being very angry, he took his image down from its pedestal and
    dashed it against the wall. When its head was knocked off, out came a
    stream of gold, which the Carpenter quickly picked up and said, “Well,
    I think thou art altogether contradictory and unreasonable; for when I
    paid you honour, I reaped no benefits: but now that I maltreat you I am
    loaded with an abundance of riches.”

    The Lion, the Fox, and the Ass

    THE LION, the Fox and the Ass entered into an agreement to assist each
    other in the chase. Having secured a large booty, the Lion on their
    return from the forest asked the Ass to allot his due portion to each
    of the three partners in the treaty. The Ass carefully divided the
    spoil into three equal shares and modestly requested the two others to
    make the first choice. The Lion, bursting out into a great rage,
    devoured the Ass. Then he requested the Fox to do him the favour to
    make a division. The Fox accumulated all that they had killed into one
    large heap and left to himself the smallest possible morsel. The Lion
    said, “Who has taught you, my very excellent fellow, the art of
    division? You are perfect to a fraction.” He replied, “I learned it
    from the Ass, by witnessing his fate.”

    Happy is the man who learns from the misfortunes of others.

    The Bull and the Goat

    A BULL, escaping from a Lion, hid in a cave which some shepherds had
    recently occupied. As soon as he entered, a He-Goat left in the cave
    sharply attacked him with his horns. The Bull quietly addressed him:
    “Butt away as much as you will. I have no fear of you, but of the Lion.
    Let that monster go away and I will soon let you know what is the
    respective strength of a Goat and a Bull.”

    It shows an evil disposition to take advantage of a friend in distress.

    The Bald Knight

    A BALD KNIGHT, who wore a wig, went out to hunt. A sudden puff of wind
    blew off his hat and wig, at which a loud laugh rang forth from his
    companions. He pulled up his horse, and with great glee joined in the
    joke by saying, “What a marvel it is that hairs which are not mine
    should fly from me, when they have forsaken even the man on whose head
    they grew.”

    The Oaks and Jupiter

    THE OAKS presented a complaint to Jupiter, saying, “We bear for no
    purpose the burden of life, as of all the trees that grow we are the
    most continually in peril of the axe.” Jupiter made answer: “You have
    only to thank yourselves for the misfortunes to which you are exposed:
    for if you did not make such excellent pillars and posts, and prove
    yourselves so serviceable to the carpenters and the farmers, the axe
    would not so frequently be laid to your roots.”

    The Monkeys and Their Mother

    THE MONKEY, it is said, has two young ones at each birth. The Mother
    fondles one and nurtures it with the greatest affection and care, but
    hates and neglects the other. It happened once that the young one which
    was caressed and loved was smothered by the too great affection of the
    Mother, while the despised one was nurtured and reared in spite of the
    neglect to which it was exposed.

    The best intentions will not always ensure success.

    The Hare and the Hound

    A HOUND started a Hare from his lair, but after a long run, gave up the
    chase. A goat-herd seeing him stop, mocked him, saying “The little one
    is the best runner of the two.” The Hound replied, “You do not see the
    difference between us: I was only running for a dinner, but he for his
    life.”

    The Shepherd and the Dog

    A SHEPHERD penning his sheep in the fold for the night was about to
    shut up a wolf with them, when his Dog perceiving the wolf said,
    “Master, how can you expect the sheep to be safe if you admit a wolf
    into the fold?”

    The Oak and the Woodcutters

    THE WOODCUTTER cut down a Mountain Oak and split it in pieces, making
    wedges of its own branches for dividing the trunk. The Oak said with a
    sigh, “I do not care about the blows of the axe aimed at my roots, but
    I do grieve at being torn in pieces by these wedges made from my own
    branches.”

    Misfortunes springing from ourselves are the hardest to bear.

    The Wasp and the Snake

    A WASP seated himself upon the head of a Snake and, striking him
    unceasingly with his stings, wounded him to death. The Snake, being in
    great torment and not knowing how to rid himself of his enemy, saw a
    wagon heavily laden with wood, and went and purposely placed his head
    under the wheels, saying, “At least my enemy and I shall perish
    together.”

    The Peacock and the Crane

    A PEACOCK spreading its gorgeous tail mocked a Crane that passed by,
    ridiculing the ashen hue of its plumage and saying, “I am robed, like a
    king, in gold and purple and all the colors of the rainbow; while you
    have not a bit of color on your wings.” “True,” replied the Crane; “but
    I soar to the heights of heaven and lift up my voice to the stars,
    while you walk below, like a cock, among the birds of the dunghill.”

    Fine feathers don’t make fine birds.

    The Hen and the Golden Eggs

    A COTTAGER and his wife had a Hen that laid a golden egg every day.
    They supposed that the Hen must contain a great lump of gold in its
    inside, and in order to get the gold they killed it. Having done so,
    they found to their surprise that the Hen differed in no respect from
    their other hens. The foolish pair, thus hoping to become rich all at
    once, deprived themselves of the gain of which they were assured day by
    day.

    The Ass and the Frogs

    AN ASS, carrying a load of wood, passed through a pond. As he was
    crossing through the water he lost his footing, stumbled and fell, and
    not being able to rise on account of his load, groaned heavily. Some
    Frogs frequenting the pool heard his lamentation, and said, “What would
    you do if you had to live here always as we do, when you make such a
    fuss about a mere fall into the water?”

    Men often bear little grievances with less courage than they do large
    misfortunes.

    The Crow and the Raven

    A CROW was jealous of the Raven, because he was considered a bird of
    good omen and always attracted the attention of men, who noted by his
    flight the good or evil course of future events. Seeing some travelers
    approaching, the Crow flew up into a tree, and perching herself on one
    of the branches, cawed as loudly as she could. The travelers turned
    towards the sound and wondered what it foreboded, when one of them said
    to his companion, “Let us proceed on our journey, my friend, for it is
    only the caw of a crow, and her cry, you know, is no omen.”

    Those who assume a character which does not belong to them, only make
    themselves ridiculous.

    The Trees and the Axe

    A MAN came into a forest and asked the Trees to provide him a handle
    for his axe. The Trees consented to his request and gave him a young
    ash-tree. No sooner had the man fitted a new handle to his axe from it,
    than he began to use it and quickly felled with his strokes the noblest
    giants of the forest. An old oak, lamenting when too late the
    destruction of his companions, said to a neighboring cedar, “The first
    step has lost us all. If we had not given up the rights of the ash, we
    might yet have retained our own privileges and have stood for ages.”

    The Wolves and the Sheepdogs

    THE WOLVES thus addressed the Sheepdogs: “Why should you, who are like
    us in so many things, not be entirely of one mind with us, and live
    with us as brothers should? We differ from you in one point only. We
    live in freedom, but you bow down to and slave for men, who in return
    for your services flog you with whips and put collars on your necks.
    They make you also guard their sheep, and while they eat the mutton
    throw only the bones to you. If you will be persuaded by us, you will
    give us the sheep, and we will enjoy them in common, till we all are
    surfeited.” The Dogs listened favourably to these proposals, and,
    entering the den of the Wolves, they were set upon and torn to pieces.

    The Bull, the Lioness, and the Wild-Boar Hunter

    A BULL finding a lion’s cub asleep gored him to death with his horns.
    The Lioness came up, and bitterly lamented the death of her whelp. A
    wild-boar Hunter, seeing her distress, stood at a distance and said to
    her, “Think how many men there are who have reason to lament the loss
    of their children, whose deaths have been caused by you.”

    The Bowman and Lion

    A VERY SKILLFUL BOWMAN went to the mountains in search of game, but all
    the beasts of the forest fled at his approach. The Lion alone
    challenged him to combat. The Bowman immediately shot out an arrow and
    said to the Lion: “I send thee my messenger, that from him thou mayest
    learn what I myself shall be when I assail thee.” The wounded Lion
    rushed away in great fear, and when a Fox who had seen it all happen
    told him to be of good courage and not to back off at the first attack
    he replied: “You counsel me in vain; for if he sends so fearful a
    messenger, how shall I abide the attack of the man himself?”

    Be on guard against men who can strike from a distance.

    The Camel

    WHEN MAN first saw the Camel, he was so frightened at his vast size
    that he ran away. After a time, perceiving the meekness and gentleness
    of the beast’s temper, he summoned courage enough to approach him. Soon
    afterwards, observing that he was an animal altogether deficient in
    spirit, he assumed such boldness as to put a bridle in his mouth, and
    to let a child drive him.

    Use serves to overcome dread.

    The Crab and the Fox

    A CRAB, forsaking the seashore, chose a neighboring green meadow as its
    feeding ground. A Fox came across him, and being very hungry ate him
    up. Just as he was on the point of being eaten, the Crab said, “I well
    deserve my fate, for what business had I on the land, when by my nature
    and habits I am only adapted for the sea?”

    Contentment with our lot is an element of happiness.

    The Ass and the Old Shepherd

    A SHEPHERD, watching his Ass feeding in a meadow, was alarmed all of a
    sudden by the cries of the enemy. He appealed to the Ass to fly with
    him, lest they should both be captured, but the animal lazily replied,
    “Why should I, pray? Do you think it likely the conqueror will place on
    me two sets of panniers?” “No,” rejoined the Shepherd. “Then,” said the
    Ass, “as long as I carry the panniers, what matters it to me whom I
    serve?”

    In a change of government the poor change nothing beyond the name of
    their master.

    The Fox and the Hedgehog

    A FOX swimming across a rapid river was carried by the force of the
    current into a very deep ravine, where he lay for a long time very much
    bruised, sick, and unable to move. A swarm of hungry blood-sucking
    flies settled upon him. A Hedgehog, passing by, saw his anguish and
    inquired if he should drive away the flies that were tormenting him.
    “By no means,” replied the Fox; “pray do not molest them.” “How is
    this?” said the Hedgehog; “do you not want to be rid of them?” “No,”
    returned the Fox, “for these flies which you see are full of blood, and
    sting me but little, and if you rid me of these which are already
    satiated, others more hungry will come in their place, and will drink
    up all the blood I have left.”

    The Woman and Her Hen

    A WOMAN possessed a Hen that gave her an egg every day. She often
    pondered how she might obtain two eggs daily instead of one, and at
    last, to gain her purpose, determined to give the Hen a double
    allowance of barley. From that day the Hen became fat and sleek, and
    never once laid another egg.

    The Kites and the Swans

    TEE KITES of olden times, as well as the Swans, had the privilege of
    song. But having heard the neigh of the horse, they were so enchanted
    with the sound, that they tried to imitate it; and, in trying to neigh,
    they forgot how to sing.

    The desire for imaginary benefits often involves the loss of present
    blessings.

    The Dog and the Hare

    A HOUND having started a Hare on the hillside pursued her for some
    distance, at one time biting her with his teeth as if he would take her
    life, and at another fawning upon her, as if in play with another dog.
    The Hare said to him, “I wish you would act sincerely by me, and show
    yourself in your true colors. If you are a friend, why do you bite me
    so hard? If an enemy, why do you fawn on me?”

    No one can be a friend if you know not whether to trust or distrust
    him.

    The Hares and the Foxes

    THE HARES waged war with the Eagles, and called upon the Foxes to help
    them. They replied, “We would willingly have helped you, if we had not
    known who you were, and with whom you were fighting.”

    Count the cost before you commit yourselves.

    The Bull and the Calf

    A BULL was striving with all his might to squeeze himself through a
    narrow passage which led to his stall. A young Calf came up, and
    offered to go before and show him the way by which he could manage to
    pass. “Save yourself the trouble,” said the Bull; “I knew that way long
    before you were born.”

    The Stag, the Wolf, and the Sheep

    A STAG asked a Sheep to lend him a measure of wheat, and said that the
    Wolf would be his surety. The Sheep, fearing some fraud was intended,
    excused herself, saying, “The Wolf is accustomed to seize what he wants
    and to run off; and you, too, can quickly outstrip me in your rapid
    flight. How then shall I be able to find you, when the day of payment
    comes?”

    Two blacks do not make one white.

    The Eagle, the Cat, and the Wild Sow

    AN EAGLE made her nest at the top of a lofty oak; a Cat, having found a
    convenient hole, moved into the middle of the trunk; and a Wild Sow,
    with her young, took shelter in a hollow at its foot. The Cat cunningly
    resolved to destroy this chance-made colony. To carry out her design,
    she climbed to the nest of the Eagle, and said, “Destruction is
    preparing for you, and for me too, unfortunately. The Wild Sow, whom
    you see daily digging up the earth, wishes to uproot the oak, so she
    may on its fall seize our families as food for her young.” Having thus
    frightened the Eagle out of her senses, she crept down to the cave of
    the Sow, and said, “Your children are in great danger; for as soon as
    you go out with your litter to find food, the Eagle is prepared to
    pounce upon one of your little pigs.” Having instilled these fears into
    the Sow, she went and pretended to hide herself in the hollow of the
    tree. When night came she went forth with silent foot and obtained food
    for herself and her kittens, but feigning to be afraid, she kept a
    lookout all through the day. Meanwhile, the Eagle, full of fear of the
    Sow, sat still on the branches, and the Sow, terrified by the Eagle,
    did not dare to go out from her cave. And thus they both, along with
    their families, perished from hunger, and afforded ample provision for
    the Cat and her kittens.

    The Wolf and the Fox

    AT ONE TIME a very large and strong Wolf was born among the wolves, who
    exceeded all his fellow-wolves in strength, size, and swiftness, so
    that they unanimously decided to call him “Lion.” The Wolf, with a lack
    of sense proportioned to his enormous size, thought that they gave him
    this name in earnest, and, leaving his own race, consorted exclusively
    with the lions. An old sly Fox, seeing this, said, “May I never make
    myself so ridiculous as you do in your pride and self-conceit; for even
    though you have the size of a lion among wolves, in a herd of lions you
    are definitely a wolf.”

    The Mule

    A MULE, frolicsome from lack of work and from too much corn, galloped
    about in a very extravagant manner, and said to himself: “My father
    surely was a high-mettled racer, and I am his own child in speed and
    spirit.” On the next day, being driven a long journey, and feeling very
    wearied, he exclaimed in a disconsolate tone: “I must have made a
    mistake; my father, after all, could have been only an ass.”

    The Prophet

    A WIZARD, sitting in the marketplace, was telling the fortunes of the
    passers-by when a person ran up in great haste, and announced to him
    that the doors of his house had been broken open and that all his goods
    were being stolen. He sighed heavily and hastened away as fast as he
    could run. A neighbor saw him running and said, “Oh! you fellow there!
    you say you can foretell the fortunes of others; how is it you did not
    foresee your own?”

    The Two Frogs

    TWO FROGS were neighbors. One inhabited a deep pond, far removed from
    public view; the other lived in a gully containing little water, and
    traversed by a country road. The Frog that lived in the pond warned his
    friend to change his residence and entreated him to come and live with
    him, saying that he would enjoy greater safety from danger and more
    abundant food. The other refused, saying that he felt it so very hard
    to leave a place to which he had become accustomed. A few days
    afterwards a heavy wagon passed through the gully and crushed him to
    death under its wheels.

    A willful man will have his way to his own hurt.

    The Serpent and the Eagle

    A SERPENT and an Eagle were struggling with each other in deadly
    conflict. The Serpent had the advantage, and was about to strangle the
    bird. A countryman saw them, and running up, loosed the coil of the
    Serpent and let the Eagle go free. The Serpent, irritated at the escape
    of his prey, injected his poison into the drinking horn of the
    countryman. The rustic, ignorant of his danger, was about to drink,
    when the Eagle struck his hand with his wing, and, seizing the drinking
    horn in his talons, carried it aloft.

    The Crow and the Pitcher

    A CROW perishing with thirst saw a pitcher, and hoping to find water,
    flew to it with delight. When he reached it, he discovered to his grief
    that it contained so little water that he could not possibly get at it.
    He tried everything he could think of to reach the water, but all his
    efforts were in vain. At last he collected as many stones as he could
    carry and dropped them one by one with his beak into the pitcher, until
    he brought the water within his reach and thus saved his life.

    Necessity is the mother of invention.

    The Thief and the Innkeeper

    A THIEF hired a room in a tavern and stayed a while in the hope of
    stealing something which should enable him to pay his reckoning. When
    he had waited some days in vain, he saw the Innkeeper dressed in a new
    and handsome coat and sitting before his door. The Thief sat down
    beside him and talked with him. As the conversation began to flag, the
    Thief yawned terribly and at the same time howled like a wolf. The
    Innkeeper said, “Why do you howl so fearfully?” “I will tell you,” said
    the Thief, “but first let me ask you to hold my clothes, or I shall
    tear them to pieces. I know not, sir, when I got this habit of yawning,
    nor whether these attacks of howling were inflicted on me as a judgment
    for my crimes, or for any other cause; but this I do know, that when I
    yawn for the third time, I actually turn into a wolf and attack men.”
    With this speech he commenced a second fit of yawning and again howled
    like a wolf, as he had at first. The Innkeeper, hearing his tale and
    believing what he said, became greatly alarmed and, rising from his
    seat, attempted to run away. The Thief laid hold of his coat and
    entreated him to stop, saying, “Pray wait, sir, and hold my clothes, or
    I shall tear them to pieces in my fury, when I turn into a wolf.” At
    the same moment he yawned the third time and set up a terrible howl.
    The Innkeeper, frightened lest he should be attacked, left his new coat
    in the Thief’s hand and ran as fast as he could into the inn for
    safety. The Thief made off with the coat and did not return again to
    the inn.

    Every tale is not to be believed.

    The Hart and the Vine

    A HART, hard pressed in the chase, hid himself beneath the large leaves
    of a Vine. The huntsmen, in their haste, overshot the place of his
    concealment. Supposing all danger to have passed, the Hart began to
    nibble the tendrils of the Vine. One of the huntsmen, attracted by the
    rustling of the leaves, looked back, and seeing the Hart, shot an arrow
    from his bow and struck it. The Hart, at the point of death, groaned:
    “I am rightly served, for I should not have maltreated the Vine that
    saved me.”

    The Gnat and the Lion

    A GNAT came and said to a Lion, “I do not in the least fear you, nor
    are you stronger than I am. For in what does your strength consist? You
    can scratch with your claws and bite with your teeth an a woman in her
    quarrels. I repeat that I am altogether more powerful than you; and if
    you doubt it, let us fight and see who will conquer.” The Gnat, having
    sounded his horn, fastened himself upon the Lion and stung him on the
    nostrils and the parts of the face devoid of hair. While trying to
    crush him, the Lion tore himself with his claws, until he punished
    himself severely. The Gnat thus prevailed over the Lion, and, buzzing
    about in a song of triumph, flew away. But shortly afterwards he became
    entangled in the meshes of a cobweb and was eaten by a spider. He
    greatly lamented his fate, saying, “Woe is me! that I, who can wage war
    successfully with the hugest beasts, should perish myself from this
    spider, the most inconsiderable of insects!”

    The Fox and the Grapes

    A FAMISHED FOX saw some clusters of ripe black grapes hanging from a
    trellised vine. She resorted to all her tricks to get at them, but
    wearied herself in vain, for she could not reach them. At last she
    turned away, hiding her disappointment and saying: “The Grapes are
    sour, and not ripe as I thought.”

    The Walnut-Tree

    A WALNUT TREE standing by the roadside bore an abundant crop of fruit.
    For the sake of the nuts, the passers-by broke its branches with stones
    and sticks. The Walnut-Tree piteously exclaimed, “O wretched me! that
    those whom I cheer with my fruit should repay me with these painful
    requitals!”

    The Kid and the Wolf

    A KID, returning without protection from the pasture, was pursued by a
    Wolf. Seeing he could not escape, he turned round, and said: “I know,
    friend Wolf, that I must be your prey, but before I die I would ask of
    you one favour you will play me a tune to which I may dance.” The Wolf
    complied, and while he was piping and the Kid was dancing, some hounds
    hearing the sound ran up and began chasing the Wolf. Turning to the
    Kid, he said, “It is just what I deserve; for I, who am only a butcher,
    should not have turned piper to please you.”

    The Monkey and the Dolphin

    A SAILOR, bound on a long voyage, took with him a Monkey to amuse him
    while on shipboard. As he sailed off the coast of Greece, a violent
    tempest arose in which the ship was wrecked and he, his Monkey, and all
    the crew were obliged to swim for their lives. A Dolphin saw the Monkey
    contending with the waves, and supposing him to be a man (whom he is
    always said to befriend), came and placed himself under him, to convey
    him on his back in safety to the shore. When the Dolphin arrived with
    his burden in sight of land not far from Athens, he asked the Monkey if
    he were an Athenian. The latter replied that he was, and that he was
    descended from one of the most noble families in that city. The Dolphin
    then inquired if he knew the Piræus (the famous harbor of Athens).
    Supposing that a man was meant, the Monkey answered that he knew him
    very well and that he was an intimate friend. The Dolphin, indignant at
    these falsehoods, dipped the Monkey under the water and drowned him.

    The Horse and the Stag

    AT ONE TIME the Horse had the plain entirely to himself. Then a Stag
    intruded into his domain and shared his pasture. The Horse, desiring to
    revenge himself on the stranger, asked a man if he were willing to help
    him in punishing the Stag. The man replied that if the Horse would
    receive a bit in his mouth and agree to carry him, he would contrive
    effective weapons against the Stag. The Horse consented and allowed the
    man to mount him. From that hour he found that instead of obtaining
    revenge on the Stag, he had enslaved himself to the service of man.

    The Jackdaw and the Doves

    A JACKDAW, seeing some Doves in a cote abundantly provided with food,
    painted himself white and joined them in order to share their plentiful
    maintenance. The Doves, as long as he was silent, supposed him to be
    one of themselves and admitted him to their cote. But when one day he
    forgot himself and began to chatter, they discovered his true character
    and drove him forth, pecking him with their beaks. Failing to obtain
    food among the Doves, he returned to the Jackdaws. They too, not
    recognizing him on account of his color, expelled him from living with
    them. So desiring two ends, he obtained neither.

    The Fox and the Monkey

    A FOX and a Monkey were traveling together on the same road. As they
    journeyed, they passed through a cemetery full of monuments. “All these
    monuments which you see,” said the Monkey, “are erected in honour of my
    ancestors, who were in their day freedmen and citizens of great
    renown.” The Fox replied, “You have chosen a most appropriate subject
    for your falsehoods, as I am sure none of your ancestors will be able
    to contradict you.”

    A false tale often betrays itself.

    The Man and His Wife

    A MAN had a Wife who made herself hated by all the members of his
    household. Wishing to find out if she had the same effect on the
    persons in her father’s house, he made some excuse to send her home on
    a visit to her father. After a short time she returned, and when he
    inquired how she had got on and how the servants had treated her, she
    replied, “The herdsmen and shepherds cast on me looks of aversion.” He
    said, “O Wife, if you were disliked by those who go out early in the
    morning with their flocks and return late in the evening, what must
    have been felt towards you by those with whom you passed the whole
    day!”

    Straws show how the wind blows.

    The Man, the Horse, the Ox, and the Dog

    A HORSE, Ox, and Dog, driven to great straits by the cold, sought
    shelter and protection from Man. He received them kindly, lighted a
    fire, and warmed them. He let the Horse make free with his oats, gave
    the Ox an abundance of hay, and fed the Dog with meat from his own
    table. Grateful for these favours, the animals determined to repay him
    to the best of their ability. For this purpose, they divided the term
    of his life between them, and each endowed one portion of it with the
    qualities which chiefly characterized himself. The Horse chose his
    earliest years and gave them his own attributes: hence every man is in
    his youth impetuous, headstrong, and obstinate in maintaining his own
    opinion. The Ox took under his patronage the next term of life, and
    therefore man in his middle age is fond of work, devoted to labor, and
    resolute to amass wealth and to husband his resources. The end of life
    was reserved for the Dog, wherefore the old man is often snappish,
    irritable, hard to please, and selfish, tolerant only of his own
    household, but averse to strangers and to all who do not administer to
    his comfort or to his necessities.

    The Thief and the Housedog

    A THIEF came in the night to break into a house. He brought with him
    several slices of meat in order to pacify the Housedog, so that he
    would not alarm his master by barking. As the Thief threw him the
    pieces of meat, the Dog said, “If you think to stop my mouth, you will
    be greatly mistaken. This sudden kindness at your hands will only make
    me more watchful, lest under these unexpected favours to myself, you
    have some private ends to accomplish for your own benefit, and for my
    master’s injury.”

    The Apes and the Two Travelers

    TWO MEN, one who always spoke the truth and the other who told nothing
    but lies, were traveling together and by chance came to the land of
    Apes. One of the Apes, who had raised himself to be king, commanded
    them to be seized and brought before him, that he might know what was
    said of him among men. He ordered at the same time that all the Apes be
    arranged in a long row on his right hand and on his left, and that a
    throne be placed for him, as was the custom among men. After these
    preparations he signified that the two men should be brought before
    him, and greeted them with this salutation: “What sort of a king do I
    seem to you to be, O strangers?” The Lying Traveler replied, “You seem
    to me a most mighty king.” “And what is your estimate of those you see
    around me?” “These,” he made answer, “are worthy companions of
    yourself, fit at least to be ambassadors and leaders of armies.” The
    Ape and all his court, gratified with the lie, commanded that a
    handsome present be given to the flatterer. On this the truthful
    Traveler thought to himself, “If so great a reward be given for a lie,
    with what gift may not I be rewarded, if, according to my custom, I
    tell the truth?” The Ape quickly turned to him. “And pray how do I and
    these my friends around me seem to you?” “Thou art,” he said, “a most
    excellent Ape, and all these thy companions after thy example are
    excellent Apes too.” The King of the Apes, enraged at hearing these
    truths, gave him over to the teeth and claws of his companions.

    The Fox and the Lion

    WHEN A FOX who had never yet seen a Lion, fell in with him by chance
    for the first time in the forest, he was so frightened that he nearly
    died with fear. On meeting him for the second time, he was still much
    alarmed, but not to the same extent as at first. On seeing him the
    third time, he so increased in boldness that he went up to him and
    commenced a familiar conversation with him.

    Acquaintance softens prejudices.

    The Weasel and the Mice

    A WEASEL, inactive from age and infirmities, was not able to catch mice
    as he once did. He therefore rolled himself in flour and lay down in a
    dark corner. A Mouse, supposing him to be food, leaped upon him, and
    was instantly caught and squeezed to death. Another perished in a
    similar manner, and then a third, and still others after them. A very
    old Mouse, who had escaped many a trap and snare, observed from a safe
    distance the trick of his crafty foe and said, “Ah! you that lie there,
    may you prosper just in the same proportion as you are what you pretend
    to be!”

    The Boy Bathing

    A BOY bathing in a river was in danger of being drowned. He called out
    to a passing traveler for help, but instead of holding out a helping
    hand, the man stood by unconcernedly, and scolded the boy for his
    imprudence. “Oh, sir!” cried the youth, “pray help me now and scold me
    afterwards.”

    Counsel without help is useless.

    The Peacock and Juno

    THE PEACOCK made complaint to Juno that, while the nightingale pleased
    every ear with his song, he himself no sooner opened his mouth than he
    became a laughingstock to all who heard him. The Goddess, to console
    him, said, “But you far excel in beauty and in size. The splendor of
    the emerald shines in your neck and you unfold a tail gorgeous with
    painted plumage.” “But for what purpose have I,” said the bird, “this
    dumb beauty so long as I am surpassed in song?” “The lot of each,”
    replied Juno, “has been assigned by the will of the Fates—to thee,
    beauty; to the eagle, strength; to the nightingale, song; to the raven,
    favourable, and to the crow, unfavourable auguries. These are all
    contented with the endowments allotted to them.”

    The Wolf and the Shepherd

    A WOLF followed a flock of sheep for a long time and did not attempt to
    injure one of them. The Shepherd at first stood on his guard against
    him, as against an enemy, and kept a strict watch over his movements.
    But when the Wolf, day after day, kept in the company of the sheep and
    did not make the slightest effort to seize them, the Shepherd began to
    look upon him as a guardian of his flock rather than as a plotter of
    evil against it; and when occasion called him one day into the city, he
    left the sheep entirely in his charge. The Wolf, now that he had the
    opportunity, fell upon the sheep, and destroyed the greater part of the
    flock. When the Shepherd returned to find his flock destroyed, he
    exclaimed: “I have been rightly served; why did I trust my sheep to a
    Wolf?”

    The Hares and the Lions

    THE HARES harangued the assembly, and argued that all should be equal.
    The Lions made this reply: “Your words, O Hares! are good; but they
    lack both claws and teeth such as we have.”

    The Seller of Images

    A CERTAIN MAN made a wooden image of Mercury and offered it for sale.
    When no one appeared willing to buy it, in order to attract purchasers,
    he cried out that he had the statue to sell of a benefactor who
    bestowed wealth and helped to heap up riches. One of the bystanders
    said to him, “My good fellow, why do you sell him, being such a one as
    you describe, when you may yourself enjoy the good things he has to
    give?” “Why,” he replied, “I am in need of immediate help, and he is
    wont to give his good gifts very slowly.”

    The Hawk and the Nightingale

    A NIGHTINGALE, sitting aloft upon an oak and singing according to his
    wont, was seen by a Hawk who, being in need of food, swooped down and
    seized him. The Nightingale, about to lose his life, earnestly begged
    the Hawk to let him go, saying that he was not big enough to satisfy
    the hunger of a Hawk who, if he wanted food, ought to pursue the larger
    birds. The Hawk, interrupting him, said: “I should indeed have lost my
    senses if I should let go food ready in my hand, for the sake of
    pursuing birds which are not yet even within sight.”

    The Lark and Her Young Ones

    A LARK had made her nest in the early spring on the young green wheat.
    The brood had almost grown to their full strength and attained the use
    of their wings and the full plumage of their feathers, when the owner
    of the field, looking over his ripe crop, said, “The time has come when
    I must ask all my neighbors to help me with my harvest.” One of the
    young Larks heard his speech and related it to his mother, inquiring of
    her to what place they should move for safety. “There is no occasion to
    move yet, my son,” she replied; “the man who only sends to his friends
    to help him with his harvest is not really in earnest.” The owner of
    the field came again a few days later and saw the wheat shedding the
    grain from excess of ripeness. He said, “I will come myself tomorrow
    with my laborers, and with as many reapers as I can hire, and will get
    in the harvest.” The Lark on hearing these words said to her brood, “It
    is time now to be off, my little ones, for the man is in earnest this
    time; he no longer trusts his friends, but will reap the field
    himself.”

    Self-help is the best help.

    The Dog, the Cock, and the Fox

    A DOG and a Cock being great friends, agreed to travel together. At
    nightfall they took shelter in a thick wood. The Cock flying up,
    perched himself on the branches of a tree, while the Dog found a bed
    beneath in the hollow trunk. When the morning dawned, the Cock, as
    usual, crowed very loudly several times. A Fox heard the sound, and
    wishing to make a breakfast on him, came and stood under the branches,
    saying how earnestly he desired to make the acquaintance of the owner
    of so magnificent a voice. The Cock, suspecting his civilities, said:
    “Sir, I wish you would do me the favour of going around to the hollow
    trunk below me, and waking my porter, so that he may open the door and
    let you in.” When the Fox approached the tree, the Dog sprang out and
    caught him, and tore him to pieces.

    The Geese and the Cranes

    THE GEESE and the Cranes were feeding in the same meadow, when a
    birdcatcher came to ensnare them in his nets. The Cranes, being light
    of wing, fled away at his approach; while the Geese, being slower of
    flight and heavier in their bodies, were captured.

    The Ass and the Wolf

    AN ASS feeding in a meadow saw a Wolf approaching to seize him, and
    immediately pretended to be lame. The Wolf, coming up, inquired the
    cause of his lameness. The Ass replied that passing through a hedge he
    had trod with his foot upon a sharp thorn. He requested that the Wolf
    pull it out, lest when he ate him it should injure his throat. The Wolf
    consented and lifted up the foot, and was giving his whole mind to the
    discovery of the thorn, when the Ass, with his heels, kicked his teeth
    into his mouth and galloped away. The Wolf, being thus fearfully
    mauled, said, “I am rightly served, for why did I attempt the art of
    healing, when my father only taught me the trade of a butcher?”

    The Goat and the Ass

    A MAN once kept a Goat and an Ass. The Goat, envying the Ass on account
    of his greater abundance of food, said, “How shamefully you are
    treated: at one time grinding in the mill, and at another carrying
    heavy burdens;” and he further advised him to pretend to be epileptic
    and fall into a ditch and so obtain rest. The Ass listened to his
    words, and falling into a ditch, was very much bruised. His master,
    sending for a leech, asked his advice. He bade him pour upon the wounds
    the lungs of a Goat. They at once killed the Goat, and so healed the
    Ass.

    The Lion and the Bull

    A LION, greatly desiring to capture a Bull, and yet afraid to attack
    him on account of his great size, resorted to a trick to ensure his
    destruction. He approached the Bull and said, “I have slain a fine
    sheep, my friend; and if you will come home and partake of him with me,
    I shall be delighted to have your company.” The Lion said this in the
    hope that, as the Bull was in the act of reclining to eat, he might
    attack him to advantage, and make his meal on him. The Bull, on
    approaching the Lion’s den, saw the huge spits and giant caldrons, and
    no sign whatever of the sheep, and, without saying a word, quietly took
    his departure. The Lion inquired why he went off so abruptly without a
    word of salutation to his host, who had not given him any cause for
    offense. “I have reasons enough,” said the Bull. “I see no indication
    whatever of your having slaughtered a sheep, while I do see very
    plainly every preparation for your dining on a bull.”

    The Fox and the Mask

    A FOX entered the house of an actor and, rummaging through all his
    properties, came upon a Mask, an admirable imitation of a human head.
    He placed his paws on it and said, “What a beautiful head! Yet it is of
    no value, as it entirely lacks brains.”

    The Grasshopper and the Owl

    AN OWL, accustomed to feed at night and to sleep during the day, was
    greatly disturbed by the noise of a Grasshopper and earnestly besought
    her to stop chirping. The Grasshopper refused to desist, and chirped
    louder and louder the more the Owl entreated. When she saw that she
    could get no redress and that her words were despised, the Owl attacked
    the chatterer by a stratagem. “Since I cannot sleep,” she said, “on
    account of your song which, believe me, is sweet as the lyre of Apollo,
    I shall indulge myself in drinking some nectar which Pallas lately gave
    me. If you do not dislike it, come to me and we will drink it
    together.” The Grasshopper, who was thirsty, and pleased with the
    praise of her voice, eagerly flew up. The Owl came forth from her
    hollow, seized her, and put her to death.

    The Fowler and the Viper

    A FOWLER, taking his bird-lime and his twigs, went out to catch birds.
    Seeing a thrush sitting upon a tree, he wished to take it, and fitting
    his twigs to a proper length, watched intently, having his whole
    thoughts directed towards the sky. While thus looking upwards, he
    unknowingly trod upon a Viper asleep just before his feet. The Viper,
    turning about, stung him, and falling into a swoon, the man said to
    himself, “Woe is me! that while I purposed to hunt another, I am myself
    fallen unawares into the snares of death.”

    The Horse and the Ass

    A HORSE, proud of his fine trappings, met an Ass on the highway. The
    Ass, being heavily laden, moved slowly out of the way. “Hardly,” said
    the Horse, “can I resist kicking you with my heels.” The Ass held his
    peace, and made only a silent appeal to the justice of the gods. Not
    long afterwards the Horse, having become broken-winded, was sent by his
    owner to the farm. The Ass, seeing him drawing a dungcart, thus derided
    him: “Where, O boaster, are now all thy gay trappings, thou who are
    thyself reduced to the condition you so lately treated with contempt?”

    The Lion and the Three Bulls

    THREE BULLS for a long time pastured together. A Lion lay in ambush in
    the hope of making them his prey, but was afraid to attack them while
    they kept together. Having at last by guileful speeches succeeded in
    separating them, he attacked them without fear as they fed alone, and
    feasted on them one by one at his own leisure.

    Union is strength.

    The Wolf and the Goat

    A WOLF saw a Goat feeding at the summit of a steep precipice, where he
    had no chance of reaching her. He called to her and earnestly begged
    her to come lower down, lest she fall by some mishap; and he added that
    the meadows lay where he was standing, and that the herbage was most
    tender. She replied, “No, my friend, it is not for the pasture that you
    invite me, but for yourself, who are in want of food.”

    The Fly and the Draught-Mule

    A FLY sat on the axle-tree of a chariot, and addressing the
    Draught-Mule said, “How slow you are! Why do you not go faster? See if
    I do not prick your neck with my sting.” The Draught-Mule replied, “I
    do not heed your threats; I only care for him who sits above you, and
    who quickens my pace with his whip, or holds me back with the reins.
    Away, therefore, with your insolence, for I know well when to go fast,
    and when to go slow.”

    The Fishermen

    SOME FISHERMEN were out trawling their nets. Perceiving them to be very
    heavy, they danced about for joy and supposed that they had taken a
    large catch. When they had dragged the nets to the shore they found but
    few fish: the nets were full of sand and stones, and the men were
    beyond measure cast down so much at the disappointment which had
    befallen them, but because they had formed such very different
    expectations. One of their company, an old man, said, “Let us cease
    lamenting, my mates, for, as it seems to me, sorrow is always the twin
    sister of joy; and it was only to be looked for that we, who just now
    were over-rejoiced, should next have something to make us sad.”

    The Town Mouse and the Country Mouse

    A COUNTRY MOUSE invited a Town Mouse, an intimate friend, to pay him a
    visit and partake of his country fare. As they were on the bare
    plowlands, eating there wheat-stocks and roots pulled up from the
    hedgerow, the Town Mouse said to his friend, “You live here the life of
    the ants, while in my house is the horn of plenty. I am surrounded by
    every luxury, and if you will come with me, as I wish you would, you
    shall have an ample share of my dainties.” The Country Mouse was easily
    persuaded, and returned to town with his friend. On his arrival, the
    Town Mouse placed before him bread, barley, beans, dried figs, honey,
    raisins, and, last of all, brought a dainty piece of cheese from a
    basket. The Country Mouse, being much delighted at the sight of such
    good cheer, expressed his satisfaction in warm terms and lamented his
    own hard fate. Just as they were beginning to eat, someone opened the
    door, and they both ran off squeaking, as fast as they could, to a hole
    so narrow that two could only find room in it by squeezing. They had
    scarcely begun their repast again when someone else entered to take
    something out of a cupboard, whereupon the two Mice, more frightened
    than before, ran away and hid themselves. At last the Country Mouse,
    almost famished, said to his friend: “Although you have prepared for me
    so dainty a feast, I must leave you to enjoy it by yourself. It is
    surrounded by too many dangers to please me. I prefer my bare plowlands
    and roots from the hedgerow, where I can live in safety, and without
    fear.”

    The Wolf, the Fox, and the Ape

    A WOLF accused a Fox of theft, but the Fox entirely denied the charge.
    An Ape undertook to adjudge the matter between them. When each had
    fully stated his case the Ape announced this sentence: “I do not think
    you, Wolf, ever lost what you claim; and I do believe you, Fox, to have
    stolen what you so stoutly deny.”

    The dishonest, if they act honestly, get no credit.

    The Wasps, the Partridges, and the Farmer

    THE WASPS and the Partridges, overcome with thirst, came to a Farmer
    and besought him to give them some water to drink. They promised amply
    to repay him the favour which they asked. The Partridges declared that
    they would dig around his vines and make them produce finer grapes. The
    Wasps said that they would keep guard and drive off thieves with their
    stings. But the Farmer interrupted them, saying: “I have already two
    oxen, who, without making any promises, do all these things. It is
    surely better for me to give the water to them than to you.”

    The Brother and the Sister

    A FATHER had one son and one daughter, the former remarkable for his
    good looks, the latter for her extraordinary ugliness. While they were
    playing one day as children, they happened by chance to look together
    into a mirror that was placed on their mother’s chair. The boy
    congratulated himself on his good looks; the girl grew angry, and could
    not bear the self-praises of her Brother, interpreting all he said (and
    how could she do otherwise?) into reflection on herself. She ran off to
    her father, to be avenged on her Brother, and spitefully accused him of
    having, as a boy, made use of that which belonged only to girls. The
    father embraced them both, and bestowing his kisses and affection
    impartially on each, said, “I wish you both would look into the mirror
    every day: you, my son, that you may not spoil your beauty by evil
    conduct; and you, my daughter, that you may make up for your lack of
    beauty by your virtues.”

    The Dogs and the Fox

    SOME DOGS, finding the skin of a lion, began to tear it in pieces with
    their teeth. A Fox, seeing them, said, “If this lion were alive, you
    would soon find out that his claws were stronger than your teeth.”

    It is easy to kick a man that is down.

    The Blind Man and the Whelp

    A BLIND MAN was accustomed to distinguishing different animals by
    touching them with his hands. The whelp of a Wolf was brought him, with
    a request that he would feel it, and say what it was. He felt it, and
    being in doubt, said: “I do not quite know whether it is the cub of a
    Fox, or the whelp of a Wolf, but this I know full well. It would not be
    safe to admit him to the sheepfold.”

    Evil tendencies are shown in early life.

    The Cobbler Turned Doctor

    A COBBLER unable to make a living by his trade and made desperate by
    poverty, began to practice medicine in a town in which he was not
    known. He sold a drug, pretending that it was an antidote to all
    poisons, and obtained a great name for himself by long-winded puffs and
    advertisements. When the Cobbler happened to fall sick himself of a
    serious illness, the Governor of the town determined to test his skill.
    For this purpose he called for a cup, and while filling it with water,
    pretended to mix poison with the Cobbler’s antidote, commanding him to
    drink it on the promise of a reward. The Cobbler, under the fear of
    death, confessed that he had no knowledge of medicine, and was only
    made famous by the stupid clamors of the crowd. The Governor then
    called a public assembly and addressed the citizens: “Of what folly
    have you been guilty? You have not hesitated to entrust your heads to a
    man, whom no one could employ to make even the shoes for their feet.”

    The Wolf and the Horse

    A WOLF coming out of a field of oats met a Horse and thus addressed
    him: “I would advise you to go into that field. It is full of fine
    oats, which I have left untouched for you, as you are a friend whom I
    would love to hear enjoying good eating.” The Horse replied, “If oats
    had been the food of wolves, you would never have indulged your ears at
    the cost of your belly.”

    Men of evil reputation, when they perform a good deed, fail to get
    credit for it.

    The Two Men Who Were Enemies

    TWO MEN, deadly enemies to each other, were sailing in the same vessel.
    Determined to keep as far apart as possible, the one seated himself in
    the stem, and the other in the prow of the ship. A violent storm arose,
    and with the vessel in great danger of sinking, the one in the stern
    inquired of the pilot which of the two ends of the ship would go down
    first. On his replying that he supposed it would be the prow, the Man
    said, “Death would not be grievous to me, if I could only see my Enemy
    die before me.”

    The Gamecocks and the Partridge

    A MAN had two Gamecocks in his poultry-yard. One day by chance he found
    a tame Partridge for sale. He purchased it and brought it home to be
    reared with his Gamecocks. When the Partridge was put into the
    poultry-yard, they struck at it and followed it about, so that the
    Partridge became grievously troubled and supposed that he was thus
    evilly treated because he was a stranger. Not long afterwards he saw
    the Cocks fighting together and not separating before one had well
    beaten the other. He then said to himself, “I shall no longer distress
    myself at being struck at by these Gamecocks, when I see that they
    cannot even refrain from quarreling with each other.”

    The Fox and the Lion

    A FOX saw a Lion confined in a cage, and standing near him, bitterly
    reviled him. The Lion said to the Fox, “It is not thou who revilest me;
    but this mischance which has befallen me.”

    The Quack Frog

    A FROG once upon a time came forth from his home in the marsh and
    proclaimed to all the beasts that he was a learned physician, skilled
    in the use of drugs and able to heal all diseases. A Fox asked him,
    “How can you pretend to prescribe for others, when you are unable to
    heal your own lame gait and wrinkled skin?”

    The Lion, the Wolf, and the Fox

    A LION, growing old, lay sick in his cave. All the beasts came to visit
    their king, except the Fox. The Wolf therefore, thinking that he had a
    capital opportunity, accused the Fox to the Lion of not paying any
    respect to him who had the rule over them all and of not coming to
    visit him. At that very moment the Fox came in and heard these last
    words of the Wolf. The Lion roaring out in a rage against him, the Fox
    sought an opportunity to defend himself and said, “And who of all those
    who have come to you have benefited you so much as I, who have traveled
    from place to place in every direction, and have sought and learnt from
    the physicians the means of healing you?” The Lion commanded him
    immediately to tell him the cure, when he replied, “You must flay a
    wolf alive and wrap his skin yet warm around you.” The Wolf was at once
    taken and flayed; whereon the Fox, turning to him, said with a smile,
    “You should have moved your master not to ill, but to good, will.”

    The Dog’s House

    IN THE WINTERTIME, a Dog curled up in as small a space as possible on
    account of the cold, determined to make himself a house. However when
    the summer returned again, he lay asleep stretched at his full length
    and appeared to himself to be of a great size. Now he considered that
    it would be neither an easy nor a necessary work to make himself such a
    house as would accommodate him.

    The North Wind and the Sun

    THE NORTH WIND and the Sun disputed as to which was the most powerful,
    and agreed that he should be declared the victor who could first strip
    a wayfaring man of his clothes. The North Wind first tried his power
    and blew with all his might, but the keener his blasts, the closer the
    Traveler wrapped his cloak around him, until at last, resigning all
    hope of victory, the Wind called upon the Sun to see what he could do.
    The Sun suddenly shone out with all his warmth. The Traveler no sooner
    felt his genial rays than he took off one garment after another, and at
    last, fairly overcome with heat, undressed and bathed in a stream that
    lay in his path.

    Persuasion is better than Force.

    The Crow and Mercury

    A CROW caught in a snare prayed to Apollo to release him, making a vow
    to offer some frankincense at his shrine. But when rescued from his
    danger, he forgot his promise. Shortly afterwards, again caught in a
    snare, he passed by Apollo and made the same promise to offer
    frankincense to Mercury. Mercury soon appeared and said to him, “O thou
    most base fellow? how can I believe thee, who hast disowned and wronged
    thy former patron?”

    The Fox and the Crane

    A FOX invited a Crane to supper and provided nothing for his
    entertainment but some soup made of pulse, which was poured out into a
    broad flat stone dish. The soup fell out of the long bill of the Crane
    at every mouthful, and his vexation at not being able to eat afforded
    the Fox much amusement. The Crane, in his turn, asked the Fox to sup
    with him, and set before her a flagon with a long narrow mouth, so that
    he could easily insert his neck and enjoy its contents at his leisure.
    The Fox, unable even to taste it, met with a fitting requital, after
    the fashion of her own hospitality.

    The Wolf and the Lion

    ROAMING BY the mountainside at sundown, a Wolf saw his own shadow
    become greatly extended and magnified, and he said to himself, “Why
    should I, being of such an immense size and extending nearly an acre in
    length, be afraid of the Lion? Ought I not to be acknowledged as King
    of all the collected beasts?” While he was indulging in these proud
    thoughts, a Lion fell upon him and killed him. He exclaimed with a too
    late repentance, “Wretched me! this overestimation of myself is the
    cause of my destruction.”

    The Birds, the Beasts, and the Bat

    THE BIRDS waged war with the Beasts, and each were by turns the
    conquerors. A Bat, fearing the uncertain issues of the fight, always
    fought on the side which he felt was the strongest. When peace was
    proclaimed, his deceitful conduct was apparent to both combatants.
    Therefore being condemned by each for his treachery, he was driven
    forth from the light of day, and henceforth concealed himself in dark
    hiding-places, flying always alone and at night.

    The Spendthrift and the Swallow

    A YOUNG MAN, a great spendthrift, had run through all his patrimony and
    had but one good cloak left. One day he happened to see a Swallow,
    which had appeared before its season, skimming along a pool and
    twittering gaily. He supposed that summer had come, and went and sold
    his cloak. Not many days later, winter set in again with renewed frost
    and cold. When he found the unfortunate Swallow lifeless on the ground,
    he said, “Unhappy bird! what have you done? By thus appearing before
    the springtime you have not only killed yourself, but you have wrought
    my destruction also.”

    The Trumpeter Taken Prisoner

    A TRUMPETER, bravely leading on the soldiers, was captured by the
    enemy. He cried out to his captors, “Pray spare me, and do not take my
    life without cause or without inquiry. I have not slain a single man of
    your troop. I have no arms, and carry nothing but this one brass
    trumpet.” “That is the very reason for which you should be put to
    death,” they said; “for, while you do not fight yourself, your trumpet
    stirs all the others to battle.”

    The Owl and the Birds

    AN OWL, in her wisdom, counseled the Birds that when the acorn first
    began to sprout, to pull it all up out of the ground and not allow it
    to grow. She said acorns would produce mistletoe, from which an
    irremediable poison, the bird-lime, would be extracted and by which
    they would be captured. The Owl next advised them to pluck up the seed
    of the flax, which men had sown, as it was a plant which boded no good
    to them. And, lastly, the Owl, seeing an archer approach, predicted
    that this man, being on foot, would contrive darts armed with feathers
    which would fly faster than the wings of the Birds themselves. The
    Birds gave no credence to these warning words, but considered the Owl
    to be beside herself and said that she was mad. But afterwards, finding
    her words were true, they wondered at her knowledge and deemed her to
    be the wisest of birds. Hence it is that when she appears they look to
    her as knowing all things, while she no longer gives them advice, but
    in solitude laments their past folly.

    The Goods and the Ills

    ALL the Goods were once driven out by the Ills from that common share
    which they each had in the affairs of mankind; for the Ills by reason
    of their numbers had prevailed to possess the earth. The Goods wafted
    themselves to heaven and asked for a righteous vengeance on their
    persecutors. They entreated Jupiter that they might no longer be
    associated with the Ills, as they had nothing in common and could not
    live together, but were engaged in unceasing warfare; and that an
    indissoluble law might be laid down for their future protection.
    Jupiter granted their request and decreed that henceforth the Ills
    should visit the earth in company with each other, but that the Goods
    should one by one enter the habitations of men. Hence it arises that
    Ills abound, for they come not one by one, but in troops, and by no
    means singly: while the Goods proceed from Jupiter, and are given, not
    alike to all, but singly, and separately; and one by one to those who
    are able to discern them.

    The Ass in the Lion’s Skin

    AN ASS, having put on the Lion’s skin, roamed about in the forest and
    amused himself by frightening all the foolish animals he met in his
    wanderings. At last coming upon a Fox, he tried to frighten him also,
    but the Fox no sooner heard the sound of his voice than he exclaimed,
    “I might possibly have been frightened myself, if I had not heard your
    bray.”

    The Sparrow and the Hare

    A HARE pounced upon by an eagle sobbed very much and uttered cries like
    a child. A Sparrow upbraided her and said, “Where now is thy remarkable
    swiftness of foot? Why were your feet so slow?” While the Sparrow was
    thus speaking, a hawk suddenly seized him and killed him. The Hare was
    comforted in her death, and expiring said, “Ah! you who so lately, when
    you supposed yourself safe, exulted over my calamity, have now reason
    to deplore a similar misfortune.”

    The Flea and the Ox

    A FLEA thus questioned an Ox: “What ails you, that being so huge and
    strong, you submit to the wrongs you receive from men and slave for
    them day by day, while I, being so small a creature, mercilessly feed
    on their flesh and drink their blood without stint?” The Ox replied: “I
    do not wish to be ungrateful, for I am loved and well cared for by men,
    and they often pat my head and shoulders.” “Woe’s me!” said the flea;
    “this very patting which you like, whenever it happens to me, brings
    with it my inevitable destruction.”

    The Ass and His Purchaser

    A MAN wished to purchase an Ass, and agreed with its owner that he
    should try out the animal before he bought him. He took the Ass home
    and put him in the straw-yard with his other Asses, upon which the new
    animal left all the others and at once joined the one that was most
    idle and the greatest eater of them all. Seeing this, the man put a
    halter on him and led him back to his owner. On being asked how, in so
    short a time, he could have made a trial of him, he answered, “I do not
    need a trial; I know that he will be just the same as the one he chose
    for his companion.”

    A man is known by the company he keeps.

    The Dove and the Crow

    A DOVE shut up in a cage was boasting of the large number of young ones
    which she had hatched. A Crow hearing her, said: “My good friend, cease
    from this unseasonable boasting. The larger the number of your family,
    the greater your cause of sorrow, in seeing them shut up in this
    prison-house.”

    The Man and the Satyr

    A MAN and a Satyr once drank together in token of a bond of alliance
    being formed between them. One very cold wintry day, as they talked,
    the Man put his fingers to his mouth and blew on them. When the Satyr
    asked the reason for this, he told him that he did it to warm his hands
    because they were so cold. Later on in the day they sat down to eat,
    and the food prepared was quite scalding. The Man raised one of the
    dishes a little towards his mouth and blew in it. When the Satyr again
    inquired the reason, he said that he did it to cool the meat, which was
    too hot. “I can no longer consider you as a friend,” said the Satyr, “a
    fellow who with the same breath blows hot and cold.”

    Jupiter, Neptune, Minerva, and Momus

    ACCORDING to an ancient legend, the first man was made by Jupiter, the
    first bull by Neptune, and the first house by Minerva. On the
    completion of their labours, a dispute arose as to which had made the
    most perfect work. They agreed to appoint Momus as judge, and to abide
    by his decision. Momus, however, being very envious of the handicraft
    of each, found fault with all. He first blamed the work of Neptune
    because he had not made the horns of the bull below his eyes, so he
    might better see where to strike. He then condemned the work of
    Jupiter, because he had not placed the heart of man on the outside,
    that everyone might read the thoughts of the evil disposed and take
    precautions against the intended mischief. And, lastly, he inveighed
    against Minerva because she had not contrived iron wheels in the
    foundation of her house, so its inhabitants might more easily remove if
    a neighbor proved unpleasant. Jupiter, indignant at such inveterate
    faultfinding, drove him from his office of judge, and expelled him from
    the mansions of Olympus.

    The Eagle and the Jackdaw

    AN EAGLE, flying down from his perch on a lofty rock, seized upon a
    lamb and carried him aloft in his talons. A Jackdaw, who witnessed the
    capture of the lamb, was stirred with envy and determined to emulate
    the strength and flight of the Eagle. He flew around with a great whir
    of his wings and settled upon a large ram, with the intention of
    carrying him off, but his claws became entangled in the ram’s fleece
    and he was not able to release himself, although he fluttered with his
    feathers as much as he could. The shepherd, seeing what had happened,
    ran up and caught him. He at once clipped the Jackdaw’s wings, and
    taking him home at night, gave him to his children. On their saying,
    “Father, what kind of bird is it?” he replied, “To my certain knowledge
    he is a Daw; but he would like you to think an Eagle.”

    The Eagle and the Fox

    AN EAGLE and a Fox formed an intimate friendship and decided to live
    near each other. The Eagle built her nest in the branches of a tall
    tree, while the Fox crept into the underwood and there produced her
    young. Not long after they had agreed upon this plan, the Eagle, being
    in want of provision for her young ones, swooped down while the Fox was
    out, seized upon one of the little cubs, and feasted herself and her
    brood. The Fox on her return, discovered what had happened, but was
    less grieved for the death of her young than for her inability to
    avenge them. A just retribution, however, quickly fell upon the Eagle.
    While hovering near an altar, on which some villagers were sacrificing
    a goat, she suddenly seized a piece of the flesh, and carried it, along
    with a burning cinder, to her nest. A strong breeze soon fanned the
    spark into a flame, and the eaglets, as yet unfledged and helpless,
    were roasted in their nest and dropped down dead at the bottom of the
    tree. There, in the sight of the Eagle, the Fox gobbled them up.

    The Two Bags

    EVERY MAN, according to an ancient legend, is born into the world with
    two bags suspended from his neck all bag in front full of his
    neighbors’ faults, and a large bag behind filled with his own faults.
    Hence it is that men are quick to see the faults of others, and yet are
    often blind to their own failings.

    The Bitch and Her Whelps

    A BITCH, ready to whelp, earnestly begged a shepherd for a place where
    she might litter. When her request was granted, she besought permission
    to rear her puppies in the same spot. The shepherd again consented. But
    at last the Bitch, protected by the bodyguard of her Whelps, who had
    now grown up and were able to defend themselves, asserted her exclusive
    right to the place and would not permit the shepherd to approach.

    The Stag at the Pool

    A STAG overpowered by heat came to a spring to drink. Seeing his own
    shadow reflected in the water, he greatly admired the size and variety
    of his horns, but felt angry with himself for having such slender and
    weak feet. While he was thus contemplating himself, a Lion appeared at
    the pool and crouched to spring upon him. The Stag immediately took to
    flight, and exerting his utmost speed, as long as the plain was smooth
    and open kept himself easily at a safe distance from the Lion. But
    entering a wood he became entangled by his horns, and the Lion quickly
    came up to him and caught him. When too late, he thus reproached
    himself: “Woe is me! How I have deceived myself! These feet which would
    have saved me I despised, and I gloried in these antlers which have
    proved my destruction.”

    What is most truly valuable is often underrated.

    The Lark Burying Her Father

    THE LARK (according to an ancient legend) was created before the earth
    itself, and when her father died, as there was no earth, she could find
    no place of burial for him. She let him lie uninterred for five days,
    and on the sixth day, not knowing what else to do, she buried him in
    her own head. Hence she obtained her crest, which is popularly said to
    be her father’s grave-hillock.

    Youth’s first duty is reverence to parents.

    The Gnat and the Bull

    A GNAT settled on the horn of a Bull, and sat there a long time. Just
    as he was about to fly off, he made a buzzing noise, and inquired of
    the Bull if he would like him to go. The Bull replied, “I did not know
    you had come, and I shall not miss you when you go away.”

    Some men are of more consequence in their own eyes than in the eyes of
    their neighbors.

    The Monkey and the Camel

    THE BEASTS of the forest gave a splendid entertainment at which the
    Monkey stood up and danced. Having vastly delighted the assembly, he
    sat down amidst universal applause. The Camel, envious of the praises
    bestowed on the Monkey and desiring to divert to himself the favour of
    the guests, proposed to stand up in his turn and dance for their
    amusement. He moved about in so utterly ridiculous a manner that the
    Beasts, in a fit of indignation, set upon him with clubs and drove him
    out of the assembly.

    It is absurd to ape our betters.

    The Dogs and the Hides

    SOME DOGS famished with hunger saw a number of cowhides steeping in a
    river. Not being able to reach them, they agreed to drink up the river,
    but it happened that they burst themselves with drinking long before
    they reached the hides.

    Attempt not impossibilities.

    The Jackdaw and the Fox

    A HALF-FAMISHED JACKDAW seated himself on a fig-tree, which had
    produced some fruit entirely out of season, and waited in the hope that
    the figs would ripen. A Fox seeing him sitting so long and learning the
    reason of his doing so, said to him, “You are indeed, sir, sadly
    deceiving yourself; you are indulging a hope strong enough to cheat
    you, but which will never reward you with enjoyment.”

    Mercury and the Workmen

    A WORKMAN, felling wood by the side of a river, let his axe drop by
    accident into a deep pool. Being thus deprived of the means of his
    livelihood, he sat down on the bank and lamented his hard fate. Mercury
    appeared and demanded the cause of his tears. After he told him his
    misfortune, Mercury plunged into the stream, and, bringing up a golden
    axe, inquired if that were the one he had lost. On his saying that it
    was not his, Mercury disappeared beneath the water a second time,
    returned with a silver axe in his hand, and again asked the Workman if
    it were his. When the Workman said it was not, he dived into the pool
    for the third time and brought up the axe that had been lost. The
    Workman claimed it and expressed his joy at its recovery. Mercury,
    pleased with his honesty, gave him the golden and silver axes in
    addition to his own. The Workman, on his return to his house, related
    to his companions all that had happened. One of them at once resolved
    to try and secure the same good fortune for himself. He ran to the
    river and threw his axe on purpose into the pool at the same place, and
    sat down on the bank to weep. Mercury appeared to him just as he hoped
    he would; and having learned the cause of his grief, plunged into the
    stream and brought up a golden axe, inquiring if he had lost it. The
    Workman seized it greedily, and declared that truly it was the very
    same axe that he had lost. Mercury, displeased at his knavery, not only
    took away the golden axe, but refused to recover for him the axe he had
    thrown into the pool.

    The Peasant and the Apple-Tree

    A PEASANT had in his garden an Apple-Tree which bore no fruit but only
    served as a harbor for the sparrows and grasshoppers. He resolved to
    cut it down, and taking his axe in his hand, made a bold stroke at its
    roots. The grasshoppers and sparrows entreated him not to cut down the
    tree that sheltered them, but to spare it, and they would sing to him
    and lighten his labours. He paid no attention to their request, but
    gave the tree a second and a third blow with his axe. When he reached
    the hollow of the tree, he found a hive full of honey. Having tasted
    the honeycomb, he threw down his axe, and looking on the tree as
    sacred, took great care of it.

    Self-interest alone moves some men.

    The Two Soldiers and the Robber

    TWO SOLDIERS traveling together were set upon by a Robber. The one fled
    away; the other stood his ground and defended himself with his stout
    right hand. The Robber being slain, the timid companion ran up and drew
    his sword, and then, throwing back his traveling cloak said, “I’ll at
    him, and I’ll take care he shall learn whom he has attacked.” On this,
    he who had fought with the Robber made answer, “I only wish that you
    had helped me just now, even if it had been only with those words, for
    I should have been the more encouraged, believing them to be true; but
    now put up your sword in its sheath and hold your equally useless
    tongue, till you can deceive others who do not know you. I, indeed, who
    have experienced with what speed you run away, know right well that no
    dependence can be placed on your valor.”

    The Shepherd and the Sheep

    A SHEPHERD driving his Sheep to a wood, saw an oak of unusual size full
    of acorns, and spreading his cloak under the branches, he climbed up
    into the tree and shook them down. The Sheep eating the acorns
    inadvertently frayed and tore the cloak. When the Shepherd came down
    and saw what was done, he said, “O you most ungrateful creatures! You
    provide wool to make garments for all other men, but you destroy the
    clothes of him who feeds you.”

    The Trees Under the Protection of the Gods

    THE GODS, according to an ancient legend, made choice of certain trees
    to be under their special protection. Jupiter chose the oak, Venus the
    myrtle, Apollo the laurel, Cybele the pine, and Hercules the poplar.
    Minerva, wondering why they had preferred trees not yielding fruit,
    inquired the reason for their choice. Jupiter replied, “It is lest we
    should seem to covet the honour for the fruit.” But said Minerva, “Let
    anyone say what he will the olive is more dear to me on account of its
    fruit.” Then said Jupiter, “My daughter, you are rightly called wise;
    for unless what we do is useful, the glory of it is vain.”

    The Flea and the Wrestler

    A FLEA settled upon the bare foot of a Wrestler and bit him, causing
    the man to call loudly upon Hercules for help. When the Flea a second
    time hopped upon his foot, he groaned and said, “O Hercules! if you
    will not help me against a Flea, how can I hope for your assistance
    against greater antagonists?”

    The Lion and the Fox

    A FOX entered into partnership with a Lion on the pretense of becoming
    his servant. Each undertook his proper duty in accordance with his own
    nature and powers. The Fox discovered and pointed out the prey; the
    Lion sprang on it and seized it. The Fox soon became jealous of the
    Lion carrying off the Lion’s share, and said that he would no longer
    find out the prey, but would capture it on his own account. The next
    day he attempted to snatch a lamb from the fold, but he himself fell
    prey to the huntsmen and hounds.

    Truth and the Traveler

    A WAYFARING MAN, traveling in the desert, met a woman standing alone
    and terribly dejected. He inquired of her, “Who art thou?” “My name is
    Truth,” she replied. “And for what cause,” he asked, “have you left the
    city to dwell alone here in the wilderness?” She made answer, “Because
    in former times, falsehood was with few, but is now with all men.”

    The Manslayer

    A MAN committed a murder, and was pursued by the relations of the man
    whom he murdered. On his reaching the river Nile he saw a Lion on its
    bank and being fearfully afraid, climbed up a tree. He found a serpent
    in the upper branches of the tree, and again being greatly alarmed, he
    threw himself into the river, where a crocodile caught him and ate him.
    Thus the earth, the air, and the water alike refused shelter to a
    murderer.

    The Lion and the Eagle

    AN EAGLE stayed his flight and entreated a Lion to make an alliance
    with him to their mutual advantage. The Lion replied, “I have no
    objection, but you must excuse me for requiring you to find surety for
    your good faith, for how can I trust anyone as a friend who is able to
    fly away from his bargain whenever he pleases?”

    Try before you trust.

    The Ass and His Driver

    AN ASS, being driven along a high road, suddenly started off and bolted
    to the brink of a deep precipice. While he was in the act of throwing
    himself over, his owner seized him by the tail, endeavoring to pull him
    back. When the Ass persisted in his effort, the man let him go and
    said, “Conquer, but conquer to your cost.”

    The Thrush and the Fowler

    A THRUSH was feeding on a myrtle-tree and did not move from it because
    its berries were so delicious. A Fowler observed her staying so long in
    one spot, and having well bird-limed his reeds, caught her. The Thrush,
    being at the point of death, exclaimed, “O foolish creature that I am!
    For the sake of a little pleasant food I have deprived myself of my
    life.”

    The Mother and the Wolf

    A FAMISHED WOLF was prowling about in the morning in search of food. As
    he passed the door of a cottage built in the forest, he heard a Mother
    say to her child, “Be quiet, or I will throw you out of the window, and
    the Wolf shall eat you.” The Wolf sat all day waiting at the door. In
    the evening he heard the same woman fondling her child and saying: “You
    are quiet now, and if the Wolf should come, we will kill him.” The
    Wolf, hearing these words, went home, gasping with cold and hunger.
    When he reached his den, Mistress Wolf inquired of him why he returned
    wearied and supperless, so contrary to his wont. He replied: “Why,
    forsooth! use I gave credence to the words of a woman!”

    The Hen and the Swallow

    A HEN finding the eggs of a viper and carefully keeping them warm,
    nourished them into life. A Swallow, observing what she had done, said,
    “You silly creature! why have you hatched these vipers which, when they
    shall have grown, will inflict injury on all, beginning with yourself?”

    The Rose and the Amaranth

    AN AMARANTH planted in a garden near a Rose-Tree, thus addressed it:
    “What a lovely flower is the Rose, a favourite alike with Gods and with
    men. I envy you your beauty and your perfume.” The Rose replied, “I
    indeed, dear Amaranth, flourish but for a brief season! If no cruel
    hand pluck me from my stem, yet I must perish by an early doom. But
    thou art immortal and dost never fade, but bloomest for ever in renewed
    youth.”

    The Travelers and the Plane-Tree

    TWO TRAVELERS, worn out by the heat of the summer’s sun, laid
    themselves down at noon under the widespreading branches of a
    Plane-Tree. As they rested under its shade, one of the Travelers said
    to the other, “What a singularly useless tree is the Plane! It bears no
    fruit, and is not of the least service to man.” The Plane-Tree,
    interrupting him, said, “You ungrateful fellows! Do you, while
    receiving benefits from me and resting under my shade, dare to describe
    me as useless, and unprofitable?”

    Some men underrate their best blessings.

    The Ass and the Horse

    AN ASS besought a Horse to spare him a small portion of his feed.
    “Yes,” said the Horse; “if any remains out of what I am now eating I
    will give it you for the sake of my own superior dignity, and if you
    will come when I reach my own stall in the evening, I will give you a
    little sack full of barley.” The Ass replied, “Thank you. But I can’t
    think that you, who refuse me a little matter now, will by and by
    confer on me a greater benefit.”

    The Crow and the Sheep

    A TROUBLESOME CROW seated herself on the back of a Sheep. The Sheep,
    much against his will, carried her backward and forward for a long
    time, and at last said, “If you had treated a dog in this way, you
    would have had your deserts from his sharp teeth.” To this the Crow
    replied, “I despise the weak and yield to the strong. I know whom I may
    bully and whom I must flatter; and I thus prolong my life to a good old
    age.”

    The Fox and the Bramble

    A FOX was mounting a hedge when he lost his footing and caught hold of
    a Bramble to save himself. Having pricked and grievously torn the soles
    of his feet, he accused the Bramble because, when he had fled to her
    for assistance, she had used him worse than the hedge itself. The
    Bramble, interrupting him, said, “But you really must have been out of
    your senses to fasten yourself on me, who am myself always accustomed
    to fasten upon others.”

    The Ass and the Charger

    AN ASS congratulated a Horse on being so ungrudgingly and carefully
    provided for, while he himself had scarcely enough to eat and not even
    that without hard work. But when war broke out, a heavily armed soldier
    mounted the Horse, and riding him to the charge, rushed into the very
    midst of the enemy. The Horse was wounded and fell dead on the
    battlefield. Then the Ass, seeing all these things, changed his mind,
    and commiserated the Horse.

    The Lion, Jupiter, and the Elephant

    THE LION wearied Jupiter with his frequent complaints. “It is true, O
    Jupiter!” he said, “that I am gigantic in strength, handsome in shape,
    and powerful in attack. I have jaws well provided with teeth, and feet
    furnished with claws, and I lord it over all the beasts of the forest,
    and what a disgrace it is, that being such as I am, I should be
    frightened by the crowing of a cock.” Jupiter replied, “Why do you
    blame me without a cause? I have given you all the attributes which I
    possess myself, and your courage never fails you except in this one
    instance.” On hearing this the Lion groaned and lamented very much and,
    reproaching himself with his cowardice, wished that he might die. As
    these thoughts passed through his mind, he met an Elephant and came
    close to hold a conversation with him. After a time he observed that
    the Elephant shook his ears very often, and he inquired what was the
    matter and why his ears moved with such a tremor every now and then.
    Just at that moment a Gnat settled on the head of the Elephant, and he
    replied, “Do you see that little buzzing insect? If it enters my ear,
    my fate is sealed. I should die presently.” The Lion said, “Well, since
    so huge a beast is afraid of a tiny gnat, I will no more complain, nor
    wish myself dead. I find myself, even as I am, better off than the
    Elephant.”

    The Dog and the Oyster

    A DOG, used to eating eggs, saw an Oyster and, opening his mouth to its
    widest extent, swallowed it down with the utmost relish, supposing it
    to be an egg. Soon afterwards suffering great pain in his stomach, he
    said, “I deserve all this torment, for my folly in thinking that
    everything round must be an egg.”

    They who act without sufficient thought, will often fall into
    unsuspected danger.

    The Mules and the Robbers

    TWO MULES well-laden with packs were trudging along. One carried
    panniers filled with money, the other sacks weighted with grain. The
    Mule carrying the treasure walked with head erect, as if conscious of
    the value of his burden, and tossed up and down the clear-toned bells
    fastened to his neck. His companion followed with quiet and easy step.
    All of a sudden Robbers rushed upon them from their hiding-places, and
    in the scuffle with their owners, wounded with a sword the Mule
    carrying the treasure, which they greedily seized while taking no
    notice of the grain. The Mule which had been robbed and wounded
    bewailed his misfortunes. The other replied, “I am indeed glad that I
    was thought so little of, for I have lost nothing, nor am I hurt with
    any wound.”

    The Lamb and the Wolf

    A WOLF pursued a Lamb, which fled for refuge to a certain Temple. The
    Wolf called out to him and said, “The Priest will slay you in
    sacrifice, if he should catch you.” On which the Lamb replied, “It
    would be better for me to be sacrificed in the Temple than to be eaten
    by you.”

    The Partridge and the Fowler

    A FOWLER caught a Partridge and was about to kill it. The Partridge
    earnestly begged him to spare his life, saying, “Pray, master, permit
    me to live and I will entice many Partridges to you in recompense for
    your mercy to me.” The Fowler replied, “I shall now with less scruple
    take your life, because you are willing to save it at the cost of
    betraying your friends and relations.”

    The Flea and the Man

    A MAN, very much annoyed with a Flea, caught him at last, and said,
    “Who are you who dare to feed on my limbs, and to cost me so much
    trouble in catching you?” The Flea replied, “O my dear sir, pray spare
    my life, and destroy me not, for I cannot possibly do you much harm.”
    The Man, laughing, replied, “Now you shall certainly die by mine own
    hands, for no evil, whether it be small or large, ought to be
    tolerated.”

    The Rich Man and the Tanner

    A RICH MAN lived near a Tanner, and not being able to bear the
    unpleasant smell of the tan-yard, he pressed his neighbor to go away.
    The Tanner put off his departure from time to time, saying that he
    would leave soon. But as he still continued to stay, as time went on,
    the rich man became accustomed to the smell, and feeling no manner of
    inconvenience, made no further complaints.

    The Viper and the File

    A VIPER, entering the workshop of a smith, sought from the tools the
    means of satisfying his hunger. He more particularly addressed himself
    to a File, and asked of him the favour of a meal. The File replied,
    “You must indeed be a simple-minded fellow if you expect to get
    anything from me, who am accustomed to take from everyone, and never to
    give anything in return.”

    The covetous are poor givers.

    The Lion and the Shepherd

    A LION, roaming through a forest, trod upon a thorn. Soon afterward he
    came up to a Shepherd and fawned upon him, wagging his tail as if to
    say, “I am a suppliant, and seek your aid.” The Shepherd boldly
    examined the beast, discovered the thorn, and placing his paw upon his
    lap, pulled it out; thus relieved of his pain, the Lion returned into
    the forest. Some time after, the Shepherd, being imprisoned on a false
    accusation, was condemned “to be cast to the Lions” as the punishment
    for his imputed crime. But when the Lion was released from his cage, he
    recognized the Shepherd as the man who healed him, and instead of
    attacking him, approached and placed his foot upon his lap. The King,
    as soon as he heard the tale, ordered the Lion to be set free again in
    the forest, and the Shepherd to be pardoned and restored to his
    friends.

    The Camel and Jupiter

    THE CAMEL, when he saw the Bull adorned with horns, envied him and
    wished that he himself could obtain the same honours. He went to
    Jupiter, and besought him to give him horns. Jupiter, vexed at his
    request because he was not satisfied with his size and strength of
    body, and desired yet more, not only refused to give him horns, but
    even deprived him of a portion of his ears.

    The Panther and the Shepherds

    A PANTHER, by some mischance, fell into a pit. The Shepherds discovered
    him, and some threw sticks at him and pelted him with stones, while
    others, moved with compassion towards one about to die even though no
    one should hurt him, threw in some food to prolong his life. At night
    they returned home, not dreaming of any danger, but supposing that on
    the morrow they would find him dead. The Panther, however, when he had
    recruited his feeble strength, freed himself with a sudden bound from
    the pit, and hastened to his den with rapid steps. After a few days he
    came forth and slaughtered the cattle, and, killing the Shepherds who
    had attacked him, raged with angry fury. Then they who had spared his
    life, fearing for their safety, surrendered to him their flocks and
    begged only for their lives. To them the Panther made this reply: “I
    remember alike those who sought my life with stones, and those who gave
    me food aside, therefore, your fears. I return as an enemy only to
    those who injured me.”

    The Eagle and the Kite

    AN EAGLE, overwhelmed with sorrow, sat upon the branches of a tree in
    company with a Kite. “Why,” said the Kite, “do I see you with such a
    rueful look?” “I seek,” she replied, “a mate suitable for me, and am
    not able to find one.” “Take me,” returned the Kite, “I am much
    stronger than you are.” “Why, are you able to secure the means of
    living by your plunder?” “Well, I have often caught and carried away an
    ostrich in my talons.” The Eagle, persuaded by these words, accepted
    him as her mate. Shortly after the nuptials, the Eagle said, “Fly off
    and bring me back the ostrich you promised me.” The Kite, soaring aloft
    into the air, brought back the shabbiest possible mouse, stinking from
    the length of time it had lain about the fields. “Is this,” said the
    Eagle, “the faithful fulfillment of your promise to me?” The Kite
    replied, “That I might attain your royal hand, there is nothing that I
    would not have promised, however much I knew that I must fail in the
    performance.”

    The Eagle and His Captor

    AN EAGLE was once captured by a man, who immediately clipped his wings
    and put him into his poultry-yard with the other birds, at which
    treatment the Eagle was weighed down with grief. Later, another
    neighbor purchased him and allowed his feathers to grow again. The
    Eagle took flight, and pouncing upon a hare, brought it at once as an
    offering to his benefactor. A Fox, seeing this, exclaimed, “Do not
    cultivate the favour of this man, but of your former owner, lest he
    should again hunt for you and deprive you a second time of your wings.”

    The King’s Son and the Painted Lion

    A KING, whose only son was fond of martial exercises, had a dream in
    which he was warned that his son would be killed by a lion. Afraid the
    dream should prove true, he built for his son a pleasant palace and
    adorned its walls for his amusement with all kinds of life-sized
    animals, among which was the picture of a lion. When the young Prince
    saw this, his grief at being thus confined burst out afresh, and,
    standing near the lion, he said: “O you most detestable of animals!
    through a lying dream of my father’s, which he saw in his sleep, I am
    shut up on your account in this palace as if I had been a girl: what
    shall I now do to you?” With these words he stretched out his hands
    toward a thorn-tree, meaning to cut a stick from its branches so that
    he might beat the lion. But one of the tree’s prickles pierced his
    finger and caused great pain and inflammation, so that the young Prince
    fell down in a fainting fit. A violent fever suddenly set in, from
    which he died not many days later.

    We had better bear our troubles bravely than try to escape them.

    The Cat and Venus

    A CAT fell in love with a handsome young man, and entreated Venus to
    change her into the form of a woman. Venus consented to her request and
    transformed her into a beautiful damsel, so that the youth saw her and
    loved her, and took her home as his bride. While the two were reclining
    in their chamber, Venus wishing to discover if the Cat in her change of
    shape had also altered her habits of life, let down a mouse in the
    middle of the room. The Cat, quite forgetting her present condition,
    started up from the couch and pursued the mouse, wishing to eat it.
    Venus was much disappointed and again caused her to return to her
    former shape.

    Nature exceeds nurture.

    The Eagle and the Beetle

    THE EAGLE and the Beetle were at enmity together, and they destroyed
    one another’s nests. The Eagle gave the first provocation in seizing
    upon and in eating the young ones of the Beetle. The Beetle got by
    stealth at the Eagle’s eggs, and rolled them out of the nest, and
    followed the Eagle even into the presence of Jupiter. On the Eagle
    making his complaint, Jupiter ordered him to make his nest in his lap;
    and while Jupiter had the eggs in his lap, the Beetle came flying about
    him, and Jupiter rising up unawares, to drive him away from his head,
    threw down the eggs, and broke them.

    The weak often revenge themselves on those who use them ill, even
    though they be more powerful.

    The She-Goats and Their Beards

    THE SHE-GOATS having obtained a beard by request to Jupiter, the
    He-Goats were sorely displeased and made complaint that the females
    equaled them in dignity. “Allow them,” said Jupiter, “to enjoy an empty
    honour and to assume the badge of your nobler sex, so long as they are
    not your equals in strength or courage.”

    It matters little if those who are inferior to us in merit should be
    like us in outside appearances.

    The Bald Man and the Fly

    A FLY bit the bare head of a Bald Man who, endeavoring to destroy it,
    gave himself a heavy slap. Escaping, the Fly said mockingly, “You who
    have wished to revenge, even with death, the Prick of a tiny insect,
    see what you have done to yourself to add insult to injury?” The Bald
    Man replied, “I can easily make peace with myself, because I know there
    was no intention to hurt. But you, an ill-favoured and contemptible
    insect who delights in sucking human blood, I wish that I could have
    killed you even if I had incurred a heavier penalty.”

    The Shipwrecked Man and the Sea

    A SHIPWRECKED MAN, having been cast upon a certain shore, slept after
    his buffetings with the deep. After a while he awoke, and looking upon
    the Sea, loaded it with reproaches. He argued that it enticed men with
    the calmness of its looks, but when it had induced them to plow its
    waters, it grew rough and destroyed them. The Sea, assuming the form of
    a woman, replied to him: “Blame not me, my good sir, but the winds, for
    I am by my own nature as calm and firm even as this earth; but the
    winds suddenly falling on me create these waves, and lash me into
    fury.”

    The Buffoon and the Countryman

    A RICH NOBLEMAN once opened the theaters without charge to the people,
    and gave a public notice that he would handsomely reward any person who
    invented a new amusement for the occasion. Various public performers
    contended for the prize. Among them came a Buffoon well known among the
    populace for his jokes, and said that he had a kind of entertainment
    which had never been brought out on any stage before. This report being
    spread about made a great stir, and the theater was crowded in every
    part. The Buffoon appeared alone upon the platform, without any
    apparatus or confederates, and the very sense of expectation caused an
    intense silence. He suddenly bent his head towards his bosom and
    imitated the squeaking of a little pig so admirably with his voice that
    the audience declared he had a porker under his cloak, and demanded
    that it should be shaken out. When that was done and nothing was found,
    they cheered the actor, and loaded him with the loudest applause. A
    Countryman in the crowd, observing all that has passed, said, “So help
    me, Hercules, he shall not beat me at that trick!” and at once
    proclaimed that he would do the same thing on the next day, though in a
    much more natural way. On the morrow a still larger crowd assembled in
    the theater, but now partiality for their favourite actor very
    generally prevailed, and the audience came rather to ridicule the
    Countryman than to see the spectacle. Both of the performers appeared
    on the stage. The Buffoon grunted and squeaked away first, and
    obtained, as on the preceding day, the applause and cheers of the
    spectators. Next the Countryman commenced, and pretending that he
    concealed a little pig beneath his clothes (which in truth he did, but
    not suspected by the audience ) contrived to take hold of and to pull
    his ear causing the pig to squeak. The Crowd, however, cried out with
    one consent that the Buffoon had given a far more exact imitation, and
    clamored for the Countryman to be kicked out of the theater. On this
    the rustic produced the little pig from his cloak and showed by the
    most positive proof the greatness of their mistake. “Look here,” he
    said, “this shows what sort of judges you are.”

    The Crow and the Serpent

    A CROW in great want of food saw a Serpent asleep in a sunny nook, and
    flying down, greedily seized him. The Serpent, turning about, bit the
    Crow with a mortal wound. In the agony of death, the bird exclaimed: “O
    unhappy me! who have found in that which I deemed a happy windfall the
    source of my destruction.”

    The Hunter and the Horseman

    A CERTAIN HUNTER, having snared a hare, placed it upon his shoulders
    and set out homewards. On his way he met a man on horseback who begged
    the hare of him, under the pretense of purchasing it. However, when the
    Horseman got the hare, he rode off as fast as he could. The Hunter ran
    after him, as if he was sure of overtaking him, but the Horseman
    increased more and more the distance between them. The Hunter, sorely
    against his will, called out to him and said, “Get along with you! for
    I will now make you a present of the hare.”

    The Olive-Tree and the Fig-Tree

    THE OLIVE-TREE ridiculed the Fig-Tree because, while she was green all
    the year round, the Fig-Tree changed its leaves with the seasons. A
    shower of snow fell upon them, and, finding the Olive full of foliage,
    it settled upon its branches and broke them down with its weight, at
    once despoiling it of its beauty and killing the tree. But finding the
    Fig-Tree denuded of leaves, the snow fell through to the ground, and
    did not injure it at all.

    The Frogs’ Complaint Against the Sun

    ONCE UPON A TIME, when the Sun announced his intention to take a wife,
    the Frogs lifted up their voices in clamor to the sky. Jupiter,
    disturbed by the noise of their croaking, inquired the cause of their
    complaint. One of them said, “The Sun, now while he is single, parches
    up the marsh, and compels us to die miserably in our arid homes. What
    will be our future condition if he should beget other suns?”

    The Brazier and His Dog

    A BRAZIER had a little Dog, which was a great favourite with his
    master, and his constant companion. While he hammered away at his
    metals the Dog slept; but when, on the other hand, he went to dinner
    and began to eat, the Dog woke up and wagged his tail, as if he would
    ask for a share of his meal. His master one day, pretending to be angry
    and shaking his stick at him, said, “You wretched little sluggard! what
    shall I do to you? While I am hammering on the anvil, you sleep on the
    mat; and when I begin to eat after my toil, you wake up and wag your
    tail for food. Do you not know that labor is the source of every
    blessing, and that none but those who work are entitled to eat?”

    FOOTNOTES

    1 (return)
    [ A History of the Literature of Ancient Greece, by K. O. Mueller. Vol.
    i, p. 191. _London_, Parker, 1858.]

    2 (return)
    [ Select Fables of Æsop, and other Fabulists. In three books,
    translated by Robert Dodsley, accompanied with a selection of notes,
    and an Essay on Fable. _Birmingham_, 1864. P. 60.]

    3 (return)
    [ Some of these fables had, no doubt, in the first instance, a primary
    and private interpretation. On the first occasion of their being
    composed they were intended to refer to some passing event, or to some
    individual acts of wrong-doing. Thus, the fables of the “Eagle and the
    Fox” and of the “Fox and Monkey” are supposed to have been written by
    Archilochus, to avenge the injuries done him by Lycambes. So also the
    fables of the “Swollen Fox” and of the “Frogs asking a King” were
    spoken by Æsop for the immediate purpose of reconciling the inhabitants
    of Samos and Athens to their respective rulers, Periander and
    Pisistratus; while the fable of the “Horse and Stag” was composed to
    caution the inhabitants of Himera against granting a bodyguard to
    Phalaris. In a similar manner, the fable from Phædrus, the “Marriage of
    the Sun,” is supposed to have reference to the contemplated union of
    Livia, the daughter of Drusus, with Sejanus the favourite, and minister
    of Trajan. These fables, however, though thus originating in special
    events, and designed at first to meet special circumstances, are so
    admirably constructed as to be fraught with lessons of general utility,
    and of universal application.]

    4 (return)
    [ Hesiod. Opera et Dies, verse 202.]

    5 (return)
    [ Æschylus. Fragment of the Myrmidons. Æschylus speaks of this fable as
    existing before his day. ὡς δ’ ἐστὶ μύθων τῶν Διβυστικῶν λογος. See
    Scholiast on the Aves of Aristophanes, line 808.]

    6 (return)
    [ Fragment. 38, ed. Gaisford. See also Mueller’s History of the
    Literature of Ancient Greece, vol. i. pp. 190–193.]

    7 (return)
    [ M. Bayle has well put this in his account of Æsop. “Il n’y a point
    d’apparence que les fables qui portent aujourd’hui son nom soient les
    mêmes qu’il avait faites; elles viennent bien de lui pour la plupart,
    quant à la matière et la pensée; mais les paroles sont d’un autre.” And
    again, “C’est donc à Hésiode, que j’aimerais mieux attribuer la gloire
    de l’invention; mais sans doute il laissa la chose très imparfaite.
    Esope la perfectionne si heureusement, qu’on l’a regarde comme le vrai
    père de cette sorte de production.”—_Bayle. Dictionnaire Historique_.]

    8 (return)
    [ Plato in Phædone.]

    9 (return)
    [ Apologos en! misit tibi
    Ab usque Rheni limite
    Ausonius nomen Italum
    Præceptor Augusti tui
    Æsopiam trimetriam;
    Quam vertit exili stylo
    Pedestre concinnans opus
    Fandi Titianus artifex.

    _Ausonii Epistola_, xvi. 75–80.]

    10 (return)
    [ Both these publications are in the British Museum, and are placed in
    the library in cases under glass, for the inspection of the curious.]

    11 (return)
    [ Fables may possibly have been not entirely unknown to the mediæval
    scholars. There are two celebrated works which might by some be classed
    amongst works of this description. The one is the “Speculum Sapientiæ,”
    attributed to St. Cyril, Archbishop of Jerusalem, but of a considerably
    later origin, and existing only in Latin. It is divided into four
    books, and consists of long conversations conducted by fictitious
    characters under the figures the beasts of the field and forest, and
    aimed at the rebuke of particular classes of men, the boastful, the
    proud, the luxurious, the wrathful, &c. None of the stories are
    precisely those of Æsop, and none have the concinnity, terseness, and
    unmistakable deduction of the lesson intended to be taught by the
    fable, so conspicuous in the great Greek fabulist. The exact title of
    the book is this: “Speculum Sapientiæ, B. Cyrilli Episcopi: alias
    quadripartitus apologeticus vocatus, in cujus quidem proverbiis omnis
    et totius sapientiæ speculum claret et feliciter incipit.” The other is
    a larger work in two volumes, published in the fourteenth century by
    Cæsar Heisterbach, a Cistercian monk, under the title of “Dialogus
    Miraculorum,” reprinted in 1851. This work consists of conversations in
    which many stories are interwoven on all kinds of subjects. It has no
    correspondence with the pure Æsopian fable.]

    12 (return)
    [ Post-mediæval Preachers, by S. Baring-Gould. Rivingtons, 1865.]

    13 (return)
    [ For an account of this work see the Life of Poggio Bracciolini, by
    the Rev. William Shepherd. Liverpool, 1801.]

    14 (return)
    [ Professor Theodore Bergh. See Classical Museum, No. viii. July,
    1849.]

    15 (return)
    [ Vavassor’s treatise, entitled “De Ludicrâ Dictione” was written A.D.
    1658, at the request of the celebrated M. Balzac (though published
    after his death), for the purpose of showing that the burlesque style
    of writing adopted by Scarron and D’Assouci, and at that time so
    popular in France, had no sanction from the ancient classic writers.
    _Francisci Vavassoris opera omnia_. Amsterdam. 1709.]

    16 (return)
    [ The claims of Babrias also found a warm advocate in the learned
    Frenchman, M. Bayle, who, in his admirable Dictionary, (_Dictionnaire
    Historique et Critique de Pierre Bayle_. Paris, 1820,) gives additional
    arguments in confirmation of the opinions of his learned predecessors,
    Nevelet and Vavassor.]

    17 (return)
    [ Scazonic, or halting, iambics; a choliambic (a lame, halting iambic)
    differs from the iambic Senarius in always having a spondee or trochee
    for its last foot; the fifth foot, to avoid shortness of metre, being
    generally an iambic. See Fables of Babrias, translated by Rev. James
    Davies. Lockwood, 1860. Preface, p. 27.]

    18 (return)
    [ See Dr. Bentley’s Dissertations upon the Epistles of Phalaris.]

    19 (return)
    [ Dr. Bentley’s Dissertations on the Epistles of Phalaris, and Fables
    of Æsop examined. By the Honourable Charles Boyle.]

    20 (return)
    [ M. Bayle thus characterises this Life of Æsop by Planudes, “Tous les
    habiles gens conviennent que c’est un roman, et que les absurdités
    grossières qui l’on y trouve le rendent indigne de toute créance.”
    _Dictionnaire Historique_. Art. _Esope_.]

    INDEX

    Æthiop
    The Ant and the Dove
    The Ants and the Grasshopper
    The Apes and the Two Travelers
    The Ass and the Charger
    The Ass and His Driver
    The Ass and the Frogs
    The Ass and the Grasshopper
    The Ass and his Masters
    The Ass and his Purchaser
    The Ass and his Shadow
    The Ass and the Horse
    The Ass and the Lapdog
    The Ass and the Mule
    The Ass and the Old Shepherd
    The Ass and the Wolf
    The Ass Carrying the Image
    The Ass, the Cock, and the Lion
    The Ass in the Lion’s Skin
    The Ass, the Fox, and the Lion
    The Astronomer

    The Bald Man and the Fly
    The Bald Knight
    The Bat And The Weasels
    The Bear and the Fox
    The Bear and the Two Travelers
    The Bee and Jupiter
    The Belly and the Members
    The Birdcatcher, the Partridge, and the Cock
    The Birds, the Beasts, and the Bat
    The Bitch and her Whelps
    The Blind Man and the Whelp
    The Boasting Traveler
    The Bowman and Lion
    The Boy and the Filberts
    The Boy and the Nettles
    The Boy Bathing
    The Boy hunting Locusts
    The Boys and the Frogs
    The Brazier and His Dog
    The Brother and the Sister
    The Buffoon and the Countryman
    The Bull and the Calf
    The Bull and the Goat
    The Bull, the Lioness, and the Wild-Boar Hunter

    The Camel
    The Camel and the Arab
    The Camel and Jupiter
    The Cat and the Birds
    The Cat and the Cock
    The Cat and the Mice
    The Cat and Venus
    The Cobbler Turned Doctor
    The Cock and the Jewel
    The Charcoal-Burner and the Fuller
    The Charger and the Miller
    The Crab and the Fox
    The Crab and its Mother
    The Crow and Mercury
    The Crow and the Pitcher
    The Crow and the Raven
    The Crow and the Serpent
    The Crow and the Sheep

    The Dancing Monkeys
    The Doe and the Lion
    The Dog and the Cook
    The Dog and the Hare
    The Dog and the Oyster
    The Dog and the Shadow
    The Dog, the Cock, and the Fox
    The Dog in the Manger
    The Dogs and the Fox
    The Dogs and the Hides
    The Dog’s House
    The Dolphins, the Whales, and the Sprat
    The Dove and the Crow

    The Eagle and the Arrow
    The Eagle and the Beetle
    The Eagle and His Captor
    The Eagle and the Fox
    The Eagle and the Jackdaw
    The Eagle and the Kite
    The Eagle, the Cat, and the Wild Sow

    The Farmer and the Cranes
    The Farmer and the Fox
    The Farmer and the Snake
    The Farmer and His Sons
    The Farmer and the Stork
    The Father And His Sons
    The Father and His Two Daughters
    The Fawn and His Mother
    The Fighting Cocks and the Eagle
    The Fir-Tree and the Bramble
    The Fisherman and His Nets
    The Fisherman and the Little Fish
    The Fisherman Piping
    The Fishermen
    The Flea and the Man
    The Flea and the Ox
    The Flea and the Wrestler
    The Flies and the Honey-Pot
    The Fly and the Draught-Mule
    The Fowler and the Viper
    The Fox and the Bramble
    The Fox and the Crane
    The Fox and the Crow
    The Fox and the Goat
    The Fox and the Grapes
    The Fox and the Hedgehog
    The Fox and the Leopard
    The Fox and the Lion
    The Fox and the Lion
    The Fox and the Mask
    The Fox and the Monkey
    The Fox and the Monkey
    The Fox and the Woodcutter
    The Fox Who Had Lost His Tail
    The Frogs Asking for a King
    The Frogs’ Complaint Against the Sun

    The Gamecocks and the Partridge
    The Geese and the Cranes
    The Gnat and the Bull
    The Gnat and the Lion
    The Goat and the Ass
    The Goat and the Goatherd
    The Goatherd and the Wild Goats
    The Goods and the Ills
    The Grasshopper and the Owl

    The Hare and the Hound
    The Hare and the Tortoise
    The Hares and the Foxes
    The Hares and the Frogs
    The Hares and the Lions
    The Hart and the Vine
    The Hawk and the Nightingale
    The Hawk, the Kite, and the Pigeons
    The Heifer and the Ox
    The Hen and the Golden Eggs
    The Hen and the Swallow
    Hercules and the Wagoner
    The Herdsman and the Lost Bull
    The Horse and the Ass
    The Horse and Groom
    The Horse and his Rider
    The Horse and the Stag
    The Hunter and the Horseman
    The Hunter and the Woodman
    The Huntsman and the Fisherman

    The Image of Mercury and the Carpenter

    The Jackdaw and the Doves
    The Jackdaw and the Fox
    Jupiter and the Monkey
    Jupiter, Neptune, Minerva, and Momus

    The Kid and the Wolf
    The Kid and the Wolf
    The Kingdom of the Lion
    The King’s Son and the Painted Lion
    The Kites and the Swans

    The Laborer and the Snake
    The Lamb and the Wolf
    The Lamp
    The Lark and Her Young Ones
    The Lark Burying Her Father
    The Lion and the Boar
    The Lion and the Bull
    The Lion and the Dolphin
    The Lion and the Eagle
    The Lion and the Fox
    The Lion and the Hare
    The Lion and the Mouse
    The Lion and the Shepherd
    The Lion and the Three Bulls
    The Lion, the Bear, and the Fox
    The Lion, the Fox, and the Ass
    The Lion in a Farmyard
    The Lion in Love
    The Lion, Jupiter, and the Elephant
    The Lion, the Mouse, and the Fox
    The Lion, the Wolf, and the Fox
    The Lioness

    The Man and His Two Sweethearts
    The Man and His Wife
    The Man and the Lion
    The Man and the Satyr
    The Man bitten by a Dog
    The Man, the Horse, the Ox, and the Dog
    The Manslayer
    The Master and His Dogs
    Mercury and the Sculptor
    Mercury and the Workmen
    The Mice and the Weasels
    The Mice in Council
    The Milk-Woman and her Pail
    The Miller, His Son, and their Ass
    The Mischievous Dog
    The Miser
    The Mole and His Mother
    The Monkey and the Camel
    The Monkey and the Dolphin
    The Monkey and the Fishermen
    The Monkeys and their Mother
    The Mother and the Wolf
    The Mountain in Labor
    The Mouse and the Bull
    The Mouse, the Frog, and the Hawk
    The Mule
    The Mules and the Robbers

    The North Wind and the Sun

    The Oak and the Reeds
    The Oak and the Woodcutters
    The Oaks and Jupiter
    The Old Hound
    The Old Lion
    The Old Man and Death
    The Old Woman and the Physician
    The Old Woman and the Wine-Jar
    The Olive-Tree and the Fig-Tree
    The One-Eyed Doe
    The Owl and the Birds
    The Ox and the Frog
    The Oxen and the Axle-Trees
    The Oxen and the Butchers

    The Panther and the Shepherds
    The Partridge and the Fowler
    The Peacock and the Crane
    The Peacock and Juno
    The Peasant and the Apple-Tree
    The Peasant and the Eagle
    The Philosopher, the Ants, and Mercury
    The Playful Ass
    The Pomegranate, Apple-Tree, and Bramble
    The Porker, the Sheep, and the Goat
    The Prophet

    The Quack Frog

    The Raven and the Swan
    The Rich Man and the Tanner
    The Rivers and the Sea
    The Rose and the Amaranth

    The Salt Merchant and his Ass
    The Seagull and the Kite
    The Seaside Travelers
    The Seller of Images
    The Serpent and the Eagle
    The She-Goats and their Beards
    The Shepherd and the Dog
    The Shepherd and the Sea
    The Shepherd and the Sheep
    The Shepherd and the Wolf
    The Shepherd’s Boy and the Wolf
    The Shipwrecked Man and the Sea
    The Sick Kite
    The Sick Lion
    The Sick Stag
    The Sparrow and the Hare
    The Spendthrift and the Swallow
    The Stag at the Pool
    The Stag in the Ox-Stall
    The Stag, the Wolf, and the Sheep
    The Swallow and the Crow
    The Swallow, the Serpent, and the Court of Justice
    The Swan and the Goose
    The Swollen Fox

    The Thief and his Mother
    The Thief and the Housedog
    The Thief and the Innkeeper
    The Thieves and the Cock
    The Thirsty Pigeon
    The Three Tradesmen
    The Thrush and the Fowler
    The Tortoise and the Eagle
    The Town Mouse and the Country Mouse
    The Traveler and Fortune
    The Traveler and his Dog
    The Travelers and the Plane-Tree
    The Trees and the Axe
    The Trees Under the Protection of the Gods
    The Trumpeter Taken Prisoner
    Truth and the Traveler
    The Two Bags
    The Two Dogs
    The Two Frogs
    The Two Frogs
    The Two Men Who Were Enemies
    The Two Pots
    The Two Soldiers and the Robber
    The Two Travelers and the Axe

    The Vain Jackdaw
    The Vine and the Goat
    The Viper and the File

    The Walnut-Tree
    The Wasp and the Snake
    The Wasps, the Partridges, and the Farmer
    The Weasel and the Mice
    The Widow and Her Little Maidens
    The Widow and the Sheep
    The Wild Ass and the Lion
    The Wild Boar and the Fox
    The Wolf and the Crane
    The Wolf and the Fox
    The Wolf and the Goat
    The Wolf and the Horse
    The Wolf and the Housedog
    The Wolf and the Lamb
    The Wolf and the Lion
    The Wolf and the Lion
    The Wolf and the Sheep
    The Wolf and the Shepherd
    The Wolf and the Shepherds
    The Wolf, the Fox, and the Ape
    The Wolf in Sheep’s Clothing
    The Wolves and the Sheep
    The Wolves and the Sheepdogs
    The Woman and her Hen

  • The war of the worlds

    The war of the worlds

    Aproximadamente 61.003 palavras.

    /

    The War of the Worlds

    by H. G. Wells

    ‘But who shall dwell in these worlds if they be inhabited?
    . . . Are we or they Lords of the World? . . . And
    how are all things made for man?’
    KEPLER (quoted in _The Anatomy of Melancholy_)

    Contents

    BOOK ONE.—THE COMING OF THE MARTIANS

    I. THE EVE OF THE WAR.
    II. THE FALLING STAR.
    III. ON HORSELL COMMON.
    IV. THE CYLINDER OPENS.
    V. THE HEAT-RAY.
    VI. THE HEAT-RAY IN THE CHOBHAM ROAD.
    VII. HOW I REACHED HOME.
    VIII. FRIDAY NIGHT.
    IX. THE FIGHTING BEGINS.
    X. IN THE STORM.
    XI. AT THE WINDOW.
    XII. WHAT I SAW OF THE DESTRUCTION OF WEYBRIDGE AND SHEPPERTON.
    XIII. HOW I FELL IN WITH THE CURATE.
    XIV. IN LONDON.
    XV. WHAT HAD HAPPENED IN SURREY.
    XVI. THE EXODUS FROM LONDON.
    XVII. THE “THUNDER CHILD”.

    BOOK TWO.—THE EARTH UNDER THE MARTIANS

    I. UNDER FOOT.
    II. WHAT WE SAW FROM THE RUINED HOUSE.
    III. THE DAYS OF IMPRISONMENT.
    IV. THE DEATH OF THE CURATE.
    V. THE STILLNESS.
    VI. THE WORK OF FIFTEEN DAYS.
    VII. THE MAN ON PUTNEY HILL.
    VIII. DEAD LONDON.
    IX. WRECKAGE.
    X. THE EPILOGUE.

    BOOK ONE
    THE COMING OF THE MARTIANS

    I.
    THE EVE OF THE WAR.

    No one would have believed in the last years of the nineteenth century
    that this world was being watched keenly and closely by intelligences
    greater than man’s and yet as mortal as his own; that as men busied
    themselves about their various concerns they were scrutinised and
    studied, perhaps almost as narrowly as a man with a microscope might
    scrutinise the transient creatures that swarm and multiply in a drop of
    water. With infinite complacency men went to and fro over this globe
    about their little affairs, serene in their assurance of their empire
    over matter. It is possible that the infusoria under the microscope do
    the same. No one gave a thought to the older worlds of space as sources
    of human danger, or thought of them only to dismiss the idea of life
    upon them as impossible or improbable. It is curious to recall some of
    the mental habits of those departed days. At most terrestrial men
    fancied there might be other men upon Mars, perhaps inferior to
    themselves and ready to welcome a missionary enterprise. Yet across the
    gulf of space, minds that are to our minds as ours are to those of the
    beasts that perish, intellects vast and cool and unsympathetic,
    regarded this earth with envious eyes, and slowly and surely drew their
    plans against us. And early in the twentieth century came the great
    disillusionment.

    The planet Mars, I scarcely need remind the reader, revolves about the
    sun at a mean distance of 140,000,000 miles, and the light and heat it
    receives from the sun is barely half of that received by this world. It
    must be, if the nebular hypothesis has any truth, older than our world;
    and long before this earth ceased to be molten, life upon its surface
    must have begun its course. The fact that it is scarcely one seventh of
    the volume of the earth must have accelerated its cooling to the
    temperature at which life could begin. It has air and water and all
    that is necessary for the support of animated existence.

    Yet so vain is man, and so blinded by his vanity, that no writer, up to
    the very end of the nineteenth century, expressed any idea that
    intelligent life might have developed there far, or indeed at all,
    beyond its earthly level. Nor was it generally understood that since
    Mars is older than our earth, with scarcely a quarter of the
    superficial area and remoter from the sun, it necessarily follows that
    it is not only more distant from time’s beginning but nearer its end.

    The secular cooling that must someday overtake our planet has already
    gone far indeed with our neighbour. Its physical condition is still
    largely a mystery, but we know now that even in its equatorial region
    the midday temperature barely approaches that of our coldest winter.
    Its air is much more attenuated than ours, its oceans have shrunk until
    they cover but a third of its surface, and as its slow seasons change
    huge snowcaps gather and melt about either pole and periodically
    inundate its temperate zones. That last stage of exhaustion, which to
    us is still incredibly remote, has become a present-day problem for the
    inhabitants of Mars. The immediate pressure of necessity has brightened
    their intellects, enlarged their powers, and hardened their hearts. And
    looking across space with instruments, and intelligences such as we
    have scarcely dreamed of, they see, at its nearest distance only
    35,000,000 of miles sunward of them, a morning star of hope, our own
    warmer planet, green with vegetation and grey with water, with a cloudy
    atmosphere eloquent of fertility, with glimpses through its drifting
    cloud wisps of broad stretches of populous country and narrow,
    navy-crowded seas.

    And we men, the creatures who inhabit this earth, must be to them at
    least as alien and lowly as are the monkeys and lemurs to us. The
    intellectual side of man already admits that life is an incessant
    struggle for existence, and it would seem that this too is the belief
    of the minds upon Mars. Their world is far gone in its cooling and this
    world is still crowded with life, but crowded only with what they
    regard as inferior animals. To carry warfare sunward is, indeed, their
    only escape from the destruction that, generation after generation,
    creeps upon them.

    And before we judge of them too harshly we must remember what ruthless
    and utter destruction our own species has wrought, not only upon
    animals, such as the vanished bison and the dodo, but upon its inferior
    races. The Tasmanians, in spite of their human likeness, were entirely
    swept out of existence in a war of extermination waged by European
    immigrants, in the space of fifty years. Are we such apostles of mercy
    as to complain if the Martians warred in the same spirit?

    The Martians seem to have calculated their descent with amazing
    subtlety—their mathematical learning is evidently far in excess of
    ours—and to have carried out their preparations with a well-nigh
    perfect unanimity. Had our instruments permitted it, we might have seen
    the gathering trouble far back in the nineteenth century. Men like
    Schiaparelli watched the red planet—it is odd, by-the-bye, that for
    countless centuries Mars has been the star of war—but failed to
    interpret the fluctuating appearances of the markings they mapped so
    well. All that time the Martians must have been getting ready.

    During the opposition of 1894 a great light was seen on the illuminated
    part of the disk, first at the Lick Observatory, then by Perrotin of
    Nice, and then by other observers. English readers heard of it first in
    the issue of _Nature_ dated August 2. I am inclined to think that this
    blaze may have been the casting of the huge gun, in the vast pit sunk
    into their planet, from which their shots were fired at us. Peculiar
    markings, as yet unexplained, were seen near the site of that outbreak
    during the next two oppositions.

    The storm burst upon us six years ago now. As Mars approached
    opposition, Lavelle of Java set the wires of the astronomical exchange
    palpitating with the amazing intelligence of a huge outbreak of
    incandescent gas upon the planet. It had occurred towards midnight of
    the twelfth; and the spectroscope, to which he had at once resorted,
    indicated a mass of flaming gas, chiefly hydrogen, moving with an
    enormous velocity towards this earth. This jet of fire had become
    invisible about a quarter past twelve. He compared it to a colossal
    puff of flame suddenly and violently squirted out of the planet, “as
    flaming gases rushed out of a gun.”

    A singularly appropriate phrase it proved. Yet the next day there was
    nothing of this in the papers except a little note in the _Daily
    Telegraph_, and the world went in ignorance of one of the gravest
    dangers that ever threatened the human race. I might not have heard of
    the eruption at all had I not met Ogilvy, the well-known astronomer, at
    Ottershaw. He was immensely excited at the news, and in the excess of
    his feelings invited me up to take a turn with him that night in a
    scrutiny of the red planet.

    In spite of all that has happened since, I still remember that vigil
    very distinctly: the black and silent observatory, the shadowed lantern
    throwing a feeble glow upon the floor in the corner, the steady ticking
    of the clockwork of the telescope, the little slit in the roof—an
    oblong profundity with the stardust streaked across it. Ogilvy moved
    about, invisible but audible. Looking through the telescope, one saw a
    circle of deep blue and the little round planet swimming in the field.
    It seemed such a little thing, so bright and small and still, faintly
    marked with transverse stripes, and slightly flattened from the perfect
    round. But so little it was, so silvery warm—a pin’s head of light! It
    was as if it quivered, but really this was the telescope vibrating with
    the activity of the clockwork that kept the planet in view.

    As I watched, the planet seemed to grow larger and smaller and to
    advance and recede, but that was simply that my eye was tired. Forty
    millions of miles it was from us—more than forty millions of miles of
    void. Few people realise the immensity of vacancy in which the dust of
    the material universe swims.

    Near it in the field, I remember, were three faint points of light,
    three telescopic stars infinitely remote, and all around it was the
    unfathomable darkness of empty space. You know how that blackness looks
    on a frosty starlight night. In a telescope it seems far profounder.
    And invisible to me because it was so remote and small, flying swiftly
    and steadily towards me across that incredible distance, drawing nearer
    every minute by so many thousands of miles, came the Thing they were
    sending us, the Thing that was to bring so much struggle and calamity
    and death to the earth. I never dreamed of it then as I watched; no one
    on earth dreamed of that unerring missile.

    That night, too, there was another jetting out of gas from the distant
    planet. I saw it. A reddish flash at the edge, the slightest projection
    of the outline just as the chronometer struck midnight; and at that I
    told Ogilvy and he took my place. The night was warm and I was thirsty,
    and I went stretching my legs clumsily and feeling my way in the
    darkness, to the little table where the siphon stood, while Ogilvy
    exclaimed at the streamer of gas that came out towards us.

    That night another invisible missile started on its way to the earth
    from Mars, just a second or so under twenty-four hours after the first
    one. I remember how I sat on the table there in the blackness, with
    patches of green and crimson swimming before my eyes. I wished I had a
    light to smoke by, little suspecting the meaning of the minute gleam I
    had seen and all that it would presently bring me. Ogilvy watched till
    one, and then gave it up; and we lit the lantern and walked over to his
    house. Down below in the darkness were Ottershaw and Chertsey and all
    their hundreds of people, sleeping in peace.

    He was full of speculation that night about the condition of Mars, and
    scoffed at the vulgar idea of its having inhabitants who were
    signalling us. His idea was that meteorites might be falling in a heavy
    shower upon the planet, or that a huge volcanic explosion was in
    progress. He pointed out to me how unlikely it was that organic
    evolution had taken the same direction in the two adjacent planets.

    “The chances against anything manlike on Mars are a million to one,” he
    said.

    Hundreds of observers saw the flame that night and the night after
    about midnight, and again the night after; and so for ten nights, a
    flame each night. Why the shots ceased after the tenth no one on earth
    has attempted to explain. It may be the gases of the firing caused the
    Martians inconvenience. Dense clouds of smoke or dust, visible through
    a powerful telescope on earth as little grey, fluctuating patches,
    spread through the clearness of the planet’s atmosphere and obscured
    its more familiar features.

    Even the daily papers woke up to the disturbances at last, and popular
    notes appeared here, there, and everywhere concerning the volcanoes
    upon Mars. The seriocomic periodical _Punch_, I remember, made a happy
    use of it in the political cartoon. And, all unsuspected, those
    missiles the Martians had fired at us drew earthward, rushing now at a
    pace of many miles a second through the empty gulf of space, hour by
    hour and day by day, nearer and nearer. It seems to me now almost
    incredibly wonderful that, with that swift fate hanging over us, men
    could go about their petty concerns as they did. I remember how
    jubilant Markham was at securing a new photograph of the planet for the
    illustrated paper he edited in those days. People in these latter times
    scarcely realise the abundance and enterprise of our nineteenth-century
    papers. For my own part, I was much occupied in learning to ride the
    bicycle, and busy upon a series of papers discussing the probable
    developments of moral ideas as civilisation progressed.

    One night (the first missile then could scarcely have been 10,000,000
    miles away) I went for a walk with my wife. It was starlight and I
    explained the Signs of the Zodiac to her, and pointed out Mars, a
    bright dot of light creeping zenithward, towards which so many
    telescopes were pointed. It was a warm night. Coming home, a party of
    excursionists from Chertsey or Isleworth passed us singing and playing
    music. There were lights in the upper windows of the houses as the
    people went to bed. From the railway station in the distance came the
    sound of shunting trains, ringing and rumbling, softened almost into
    melody by the distance. My wife pointed out to me the brightness of the
    red, green, and yellow signal lights hanging in a framework against the
    sky. It seemed so safe and tranquil.

    II.
    THE FALLING STAR.

    Then came the night of the first falling star. It was seen early in the
    morning, rushing over Winchester eastward, a line of flame high in the
    atmosphere. Hundreds must have seen it, and taken it for an ordinary
    falling star. Albin described it as leaving a greenish streak behind it
    that glowed for some seconds. Denning, our greatest authority on
    meteorites, stated that the height of its first appearance was about
    ninety or one hundred miles. It seemed to him that it fell to earth
    about one hundred miles east of him.

    I was at home at that hour and writing in my study; and although my
    French windows face towards Ottershaw and the blind was up (for I loved
    in those days to look up at the night sky), I saw nothing of it. Yet
    this strangest of all things that ever came to earth from outer space
    must have fallen while I was sitting there, visible to me had I only
    looked up as it passed. Some of those who saw its flight say it
    travelled with a hissing sound. I myself heard nothing of that. Many
    people in Berkshire, Surrey, and Middlesex must have seen the fall of
    it, and, at most, have thought that another meteorite had descended. No
    one seems to have troubled to look for the fallen mass that night.

    But very early in the morning poor Ogilvy, who had seen the shooting
    star and who was persuaded that a meteorite lay somewhere on the common
    between Horsell, Ottershaw, and Woking, rose early with the idea of
    finding it. Find it he did, soon after dawn, and not far from the
    sand-pits. An enormous hole had been made by the impact of the
    projectile, and the sand and gravel had been flung violently in every
    direction over the heath, forming heaps visible a mile and a half away.
    The heather was on fire eastward, and a thin blue smoke rose against
    the dawn.

    The Thing itself lay almost entirely buried in sand, amidst the
    scattered splinters of a fir tree it had shivered to fragments in its
    descent. The uncovered part had the appearance of a huge cylinder,
    caked over and its outline softened by a thick scaly dun-coloured
    incrustation. It had a diameter of about thirty yards. He approached
    the mass, surprised at the size and more so at the shape, since most
    meteorites are rounded more or less completely. It was, however, still
    so hot from its flight through the air as to forbid his near approach.
    A stirring noise within its cylinder he ascribed to the unequal cooling
    of its surface; for at that time it had not occurred to him that it
    might be hollow.

    He remained standing at the edge of the pit that the Thing had made for
    itself, staring at its strange appearance, astonished chiefly at its
    unusual shape and colour, and dimly perceiving even then some evidence
    of design in its arrival. The early morning was wonderfully still, and
    the sun, just clearing the pine trees towards Weybridge, was already
    warm. He did not remember hearing any birds that morning, there was
    certainly no breeze stirring, and the only sounds were the faint
    movements from within the cindery cylinder. He was all alone on the
    common.

    Then suddenly he noticed with a start that some of the grey clinker,
    the ashy incrustation that covered the meteorite, was falling off the
    circular edge of the end. It was dropping off in flakes and raining
    down upon the sand. A large piece suddenly came off and fell with a
    sharp noise that brought his heart into his mouth.

    For a minute he scarcely realised what this meant, and, although the
    heat was excessive, he clambered down into the pit close to the bulk to
    see the Thing more clearly. He fancied even then that the cooling of
    the body might account for this, but what disturbed that idea was the
    fact that the ash was falling only from the end of the cylinder.

    And then he perceived that, very slowly, the circular top of the
    cylinder was rotating on its body. It was such a gradual movement that
    he discovered it only through noticing that a black mark that had been
    near him five minutes ago was now at the other side of the
    circumference. Even then he scarcely understood what this indicated,
    until he heard a muffled grating sound and saw the black mark jerk
    forward an inch or so. Then the thing came upon him in a flash. The
    cylinder was artificial—hollow—with an end that screwed out! Something
    within the cylinder was unscrewing the top!

    “Good heavens!” said Ogilvy. “There’s a man in it—men in it! Half
    roasted to death! Trying to escape!”

    At once, with a quick mental leap, he linked the Thing with the flash
    upon Mars.

    The thought of the confined creature was so dreadful to him that he
    forgot the heat and went forward to the cylinder to help turn. But
    luckily the dull radiation arrested him before he could burn his hands
    on the still-glowing metal. At that he stood irresolute for a moment,
    then turned, scrambled out of the pit, and set off running wildly into
    Woking. The time then must have been somewhere about six o’clock. He
    met a waggoner and tried to make him understand, but the tale he told
    and his appearance were so wild—his hat had fallen off in the pit—that
    the man simply drove on. He was equally unsuccessful with the potman
    who was just unlocking the doors of the public-house by Horsell Bridge.
    The fellow thought he was a lunatic at large and made an unsuccessful
    attempt to shut him into the taproom. That sobered him a little; and
    when he saw Henderson, the London journalist, in his garden, he called
    over the palings and made himself understood.

    “Henderson,” he called, “you saw that shooting star last night?”

    “Well?” said Henderson.

    “It’s out on Horsell Common now.”

    “Good Lord!” said Henderson. “Fallen meteorite! That’s good.”

    “But it’s something more than a meteorite. It’s a cylinder—an
    artificial cylinder, man! And there’s something inside.”

    Henderson stood up with his spade in his hand.

    “What’s that?” he said. He was deaf in one ear.

    Ogilvy told him all that he had seen. Henderson was a minute or so
    taking it in. Then he dropped his spade, snatched up his jacket, and
    came out into the road. The two men hurried back at once to the common,
    and found the cylinder still lying in the same position. But now the
    sounds inside had ceased, and a thin circle of bright metal showed
    between the top and the body of the cylinder. Air was either entering
    or escaping at the rim with a thin, sizzling sound.

    They listened, rapped on the scaly burnt metal with a stick, and,
    meeting with no response, they both concluded the man or men inside
    must be insensible or dead.

    Of course the two were quite unable to do anything. They shouted
    consolation and promises, and went off back to the town again to get
    help. One can imagine them, covered with sand, excited and disordered,
    running up the little street in the bright sunlight just as the shop
    folks were taking down their shutters and people were opening their
    bedroom windows. Henderson went into the railway station at once, in
    order to telegraph the news to London. The newspaper articles had
    prepared men’s minds for the reception of the idea.

    By eight o’clock a number of boys and unemployed men had already
    started for the common to see the “dead men from Mars.” That was the
    form the story took. I heard of it first from my newspaper boy about a
    quarter to nine when I went out to get my _Daily Chronicle_. I was
    naturally startled, and lost no time in going out and across the
    Ottershaw bridge to the sand-pits.

    III.
    ON HORSELL COMMON.

    I found a little crowd of perhaps twenty people surrounding the huge
    hole in which the cylinder lay. I have already described the appearance
    of that colossal bulk, embedded in the ground. The turf and gravel
    about it seemed charred as if by a sudden explosion. No doubt its
    impact had caused a flash of fire. Henderson and Ogilvy were not there.
    I think they perceived that nothing was to be done for the present, and
    had gone away to breakfast at Henderson’s house.

    There were four or five boys sitting on the edge of the Pit, with their
    feet dangling, and amusing themselves—until I stopped them—by throwing
    stones at the giant mass. After I had spoken to them about it, they
    began playing at “touch” in and out of the group of bystanders.

    Among these were a couple of cyclists, a jobbing gardener I employed
    sometimes, a girl carrying a baby, Gregg the butcher and his little
    boy, and two or three loafers and golf caddies who were accustomed to
    hang about the railway station. There was very little talking. Few of
    the common people in England had anything but the vaguest astronomical
    ideas in those days. Most of them were staring quietly at the big table
    like end of the cylinder, which was still as Ogilvy and Henderson had
    left it. I fancy the popular expectation of a heap of charred corpses
    was disappointed at this inanimate bulk. Some went away while I was
    there, and other people came. I clambered into the pit and fancied I
    heard a faint movement under my feet. The top had certainly ceased to
    rotate.

    It was only when I got thus close to it that the strangeness of this
    object was at all evident to me. At the first glance it was really no
    more exciting than an overturned carriage or a tree blown across the
    road. Not so much so, indeed. It looked like a rusty gas float. It
    required a certain amount of scientific education to perceive that the
    grey scale of the Thing was no common oxide, that the yellowish-white
    metal that gleamed in the crack between the lid and the cylinder had an
    unfamiliar hue. “Extra-terrestrial” had no meaning for most of the
    onlookers.

    At that time it was quite clear in my own mind that the Thing had come
    from the planet Mars, but I judged it improbable that it contained any
    living creature. I thought the unscrewing might be automatic. In spite
    of Ogilvy, I still believed that there were men in Mars. My mind ran
    fancifully on the possibilities of its containing manuscript, on the
    difficulties in translation that might arise, whether we should find
    coins and models in it, and so forth. Yet it was a little too large for
    assurance on this idea. I felt an impatience to see it opened. About
    eleven, as nothing seemed happening, I walked back, full of such
    thought, to my home in Maybury. But I found it difficult to get to work
    upon my abstract investigations.

    In the afternoon the appearance of the common had altered very much.
    The early editions of the evening papers had startled London with
    enormous headlines:

    “A MESSAGE RECEIVED FROM MARS.”

    “REMARKABLE STORY FROM WOKING,”

    and so forth. In addition, Ogilvy’s wire to the Astronomical Exchange
    had roused every observatory in the three kingdoms.

    There were half a dozen flys or more from the Woking station standing
    in the road by the sand-pits, a basket-chaise from Chobham, and a
    rather lordly carriage. Besides that, there was quite a heap of
    bicycles. In addition, a large number of people must have walked, in
    spite of the heat of the day, from Woking and Chertsey, so that there
    was altogether quite a considerable crowd—one or two gaily dressed
    ladies among the others.

    It was glaringly hot, not a cloud in the sky nor a breath of wind, and
    the only shadow was that of the few scattered pine trees. The burning
    heather had been extinguished, but the level ground towards Ottershaw
    was blackened as far as one could see, and still giving off vertical
    streamers of smoke. An enterprising sweet-stuff dealer in the Chobham
    Road had sent up his son with a barrow-load of green apples and ginger
    beer.

    Going to the edge of the pit, I found it occupied by a group of about
    half a dozen men—Henderson, Ogilvy, and a tall, fair-haired man that I
    afterwards learned was Stent, the Astronomer Royal, with several
    workmen wielding spades and pickaxes. Stent was giving directions in a
    clear, high-pitched voice. He was standing on the cylinder, which was
    now evidently much cooler; his face was crimson and streaming with
    perspiration, and something seemed to have irritated him.

    A large portion of the cylinder had been uncovered, though its lower
    end was still embedded. As soon as Ogilvy saw me among the staring
    crowd on the edge of the pit he called to me to come down, and asked me
    if I would mind going over to see Lord Hilton, the lord of the manor.

    The growing crowd, he said, was becoming a serious impediment to their
    excavations, especially the boys. They wanted a light railing put up,
    and help to keep the people back. He told me that a faint stirring was
    occasionally still audible within the case, but that the workmen had
    failed to unscrew the top, as it afforded no grip to them. The case
    appeared to be enormously thick, and it was possible that the faint
    sounds we heard represented a noisy tumult in the interior.

    I was very glad to do as he asked, and so become one of the privileged
    spectators within the contemplated enclosure. I failed to find Lord
    Hilton at his house, but I was told he was expected from London by the
    six o’clock train from Waterloo; and as it was then about a quarter
    past five, I went home, had some tea, and walked up to the station to
    waylay him.

    IV.
    THE CYLINDER OPENS.

    When I returned to the common the sun was setting. Scattered groups
    were hurrying from the direction of Woking, and one or two persons were
    returning. The crowd about the pit had increased, and stood out black
    against the lemon yellow of the sky—a couple of hundred people,
    perhaps. There were raised voices, and some sort of struggle appeared
    to be going on about the pit. Strange imaginings passed through my
    mind. As I drew nearer I heard Stent’s voice:

    “Keep back! Keep back!”

    A boy came running towards me.

    “It’s a-movin’,” he said to me as he passed; “a-screwin’ and a-screwin’
    out. I don’t like it. I’m a-goin’ ’ome, I am.”

    I went on to the crowd. There were really, I should think, two or three
    hundred people elbowing and jostling one another, the one or two ladies
    there being by no means the least active.

    “He’s fallen in the pit!” cried some one.

    “Keep back!” said several.

    The crowd swayed a little, and I elbowed my way through. Every one
    seemed greatly excited. I heard a peculiar humming sound from the pit.

    “I say!” said Ogilvy; “help keep these idiots back. We don’t know
    what’s in the confounded thing, you know!”

    I saw a young man, a shop assistant in Woking I believe he was,
    standing on the cylinder and trying to scramble out of the hole again.
    The crowd had pushed him in.

    The end of the cylinder was being screwed out from within. Nearly two
    feet of shining screw projected. Somebody blundered against me, and I
    narrowly missed being pitched onto the top of the screw. I turned, and
    as I did so the screw must have come out, for the lid of the cylinder
    fell upon the gravel with a ringing concussion. I stuck my elbow into
    the person behind me, and turned my head towards the Thing again. For a
    moment that circular cavity seemed perfectly black. I had the sunset in
    my eyes.

    I think everyone expected to see a man emerge—possibly something a
    little unlike us terrestrial men, but in all essentials a man. I know I
    did. But, looking, I presently saw something stirring within the
    shadow: greyish billowy movements, one above another, and then two
    luminous disks—like eyes. Then something resembling a little grey
    snake, about the thickness of a walking stick, coiled up out of the
    writhing middle, and wriggled in the air towards me—and then another.

    A sudden chill came over me. There was a loud shriek from a woman
    behind. I half turned, keeping my eyes fixed upon the cylinder still,
    from which other tentacles were now projecting, and began pushing my
    way back from the edge of the pit. I saw astonishment giving place to
    horror on the faces of the people about me. I heard inarticulate
    exclamations on all sides. There was a general movement backwards. I
    saw the shopman struggling still on the edge of the pit. I found myself
    alone, and saw the people on the other side of the pit running off,
    Stent among them. I looked again at the cylinder, and ungovernable
    terror gripped me. I stood petrified and staring.

    A big greyish rounded bulk, the size, perhaps, of a bear, was rising
    slowly and painfully out of the cylinder. As it bulged up and caught
    the light, it glistened like wet leather.

    Two large dark-coloured eyes were regarding me steadfastly. The mass
    that framed them, the head of the thing, was rounded, and had, one
    might say, a face. There was a mouth under the eyes, the lipless brim
    of which quivered and panted, and dropped saliva. The whole creature
    heaved and pulsated convulsively. A lank tentacular appendage gripped
    the edge of the cylinder, another swayed in the air.

    Those who have never seen a living Martian can scarcely imagine the
    strange horror of its appearance. The peculiar V-shaped mouth with its
    pointed upper lip, the absence of brow ridges, the absence of a chin
    beneath the wedgelike lower lip, the incessant quivering of this mouth,
    the Gorgon groups of tentacles, the tumultuous breathing of the lungs
    in a strange atmosphere, the evident heaviness and painfulness of
    movement due to the greater gravitational energy of the earth—above
    all, the extraordinary intensity of the immense eyes—were at once
    vital, intense, inhuman, crippled and monstrous. There was something
    fungoid in the oily brown skin, something in the clumsy deliberation of
    the tedious movements unspeakably nasty. Even at this first encounter,
    this first glimpse, I was overcome with disgust and dread.

    Suddenly the monster vanished. It had toppled over the brim of the
    cylinder and fallen into the pit, with a thud like the fall of a great
    mass of leather. I heard it give a peculiar thick cry, and forthwith
    another of these creatures appeared darkly in the deep shadow of the
    aperture.

    I turned and, running madly, made for the first group of trees, perhaps
    a hundred yards away; but I ran slantingly and stumbling, for I could
    not avert my face from these things.

    There, among some young pine trees and furze bushes, I stopped,
    panting, and waited further developments. The common round the
    sand-pits was dotted with people, standing like myself in a
    half-fascinated terror, staring at these creatures, or rather at the
    heaped gravel at the edge of the pit in which they lay. And then, with
    a renewed horror, I saw a round, black object bobbing up and down on
    the edge of the pit. It was the head of the shopman who had fallen in,
    but showing as a little black object against the hot western sun. Now
    he got his shoulder and knee up, and again he seemed to slip back until
    only his head was visible. Suddenly he vanished, and I could have
    fancied a faint shriek had reached me. I had a momentary impulse to go
    back and help him that my fears overruled.

    Everything was then quite invisible, hidden by the deep pit and the
    heap of sand that the fall of the cylinder had made. Anyone coming
    along the road from Chobham or Woking would have been amazed at the
    sight—a dwindling multitude of perhaps a hundred people or more
    standing in a great irregular circle, in ditches, behind bushes, behind
    gates and hedges, saying little to one another and that in short,
    excited shouts, and staring, staring hard at a few heaps of sand. The
    barrow of ginger beer stood, a queer derelict, black against the
    burning sky, and in the sand-pits was a row of deserted vehicles with
    their horses feeding out of nosebags or pawing the ground.

    V.
    THE HEAT-RAY.

    After the glimpse I had had of the Martians emerging from the cylinder
    in which they had come to the earth from their planet, a kind of
    fascination paralysed my actions. I remained standing knee-deep in the
    heather, staring at the mound that hid them. I was a battleground of
    fear and curiosity.

    I did not dare to go back towards the pit, but I felt a passionate
    longing to peer into it. I began walking, therefore, in a big curve,
    seeking some point of vantage and continually looking at the sand-heaps
    that hid these new-comers to our earth. Once a leash of thin black
    whips, like the arms of an octopus, flashed across the sunset and was
    immediately withdrawn, and afterwards a thin rod rose up, joint by
    joint, bearing at its apex a circular disk that spun with a wobbling
    motion. What could be going on there?

    Most of the spectators had gathered in one or two groups—one a little
    crowd towards Woking, the other a knot of people in the direction of
    Chobham. Evidently they shared my mental conflict. There were few near
    me. One man I approached—he was, I perceived, a neighbour of mine,
    though I did not know his name—and accosted. But it was scarcely a time
    for articulate conversation.

    “What ugly _brutes_!” he said. “Good God! What ugly brutes!” He
    repeated this over and over again.

    “Did you see a man in the pit?” I said; but he made no answer to that.
    We became silent, and stood watching for a time side by side, deriving,
    I fancy, a certain comfort in one another’s company. Then I shifted my
    position to a little knoll that gave me the advantage of a yard or more
    of elevation and when I looked for him presently he was walking towards
    Woking.

    The sunset faded to twilight before anything further happened. The
    crowd far away on the left, towards Woking, seemed to grow, and I heard
    now a faint murmur from it. The little knot of people towards Chobham
    dispersed. There was scarcely an intimation of movement from the pit.

    It was this, as much as anything, that gave people courage, and I
    suppose the new arrivals from Woking also helped to restore confidence.
    At any rate, as the dusk came on a slow, intermittent movement upon the
    sand-pits began, a movement that seemed to gather force as the
    stillness of the evening about the cylinder remained unbroken. Vertical
    black figures in twos and threes would advance, stop, watch, and
    advance again, spreading out as they did so in a thin irregular
    crescent that promised to enclose the pit in its attenuated horns. I,
    too, on my side began to move towards the pit.

    Then I saw some cabmen and others had walked boldly into the sand-pits,
    and heard the clatter of hoofs and the gride of wheels. I saw a lad
    trundling off the barrow of apples. And then, within thirty yards of
    the pit, advancing from the direction of Horsell, I noted a little
    black knot of men, the foremost of whom was waving a white flag.

    This was the Deputation. There had been a hasty consultation, and since
    the Martians were evidently, in spite of their repulsive forms,
    intelligent creatures, it had been resolved to show them, by
    approaching them with signals, that we too were intelligent.

    Flutter, flutter, went the flag, first to the right, then to the left.
    It was too far for me to recognise anyone there, but afterwards I
    learned that Ogilvy, Stent, and Henderson were with others in this
    attempt at communication. This little group had in its advance dragged
    inward, so to speak, the circumference of the now almost complete
    circle of people, and a number of dim black figures followed it at
    discreet distances.

    Suddenly there was a flash of light, and a quantity of luminous
    greenish smoke came out of the pit in three distinct puffs, which drove
    up, one after the other, straight into the still air.

    This smoke (or flame, perhaps, would be the better word for it) was so
    bright that the deep blue sky overhead and the hazy stretches of brown
    common towards Chertsey, set with black pine trees, seemed to darken
    abruptly as these puffs arose, and to remain the darker after their
    dispersal. At the same time a faint hissing sound became audible.

    Beyond the pit stood the little wedge of people with the white flag at
    its apex, arrested by these phenomena, a little knot of small vertical
    black shapes upon the black ground. As the green smoke arose, their
    faces flashed out pallid green, and faded again as it vanished. Then
    slowly the hissing passed into a humming, into a long, loud, droning
    noise. Slowly a humped shape rose out of the pit, and the ghost of a
    beam of light seemed to flicker out from it.

    Forthwith flashes of actual flame, a bright glare leaping from one to
    another, sprang from the scattered group of men. It was as if some
    invisible jet impinged upon them and flashed into white flame. It was
    as if each man were suddenly and momentarily turned to fire.

    Then, by the light of their own destruction, I saw them staggering and
    falling, and their supporters turning to run.

    I stood staring, not as yet realising that this was death leaping from
    man to man in that little distant crowd. All I felt was that it was
    something very strange. An almost noiseless and blinding flash of
    light, and a man fell headlong and lay still; and as the unseen shaft
    of heat passed over them, pine trees burst into fire, and every dry
    furze bush became with one dull thud a mass of flames. And far away
    towards Knaphill I saw the flashes of trees and hedges and wooden
    buildings suddenly set alight.

    It was sweeping round swiftly and steadily, this flaming death, this
    invisible, inevitable sword of heat. I perceived it coming towards me
    by the flashing bushes it touched, and was too astounded and stupefied
    to stir. I heard the crackle of fire in the sand-pits and the sudden
    squeal of a horse that was as suddenly stilled. Then it was as if an
    invisible yet intensely heated finger were drawn through the heather
    between me and the Martians, and all along a curving line beyond the
    sand-pits the dark ground smoked and crackled. Something fell with a
    crash far away to the left where the road from Woking station opens out
    on the common. Forth-with the hissing and humming ceased, and the
    black, dome-like object sank slowly out of sight into the pit.

    All this had happened with such swiftness that I had stood motionless,
    dumbfounded and dazzled by the flashes of light. Had that death swept
    through a full circle, it must inevitably have slain me in my surprise.
    But it passed and spared me, and left the night about me suddenly dark
    and unfamiliar.

    The undulating common seemed now dark almost to blackness, except where
    its roadways lay grey and pale under the deep blue sky of the early
    night. It was dark, and suddenly void of men. Overhead the stars were
    mustering, and in the west the sky was still a pale, bright, almost
    greenish blue. The tops of the pine trees and the roofs of Horsell came
    out sharp and black against the western afterglow. The Martians and
    their appliances were altogether invisible, save for that thin mast
    upon which their restless mirror wobbled. Patches of bush and isolated
    trees here and there smoked and glowed still, and the houses towards
    Woking station were sending up spires of flame into the stillness of
    the evening air.

    Nothing was changed save for that and a terrible astonishment. The
    little group of black specks with the flag of white had been swept out
    of existence, and the stillness of the evening, so it seemed to me, had
    scarcely been broken.

    It came to me that I was upon this dark common, helpless, unprotected,
    and alone. Suddenly, like a thing falling upon me from without,
    came—fear.

    With an effort I turned and began a stumbling run through the heather.

    The fear I felt was no rational fear, but a panic terror not only of
    the Martians, but of the dusk and stillness all about me. Such an
    extraordinary effect in unmanning me it had that I ran weeping silently
    as a child might do. Once I had turned, I did not dare to look back.

    I remember I felt an extraordinary persuasion that I was being played
    with, that presently, when I was upon the very verge of safety, this
    mysterious death—as swift as the passage of light—would leap after me
    from the pit about the cylinder, and strike me down.

    VI.
    THE HEAT-RAY IN THE CHOBHAM ROAD.

    It is still a matter of wonder how the Martians are able to slay men so
    swiftly and so silently. Many think that in some way they are able to
    generate an intense heat in a chamber of practically absolute
    non-conductivity. This intense heat they project in a parallel beam
    against any object they choose, by means of a polished parabolic mirror
    of unknown composition, much as the parabolic mirror of a lighthouse
    projects a beam of light. But no one has absolutely proved these
    details. However it is done, it is certain that a beam of heat is the
    essence of the matter. Heat, and invisible, instead of visible, light.
    Whatever is combustible flashes into flame at its touch, lead runs like
    water, it softens iron, cracks and melts glass, and when it falls upon
    water, incontinently that explodes into steam.

    That night nearly forty people lay under the starlight about the pit,
    charred and distorted beyond recognition, and all night long the common
    from Horsell to Maybury was deserted and brightly ablaze.

    The news of the massacre probably reached Chobham, Woking, and
    Ottershaw about the same time. In Woking the shops had closed when the
    tragedy happened, and a number of people, shop people and so forth,
    attracted by the stories they had heard, were walking over the Horsell
    Bridge and along the road between the hedges that runs out at last upon
    the common. You may imagine the young people brushed up after the
    labours of the day, and making this novelty, as they would make any
    novelty, the excuse for walking together and enjoying a trivial
    flirtation. You may figure to yourself the hum of voices along the road
    in the gloaming. . . .

    As yet, of course, few people in Woking even knew that the cylinder had
    opened, though poor Henderson had sent a messenger on a bicycle to the
    post office with a special wire to an evening paper.

    As these folks came out by twos and threes upon the open, they found
    little knots of people talking excitedly and peering at the spinning
    mirror over the sand-pits, and the newcomers were, no doubt, soon
    infected by the excitement of the occasion.

    By half past eight, when the Deputation was destroyed, there may have
    been a crowd of three hundred people or more at this place, besides
    those who had left the road to approach the Martians nearer. There were
    three policemen too, one of whom was mounted, doing their best, under
    instructions from Stent, to keep the people back and deter them from
    approaching the cylinder. There was some booing from those more
    thoughtless and excitable souls to whom a crowd is always an occasion
    for noise and horse-play.

    Stent and Ogilvy, anticipating some possibilities of a collision, had
    telegraphed from Horsell to the barracks as soon as the Martians
    emerged, for the help of a company of soldiers to protect these strange
    creatures from violence. After that they returned to lead that
    ill-fated advance. The description of their death, as it was seen by
    the crowd, tallies very closely with my own impressions: the three
    puffs of green smoke, the deep humming note, and the flashes of flame.

    But that crowd of people had a far narrower escape than mine. Only the
    fact that a hummock of heathery sand intercepted the lower part of the
    Heat-Ray saved them. Had the elevation of the parabolic mirror been a
    few yards higher, none could have lived to tell the tale. They saw the
    flashes and the men falling and an invisible hand, as it were, lit the
    bushes as it hurried towards them through the twilight. Then, with a
    whistling note that rose above the droning of the pit, the beam swung
    close over their heads, lighting the tops of the beech trees that line
    the road, and splitting the bricks, smashing the windows, firing the
    window frames, and bringing down in crumbling ruin a portion of the
    gable of the house nearest the corner.

    In the sudden thud, hiss, and glare of the igniting trees, the
    panic-stricken crowd seems to have swayed hesitatingly for some
    moments. Sparks and burning twigs began to fall into the road, and
    single leaves like puffs of flame. Hats and dresses caught fire. Then
    came a crying from the common. There were shrieks and shouts, and
    suddenly a mounted policeman came galloping through the confusion with
    his hands clasped over his head, screaming.

    “They’re coming!” a woman shrieked, and incontinently everyone was
    turning and pushing at those behind, in order to clear their way to
    Woking again. They must have bolted as blindly as a flock of sheep.
    Where the road grows narrow and black between the high banks the crowd
    jammed, and a desperate struggle occurred. All that crowd did not
    escape; three persons at least, two women and a little boy, were
    crushed and trampled there, and left to die amid the terror and the
    darkness.

    VII.
    HOW I REACHED HOME.

    For my own part, I remember nothing of my flight except the stress of
    blundering against trees and stumbling through the heather. All about
    me gathered the invisible terrors of the Martians; that pitiless sword
    of heat seemed whirling to and fro, flourishing overhead before it
    descended and smote me out of life. I came into the road between the
    crossroads and Horsell, and ran along this to the crossroads.

    At last I could go no further; I was exhausted with the violence of my
    emotion and of my flight, and I staggered and fell by the wayside. That
    was near the bridge that crosses the canal by the gasworks. I fell and
    lay still.

    I must have remained there some time.

    I sat up, strangely perplexed. For a moment, perhaps, I could not
    clearly understand how I came there. My terror had fallen from me like
    a garment. My hat had gone, and my collar had burst away from its
    fastener. A few minutes before, there had only been three real things
    before me—the immensity of the night and space and nature, my own
    feebleness and anguish, and the near approach of death. Now it was as
    if something turned over, and the point of view altered abruptly. There
    was no sensible transition from one state of mind to the other. I was
    immediately the self of every day again—a decent, ordinary citizen. The
    silent common, the impulse of my flight, the starting flames, were as
    if they had been in a dream. I asked myself had these latter things
    indeed happened? I could not credit it.

    I rose and walked unsteadily up the steep incline of the bridge. My
    mind was blank wonder. My muscles and nerves seemed drained of their
    strength. I dare say I staggered drunkenly. A head rose over the arch,
    and the figure of a workman carrying a basket appeared. Beside him ran
    a little boy. He passed me, wishing me good night. I was minded to
    speak to him, but did not. I answered his greeting with a meaningless
    mumble and went on over the bridge.

    Over the Maybury arch a train, a billowing tumult of white, firelit
    smoke, and a long caterpillar of lighted windows, went flying
    south—clatter, clatter, clap, rap, and it had gone. A dim group of
    people talked in the gate of one of the houses in the pretty little row
    of gables that was called Oriental Terrace. It was all so real and so
    familiar. And that behind me! It was frantic, fantastic! Such things, I
    told myself, could not be.

    Perhaps I am a man of exceptional moods. I do not know how far my
    experience is common. At times I suffer from the strangest sense of
    detachment from myself and the world about me; I seem to watch it all
    from the outside, from somewhere inconceivably remote, out of time, out
    of space, out of the stress and tragedy of it all. This feeling was
    very strong upon me that night. Here was another side to my dream.

    But the trouble was the blank incongruity of this serenity and the
    swift death flying yonder, not two miles away. There was a noise of
    business from the gasworks, and the electric lamps were all alight. I
    stopped at the group of people.

    “What news from the common?” said I.

    There were two men and a woman at the gate.

    “Eh?” said one of the men, turning.

    “What news from the common?” I said.

    “Ain’t yer just _been_ there?” asked the men.

    “People seem fair silly about the common,” said the woman over the
    gate. “What’s it all abart?”

    “Haven’t you heard of the men from Mars?” said I; “the creatures from
    Mars?”

    “Quite enough,” said the woman over the gate. “Thenks;” and all three
    of them laughed.

    I felt foolish and angry. I tried and found I could not tell them what
    I had seen. They laughed again at my broken sentences.

    “You’ll hear more yet,” I said, and went on to my home.

    I startled my wife at the doorway, so haggard was I. I went into the
    dining room, sat down, drank some wine, and so soon as I could collect
    myself sufficiently I told her the things I had seen. The dinner, which
    was a cold one, had already been served, and remained neglected on the
    table while I told my story.

    “There is one thing,” I said, to allay the fears I had aroused; “they
    are the most sluggish things I ever saw crawl. They may keep the pit
    and kill people who come near them, but they cannot get out of it. . .
    . But the horror of them!”

    “Don’t, dear!” said my wife, knitting her brows and putting her hand on
    mine.

    “Poor Ogilvy!” I said. “To think he may be lying dead there!”

    My wife at least did not find my experience incredible. When I saw how
    deadly white her face was, I ceased abruptly.

    “They may come here,” she said again and again.

    I pressed her to take wine, and tried to reassure her.

    “They can scarcely move,” I said.

    I began to comfort her and myself by repeating all that Ogilvy had told
    me of the impossibility of the Martians establishing themselves on the
    earth. In particular I laid stress on the gravitational difficulty. On
    the surface of the earth the force of gravity is three times what it is
    on the surface of Mars. A Martian, therefore, would weigh three times
    more than on Mars, albeit his muscular strength would be the same. His
    own body would be a cope of lead to him, therefore. That, indeed, was
    the general opinion. Both _The Times_ and the _Daily Telegraph_, for
    instance, insisted on it the next morning, and both overlooked, just as
    I did, two obvious modifying influences.

    The atmosphere of the earth, we now know, contains far more oxygen or
    far less argon (whichever way one likes to put it) than does Mars’. The
    invigorating influences of this excess of oxygen upon the Martians
    indisputably did much to counterbalance the increased weight of their
    bodies. And, in the second place, we all overlooked the fact that such
    mechanical intelligence as the Martian possessed was quite able to
    dispense with muscular exertion at a pinch.

    But I did not consider these points at the time, and so my reasoning
    was dead against the chances of the invaders. With wine and food, the
    confidence of my own table, and the necessity of reassuring my wife, I
    grew by insensible degrees courageous and secure.

    “They have done a foolish thing,” said I, fingering my wineglass. “They
    are dangerous because, no doubt, they are mad with terror. Perhaps they
    expected to find no living things—certainly no intelligent living
    things.”

    “A shell in the pit,” said I, “if the worst comes to the worst, will
    kill them all.”

    The intense excitement of the events had no doubt left my perceptive
    powers in a state of erethism. I remember that dinner table with
    extraordinary vividness even now. My dear wife’s sweet anxious face
    peering at me from under the pink lamp shade, the white cloth with its
    silver and glass table furniture—for in those days even philosophical
    writers had many little luxuries—the crimson-purple wine in my glass,
    are photographically distinct. At the end of it I sat, tempering nuts
    with a cigarette, regretting Ogilvy’s rashness, and denouncing the
    short-sighted timidity of the Martians.

    So some respectable dodo in the Mauritius might have lorded it in his
    nest, and discussed the arrival of that shipful of pitiless sailors in
    want of animal food. “We will peck them to death tomorrow, my dear.”

    I did not know it, but that was the last civilised dinner I was to eat
    for very many strange and terrible days.

    VIII.
    FRIDAY NIGHT.

    The most extraordinary thing to my mind, of all the strange and
    wonderful things that happened upon that Friday, was the dovetailing of
    the commonplace habits of our social order with the first beginnings of
    the series of events that was to topple that social order headlong. If
    on Friday night you had taken a pair of compasses and drawn a circle
    with a radius of five miles round the Woking sand-pits, I doubt if you
    would have had one human being outside it, unless it were some relation
    of Stent or of the three or four cyclists or London people lying dead
    on the common, whose emotions or habits were at all affected by the
    new-comers. Many people had heard of the cylinder, of course, and
    talked about it in their leisure, but it certainly did not make the
    sensation that an ultimatum to Germany would have done.

    In London that night poor Henderson’s telegram describing the gradual
    unscrewing of the shot was judged to be a canard, and his evening
    paper, after wiring for authentication from him and receiving no
    reply—the man was killed—decided not to print a special edition.

    Even within the five-mile circle the great majority of people were
    inert. I have already described the behaviour of the men and women to
    whom I spoke. All over the district people were dining and supping;
    working men were gardening after the labours of the day, children were
    being put to bed, young people were wandering through the lanes
    love-making, students sat over their books.

    Maybe there was a murmur in the village streets, a novel and dominant
    topic in the public-houses, and here and there a messenger, or even an
    eye-witness of the later occurrences, caused a whirl of excitement, a
    shouting, and a running to and fro; but for the most part the daily
    routine of working, eating, drinking, sleeping, went on as it had done
    for countless years—as though no planet Mars existed in the sky. Even
    at Woking station and Horsell and Chobham that was the case.

    In Woking junction, until a late hour, trains were stopping and going
    on, others were shunting on the sidings, passengers were alighting and
    waiting, and everything was proceeding in the most ordinary way. A boy
    from the town, trenching on Smith’s monopoly, was selling papers with
    the afternoon’s news. The ringing impact of trucks, the sharp whistle
    of the engines from the junction, mingled with their shouts of “Men
    from Mars!” Excited men came into the station about nine o’clock with
    incredible tidings, and caused no more disturbance than drunkards might
    have done. People rattling Londonwards peered into the darkness outside
    the carriage windows, and saw only a rare, flickering, vanishing spark
    dance up from the direction of Horsell, a red glow and a thin veil of
    smoke driving across the stars, and thought that nothing more serious
    than a heath fire was happening. It was only round the edge of the
    common that any disturbance was perceptible. There were half a dozen
    villas burning on the Woking border. There were lights in all the
    houses on the common side of the three villages, and the people there
    kept awake till dawn.

    A curious crowd lingered restlessly, people coming and going but the
    crowd remaining, both on the Chobham and Horsell bridges. One or two
    adventurous souls, it was afterwards found, went into the darkness and
    crawled quite near the Martians; but they never returned, for now and
    again a light-ray, like the beam of a warship’s searchlight swept the
    common, and the Heat-Ray was ready to follow. Save for such, that big
    area of common was silent and desolate, and the charred bodies lay
    about on it all night under the stars, and all the next day. A noise of
    hammering from the pit was heard by many people.

    So you have the state of things on Friday night. In the centre,
    sticking into the skin of our old planet Earth like a poisoned dart,
    was this cylinder. But the poison was scarcely working yet. Around it
    was a patch of silent common, smouldering in places, and with a few
    dark, dimly seen objects lying in contorted attitudes here and there.
    Here and there was a burning bush or tree. Beyond was a fringe of
    excitement, and farther than that fringe the inflammation had not crept
    as yet. In the rest of the world the stream of life still flowed as it
    had flowed for immemorial years. The fever of war that would presently
    clog vein and artery, deaden nerve and destroy brain, had still to
    develop.

    All night long the Martians were hammering and stirring, sleepless,
    indefatigable, at work upon the machines they were making ready, and
    ever and again a puff of greenish-white smoke whirled up to the starlit
    sky.

    About eleven a company of soldiers came through Horsell, and deployed
    along the edge of the common to form a cordon. Later a second company
    marched through Chobham to deploy on the north side of the common.
    Several officers from the Inkerman barracks had been on the common
    earlier in the day, and one, Major Eden, was reported to be missing.
    The colonel of the regiment came to the Chobham bridge and was busy
    questioning the crowd at midnight. The military authorities were
    certainly alive to the seriousness of the business. About eleven, the
    next morning’s papers were able to say, a squadron of hussars, two
    Maxims, and about four hundred men of the Cardigan regiment started
    from Aldershot.

    A few seconds after midnight the crowd in the Chertsey road, Woking,
    saw a star fall from heaven into the pine woods to the northwest. It
    had a greenish colour, and caused a silent brightness like summer
    lightning. This was the second cylinder.

    IX.
    THE FIGHTING BEGINS.

    Saturday lives in my memory as a day of suspense. It was a day of
    lassitude too, hot and close, with, I am told, a rapidly fluctuating
    barometer. I had slept but little, though my wife had succeeded in
    sleeping, and I rose early. I went into my garden before breakfast and
    stood listening, but towards the common there was nothing stirring but
    a lark.

    The milkman came as usual. I heard the rattle of his chariot and I went
    round to the side gate to ask the latest news. He told me that during
    the night the Martians had been surrounded by troops, and that guns
    were expected. Then—a familiar, reassuring note—I heard a train running
    towards Woking.

    “They aren’t to be killed,” said the milkman, “if that can possibly be
    avoided.”

    I saw my neighbour gardening, chatted with him for a time, and then
    strolled in to breakfast. It was a most unexceptional morning. My
    neighbour was of opinion that the troops would be able to capture or to
    destroy the Martians during the day.

    “It’s a pity they make themselves so unapproachable,” he said. “It
    would be curious to know how they live on another planet; we might
    learn a thing or two.”

    He came up to the fence and extended a handful of strawberries, for his
    gardening was as generous as it was enthusiastic. At the same time he
    told me of the burning of the pine woods about the Byfleet Golf Links.

    “They say,” said he, “that there’s another of those blessed things
    fallen there—number two. But one’s enough, surely. This lot’ll cost the
    insurance people a pretty penny before everything’s settled.” He
    laughed with an air of the greatest good humour as he said this. The
    woods, he said, were still burning, and pointed out a haze of smoke to
    me. “They will be hot under foot for days, on account of the thick soil
    of pine needles and turf,” he said, and then grew serious over “poor
    Ogilvy.”

    After breakfast, instead of working, I decided to walk down towards the
    common. Under the railway bridge I found a group of soldiers—sappers, I
    think, men in small round caps, dirty red jackets unbuttoned, and
    showing their blue shirts, dark trousers, and boots coming to the calf.
    They told me no one was allowed over the canal, and, looking along the
    road towards the bridge, I saw one of the Cardigan men standing
    sentinel there. I talked with these soldiers for a time; I told them of
    my sight of the Martians on the previous evening. None of them had seen
    the Martians, and they had but the vaguest ideas of them, so that they
    plied me with questions. They said that they did not know who had
    authorised the movements of the troops; their idea was that a dispute
    had arisen at the Horse Guards. The ordinary sapper is a great deal
    better educated than the common soldier, and they discussed the
    peculiar conditions of the possible fight with some acuteness. I
    described the Heat-Ray to them, and they began to argue among
    themselves.

    “Crawl up under cover and rush ’em, say I,” said one.

    “Get aht!” said another. “What’s cover against this ’ere ’eat? Sticks
    to cook yer! What we got to do is to go as near as the ground’ll let
    us, and then drive a trench.”

    “Blow yer trenches! You always want trenches; you ought to ha’ been
    born a rabbit, Snippy.”

    “Ain’t they got any necks, then?” said a third, abruptly—a little,
    contemplative, dark man, smoking a pipe.

    I repeated my description.

    “Octopuses,” said he, “that’s what I calls ’em. Talk about fishers of
    men—fighters of fish it is this time!”

    “It ain’t no murder killing beasts like that,” said the first speaker.

    “Why not shell the darned things strite off and finish ’em?” said the
    little dark man. “You carn tell what they might do.”

    “Where’s your shells?” said the first speaker. “There ain’t no time. Do
    it in a rush, that’s my tip, and do it at once.”

    So they discussed it. After a while I left them, and went on to the
    railway station to get as many morning papers as I could.

    But I will not weary the reader with a description of that long morning
    and of the longer afternoon. I did not succeed in getting a glimpse of
    the common, for even Horsell and Chobham church towers were in the
    hands of the military authorities. The soldiers I addressed didn’t know
    anything; the officers were mysterious as well as busy. I found people
    in the town quite secure again in the presence of the military, and I
    heard for the first time from Marshall, the tobacconist, that his son
    was among the dead on the common. The soldiers had made the people on
    the outskirts of Horsell lock up and leave their houses.

    I got back to lunch about two, very tired for, as I have said, the day
    was extremely hot and dull; and in order to refresh myself I took a
    cold bath in the afternoon. About half past four I went up to the
    railway station to get an evening paper, for the morning papers had
    contained only a very inaccurate description of the killing of Stent,
    Henderson, Ogilvy, and the others. But there was little I didn’t know.
    The Martians did not show an inch of themselves. They seemed busy in
    their pit, and there was a sound of hammering and an almost continuous
    streamer of smoke. Apparently they were busy getting ready for a
    struggle. “Fresh attempts have been made to signal, but without
    success,” was the stereotyped formula of the papers. A sapper told me
    it was done by a man in a ditch with a flag on a long pole. The
    Martians took as much notice of such advances as we should of the
    lowing of a cow.

    I must confess the sight of all this armament, all this preparation,
    greatly excited me. My imagination became belligerent, and defeated the
    invaders in a dozen striking ways; something of my schoolboy dreams of
    battle and heroism came back. It hardly seemed a fair fight to me at
    that time. They seemed very helpless in that pit of theirs.

    About three o’clock there began the thud of a gun at measured intervals
    from Chertsey or Addlestone. I learned that the smouldering pine wood
    into which the second cylinder had fallen was being shelled, in the
    hope of destroying that object before it opened. It was only about
    five, however, that a field gun reached Chobham for use against the
    first body of Martians.

    About six in the evening, as I sat at tea with my wife in the
    summerhouse talking vigorously about the battle that was lowering upon
    us, I heard a muffled detonation from the common, and immediately after
    a gust of firing. Close on the heels of that came a violent rattling
    crash, quite close to us, that shook the ground; and, starting out upon
    the lawn, I saw the tops of the trees about the Oriental College burst
    into smoky red flame, and the tower of the little church beside it
    slide down into ruin. The pinnacle of the mosque had vanished, and the
    roof line of the college itself looked as if a hundred-ton gun had been
    at work upon it. One of our chimneys cracked as if a shot had hit it,
    flew, and a piece of it came clattering down the tiles and made a heap
    of broken red fragments upon the flower bed by my study window.

    I and my wife stood amazed. Then I realised that the crest of Maybury
    Hill must be within range of the Martians’ Heat-Ray now that the
    college was cleared out of the way.

    At that I gripped my wife’s arm, and without ceremony ran her out into
    the road. Then I fetched out the servant, telling her I would go
    upstairs myself for the box she was clamouring for.

    “We can’t possibly stay here,” I said; and as I spoke the firing
    reopened for a moment upon the common.

    “But where are we to go?” said my wife in terror.

    I thought perplexed. Then I remembered her cousins at Leatherhead.

    “Leatherhead!” I shouted above the sudden noise.

    She looked away from me downhill. The people were coming out of their
    houses, astonished.

    “How are we to get to Leatherhead?” she said.

    Down the hill I saw a bevy of hussars ride under the railway bridge;
    three galloped through the open gates of the Oriental College; two
    others dismounted, and began running from house to house. The sun,
    shining through the smoke that drove up from the tops of the trees,
    seemed blood red, and threw an unfamiliar lurid light upon everything.

    “Stop here,” said I; “you are safe here;” and I started off at once for
    the Spotted Dog, for I knew the landlord had a horse and dog cart. I
    ran, for I perceived that in a moment everyone upon this side of the
    hill would be moving. I found him in his bar, quite unaware of what was
    going on behind his house. A man stood with his back to me, talking to
    him.

    “I must have a pound,” said the landlord, “and I’ve no one to drive
    it.”

    “I’ll give you two,” said I, over the stranger’s shoulder.

    “What for?”

    “And I’ll bring it back by midnight,” I said.

    “Lord!” said the landlord; “what’s the hurry? I’m selling my bit of a
    pig. Two pounds, and you bring it back? What’s going on now?”

    I explained hastily that I had to leave my home, and so secured the dog
    cart. At the time it did not seem to me nearly so urgent that the
    landlord should leave his. I took care to have the cart there and then,
    drove it off down the road, and, leaving it in charge of my wife and
    servant, rushed into my house and packed a few valuables, such plate as
    we had, and so forth. The beech trees below the house were burning
    while I did this, and the palings up the road glowed red. While I was
    occupied in this way, one of the dismounted hussars came running up. He
    was going from house to house, warning people to leave. He was going on
    as I came out of my front door, lugging my treasures, done up in a
    tablecloth. I shouted after him:

    “What news?”

    He turned, stared, bawled something about “crawling out in a thing like
    a dish cover,” and ran on to the gate of the house at the crest. A
    sudden whirl of black smoke driving across the road hid him for a
    moment. I ran to my neighbour’s door and rapped to satisfy myself of
    what I already knew, that his wife had gone to London with him and had
    locked up their house. I went in again, according to my promise, to get
    my servant’s box, lugged it out, clapped it beside her on the tail of
    the dog cart, and then caught the reins and jumped up into the driver’s
    seat beside my wife. In another moment we were clear of the smoke and
    noise, and spanking down the opposite slope of Maybury Hill towards Old
    Woking.

    In front was a quiet sunny landscape, a wheat field ahead on either
    side of the road, and the Maybury Inn with its swinging sign. I saw the
    doctor’s cart ahead of me. At the bottom of the hill I turned my head
    to look at the hillside I was leaving. Thick streamers of black smoke
    shot with threads of red fire were driving up into the still air, and
    throwing dark shadows upon the green treetops eastward. The smoke
    already extended far away to the east and west—to the Byfleet pine
    woods eastward, and to Woking on the west. The road was dotted with
    people running towards us. And very faint now, but very distinct
    through the hot, quiet air, one heard the whirr of a machine-gun that
    was presently stilled, and an intermittent cracking of rifles.
    Apparently the Martians were setting fire to everything within range of
    their Heat-Ray.

    I am not an expert driver, and I had immediately to turn my attention
    to the horse. When I looked back again the second hill had hidden the
    black smoke. I slashed the horse with the whip, and gave him a loose
    rein until Woking and Send lay between us and that quivering tumult. I
    overtook and passed the doctor between Woking and Send.

    X.
    IN THE STORM.

    Leatherhead is about twelve miles from Maybury Hill. The scent of hay
    was in the air through the lush meadows beyond Pyrford, and the hedges
    on either side were sweet and gay with multitudes of dog-roses. The
    heavy firing that had broken out while we were driving down Maybury
    Hill ceased as abruptly as it began, leaving the evening very peaceful
    and still. We got to Leatherhead without misadventure about nine
    o’clock, and the horse had an hour’s rest while I took supper with my
    cousins and commended my wife to their care.

    My wife was curiously silent throughout the drive, and seemed oppressed
    with forebodings of evil. I talked to her reassuringly, pointing out
    that the Martians were tied to the pit by sheer heaviness, and at the
    utmost could but crawl a little out of it; but she answered only in
    monosyllables. Had it not been for my promise to the innkeeper, she
    would, I think, have urged me to stay in Leatherhead that night. Would
    that I had! Her face, I remember, was very white as we parted.

    For my own part, I had been feverishly excited all day. Something very
    like the war fever that occasionally runs through a civilised community
    had got into my blood, and in my heart I was not so very sorry that I
    had to return to Maybury that night. I was even afraid that that last
    fusillade I had heard might mean the extermination of our invaders from
    Mars. I can best express my state of mind by saying that I wanted to be
    in at the death.

    It was nearly eleven when I started to return. The night was
    unexpectedly dark; to me, walking out of the lighted passage of my
    cousins’ house, it seemed indeed black, and it was as hot and close as
    the day. Overhead the clouds were driving fast, albeit not a breath
    stirred the shrubs about us. My cousins’ man lit both lamps. Happily, I
    knew the road intimately. My wife stood in the light of the doorway,
    and watched me until I jumped up into the dog cart. Then abruptly she
    turned and went in, leaving my cousins side by side wishing me good
    hap.

    I was a little depressed at first with the contagion of my wife’s
    fears, but very soon my thoughts reverted to the Martians. At that time
    I was absolutely in the dark as to the course of the evening’s
    fighting. I did not know even the circumstances that had precipitated
    the conflict. As I came through Ockham (for that was the way I
    returned, and not through Send and Old Woking) I saw along the western
    horizon a blood-red glow, which as I drew nearer, crept slowly up the
    sky. The driving clouds of the gathering thunderstorm mingled there
    with masses of black and red smoke.

    Ripley Street was deserted, and except for a lighted window or so the
    village showed not a sign of life; but I narrowly escaped an accident
    at the corner of the road to Pyrford, where a knot of people stood with
    their backs to me. They said nothing to me as I passed. I do not know
    what they knew of the things happening beyond the hill, nor do I know
    if the silent houses I passed on my way were sleeping securely, or
    deserted and empty, or harassed and watching against the terror of the
    night.

    From Ripley until I came through Pyrford I was in the valley of the
    Wey, and the red glare was hidden from me. As I ascended the little
    hill beyond Pyrford Church the glare came into view again, and the
    trees about me shivered with the first intimation of the storm that was
    upon me. Then I heard midnight pealing out from Pyrford Church behind
    me, and then came the silhouette of Maybury Hill, with its tree-tops
    and roofs black and sharp against the red.

    Even as I beheld this a lurid green glare lit the road about me and
    showed the distant woods towards Addlestone. I felt a tug at the reins.
    I saw that the driving clouds had been pierced as it were by a thread
    of green fire, suddenly lighting their confusion and falling into the
    field to my left. It was the third falling star!

    Close on its apparition, and blindingly violet by contrast, danced out
    the first lightning of the gathering storm, and the thunder burst like
    a rocket overhead. The horse took the bit between his teeth and bolted.

    A moderate incline runs towards the foot of Maybury Hill, and down this
    we clattered. Once the lightning had begun, it went on in as rapid a
    succession of flashes as I have ever seen. The thunderclaps, treading
    one on the heels of another and with a strange crackling accompaniment,
    sounded more like the working of a gigantic electric machine than the
    usual detonating reverberations. The flickering light was blinding and
    confusing, and a thin hail smote gustily at my face as I drove down the
    slope.

    At first I regarded little but the road before me, and then abruptly my
    attention was arrested by something that was moving rapidly down the
    opposite slope of Maybury Hill. At first I took it for the wet roof of
    a house, but one flash following another showed it to be in swift
    rolling movement. It was an elusive vision—a moment of bewildering
    darkness, and then, in a flash like daylight, the red masses of the
    Orphanage near the crest of the hill, the green tops of the pine trees,
    and this problematical object came out clear and sharp and bright.

    And this Thing I saw! How can I describe it? A monstrous tripod, higher
    than many houses, striding over the young pine trees, and smashing them
    aside in its career; a walking engine of glittering metal, striding now
    across the heather; articulate ropes of steel dangling from it, and the
    clattering tumult of its passage mingling with the riot of the thunder.
    A flash, and it came out vividly, heeling over one way with two feet in
    the air, to vanish and reappear almost instantly as it seemed, with the
    next flash, a hundred yards nearer. Can you imagine a milking stool
    tilted and bowled violently along the ground? That was the impression
    those instant flashes gave. But instead of a milking stool imagine it a
    great body of machinery on a tripod stand.

    Then suddenly the trees in the pine wood ahead of me were parted, as
    brittle reeds are parted by a man thrusting through them; they were
    snapped off and driven headlong, and a second huge tripod appeared,
    rushing, as it seemed, headlong towards me. And I was galloping hard to
    meet it! At the sight of the second monster my nerve went altogether.
    Not stopping to look again, I wrenched the horse’s head hard round to
    the right and in another moment the dog cart had heeled over upon the
    horse; the shafts smashed noisily, and I was flung sideways and fell
    heavily into a shallow pool of water.

    I crawled out almost immediately, and crouched, my feet still in the
    water, under a clump of furze. The horse lay motionless (his neck was
    broken, poor brute!) and by the lightning flashes I saw the black bulk
    of the overturned dog cart and the silhouette of the wheel still
    spinning slowly. In another moment the colossal mechanism went striding
    by me, and passed uphill towards Pyrford.

    Seen nearer, the Thing was incredibly strange, for it was no mere
    insensate machine driving on its way. Machine it was, with a ringing
    metallic pace, and long, flexible, glittering tentacles (one of which
    gripped a young pine tree) swinging and rattling about its strange
    body. It picked its road as it went striding along, and the brazen hood
    that surmounted it moved to and fro with the inevitable suggestion of a
    head looking about. Behind the main body was a huge mass of white metal
    like a gigantic fisherman’s basket, and puffs of green smoke squirted
    out from the joints of the limbs as the monster swept by me. And in an
    instant it was gone.

    So much I saw then, all vaguely for the flickering of the lightning, in
    blinding highlights and dense black shadows.

    As it passed it set up an exultant deafening howl that drowned the
    thunder—“Aloo! Aloo!”—and in another minute it was with its companion,
    half a mile away, stooping over something in the field. I have no doubt
    this Thing in the field was the third of the ten cylinders they had
    fired at us from Mars.

    For some minutes I lay there in the rain and darkness watching, by the
    intermittent light, these monstrous beings of metal moving about in the
    distance over the hedge tops. A thin hail was now beginning, and as it
    came and went their figures grew misty and then flashed into clearness
    again. Now and then came a gap in the lightning, and the night
    swallowed them up.

    I was soaked with hail above and puddle water below. It was some time
    before my blank astonishment would let me struggle up the bank to a
    drier position, or think at all of my imminent peril.

    Not far from me was a little one-roomed squatter’s hut of wood,
    surrounded by a patch of potato garden. I struggled to my feet at last,
    and, crouching and making use of every chance of cover, I made a run
    for this. I hammered at the door, but I could not make the people hear
    (if there were any people inside), and after a time I desisted, and,
    availing myself of a ditch for the greater part of the way, succeeded
    in crawling, unobserved by these monstrous machines, into the pine
    woods towards Maybury.

    Under cover of this I pushed on, wet and shivering now, towards my own
    house. I walked among the trees trying to find the footpath. It was
    very dark indeed in the wood, for the lightning was now becoming
    infrequent, and the hail, which was pouring down in a torrent, fell in
    columns through the gaps in the heavy foliage.

    If I had fully realised the meaning of all the things I had seen I
    should have immediately worked my way round through Byfleet to Street
    Cobham, and so gone back to rejoin my wife at Leatherhead. But that
    night the strangeness of things about me, and my physical wretchedness,
    prevented me, for I was bruised, weary, wet to the skin, deafened and
    blinded by the storm.

    I had a vague idea of going on to my own house, and that was as much
    motive as I had. I staggered through the trees, fell into a ditch and
    bruised my knees against a plank, and finally splashed out into the
    lane that ran down from the College Arms. I say splashed, for the storm
    water was sweeping the sand down the hill in a muddy torrent. There in
    the darkness a man blundered into me and sent me reeling back.

    He gave a cry of terror, sprang sideways, and rushed on before I could
    gather my wits sufficiently to speak to him. So heavy was the stress of
    the storm just at this place that I had the hardest task to win my way
    up the hill. I went close up to the fence on the left and worked my way
    along its palings.

    Near the top I stumbled upon something soft, and, by a flash of
    lightning, saw between my feet a heap of black broadcloth and a pair of
    boots. Before I could distinguish clearly how the man lay, the flicker
    of light had passed. I stood over him waiting for the next flash. When
    it came, I saw that he was a sturdy man, cheaply but not shabbily
    dressed; his head was bent under his body, and he lay crumpled up close
    to the fence, as though he had been flung violently against it.

    Overcoming the repugnance natural to one who had never before touched a
    dead body, I stooped and turned him over to feel for his heart. He was
    quite dead. Apparently his neck had been broken. The lightning flashed
    for a third time, and his face leaped upon me. I sprang to my feet. It
    was the landlord of the Spotted Dog, whose conveyance I had taken.

    I stepped over him gingerly and pushed on up the hill. I made my way by
    the police station and the College Arms towards my own house. Nothing
    was burning on the hillside, though from the common there still came a
    red glare and a rolling tumult of ruddy smoke beating up against the
    drenching hail. So far as I could see by the flashes, the houses about
    me were mostly uninjured. By the College Arms a dark heap lay in the
    road.

    Down the road towards Maybury Bridge there were voices and the sound of
    feet, but I had not the courage to shout or to go to them. I let myself
    in with my latchkey, closed, locked and bolted the door, staggered to
    the foot of the staircase, and sat down. My imagination was full of
    those striding metallic monsters, and of the dead body smashed against
    the fence.

    I crouched at the foot of the staircase with my back to the wall,
    shivering violently.

    XI.
    AT THE WINDOW.

    I have already said that my storms of emotion have a trick of
    exhausting themselves. After a time I discovered that I was cold and
    wet, and with little pools of water about me on the stair carpet. I got
    up almost mechanically, went into the dining room and drank some
    whisky, and then I was moved to change my clothes.

    After I had done that I went upstairs to my study, but why I did so I
    do not know. The window of my study looks over the trees and the
    railway towards Horsell Common. In the hurry of our departure this
    window had been left open. The passage was dark, and, by contrast with
    the picture the window frame enclosed, the side of the room seemed
    impenetrably dark. I stopped short in the doorway.

    The thunderstorm had passed. The towers of the Oriental College and the
    pine trees about it had gone, and very far away, lit by a vivid red
    glare, the common about the sand-pits was visible. Across the light
    huge black shapes, grotesque and strange, moved busily to and fro.

    It seemed indeed as if the whole country in that direction was on
    fire—a broad hillside set with minute tongues of flame, swaying and
    writhing with the gusts of the dying storm, and throwing a red
    reflection upon the cloud scud above. Every now and then a haze of
    smoke from some nearer conflagration drove across the window and hid
    the Martian shapes. I could not see what they were doing, nor the clear
    form of them, nor recognise the black objects they were busied upon.
    Neither could I see the nearer fire, though the reflections of it
    danced on the wall and ceiling of the study. A sharp, resinous tang of
    burning was in the air.

    I closed the door noiselessly and crept towards the window. As I did
    so, the view opened out until, on the one hand, it reached to the
    houses about Woking station, and on the other to the charred and
    blackened pine woods of Byfleet. There was a light down below the hill,
    on the railway, near the arch, and several of the houses along the
    Maybury road and the streets near the station were glowing ruins. The
    light upon the railway puzzled me at first; there were a black heap and
    a vivid glare, and to the right of that a row of yellow oblongs. Then I
    perceived this was a wrecked train, the fore part smashed and on fire,
    the hinder carriages still upon the rails.

    Between these three main centres of light—the houses, the train, and
    the burning county towards Chobham—stretched irregular patches of dark
    country, broken here and there by intervals of dimly glowing and
    smoking ground. It was the strangest spectacle, that black expanse set
    with fire. It reminded me, more than anything else, of the Potteries at
    night. At first I could distinguish no people at all, though I peered
    intently for them. Later I saw against the light of Woking station a
    number of black figures hurrying one after the other across the line.

    And this was the little world in which I had been living securely for
    years, this fiery chaos! What had happened in the last seven hours I
    still did not know; nor did I know, though I was beginning to guess,
    the relation between these mechanical colossi and the sluggish lumps I
    had seen disgorged from the cylinder. With a queer feeling of
    impersonal interest I turned my desk chair to the window, sat down, and
    stared at the blackened country, and particularly at the three gigantic
    black things that were going to and fro in the glare about the
    sand-pits.

    They seemed amazingly busy. I began to ask myself what they could be.
    Were they intelligent mechanisms? Such a thing I felt was impossible.
    Or did a Martian sit within each, ruling, directing, using, much as a
    man’s brain sits and rules in his body? I began to compare the things
    to human machines, to ask myself for the first time in my life how an
    ironclad or a steam engine would seem to an intelligent lower animal.

    The storm had left the sky clear, and over the smoke of the burning
    land the little fading pinpoint of Mars was dropping into the west,
    when a soldier came into my garden. I heard a slight scraping at the
    fence, and rousing myself from the lethargy that had fallen upon me, I
    looked down and saw him dimly, clambering over the palings. At the
    sight of another human being my torpor passed, and I leaned out of the
    window eagerly.

    “Hist!” said I, in a whisper.

    He stopped astride of the fence in doubt. Then he came over and across
    the lawn to the corner of the house. He bent down and stepped softly.

    “Who’s there?” he said, also whispering, standing under the window and
    peering up.

    “Where are you going?” I asked.

    “God knows.”

    “Are you trying to hide?”

    “That’s it.”

    “Come into the house,” I said.

    I went down, unfastened the door, and let him in, and locked the door
    again. I could not see his face. He was hatless, and his coat was
    unbuttoned.

    “My God!” he said, as I drew him in.

    “What has happened?” I asked.

    “What hasn’t?” In the obscurity I could see he made a gesture of
    despair. “They wiped us out—simply wiped us out,” he repeated again and
    again.

    He followed me, almost mechanically, into the dining room.

    “Take some whisky,” I said, pouring out a stiff dose.

    He drank it. Then abruptly he sat down before the table, put his head
    on his arms, and began to sob and weep like a little boy, in a perfect
    passion of emotion, while I, with a curious forgetfulness of my own
    recent despair, stood beside him, wondering.

    It was a long time before he could steady his nerves to answer my
    questions, and then he answered perplexingly and brokenly. He was a
    driver in the artillery, and had only come into action about seven. At
    that time firing was going on across the common, and it was said the
    first party of Martians were crawling slowly towards their second
    cylinder under cover of a metal shield.

    Later this shield staggered up on tripod legs and became the first of
    the fighting-machines I had seen. The gun he drove had been unlimbered
    near Horsell, in order to command the sand-pits, and its arrival it was
    that had precipitated the action. As the limber gunners went to the
    rear, his horse trod in a rabbit hole and came down, throwing him into
    a depression of the ground. At the same moment the gun exploded behind
    him, the ammunition blew up, there was fire all about him, and he found
    himself lying under a heap of charred dead men and dead horses.

    “I lay still,” he said, “scared out of my wits, with the fore quarter
    of a horse atop of me. We’d been wiped out. And the smell—good God!
    Like burnt meat! I was hurt across the back by the fall of the horse,
    and there I had to lie until I felt better. Just like parade it had
    been a minute before—then stumble, bang, swish!

    “Wiped out!” he said.

    He had hid under the dead horse for a long time, peeping out furtively
    across the common. The Cardigan men had tried a rush, in skirmishing
    order, at the pit, simply to be swept out of existence. Then the
    monster had risen to its feet and had begun to walk leisurely to and
    fro across the common among the few fugitives, with its headlike hood
    turning about exactly like the head of a cowled human being. A kind of
    arm carried a complicated metallic case, about which green flashes
    scintillated, and out of the funnel of this there smoked the Heat-Ray.

    In a few minutes there was, so far as the soldier could see, not a
    living thing left upon the common, and every bush and tree upon it that
    was not already a blackened skeleton was burning. The hussars had been
    on the road beyond the curvature of the ground, and he saw nothing of
    them. He heard the Maxims rattle for a time and then become still. The
    giant saved Woking station and its cluster of houses until the last;
    then in a moment the Heat-Ray was brought to bear, and the town became
    a heap of fiery ruins. Then the Thing shut off the Heat-Ray, and
    turning its back upon the artilleryman, began to waddle away towards
    the smouldering pine woods that sheltered the second cylinder. As it
    did so a second glittering Titan built itself up out of the pit.

    The second monster followed the first, and at that the artilleryman
    began to crawl very cautiously across the hot heather ash towards
    Horsell. He managed to get alive into the ditch by the side of the
    road, and so escaped to Woking. There his story became ejaculatory. The
    place was impassable. It seems there were a few people alive there,
    frantic for the most part and many burned and scalded. He was turned
    aside by the fire, and hid among some almost scorching heaps of broken
    wall as one of the Martian giants returned. He saw this one pursue a
    man, catch him up in one of its steely tentacles, and knock his head
    against the trunk of a pine tree. At last, after nightfall, the
    artilleryman made a rush for it and got over the railway embankment.

    Since then he had been skulking along towards Maybury, in the hope of
    getting out of danger Londonward. People were hiding in trenches and
    cellars, and many of the survivors had made off towards Woking village
    and Send. He had been consumed with thirst until he found one of the
    water mains near the railway arch smashed, and the water bubbling out
    like a spring upon the road.

    That was the story I got from him, bit by bit. He grew calmer telling
    me and trying to make me see the things he had seen. He had eaten no
    food since midday, he told me early in his narrative, and I found some
    mutton and bread in the pantry and brought it into the room. We lit no
    lamp for fear of attracting the Martians, and ever and again our hands
    would touch upon bread or meat. As he talked, things about us came
    darkly out of the darkness, and the trampled bushes and broken rose
    trees outside the window grew distinct. It would seem that a number of
    men or animals had rushed across the lawn. I began to see his face,
    blackened and haggard, as no doubt mine was also.

    When we had finished eating we went softly upstairs to my study, and I
    looked again out of the open window. In one night the valley had become
    a valley of ashes. The fires had dwindled now. Where flames had been
    there were now streamers of smoke; but the countless ruins of shattered
    and gutted houses and blasted and blackened trees that the night had
    hidden stood out now gaunt and terrible in the pitiless light of dawn.
    Yet here and there some object had had the luck to escape—a white
    railway signal here, the end of a greenhouse there, white and fresh
    amid the wreckage. Never before in the history of warfare had
    destruction been so indiscriminate and so universal. And shining with
    the growing light of the east, three of the metallic giants stood about
    the pit, their cowls rotating as though they were surveying the
    desolation they had made.

    It seemed to me that the pit had been enlarged, and ever and again
    puffs of vivid green vapour streamed up and out of it towards the
    brightening dawn—streamed up, whirled, broke, and vanished.

    Beyond were the pillars of fire about Chobham. They became pillars of
    bloodshot smoke at the first touch of day.

    XII.
    WHAT I SAW OF THE DESTRUCTION OF WEYBRIDGE AND SHEPPERTON.

    As the dawn grew brighter we withdrew from the window from which we had
    watched the Martians, and went very quietly downstairs.

    The artilleryman agreed with me that the house was no place to stay in.
    He proposed, he said, to make his way Londonward, and thence rejoin his
    battery—No. 12, of the Horse Artillery. My plan was to return at once
    to Leatherhead; and so greatly had the strength of the Martians
    impressed me that I had determined to take my wife to Newhaven, and go
    with her out of the country forthwith. For I already perceived clearly
    that the country about London must inevitably be the scene of a
    disastrous struggle before such creatures as these could be destroyed.

    Between us and Leatherhead, however, lay the third cylinder, with its
    guarding giants. Had I been alone, I think I should have taken my
    chance and struck across country. But the artilleryman dissuaded me:
    “It’s no kindness to the right sort of wife,” he said, “to make her a
    widow;” and in the end I agreed to go with him, under cover of the
    woods, northward as far as Street Cobham before I parted with him.
    Thence I would make a big detour by Epsom to reach Leatherhead.

    I should have started at once, but my companion had been in active
    service and he knew better than that. He made me ransack the house for
    a flask, which he filled with whisky; and we lined every available
    pocket with packets of biscuits and slices of meat. Then we crept out
    of the house, and ran as quickly as we could down the ill-made road by
    which I had come overnight. The houses seemed deserted. In the road lay
    a group of three charred bodies close together, struck dead by the
    Heat-Ray; and here and there were things that people had dropped—a
    clock, a slipper, a silver spoon, and the like poor valuables. At the
    corner turning up towards the post office a little cart, filled with
    boxes and furniture, and horseless, heeled over on a broken wheel. A
    cash box had been hastily smashed open and thrown under the debris.

    Except the lodge at the Orphanage, which was still on fire, none of the
    houses had suffered very greatly here. The Heat-Ray had shaved the
    chimney tops and passed. Yet, save ourselves, there did not seem to be
    a living soul on Maybury Hill. The majority of the inhabitants had
    escaped, I suppose, by way of the Old Woking road—the road I had taken
    when I drove to Leatherhead—or they had hidden.

    We went down the lane, by the body of the man in black, sodden now from
    the overnight hail, and broke into the woods at the foot of the hill.
    We pushed through these towards the railway without meeting a soul. The
    woods across the line were but the scarred and blackened ruins of
    woods; for the most part the trees had fallen, but a certain proportion
    still stood, dismal grey stems, with dark brown foliage instead of
    green.

    On our side the fire had done no more than scorch the nearer trees; it
    had failed to secure its footing. In one place the woodmen had been at
    work on Saturday; trees, felled and freshly trimmed, lay in a clearing,
    with heaps of sawdust by the sawing-machine and its engine. Hard by was
    a temporary hut, deserted. There was not a breath of wind this morning,
    and everything was strangely still. Even the birds were hushed, and as
    we hurried along I and the artilleryman talked in whispers and looked
    now and again over our shoulders. Once or twice we stopped to listen.

    After a time we drew near the road, and as we did so we heard the
    clatter of hoofs and saw through the tree stems three cavalry soldiers
    riding slowly towards Woking. We hailed them, and they halted while we
    hurried towards them. It was a lieutenant and a couple of privates of
    the 8th Hussars, with a stand like a theodolite, which the artilleryman
    told me was a heliograph.

    “You are the first men I’ve seen coming this way this morning,” said
    the lieutenant. “What’s brewing?”

    His voice and face were eager. The men behind him stared curiously. The
    artilleryman jumped down the bank into the road and saluted.

    “Gun destroyed last night, sir. Have been hiding. Trying to rejoin
    battery, sir. You’ll come in sight of the Martians, I expect, about
    half a mile along this road.”

    “What the dickens are they like?” asked the lieutenant.

    “Giants in armour, sir. Hundred feet high. Three legs and a body like
    ’luminium, with a mighty great head in a hood, sir.”

    “Get out!” said the lieutenant. “What confounded nonsense!”

    “You’ll see, sir. They carry a kind of box, sir, that shoots fire and
    strikes you dead.”

    “What d’ye mean—a gun?”

    “No, sir,” and the artilleryman began a vivid account of the Heat-Ray.
    Halfway through, the lieutenant interrupted him and looked up at me. I
    was still standing on the bank by the side of the road.

    “It’s perfectly true,” I said.

    “Well,” said the lieutenant, “I suppose it’s my business to see it too.
    Look here”—to the artilleryman—“we’re detailed here clearing people out
    of their houses. You’d better go along and report yourself to
    Brigadier-General Marvin, and tell him all you know. He’s at Weybridge.
    Know the way?”

    “I do,” I said; and he turned his horse southward again.

    “Half a mile, you say?” said he.

    “At most,” I answered, and pointed over the treetops southward. He
    thanked me and rode on, and we saw them no more.

    Farther along we came upon a group of three women and two children in
    the road, busy clearing out a labourer’s cottage. They had got hold of
    a little hand truck, and were piling it up with unclean-looking bundles
    and shabby furniture. They were all too assiduously engaged to talk to
    us as we passed.

    By Byfleet station we emerged from the pine trees, and found the
    country calm and peaceful under the morning sunlight. We were far
    beyond the range of the Heat-Ray there, and had it not been for the
    silent desertion of some of the houses, the stirring movement of
    packing in others, and the knot of soldiers standing on the bridge over
    the railway and staring down the line towards Woking, the day would
    have seemed very like any other Sunday.

    Several farm waggons and carts were moving creakily along the road to
    Addlestone, and suddenly through the gate of a field we saw, across a
    stretch of flat meadow, six twelve-pounders standing neatly at equal
    distances pointing towards Woking. The gunners stood by the guns
    waiting, and the ammunition waggons were at a business-like distance.
    The men stood almost as if under inspection.

    “That’s good!” said I. “They will get one fair shot, at any rate.”

    The artilleryman hesitated at the gate.

    “I shall go on,” he said.

    Farther on towards Weybridge, just over the bridge, there were a number
    of men in white fatigue jackets throwing up a long rampart, and more
    guns behind.

    “It’s bows and arrows against the lightning, anyhow,” said the
    artilleryman. “They ’aven’t seen that fire-beam yet.”

    The officers who were not actively engaged stood and stared over the
    treetops southwestward, and the men digging would stop every now and
    again to stare in the same direction.

    Byfleet was in a tumult; people packing, and a score of hussars, some
    of them dismounted, some on horseback, were hunting them about. Three
    or four black government waggons, with crosses in white circles, and an
    old omnibus, among other vehicles, were being loaded in the village
    street. There were scores of people, most of them sufficiently
    sabbatical to have assumed their best clothes. The soldiers were having
    the greatest difficulty in making them realise the gravity of their
    position. We saw one shrivelled old fellow with a huge box and a score
    or more of flower pots containing orchids, angrily expostulating with
    the corporal who would leave them behind. I stopped and gripped his
    arm.

    “Do you know what’s over there?” I said, pointing at the pine tops that
    hid the Martians.

    “Eh?” said he, turning. “I was explainin’ these is vallyble.”

    “Death!” I shouted. “Death is coming! Death!” and leaving him to digest
    that if he could, I hurried on after the artillery-man. At the corner I
    looked back. The soldier had left him, and he was still standing by his
    box, with the pots of orchids on the lid of it, and staring vaguely
    over the trees.

    No one in Weybridge could tell us where the headquarters were
    established; the whole place was in such confusion as I had never seen
    in any town before. Carts, carriages everywhere, the most astonishing
    miscellany of conveyances and horseflesh. The respectable inhabitants
    of the place, men in golf and boating costumes, wives prettily dressed,
    were packing, river-side loafers energetically helping, children
    excited, and, for the most part, highly delighted at this astonishing
    variation of their Sunday experiences. In the midst of it all the
    worthy vicar was very pluckily holding an early celebration, and his
    bell was jangling out above the excitement.

    I and the artilleryman, seated on the step of the drinking fountain,
    made a very passable meal upon what we had brought with us. Patrols of
    soldiers—here no longer hussars, but grenadiers in white—were warning
    people to move now or to take refuge in their cellars as soon as the
    firing began. We saw as we crossed the railway bridge that a growing
    crowd of people had assembled in and about the railway station, and the
    swarming platform was piled with boxes and packages. The ordinary
    traffic had been stopped, I believe, in order to allow of the passage
    of troops and guns to Chertsey, and I have heard since that a savage
    struggle occurred for places in the special trains that were put on at
    a later hour.

    We remained at Weybridge until midday, and at that hour we found
    ourselves at the place near Shepperton Lock where the Wey and Thames
    join. Part of the time we spent helping two old women to pack a little
    cart. The Wey has a treble mouth, and at this point boats are to be
    hired, and there was a ferry across the river. On the Shepperton side
    was an inn with a lawn, and beyond that the tower of Shepperton
    Church—it has been replaced by a spire—rose above the trees.

    Here we found an excited and noisy crowd of fugitives. As yet the
    flight had not grown to a panic, but there were already far more people
    than all the boats going to and fro could enable to cross. People came
    panting along under heavy burdens; one husband and wife were even
    carrying a small outhouse door between them, with some of their
    household goods piled thereon. One man told us he meant to try to get
    away from Shepperton station.

    There was a lot of shouting, and one man was even jesting. The idea
    people seemed to have here was that the Martians were simply formidable
    human beings, who might attack and sack the town, to be certainly
    destroyed in the end. Every now and then people would glance nervously
    across the Wey, at the meadows towards Chertsey, but everything over
    there was still.

    Across the Thames, except just where the boats landed, everything was
    quiet, in vivid contrast with the Surrey side. The people who landed
    there from the boats went tramping off down the lane. The big ferryboat
    had just made a journey. Three or four soldiers stood on the lawn of
    the inn, staring and jesting at the fugitives, without offering to
    help. The inn was closed, as it was now within prohibited hours.

    “What’s that?” cried a boatman, and “Shut up, you fool!” said a man
    near me to a yelping dog. Then the sound came again, this time from the
    direction of Chertsey, a muffled thud—the sound of a gun.

    The fighting was beginning. Almost immediately unseen batteries across
    the river to our right, unseen because of the trees, took up the
    chorus, firing heavily one after the other. A woman screamed. Everyone
    stood arrested by the sudden stir of battle, near us and yet invisible
    to us. Nothing was to be seen save flat meadows, cows feeding
    unconcernedly for the most part, and silvery pollard willows motionless
    in the warm sunlight.

    “The sojers’ll stop ’em,” said a woman beside me, doubtfully. A
    haziness rose over the treetops.

    Then suddenly we saw a rush of smoke far away up the river, a puff of
    smoke that jerked up into the air and hung; and forthwith the ground
    heaved under foot and a heavy explosion shook the air, smashing two or
    three windows in the houses near, and leaving us astonished.

    “Here they are!” shouted a man in a blue jersey. “Yonder! D’yer see
    them? Yonder!”

    Quickly, one after the other, one, two, three, four of the armoured
    Martians appeared, far away over the little trees, across the flat
    meadows that stretched towards Chertsey, and striding hurriedly towards
    the river. Little cowled figures they seemed at first, going with a
    rolling motion and as fast as flying birds.

    Then, advancing obliquely towards us, came a fifth. Their armoured
    bodies glittered in the sun as they swept swiftly forward upon the
    guns, growing rapidly larger as they drew nearer. One on the extreme
    left, the remotest that is, flourished a huge case high in the air, and
    the ghostly, terrible Heat-Ray I had already seen on Friday night smote
    towards Chertsey, and struck the town.

    At sight of these strange, swift, and terrible creatures the crowd near
    the water’s edge seemed to me to be for a moment horror-struck. There
    was no screaming or shouting, but a silence. Then a hoarse murmur and a
    movement of feet—a splashing from the water. A man, too frightened to
    drop the portmanteau he carried on his shoulder, swung round and sent
    me staggering with a blow from the corner of his burden. A woman thrust
    at me with her hand and rushed past me. I turned with the rush of the
    people, but I was not too terrified for thought. The terrible Heat-Ray
    was in my mind. To get under water! That was it!

    “Get under water!” I shouted, unheeded.

    I faced about again, and rushed towards the approaching Martian, rushed
    right down the gravelly beach and headlong into the water. Others did
    the same. A boatload of people putting back came leaping out as I
    rushed past. The stones under my feet were muddy and slippery, and the
    river was so low that I ran perhaps twenty feet scarcely waist-deep.
    Then, as the Martian towered overhead scarcely a couple of hundred
    yards away, I flung myself forward under the surface. The splashes of
    the people in the boats leaping into the river sounded like
    thunderclaps in my ears. People were landing hastily on both sides of
    the river. But the Martian machine took no more notice for the moment
    of the people running this way and that than a man would of the
    confusion of ants in a nest against which his foot has kicked. When,
    half suffocated, I raised my head above water, the Martian’s hood
    pointed at the batteries that were still firing across the river, and
    as it advanced it swung loose what must have been the generator of the
    Heat-Ray.

    In another moment it was on the bank, and in a stride wading halfway
    across. The knees of its foremost legs bent at the farther bank, and in
    another moment it had raised itself to its full height again, close to
    the village of Shepperton. Forthwith the six guns which, unknown to
    anyone on the right bank, had been hidden behind the outskirts of that
    village, fired simultaneously. The sudden near concussion, the last
    close upon the first, made my heart jump. The monster was already
    raising the case generating the Heat-Ray as the first shell burst six
    yards above the hood.

  • The Unpopular Review, Volume II Number 3

    The Unpopular Review, Volume II Number 3

    Aproximadamente 75.437 palavras.

    It will appear that the plan outlined above limits immigration policy to
    purely national and economic considerations. But it is, as matters now
    stand, a national question. And it must remain so for some time to come,
    even if we are reproached with a narrow Mercantilist economics. The
    admission of aliens is not yet a fundamental international _right_, or
    _duty_; it is only an example of _comity_ within the family of nations.
    And the matter must rest in this state of limbo until we develop some
    institution or method of registering our sentiments of internationalism,
    and especially of determining _international surplus_. As it is idle to
    talk or dream of abolishing poverty until at least the concept of social
    or national surplus is pretty clearly fixed and its realization either
    actually at hand or fairly imminent, just so is it vain to expect an
    international adjustment of the immigration problem on economic grounds
    until the existence of an international surplus is demonstrated, and the
    methods of apportioning it worked out.

    How soon we may expect these things it is not our province to predict. It
    is too early to pass final judgment on Professor Patten's dictum that
    inter-racial coöperation is impossible without integration, and that races
    must therefore stand in hostile relations or finally unite. But it is
    perfectly apparent that we have a long way to travel before the path to
    integration is cleared. Such assemblages as the First Universal Races
    Congress which met in London in 1911 can do much to prepare the way. But
    it must not be forgotten that the German representative at that Congress
    pleaded for the maintenance of strict racial and national boundaries, and
    summed up his plea in the rather ominous sentence: "The brotherhood of man
    is a good thing, but the struggle for life is a far better one." Meanwhile
    we need not anticipate serious international difficulties in the way of
    the sliding-scale plan; for foreign governments are watching the tide of
    immigration with mixed feelings. They welcome the two or three hundred
    million dollars sent home annually by alien residents in the United
    States. But they also resent the dislocations of industry, the fallow
    fields, the dodging of military service, and the disturbance of the level
    of prices which such wholesale emigrations inflict upon the mother
    country.

    Since the protagonists of unrestricted immigration have taken largely an
    economic line of argument, it seemed desirable to accept their terms, and
    meet them on their own ground. But I should not wish to be misunderstood
    as limiting the immigration question to its economic phases. When we have
    said that the _latifondisti_ of Southern Italy are in despair at the
    scarcity of laborers to work their lands at starvation wages, and that the
    railway builders and mine operators of America are equally anxious to have
    those selfsame South Italian laborers for their own exploitive
    enterprises, we have told a bare half of the tale. There remain all those
    cultural, educational, political, religious and domestic variations and
    adjustments which make up the general problem of assimilability of the
    alien and of the strength of our own national digestion. America had a
    giant's undiscriminating appetite in the great days of expansion from 1850
    to 1890. But there are many signs, economic and other, that we can no
    longer play Gargantua and continue a healthy nation. An unwise engineer
    sometimes over-stokes his boilers, and courts disaster. Is it not equally
    possible that national welfare may suffer from an over-dose of human fuel
    in our industry?

    THE WAY TO FLATLAND

    "The next great task of preventive medicine is the inauguration of
    universal periodic medical examinations as an indispensable means for the
    control of all diseases, whether arising from injurious personal habits,
    from congenital or constitutional weakness, or from social and vocational
    conditions." That this declaration by the Commissioner of Health of the
    city of New York is not the mere expression of an individual opinion,
    there is abundant evidence. And no one who has watched the growth of other
    movements towards such regulation of life as only a few years ago would
    have seemed wholly outside the domain of practical probability can doubt
    that the "Life Extension" movement, as thus outlined, will rapidly grow
    into prominence. Nor is there much room for doubt that, whether explicitly
    contemplated at present or not, compulsion as well as universality is
    tacitly implied in the movement.

    I say that the movement is sure to grow into prominence, that it is a
    thing which must be seriously reckoned with; I do not say that it will
    march straight on to victory, or even that it is sure to prevail in the
    end. It is instructive, in this regard, to hark back to a recent
    experience in a more special, but yet an extremely important, domain.
    Several years ago a report on university efficiency was issued under the
    auspices–though, it should be added, without the official endorsement–of
    the Carnegie Foundation. The central feature of this report lay in its
    advocacy of the application to universities of those principles of system
    and of standardization which have been successfully applied on a large
    scale to the promotion of industrial efficiency, and are generally
    referred to by the catch-word, "scientific management." In spite of the
    merits of the report in certain matters of detail, and of the high
    standing of the expert who wrote it in his own department of industrial
    engineering, the report evoked an almost universal chorus of contemptuous
    rejection not only in university circles, but also from those organs of
    public opinion which have any claim to be regarded as enlightened judges
    in questions of education and culture. The thing seemed to have been
    laughed out of court. And yet it turned out that a year or two afterwards
    a full-fledged scheme for carrying out some of the crudest and most
    objectionable features of this "efficiency" program was presented to the
    professors of Harvard University, apparently with the expectation that
    they would fall in with its requirements without hesitation or protest.
    For some days there seemed to be real danger that this would actually
    happen. It turned out to be a false alarm; the faculty of the foremost of
    American universities were guilty of no such supineness. The project was
    ignominiously shelved, with some sort of explanation that the springing of
    it on the professors was due to an error or misunderstanding. But that the
    attempt should have been made, and in a manner that argued so total a lack
    of any sense of its grossness and crudity, is a significant warning of the
    extent to which the notions underlying it have fastened upon the general
    mind.

    The story of the eugenics movement in this country affords a striking
    illustration at once of the almost startling rapidity with which
    innovating ideas as to the regulation of life gain acceptance, and of the
    fact that this rapidity is by no means conclusive proof that their
    progress will be continuous. The one thing clear is that there is a large,
    active, and influential element in the population that is extremely
    hospitable to such ideas, and manifests a naïve, an almost childish,
    readiness to put them into immediate execution. Since, in the nature of
    things, this element is lively and active–since, too, what is novel and
    in motion is more interesting than what is old and at rest–at first there
    is almost sure to be produced a deceptive appearance that the new thing is
    sweeping everything before it. Just now there is evidently a lull in the
    onward march of legislative eugenics. This is sufficient proof of the
    conservatism of the people as a whole; we may be quite sure that anything
    beyond a very restricted application of eugenical notions will take a long
    time to get itself established in our laws or even in our customs.
    Nevertheless, it would be a great mistake to suppose that even the more
    extreme forms of eugenical doctrine are not forces to be reckoned with as
    affecting practical possibilities of a not distant future. Though no
    results may appear on the surface, the leaven is working. It is consonant
    with tendencies which in so many directions are becoming more and more
    dominant. So long as those tendencies continue in anything like their
    present strength, there can be little doubt that the idea of control in
    the direction of eugenics, like that of the regulation of human life in
    other fundamental respects, will continue to make headway, and may at any
    time become one of the central issues of the day.

    To adduce prohibition as an illustration of this same character in the
    thought and the tendencies of our immediate time may seem like forcing the
    point. It is true, it may be said, that there has been within the past few
    years a rapid spread of prohibition in almost every part of the country;
    but the thing itself is sixty years old, has had its periods of advance
    and recession, and is now, in the fullness of time, reaping the fruits of
    two generations of agitation, investigation, and education. But to say
    this is to overlook the distinctive feature of the present situation
    regarding prohibition in the United States. A Constitutional amendment
    providing for the complete prohibition of the sale of liquor throughout
    the Union is pending in Congress. A year ago–probably six months
    ago–there was hardly a human being in the United States, other than those
    in the councils of the Anti-saloon League, who had so much as thought of
    national prohibition as a question of present-day practical politics.
    Suddenly it is announced that there is a distinct possibility of a
    prohibition amendment being passed by Congress in the near future; and one
    of the foremost representatives of the Anti-saloon League states, and with
    good show of reason, that if the amendment be passed by Congress, its
    ratification by the Legislatures of three fourths of the States can be
    only a matter of time. What the probabilities actually are, I do not
    undertake to say; neither am I concerned at this moment with the merits of
    the issue itself. What I _am_ concerned with is the simple fact that in
    this situation, brought upon the country with dramatic suddenness, nobody
    seems to have been in the least startled, or so much as disturbed in his
    equanimity. There will of course be a great struggle over the question,
    sooner or later. But neither in Congress nor in the press has there as yet
    been any sign of such an assertion of the claims of personal liberty as,
    at any time previous to the past ten years, would have been sure to be
    made in such a situation. This collective silence, on an issue affecting
    so intimately the lives, the habits, the traditions of millions of people,
    is, in my judgment, by far the most impressive proof of the degree in
    which the public mind has grown accustomed to the inroads of regulation
    upon the domain of individuality.

    * * * * *

    A number of years ago, when the mathematical concept of space of more than
    three dimensions was attracting great popular interest, an ingenious
    writer undertook to make the idea intelligible to "the general" by
    picturing the state of mind in regard to three dimensions of a race of
    beings whose life and whose sensual experience was limited to space of two
    dimensions. He gave his little book the title "Flatland," and it gained
    wide attention. In his Commencement address at Columbia last year,
    President Butler had the happy thought of applying the term in the
    characterization of certain aspects of the intellectual and political life
    of our time. He was speaking particularly of that absorption in the
    immediate problems of the day which makes almost impossible a true study
    and contemplation of the lasting concerns of mankind as embodied in
    history and literature. "Every ruling tendency," he said, "is to make life
    a Flatland, an affair of two dimensions, with no depth, no background, no
    permanent root." That this is a literal truth probably neither Dr. Butler
    nor anyone else would contend; but it hits off with great force and with
    substantial accuracy the prevailing character of thought in the circles
    most active and most influential in almost every department of human
    activity at the present time. And the tendency which President Butler
    describes as arising out of our absorption in current problems is still
    more manifest in the spirit of our actual dealings with those problems
    themselves. On every hand we find a surprising readiness to accept views
    which explicitly tend to take out of life that which gives it depth and
    significance and richness. Each one of the four movements we have
    mentioned affords an illustration of this: in following any one of them we
    travel straight toward Flatland. They differ very much, one from another;
    they have very different degrees and kinds of justification; it may be
    difficult in the case of some of them to strike a balance between the gain
    and the loss. The remarkable thing–the ominous thing, if we are to
    suppose that the present tone of thought will long persist–is that the
    loss involved in the flattening of life, as such, apparently almost wholly
    fails to get consideration. I say apparently, because there is, no doubt,
    a deep and strong undercurrent of opposition which, sooner or later, will
    manifest itself; in speaking of "ruling tendencies" we are apt to mean
    merely the tendencies that are most in evidence. But after all, it is to
    these that criticism of contemporary life and thought must, of necessity,
    be chiefly directed.

    As I have already indicated, the attack on individuality and personal
    dignity in the universities was met in a spirit that is highly gratifying,
    and which is quite out of keeping with the tendency that I am discussing
    and deploring. Yet it is doubtful whether, outside the circle of the
    universities themselves, and of those individuals who are thoroughly
    imbued with the university spirit, there is any true realization of what
    it is that constituted the head and front of that offending. If some
    bureau of research were to present a formidable array of figures showing
    that the "output" of professorial work could be increased by so and so
    many per cent. through the adoption of some definitely formulated system
    of "scientific management," it is by no means certain that the scheme
    would not receive powerful support in the highest quarters of efficiency
    propaganda. We should be told just how many millions of dollars a year we
    are spending on university education, and just how many of these millions
    go needlessly to waste. Even the opponents of the "reform" would probably
    find themselves compelled to use as their most powerful argument this and
    that example of great practical results which have flowed from letting men
    of genius go their own way. It would be pointed out that many an
    investigation which, to the authorities of the time, appeared wholly
    unpromising, turned out to be of cardinal value. We should be warned that
    what we gain in a thousand cases through time-clock and card-catalogue
    methods, might be lost ten times over through the shackling of the
    initiative of a single man of unrecognized genius. And all this would be
    very much to the purpose; but it is not upon any such special pleading
    that the case ought to be made to rest. The loss that would be suffered
    transcends all these concrete and definable instances of it. It would be
    pervasive, fundamental, immeasurable. Grievous as might be the injury
    caused by the prevention of specific achievements of exceptional
    importance, this would be as nothing in comparison with the intellectual
    and spiritual loss entailed by the lowering of the human level, the
    devitalizing of the intellectual atmosphere, which must inevitably follow
    upon the application of factory methods to university life.

    * * * * *

    The case of the eugenics propaganda is far more complex. In its origin,
    and doubtless in some of its present manifestations, it may lay claim to
    being directed toward aims which are particularly concerned with the
    higher interests of life. The author of "Hereditary Genius" certainly
    could not be accused of indifference to the part played in the past, or to
    be played in the future, by exceptional minds and characters; nor is it
    necessary to charge any of the present promoters of the propaganda with
    explicit failure to appreciate the importance of such minds and
    characters. The criticism is often made, from this standpoint, that the
    hard-and-fast rules which the eugenists propose would, in point of fact,
    have put under the ban some of the most illustrious names in the annals of
    mankind–men whose genius was accompanied with some of the very traits
    which they hold should most positively be prevented from appearing. But,
    however weighty this objection to the methods of eugenics may be, it is to
    be looked upon rather as an item on the debit side of the reckoning than
    as marking an ingrained defect, a fault at the very heart of the matter.
    The eugenists may well challenge those who urge merely this kind of
    objection to show that the losses thus pointed out are great enough to
    offset the gains, in the very same direction, which they regard their
    program as promising. Whatever the truth of the matter may be, they can at
    least set up the contention that, as a mere affair of quantity, genius
    will do better under their system than without it.

    What brings the eugenics movement into the Flatland category is not its
    attitude toward the question of genius, or perhaps even of singularity,
    but its attitude toward the life of mankind as a whole–if indeed it can
    be said to have any attitude toward the life of mankind as a whole. The
    profound elements of that life seem not to come at all within the range of
    its contemplation. Of course this does not apply to everything that comes
    from the eugenics camp, nor to every person that calls himself a eugenist.
    But on the other hand it is by no means only of the crude projects of
    half-educated reformers, or the outgivings of the prophets of our popular
    magazines, that it _is_ true. The agitation has derived much of its
    impetus, directly or indirectly, from the teachings of men of high
    scientific eminence who have attacked the question without any apparent
    realization of its deeper bearings on the whole character of human life.
    This influence often comes in the shape of exhortations, or suggestions,
    addressed to the public at a time when attention is centered upon some
    conspicuous crime or some particular phase of evil in the community;
    sweeping and radical regulation of the right of parenthood being urged as
    necessary for the prevention of all such distressing phenomena. Thus,
    after the attempted assassination of Mayor Gaynor, there was much talk of
    a "national campaign for mental hygiene," which should have the effect of
    "preventing Czolgoszes and Schranks." Its program was thus indicated by
    one of the foremost professors of medicine in the United States:

    Provision must be made for the birth of children whose brains
    shall, so far as possible, be innately of good quality; this means
    the denial of the privilege of parenthood to those likely to
    transmit bad nervous systems to their offsprings.

    What the carrying out of such a programme would mean to mankind at large,
    how profoundly it would modify those ideas about life, those standards of
    human dignity and human rights, which are so fundamental and so pervasive
    that they are taken for granted without express thought in every act and
    every feeling of all normal men and women–this does not seem ever to
    trouble the mind of the devotee of universal regulation. He sees the
    possibility of effecting a certain definite and measurable improvement;
    that the means by which this is accomplished must fatally impair those
    elemental conceptions of human life whose value transcends all
    measurement, he has not the insight or the imagination to recognize. The
    distinctions of social class, of wealth, of public honor, leave untouched
    the equality of men in the fundamentals of human dignity. They do not go
    to the vitals of self-respect; they do not interfere with a man's sense of
    what is due to him, and what is due from him, in the primary relations of
    life. If nature has been unkind to him in his physical or mental
    endowments, he does not therefore feel in the least disqualified, as
    regards his family, his friends, his neighbors, the stranger with whom he
    chances to come into contact, from receiving the same kind of
    consideration, in the essentials of human intercourse, that is accorded to
    those who are more fortunate; nor does he feel in any respect absolved
    from the duty of playing the full part of a man. Under the régime of
    medical classification–and the "mental hygiene" programme can mean
    nothing less than that–all this would disappear. Some men would be men,
    others would be something less. It is true that, so far as regards the
    imbecile, the insane, and the criminal, such a state of things obtains as
    it is; but this stands wholly apart from the general life of the race, and
    has no influence whatever on the habitual feelings and experiences of
    human beings. The normal life of mankind is shot through and through with
    the idea that a man's a man; all that is highest in feeling and conduct is
    closely bound up with it. Lessen its sway over our feelings and thoughts
    and instincts, and how much benefit in the shape of "preventing Czolgoszes
    and Schranks" would be required to compensate for the loss in nobleness,
    in depth, which human life would suffer?

    * * * * *

    The prohibition movement belongs, in the main, to a wholly different order
    of things. The fight against the evils of drink, as it has been carried on
    for a century or more, has been animated by a moral fervor which classes
    it rather with the fight against slavery, or with the great revivals of
    religion, than with those movements which owe their origin to a
    calculating and cold-blooded perfectionism. Its leaders have been fired
    with the ardor of a war directed against a devastating monster, to whose
    ravages was to be ascribed a large part of the misery and wickedness that
    afflict mankind. It is true that the economic and physiological aspects of
    the drink question were not ignored; the total-abstinence men were glad
    enough to have this second string to their bow. But the real fight was not
    against alcohol as one of many things concerning which the habits of men
    are more or less unwise; it was a fight against the Demon Rum, the ally of
    all the powers of darkness. The plea of the moderate drinker was rejected
    with scorn, not because there was any objection to moderate drinking in
    itself, but because total abstinence was the only true preventive of
    drunkenness, and drunkenness must be stamped out if mankind was to be
    saved. The moderate drinker was censured not because he was wasting his
    money, or failing to "conserve his efficiency," but because for the sake
    of a trivial self-indulgence he was giving countenance to a practice which
    was consigning millions of his fellow men to wretchedness in this world
    and to everlasting damnation in the next.

    Now this remarkable thing about the present extraordinary manifestation of
    growth and strength in the prohibition movement is that it is not in the
    least due to a strengthening of this sentiment. On the contrary, it is
    safe to say that feeling about drunkenness, about the drink evil in the
    sense in which it was understood a generation ago, is far less intense
    than it was then. The prohibition movement in its present stage is not the
    old prohibition movement advancing to triumph through the onward march of
    its proselyting zeal; of true prohibitionist zealots the number is
    probably less, in proportion to the population, than it was forty years
    ago. Its great accession of strength has come from the growth of that
    order of ideas which is common to all the "efficiency" movements of the
    time. And that growth helps it in two ways. On the one hand, to the little
    army of crusaders against the Demon Rum there has come the accession of a
    host of men who are not thinking about demons at all, but who calmly hold
    that the world would be better off without drinking, and that this is an
    all-sufficient reason for prohibiting it. And on the other hand, millions
    of persons who, in former days would have cried out against this way of
    improving the world–against the impairment of personal liberty and the
    sacrifice of social enjoyment and social variety–have no longer the
    courage of their convictions. The temper of the time is unfavorable to the
    assertion of the value of things so incapable of numerical measurement.
    Against the heavy battalions led by the statisticians, and the
    experimental psychologists, and the efficiency experts, what chance is
    there for successful resistance? On the opposing side can be rallied only
    such mere irregulars as are willing to fight for airy nothings–for the
    zest and colorfulness of life, for sociability and good fellowship, for
    preserving to each man access to those resources of relaxation and
    refreshment which, without injury to others, he finds conducive to his own
    happiness.

    * * * * *

    It is hardly necessary to say that, in taking up these various movements,
    no attempt has been made at anything like comprehensive discussion of
    their merits. Whatever may be the balance between good and ill in any of
    them, they all have in common one tendency that bodes danger to the
    highest and most permanent interests of mankind; and it is with this alone
    that I am concerned. What that tendency is has, I trust, been made
    sufficiently clear; but it will perhaps be brought out more distinctly by
    a consideration of the "Life Extension" propaganda more detailed and
    specific than that given to the other three.

    Conspicuous in the literature of this propaganda is the appeal to standard
    modern practice in regard to machinery. "Those to whom the care of
    delicate mechanical apparatus is entrusted," says the New York
    Commissioner of Health, "do not wait until a breakdown occurs, but inspect
    and examine the apparatus minutely, at regular intervals, and thus detect
    the first signs of damage." "This principle of periodic inspection," says
    the prospectus of the Life Extension Institute, "has for many years been
    applied to almost every kind of machinery, except the most marvelous and
    complex of all,–the human body." To find fault with the drawing of this
    comparison, with the utilization of this analogy, would be foolish. That
    many persons would be greatly benefited by submitting to these inspections
    is certain; it is not impossible that they are desirable for most persons.
    And the analogy of the inspection of machinery serves excellently the
    purpose of suggesting such desirability. What is objectionable about its
    use by the Life Extension propagandists is their evident complacent
    satisfaction with the analogy as complete and conclusive. Yet nothing is
    more certain than that, even from the strictly medical standpoint, it
    ignores an essential distinction between the case of the man and the case
    of the machine. The machine is affected only by the measures that may be
    taken in consequence of the knowledge arising from the inspection; the man
    is affected by that knowledge itself. Whether the possible physical harm
    that may come to a man from having his mind disturbed by solicitude about
    his health is important or unimportant in comparison with the good that is
    likely to be done him by the following of the precautions or remedies
    prescribed, is a question of fact to which the answer varies in every
    individual case. It may be that in the great majority of cases the harm is
    insignificant in comparison with the good. However that may be, the
    question is there, and it is of itself fatal to the conclusiveness of the
    _argumentum ex machina_. That this is not a captious criticism, that it is
    based on substantial facts of life, ordinary experience sufficiently
    attests; but it may not be amiss to point to a conspicuous contemporary
    phenomenon which throws an interesting light on the matter. The Christian
    Scientists regard the _ignoring_ of disease as the primary requisite for
    health and longevity. That the Christian Science doctrine is a sheer
    absurdity, no one can hold more emphatically than the present writer; but
    it cannot be denied that in thousands of cases its acceptance has been of
    physical benefit through its subjective effect upon the believer.
    Personally, I would not purchase any benefit to my physical life at such
    sacrifice of my intellectual integrity; I mention the point only by way of
    accentuating the undisputed fact that the presence or absence of concern
    about health may have a potent influence on one's bodily welfare.

    Although it is a still further digression from the main purpose of this
    paper, I must permit myself a few words on another point relating to the
    strictly medical claims of the plan of "universal periodic medical
    examination." It is natural that its advocates say nothing about the
    danger of errors in diagnosis; everybody knows that this danger exists,
    but sensible men do not allow it to deter them from consulting a
    physician; in this, as in other affairs of life, they do not cry for the
    moon, but do the best they can. But it seems to be wholly overlooked by
    the advocates of the propaganda of "universal periodic examination" that
    the extent of this danger under present conditions affords no indication
    at all of what it would be under the system they contemplate. Its cardinal
    virtue, they constantly proclaim, would be the detection of the very
    slightest indication of impairment: "The task before us is to discover the
    first sign of departure from the normal physiological path, and promptly
    and effectually to apply the brake." The consequence must necessarily be
    that for one case of false alarm that occurs today there will be a score,
    or a hundred, under the new régime. For, in the first place, the
    individuals seeking advice will not be, as they now are in the main,
    selected cases in which there is some antecedent presumption that there is
    something wrong; and secondly, the examiner, bent upon the one great
    object of overlooking nothing, however slight, will give warnings which,
    whether technically justifiable or not, will in great numbers of cases
    have a wholly unjustifiable significance to the mind of the subject. Who
    shall say how many persons will thus be made to carry through life a
    burden of solicitude about their health from which, if left to their own
    devices, they would have been wholly free?

    But it is not my design to find fault with this scheme as a matter of
    medical benefit; if I have ventured to point out some drawbacks, it is
    only by way of showing that, even from the strictly medical standpoint the
    cult of uniformity, of standardization, of mechanical perfection, is not
    free from fault. But the great objection against that attitude of mind
    which is typified in the appeal to the analogy of machinery is far more
    vital. Our only interest in a machine is that we shall get out of it as
    much, and as exact, work as possible. Our interest in our bodies is not so
    limited. We may deliberately choose to forego the maximum of mechanical
    perfection for the sake of living our lives in a way more satisfactory to
    us than a constant care for that perfection would permit. Even the most
    ardent of health enthusiasts–unless he be an insane fanatic–draws the
    line somewhere. What he forgets is that other people prefer to draw the
    line somewhere else. They choose to run a certain amount of risk rather
    than have their health on their minds. To compel–whether by legal means
    or by social pressure–every man to take precautions concerning his own
    body which he deliberately prefers not to take; to make impossible, in
    this most intimate and personal of all human concerns, the various ways of
    acting which the infinite varieties of temperament and desire may
    dictate–this would be such an invasion of personal liberty, such a
    suppression of individuality, as would strike us all as appalling, had we
    not grown so habituated to the mechanical, the statistical, measurement of
    human values–to the Flatland view of life.

    * * * * *

    What gives to these movements that I have been discussing the character
    which I have been ascribing to them is not so much the specific things
    which they severally aim to accomplish, but the spirit in which they are
    carried on, and perhaps still more the spirit, or want of spirit, with
    which they are met. It is not that a balance is falsely struck between the
    benefit of the concrete, circumscribed, measurable improvement aimed at
    and the injury done to some deeper, more pervading, and quite immeasurable
    element or principle of life; it is that the balance is not struck at all.
    The subtler, the less tangible, element is simply ignored. It was not
    always so. It was not so in the last generation, or the generation before
    that. The phenomenon is one that is closely bound up with the ruling
    tendency of thought and action in all directions; it is not an accident of
    this or that particular agitation. Perhaps in no direction is it more
    convincingly manifested than in the prevailing tone of opinion, or at
    least of publicly expressed opinion, in regard to the objects and ideals
    of universities. That in the present state of the world's economic and
    social development on the one hand, and of the various sciences on the
    other, "service"–that is, service directly conducive to the general
    good–should be regarded as one of the great objects of universities, is
    altogether right; that it should be spoken of as their _only_ object,
    which is the ruling fashion, is most deplorable. The object of a
    university, said Mill, is to keep philosophy alive; yet it would go hard
    with the present generation to point to any one more truly and profoundly
    devoted to the service, the uplifting, of the masses of mankind than was
    John Stuart Mill. Were he living he would recognize, as thoroughly as the
    best efficiency man of them all, that the universities of today have
    opportunities and duties which were undreamed of half a century ago. But
    he would know, too, that in those activities which are directed to the
    promotion of practical efficiency, the university is but one of many
    agencies, and that if it were not doing the work some other means would be
    found for supplying the demand. Its paramount value he would find now, as
    he did then, in the service it renders not to the ordinary needs of the
    community but to the higher intellectual interests and strivings of
    mankind. That so few of us have the courage clearly to assert a position
    even distantly approaching this–such a position as was mere matter of
    course among university men in the last generation–is perhaps the most
    significant of all the indications of our drift toward Flatland.

    THE DISFRANCHISEMENT OF PROPERTY

    I

    It is Hawthorne, I think, who tells us that when he was a boy he used once
    in a while to go down to the wharves in Salem, and lay his hand on the
    rail of some great East India merchantman, redolent of spices, and thus
    bring himself in actual touch with the mysterious orient. But there is
    nothing strange in this: almost anything that we can feel or see may start
    the flight of fancy, and open to us prophetic visions. This is even true
    of such dry symbols as figures, for our journalists would never publish
    statistics as they do, unless they knew that their readers liked to see
    them. Travellers from other parts of the world have often laughed at our
    fondness for revelling in the marvellous accounts of our material
    dimensions, but they should remember that people who do not have a taste
    for poetry may yet have a taste for romance, and that big figures do
    appeal to the imagination.

    It is true that there may be something portentous in bigness. "Tom" Reed,
    as he was affectionately called, said many wise things in a jesting way.
    At a certain crisis in our history he exclaimed: "I don't want Cuba and
    Hawaii; I've got more country now than I can love." A foreigner might
    suppose that our politicians had similarly become terror-stricken at the
    extent of our wealth and the rate at which it was growing. They may well
    give the impression that there has been created in the "money power," a
    Frankenstein monster, the control of whose murderous propensities has put
    them at their wit's end.

    Figures are notorious liars; they may arouse emotion if looked at in any
    light, but they must be looked at in many lights if we would get an
    emotional effect that is truly worth while. Some very large figures
    relating to Savings Banks have lately been published. The deposits in
    these banks amount to over four and two-thirds billions of dollars, and
    the number of separate accounts is about ten and two-thirds millions.
    Savings deposits in all banks are about $7,000,000,000, the number of
    accounts being 17,600,000. Probably the interest paid on the savings banks
    deposits is 160 millions of dollars a year. I confess that these figures
    give me much pleasure. I like to think that so many men have taken pains
    to guard their wives and children against miserable want; that so many
    women have to some extent made sure of their independence. It would not be
    surprising to find that twelve millions of families, possibly half the
    people of the country, were in this way protected against extreme penury.
    Viewed in this light, the growth of wealth does not seem so terrible. One
    might paraphrase Burke and say that such wealth as this loses half its
    evil through losing all its grossness. Indeed one might go further and say
    that if there were twice as much of this wealth, and every person in the
    country had an interest in it, it would lose all of its evil.

    To young people, this is all dry enough. They like to think of spending
    money, not of saving it. But it is not at all dry to their elders. It is
    what St. Beuve said of literary enjoyment, a "pure délice du goût et du
    coeur dans la maturité." It is a "Pleasure of the Imagination" that can be
    appreciated only by those like the old Scottish lawyer, who justified his
    penurious prudence by saying that he had shaken hands with poverty up to
    the elbow when he was young, and had no intention to renew the
    acquaintance. We have not, at least in the Northern part of our country,
    had the terrible experiences of the people of Europe, who are even now
    hiding their money in a vague apprehension of danger, inherited from
    centuries of rapine; but there are few of those who have given hostages to
    fortune who have not had many hours, and even years, of distressing
    anxiety concerning the future of their families. The greater the provision
    made against this heart-corroding care by a people, the happier should
    that people be.

    It seems so unselfish a luxury to revel in these comfortable statistics,
    that one is tempted to broaden his vision, and take in the four or five
    billions of assets heaped up by the six or seven millions of people who
    have insured their lives, and the one hundred and fifty or two hundred
    millions of dollars paid out yearly to lighten the distress attending the
    death of husbands and fathers of families,–to say nothing of a much
    greater sum repaid policy-holders. In many cases, happily, death causes no
    actual want; but against these cases we may offset the stupendous number
    of policies insuring against industrial accidents, possibly twenty-five
    millions of them, representing one quarter of the people of the
    country–for we may be sure that there are few payments made under these
    policies that do not actually alleviate suffering. We have here a colossal
    aggregate of altruism on the part of the policy-holders, an intangible
    national asset grander than all the material wealth which it represents;
    for the sordid element in all these savings is necessarily small. There is
    a point in the old story of the gambler on the Mississippi steamboat who
    listened attentively to the persuasive arguments of a life-insurance
    agent; he "allowed" that he was willing to bet on almost any kind of game,
    but declined to take a hand in one where he had to die to win. It is
    painful to think of the infinity of petty economies, of all the grievous
    deprivations, the positive hardships, undergone in so many millions of
    families, day by day, and year by year, to secure these policies of
    insurance; but, as Plato said, "the good is difficult." There is no
    heroism where there is no self-sacrifice. Whoever is disquieted by the
    growth of "materialism" may be relieved by reflecting that when so many
    millions of people are denying themselves present enjoyments in order that
    others may be spared pain in the future, there is such a leaven of high
    motive among us as may leaven the whole lump.

    * * * * *

    It would be easy to keep on in this exalted strain, but perhaps it is a
    little too much in the style of a life-insurance advertisement. We may
    correct any such impression, by changing our point of view. When we
    consider the difficulties and the hindrances in the way of laying up these
    savings, while the moral effect of the self-sacrifice hitherto involved is
    enhanced, the question comes up whether this altruistic exertion can be
    maintained in the future. How many of the ten millions of depositors in
    the savings banks have considered that their rulers at Washington give
    away every year in military pensions a sum equal to all, and more than
    all, the income earned by the four billions of dollars in the banks? When
    after many years, it seemed that this burden might at last begin to be
    lightened, it was suddenly increased by the last Congress perhaps thirty
    millions a year. Why should so many people scrimp, year in and year out,
    when the equivalent of all the toil and all the self-denial is thus swept
    away?

    Senator Aldrich has told the country that its affairs could be carried on
    for three hundred millions of dollars a year less than it now pays. He is
    a very competent witness, and no one has contradicted him. If the attempt
    had been made, he could perhaps have shown–he could certainly show
    now–that three hundred millions was an understatement. But this sum is
    nearly equal to the income earned by the investments of all the savings
    banks and all the life-insurance companies of the country. If our rulers
    had borrowed ten billions of dollars at three per cent. and had wasted it
    all, the country would be financially about where it is now. They have not
    borrowed this ten billions of dollars, but if Mr. Aldrich is right, they
    are spending the interest on it. They have in effect mortgaged the wealth
    of the people to the extent of all their deposits in the savings banks,
    and all their investments in life-insurance companies, and are wasting the
    income of these funds faster than it is earned. If anyone thinks this is
    stating the case too strongly, he may add the waste of our state and
    municipal rulers to that of those at Washington, and Mr. Aldrich's figure
    will seem moderate enough.

    * * * * *

    People who are comfortably off will reply to all this that we are getting
    on pretty well, and seem to be on the whole doing better from year to
    year. There is a well known passage in Macaulay's History which may be
    thought to give support to optimism of this kind. "No ordinary
    misfortune," he said, "no ordinary misgovernment, will do so much to make
    a nation wretched as the constant progress of physical knowledge, and the
    constant effort of every man to better his condition will do to make a
    nation prosperous."

    No one will deny that the history of England justifies this statement; but
    let us remember the reason that Macaulay gave for this insuperable
    prosperity. "Every man has felt entire confidence that the State would
    protect him in the possession of what had been earned by his diligence and
    hoarded by his self-denial."

    It is impossible to maintain that every man now feels this entire
    confidence. The income "earned by his diligence" is henceforth to be taxed
    at a progressive rate, and the demagogues are already complaining that the
    rate is not high enough. The inheritance of his family, "hoarded by his
    self-denial," protected by the State until within a few years, now pays
    taxes which amount to the interest on a billion of dollars. We are assured
    by a railroad officer that three measures of legislation have increased
    the expenses of his corporation alone by a sum equal to the interest on
    $32,000,000, with no appreciable benefit to the public. The number of such
    laws is incalculable, and the cost of complying with them has become an
    almost intolerable burden. The income of the railroads declines, while
    their taxes increase, in some cases two or three fold. Lawyers and office
    holders thrive and are cheerful; investors suffer and tremble.

    The people of New York seem just now to be in a way to find out how the
    enormous taxes which their rulers have levied on them are expended; but
    New York has no monopoly of corrupt rulers, and the cost of investigating
    extravagance is itself extravagant. And yet people wonder at the increased
    cost of living! Unfortunately the oppressions of government do worse than
    discourage business enterprise; they tend to demoralize society. There are
    too many men who hesitate to marry because they do not have confidence in
    the future, too many married people who do not dare to have more than one
    or two children, if they dare to have any, to make it possible to maintain
    that there is now no dread of more than ordinary misgovernment.

    * * * * *

    It is difficult to ascertain the total wealth of the country. The census
    bureau is notoriously dilatory. Its latest estimate was for 1904, when
    this aggregate was computed to be $107,000,000,000, or about $1,300 _per
    caput_. Assuming this ratio, the wealth of our people should now be over
    $120,000,000,000; but the figures are largely conjectural. It happens,
    however, that we possess some figures that are altogether trustworthy. In
    the year 1909 the Federal Government imposed a tax of one per cent. on the
    net income of every corporation, joint stock company, or association,
    including insurance companies, organized for profit, whenever this net
    income is over $5,000. There are some other exemptions, but they are not
    sufficient to demand consideration, and may be disregarded. Now we may be
    absolutely certain of one thing, and that is that the net income of those
    concerns will not be overestimated. Their net income may be more than what
    they report for the purposes of taxation, but it surely cannot be less.
    For the past year it seems probable that this tax will produce nearly
    thirty-five millions of dollars net income, after deducting all expenses,
    losses, depreciation, interest on debts and on deposits paid by banks, and
    dividends from other companies subject to the tax.

    It may be more, but it cannot be less. Here our certainty ends. Guesses
    will vary, but in view of what we know in a general way of the conditions
    of business during the past year, we may perhaps venture to assume that
    the net income of these concerns is six per cent. of their real wealth. If
    this assumption is correct, their total wealth is 60 billions of dollars,
    or one half of the total wealth of the nation.

    This estimate may be confirmed to some extent by other statistics. Calling
    the physical value of the railroads fourteen billions, their net earnings
    at five per cent. would be 700 millions, which corresponds well enough
    with the figures of the government, although some railroad men would make
    their net earnings much less. We do not know the net income of the untaxed
    corporations. Their returns would show its amount, but the government does
    not supply the information. As there must be now nearly 250,000 such
    corporations, if their average income is only $2,000 a year, the total
    could be $500,000,000. If it is $4,000, their income would be almost a
    billion dollars. On a 5 per cent. basis, the wealth of these corporations
    would be nearly 20 billion dollars. It seems, on the whole, that the
    wealth held by corporations is probably more than half our total wealth
    rather than less.

    * * * * *

    The bearing of these figures on our subject is now apparent. All of this
    property is disfranchised. It is, economically, to a very great extent
    disfranchised; politically, it is altogether disfranchised. What I mean by
    this is that the owners of this wealth, as owners, have very little to
    say, and nothing to do, about its care and management. Probably more than
    half of our people are directly or indirectly interested in it as owners.
    They have been attracted by a desire to share, however humbly, in big and
    famous enterprises, by the freedom from liability of the portion of their
    estates outside the particular investments, and by the freedom at death or
    withdrawal of associates from appraisals and accountings and probable
    closing of the business, as is the inevitable practice in mere
    partnerships. Two centuries ago people who saved money could hardly find
    ways to invest it. The practice of incorporation has enormously increased
    our wealth by putting a stop to hoarding without interest, stimulating
    saving, and broadening industry. The number of individual owners of the
    bonds and stocks of corporations is incalculable, and their holdings added
    to those of savings banks, insurance companies, trust companies and other
    fiduciary institutions, churches, hospitals, and colleges, make up a total
    of almost fabulous extent. It is true that large sums are loaned to
    persons, and on mortgages of real estate; but for most people such
    investments are not desirable or convenient, and they are altogether
    inadequate to absorb the vast sums that are available. In fact probably
    most investments of this character are now made by corporations who gather
    the savings of little depositors and premium payers; and it would cost
    much more to make them in any other way.

    * * * * *

    Corporations, therefore, are necessary, but they necessarily separate the
    ownership of wealth from its management. To invest is generally to entrust
    your money to another, and those who invest in corporations, unless they
    control them, are economically disfranchised, because the stockholders in
    all large corporations almost never influence the management of their
    property, and as a rule do not know anything about it. They don't because
    they can't. A few years ago a very large number of people were much
    worried by the exposure of some scandalous doings by the managers of
    certain great life-insurance companies. They would have been very glad to
    combine and choose better managers if they could; but they couldn't. Laws
    were passed for the purpose of enabling the policy-holders to select their
    trustees, but the only result has been a ridiculous and rather expensive
    fiasco. As in politics, the rank and file select the managers selected for
    them by a few men who understand the situation. When many thousands of
    people own stock in a concern, they live all over this continent and in
    foreign parts, and it is a physical impossibility to bring them together.
    They do not know one another, and very few of them know much about the
    affairs of the concern, and if they know anything of the candidates that
    may be suggested, it is generally only by hearsay.

    How many of the eighty-eight thousand stockholders in the Pennsylvania
    Railroad, for instance, have ever attended a meeting? For that matter, how
    many of them have ever studied the report of the railroad? Not one in ten
    could spare the time to read it, perhaps not one in a hundred could master
    it. The report may be read in a few hours; it would take as many months,
    if not years to verify it. Very nearly half these stockholders are women;
    the average holding is 120 shares, (par $50), and one-sixth of the
    stockholders own less than 10 shares each. Ten thousand of them are
    abroad. Much stock is held by trustees, whose beneficiaries are probably
    very numerous, and totally incompetent to understand railroad management.
    There are also more than twenty thousand holders of stock in subsidiary
    corporations controlled by the Pennsylvania Railroad. No one can tell the
    number of bondholders; perhaps there are as many as there are employees,
    making an aggregate of almost half a million.

    * * * * *

    Sometimes trustees abuse their office; but on the whole they have done
    pretty well, and whether they have or not, there is no other way in which
    large capitals can be managed. All civilization rests on confidence. Such
    a vast fabric could not be built on confidence unless confidence was
    deserved. As a matter of fact, a man invests his money just as he invests
    in a surgeon. He does not think of directing the surgeon how to operate.
    If the operation does not succeed, he tries another surgeon next time–if
    there is a next time.

    Of course all this applies chiefly to the large corporations. There are
    many thousands of small ones, having few stockholders, who reside where
    the business is established. These stockholders know more or less of the
    details of the business; they can judge to some extent how it is carried
    on, they are often acquainted with the managers, or are the managers
    themselves, and if not, they are able sometimes to combine and change the
    management. And I will anticipate a little and say here that the property
    of such a corporation located in a small town is often to some extent not
    politically disfranchised, because the people of the town understand that
    they are directly interested in the prosperity of the business. But it
    seems almost impossible for the stockholders to change the management of a
    large corporation. It has been done a few times. Mr. Harriman notoriously
    did it by using the money of one concern to buy the stock of another, and
    that is almost the only way in which it has been done. No doubt there has
    been an immense deal of combination which has resulted in change of
    management, but this has not been because the stockholders combined to
    oust their trustees, but because they thought they saw a good chance to
    sell their stock to those who would pay high for the control, or to
    participate in these combinations. There have been a good many cases where
    an enterprising speculator has managed to get hold of a majority of the
    stock and change the control, and powerful bankers can sometimes get
    proxies enough to put a stop to bad management; but spontaneous movements
    of this kind on the part of the mass of the stockholders are extremely
    rare.

    Beyond dispute then, the great mass of wealth held by corporations is
    almost wholly under the control of their managers, and not the mass of the
    owners. Mr. Hill has recently testified that he never knew a stockholder
    to attend a meeting except to make trouble; by which he perhaps meant that
    when a single stockholder appeared, it was to get paid for not making
    trouble.

    * * * * *

    It need hardly be said that no such thing as legitimate representation of
    corporate wealth is known in our politics, and the representation of
    individual wealth is very limited. The theory of government by manhood
    suffrage, so far as there is any theory, is now entirely personal. In
    early times the freemen of the town, or little commune, met and legislated
    according to their needs. To be a freeman one had to own property; to
    "have a stake in the country." Nowadays nearly all the men who have no
    property can vote, and some that have property cannot. In England, they
    are doing away with "plural voters." Heretofore it was thought just, when
    a man owned land in more than one place, that he should have his say in
    the government of all; but this is now forbidden. The right was never
    recognized in this country, partly because formerly men seldom owned
    property in two places, but as transportation improved the conditions
    changed. The "commuters" are legion. Their business and their capital are
    under one jurisdiction and their dwellings and families under another; but
    they can vote in only one. Many thousands of men own houses in both city
    and country. They could help in the government of both, but are
    disfranchised in one or the other. Under our complicated systems of
    registration, they are often disfranchised at both.

    Of course when population increases, the town meeting becomes a physical
    impossibility. There is no more direct legislation; it has to be
    delegated. The power is transferred to the city councils, and to the state
    and national legislatures. In other words, the interests of the owners of
    wealth are put in charge of trustees. According to Hamilton, the theory of
    our government is that the people will "naturally" choose the wisest of
    their number to represent them. There is not much basis for this
    assumption. Rousseau scouted it. According to him, the _volonté générale_
    could be ascertained only in the town meeting, and he seriously maintained
    that the ideal government for the Roman empire was by the gangs of rioters
    that the politicians marshalled in the Forum at Rome under the name of
    _comitia_. All that the theory of our government requires, is that our
    rulers shall be such men as are designated by the majority of the voters.
    That they should be wise and good men may accord with the theory of
    aristocracy; it is no part of the theory of democracy, and is certainly a
    very small part of the practice.

    When I say that half of the property of this country is disfranchised, I
    mean that the nature of this property is such that it is peculiarly
    subject to the power of rulers, and that the owners of it have hardly any
    legitimate way of defending it against the arbitrary exercise of this
    power. The corporation is created by the legislature; men cannot combine
    their capitals and avoid unlimited liability for the debts of the
    combination, unless the law specifically authorizes the proceeding. Of
    course, if the legislature has power to make such grants, it must have
    power to alter them. In short, property held by a corporation is held at
    the will of the legislature, and in a way and to an extent that property
    held by an individual is not. It is not very easy for the legislature to
    plunder or blackmail individuals, even when they are disfranchised,
    because it has to be done by general laws, and direct methods arouse
    direct opposition. But, as we have seen, stockholders as a class cannot
    defend their rights, and as things are now, their trustees cannot have
    much to say concerning the laws that affect their property. Managers of
    large corporations are now commonly denounced as unfit to be legislators,
    and are practically excluded from the halls of legislation. In some states
    they are even specifically disfranchised, so far as holding office is
    concerned, and, under the new despotism, ironically dubbed the new
    freedom, every man whose wealth and ability make his aid important to many
    enterprises, is to be forbidden to participate in more than one. Yet
    property is almost entirely subject to the disposition of the legislature!
    not entirely, for the courts afford some protection; but even this is now
    threatened: we may "progress" so far as to make it unconstitutional for a
    judge to declare any law unconstitutional.

    It goes without saying that half the property of the country will not
    submit to spoliation without a struggle. If it cannot have representation
    legitimately, it will try to get it illegitimately or extra legitimately.
    The managers of corporations have in the past found many ways to influence
    legislation. Despite the prejudices against them, some of them have had
    themselves chosen as legislators; even as judges. Some have brought about
    the election of legislators who would act in their favor, and have even
    bribed legislators. Until recently it was not even unlawful for these
    managers to use the money of their stockholders in political
    contributions; some managers acted on the "Good Lord! Good Devil!"
    principle. Probably most of the politicians paid no railroad fares. Many
    of them got passes for their families and their friends; and it was
    certainly to be expected that they should listen to the requests of those
    who granted these favors. The situation became grotesque when a great
    ruler, seeking a nomination to office with the proclaimed purpose of
    enforcing the laws against rebates and passes, required the railroad
    managers to furnish him free transportation on his righteous mission.

    There were obvious objections to these practices, and public opinion
    finally compelled our rulers to pass laws prohibiting them. Theoretically
    the managers of corporations are now effectually disfranchised. They dare
    not offer themselves as candidates for office. They scarcely dare to
    favor, even secretly, the choice of rulers who will listen to them.
    Fortunately, however, they hardly longer dare to offer bribes. Anyone on
    friendly terms with them is politically a suspicious character. Any lawyer
    who has been employed by them becomes unavailable as a candidate for
    office. Our legislators, as was to be expected, at once showed the effect
    of release from restraint. It has been uncharitably said that in revenge
    for the loss of their passes and other favors, they attacked the
    railroads; but there has been considerable voting of more mileage, and our
    congressmen at least voted themselves ample indemnity in larger salaries,
    and they opened fire on corporations in general and railroads in
    particular, with a broadside of statutes. Against this fire the property
    of millions of small holders in the corporations has been almost
    defenceless. Some of these statutes are so drawn that the plain business
    man does not know whether he is a criminal or not; if he could afford to
    consult the best of lawyers it would not help him much. The only safe
    course to pursue is to agree with the adversary quickly; to plead guilty
    to whatever charge is made, and beg for mercy. That one is innocent is
    immaterial. The expense of litigation is nothing to the rulers of the
    United States; but it may be ruinous to their subjects. The cost of the
    commissions and investigations and prosecutions of the last few years has
    been enormous. Only lawyers can contemplate it without consternation.

    True, the managers of large corporations can make their protests heard.
    They can publish their pleas in the newspapers, and issue pamphlets, and
    they can appear before committees and commissions, and submit arguments.
    The managers of small corporations cannot afford such measures. You might
    as well refer a servant-girl who couldn't collect her wages, to the Hague
    Tribunal, as to send a plain business man to Washington to plead his
    cause.

    The animus of these statutes is hostility to great corporations. But it is
    impossible to legislate against great corporations without hitting the
    small ones. Take the case of the recent corporation income tax; the
    244,000 corporations exempt from the tax had to make out their inventories
    and keep their books and report their proceedings precisely as if they
    were liable to the tax. A fine of from $1,000 to $10,000 and a 50 per
    cent. increased assessment were the penalties for failure. But the cost of
    complying with all the requirements of the law, for a corporation having
    an income of two or three thousand dollars, cannot be figured at much less
    than the tax. Many corporations have no net income. The managers of these
    concerns are not expert book-keepers, and their returns must be in many
    cases so inaccurate as to expose them to prosecution if the game were
    worth the candle. If we assume that the average cost of making out the
    return is only ten dollars, we have a bill of $2,400,000, which the
    stockholders, or the employees, or the customers, must pay for the
    privilege of demonstrating that the small corporations are not liable to
    pay anything at all.

    The corporation income tax law was really an act of popular dislike of
    corporations exercising great monopolies. Grouping all the little
    corporations with them was an absurdity and a cruelty.

    Corporations have no feelings. They are not wounded by the hostility of
    legislatures. The managers of corporations of large capital have feelings,
    and some of them are wounded in their pride by this hostility. But they
    need not suffer in their pockets. They are abundantly able to protect
    their own property; they know how to make money on the short side of the
    market as well as the long side. But the managers of the concerns of small
    capital are seldom able to do this. Oppressive laws cause suffering to
    them, to the mere holders of stock in all corporations, to the creditors
    of all, to the employees, and to the customers. Many of these laws profess
    to be meant to favor small people as against big people–to restrain the
    rich corporations so that the poor ones may have more liberty. There is no
    evidence to show that this result is attained, or that the country would
    be better off if it were attained. But there is plenty of evidence to show
    that half the people of the country are suffering from these legislative
    attacks on their property. The men who manage the great corporations,
    whatever their faults, are men of enterprise and courage. They are the
    true progressives; the prosperity that they diffuse among the whole people
    is ordinarily more than can be destroyed by our progressive politicians.
    They are now beginning to feel that their rulers are discriminating
    against them as a class, and are uneasy and disheartened, and reluctant to
    embark in new enterprises; and the progress of the country is halted by
    their apprehension. It is not the rich who suffer most: it is "the
    unemployed," and the millions of dumb, helpless, struggling thrifty men
    and women whose hard earned savings constitute a large part of the capital
    of the corporations; and who are already alarmed at the shrinking value of
    these savings. It is, perhaps most of all, the mass of ignorant unthrifty
    poor, whose chief wealth is the wages paid them by the corporations which
    they are taught to look on as their oppressors.

    RAILWAY JUNCTIONS

    In his illuminating essay on _The Lantern-Bearers_, Stevenson complains of
    the vacuity of that view of life which he finds expressed in the pages of
    most realistic writers. "This harping on life's dulness and man's meanness
    is a loud profession of incompetence; it is one of two things: the cry of
    the blind eye, _I cannot see_, or the complaint of the dumb tongue, _I
    cannot utter_." And then, with a fine flourish, he declares:–"If I had no
    better hope than to continue to revolve among the dreary and petty
    businesses, and to be moved by the paltry hopes and fears with which they
    surround and animate their heroes, I declare I would die now. But there
    has never an hour of mine gone quite so dully yet; if it were spent
    waiting at a railway junction, I would have some scattering thoughts, I
    could count some grains of memory, compared to which the whole of one of
    these romances seems but dross."

    "If it were spent waiting at a railway junction" … Here, with his
    instinct for the perfect phrase, Stevenson has pointed a finger at the one
    experience which is commonly accepted as the acme of imaginable dulness.
    This man, who could be happy at a railway junction, could not have found a
    prouder way of boasting to posterity that he had never "faltered more or
    less in his great task of happiness."

    It is because railway junctions are the most unpopular places in the world
    that they have been singled out for praise in THE UNPOPULAR REVIEW. Poor
    places, lonely and forlorn, cursed by so many, celebrated by so
    few,–surely they have waited over-long for an apologist…. But first of
    all, in order to be fair, we must consider the customary view of these
    points of punctuation in the text of travel.

    Far up in Vermont, at a point vaguely to the east of Burlington, there is
    a place called Essex Junction. It consists of a dismal shed of a station,
    a bewildering wilderness of tracks, and an adjacent cemetery, thickly
    populated (according to a local legend) with the bodies of people who have
    died of old age while waiting for their trains. This elegiac locality was
    visited, many years ago, by the Honorable E.J. Phelps, once ambassador of
    the United States to the court of St. James's. He was allotted several
    hours for the contemplation of the cemetery; and his consequent
    meditations moved him to the composition of a poem, in four stanzas, which
    is a little classic of its kind. Space is lacking for a quotation of more
    than the initial stanza; but the taste of a poem, as of a pie, may
    conveniently be judged from a quadrant of the whole.–

    With saddened face and battered hat
    And eye that told of blank despair,
    On wooden bench the traveller sat,
    Cursing the fate that brought him there.
    "Nine hours," he cried, "we've lingered here
    With thoughts intent on distant homes,
    Waiting for that delusive train
    That, always coming, never comes:
    Till weary, worn,
    Distressed, forlorn,
    And paralyzed in every function!
    I hope in hell
    His soul may dwell
    Who first invented Essex Junction!"

    It was apparently the purpose of the writer to convey the impression that
    his period of waiting had been passed without pleasure; but yet we may
    easily confute him with another quotation from _The Lantern-Bearers_. "One
    pleasure at least," says Stevenson, "he tasted to the full–his work is
    there to prove it–the keen pleasure of successful literary composition."
    Was this honorable author ever moved to such eloquence by an audience with
    Queen Victoria? Never; so far as we know. Was not Essex Junction,
    therefore, a more inspiring spot than Buckingham Palace? Undeniably. Then,
    why complain of Essex Junction?

    For, indeed, the pleasure that we take from places is nothing more nor
    less than the pleasure we put into them. A person predisposed to boredom
    can be bored in the very nave of Amiens; and a person predisposed to
    happiness can be happy even in Camden, New Jersey. I know: for I have
    watched American tourists in Amiens; and once, when I had gone to Camden,
    to visit Walt Whitman in his granite tomb, I was wakened to a strange
    exhilaration, and wandered all about that little dust-heap of a city
    amazing the inhabitants with a happiness that required them to smile. "All
    architecture," said Whitman, "is what you do to it when you look upon
    it;… all music is what awakes from you when you are reminded by the
    instruments": and I must have had this passage singing in my blood when I
    enjoyed that monstrous courthouse dome which stands up like a mushroom in
    the midst of Camden.

    I have never been to Essex Junction; but I should like to go there–just
    to see (in Whitman's words) what I could do to it. Imagine it upon a windy
    night of winter, when a hundred discommoded passengers are turned out,
    grumbling, underneath the stars,–coughing invalids, and kicking infants,
    and indignant citizens, scrambling haphazard among tottering trunks, and
    picking their way from train to train. Imagine their faces, their voices,
    their gesticulations: here, indeed, you will see more than a theatre-full
    of characters. Or, if human beings do not interest you, imagine the
    mysterious gleam of yellow windows veiled behind a drift of intermingled
    smoke and steam. Listen, also, to the clang of bells, the throb and puff
    of the engines, and the shrill shriek of their whistles. Or peer into the
    station-shed, made stuffy by the breath of many loiterers; and contrast
    their death in life with the life in death of those others who loiter
    through eternity beneath the gravestones of the cemetery. I can imagine
    being happy with all this (and even writing a paragraph about it
    afterwards): but, above all, I should like to gather those hundred
    discommoded passengers upon the station-platform, and to rehearse and lead
    them in a solemn chant of the refrain of Phelps's poem. Imagine a hundred
    voices singing lustily in unison,

    "I hope in hell
    His soul may dwell
    Who first invented Essex Junction,"

    under the vast cathedral vaulting of the night, until the adjacent dead
    should seem to stand up in their graves and join the anthem of
    anathema…. Who is there so bold to tell me that enjoyment is impossible
    in such a place as this?

    There is very little difference between places, after all: the true
    difference is between the people who regard them. I should rather read a
    description of Hoboken by Rudyard Kipling than a description of Florence
    by some New England schoolmarm. To the poet, all places are poetical; to
    the adventurous, all places are teeming with adventure: and to experience
    a lack of joy in any place is merely a sign of sluggish blood in the
    beholder.

    So, at least, it seems to me; for not otherwise can I explain the fact
    that, like my beloved R.L.S., I have always enjoyed waiting at railway
    junctions. I love not merely the marching phrases, but also the commas and
    the semi-colons of a journey,–those mystic moments when "we look before
    and after" and need not "pine for what is not." I have never done much
    waiting in America, which is in the main a country of express trains, that
    hurl their lighted windows through the night like what Mr. Kipling calls
    "a damned hotel;" but there is scarcely a country of Europe except Russia
    whose railway junctions are unknown to me. In many of these little
    nameless places I have experienced memorable hours: and because the less
    enthusiastic Baedeker has neglected to star and double-star them, I have
    always wanted to praise them, in print somewhat larger than his own. Space
    is lacking in the present article for a complete guide to all the railway
    junctions of Europe; but I should like to commemorate a few, in gratitude
    for what befell me there.

    There is a junction in Bavaria whose name I have forgotten; but it is very
    near Rothenburg, the most picturesquely medieval of all German cities. It
    consists merely of a station and two intersecting tracks. When you enter
    the station, you observe what seems to be a lunch-counter; but if you step
    up to it and innocently order food, a buxom girl informs you that no food
    is ever served there–and then everybody laughs. This pleasant
    cachinnation attracts your attention to the assembled company. It consists
    of many peasants, in their native costumes (which any painter would be
    willing to journey many miles to see), who are enjoying the delicious
    experience of travel. They are great travelers, these peasants. Once a
    month they take the train to Rothenburg, and once a month they journey
    home again, to talk of the experience for thirty days. All of them have
    heard of Nuremberg [which is actually less than a hundred miles
    away],–that vast and wonderful metropolis, so far, so very far, beyond
    the ultimate horizon of their lives. They would like to see it some
    day–as I should like to see the Taj Mahal–but meanwhile they content
    themselves with the great adventure of going to Rothenburg,–a city that
    is really much more interesting, if they could only know. In the very
    midst of these congregated travelers, I casually set down a suit-case
    which was plastered over with many labels from many lands; and this
    suit-case affected them as I might be affected by a messenger from Mars.
    They spelled out many unfamiliar languages, and a murmur of amazement
    swept through the entire company when one of them discovered that that
    suit-case had been to Morocco. Morocco, they assured me, was a place where
    black men rode on camels; and I had no heart to tell them that it was a
    country where white men rode on mules. Then another of these travelers–an
    old man, with a face like one of Albrecht Dürer's drawings–discovered a
    label that read "Venezia." "Is that," he said, "Venedig?" with a little
    gasp. "Yes; Venedig," I responded, "where the streets are water." Slowly
    he removed his hat. "Ach, Venedig!" he sighed; and then he stooped down,
    and, with the uttermost solemnity, he kissed the label…. And then I
    understood the vast impulsion of that _wanderlust_ which has pushed so
    many, many Germans southward, to overrun that golden city that is wedded
    to the sea. I have forgotten the name of that junction, as I said before;
    but I have never been so happy in Munich as in this lonely station where
    there is no food.

    Speaking of food reminds me of Bobadilla, in southern Spain. Bobadilla
    sounds as if it ought to be the name of a medieval town, with ghosts of
    gaunt imaginative knights riding forth to tilt with windmills; but there
    is no town at all at Bobadilla,–merely two railway restaurants set on
    either side of several intersecting tracks. For some mysterious reason,
    passengers from the four quarters of the compass–that is to say, from
    Cordoba, Granada, Algeciras, or Sevilla–are required to alight here, and
    eat, and change their trains. I remember Bobadilla as the place where you
    spend your counterfeit money. Many of the current coins of southern Spain
    are made of silver; and the rest are made of lead. For leaden five-peseta
    pieces there is a local name, "Sevillan dollars," which ascribes their
    coinage to the crafty artisans of the capital of Andalucia. These pieces,
    which are plentiful, are just as good as silver dollars–when you can
    persuade anyone to take them. The currency of any coinage, except gold,
    depends entirely upon the faith of those who pass and take it and has no
    reference to its intrinsic value; and, in southern Spain, the leaden
    dollars serve as counters for just as many commercial transactions as the
    dollars made of silver. The only difference is that they are commonly
    accepted only after protest. In every Spanish shop, a slab of marble is
    built into the counter, and on this slab all proffered coins are slapped
    before they are accepted by the merchant. The traveler soon learns to
    fling his change upon the pavement; and many merry arguments ensue
    regarding the _timbre_ of their ring. I remember how once, in the wondrous
    town of Ronda, when a beggar had imposed himself upon me as a guide and
    led me into a church where High Mass was being chanted, I gave him a
    peseta to get rid of him, and at once he flung it upon the pavement of the
    church, and chased it, listening, across the nave. Thereafter, he
    protested loudly that the piece was lead, and disrupted the intoning of
    the priests. "Very well," said I, "it is, in any case, a gift; if you
    don't want it, I will take it back": and he accepted it with bows and
    smiles, and allowed the weary priests to continue their intonings. But
    Bobadilla is the one place in southern Spain where money is never jingled
    upon marble. There is no time between trains to quibble over minor
    matters; and a "Sevillan dollar" accepted from one passenger is blithely
    handed to another who is traveling in the opposite direction. I discovered
    this fact on the occasion of my first visit to this interesting junction;
    and on subsequent occasions I have eaten my fill at one or another of the
    railway restaurants and settled the account with all the leaden money
    garnered up from weeks of traveling. There is surely no dishonesty in
    observing the custom of a country; and Bobadilla may be treasured by all
    travelers as a clearing-house for counterfeit coins.

    Again, in northern France, it was merely by some accident of changing
    trains that I discovered the lovely little town of Dol. I found myself in
    Saint Malo, for obvious reasons; and I desired to go to Mont Saint-Michel,
    for reasons still more obvious–Mother Poulard's omelettes, and
    architecture, and the incoming of the tide. Between them–the map told
    me–was situated Dol. I made inquiries of the porter in the Saint Malo
    hotel. He responded in English,–the English of _Ici on parle anglais_.
    "Dol," said he, "is a dull place." He pronounced "Dol" and "dull" in
    precisely the same manner, and smiled at his sickly pun. I did not like
    that smile; and I alighted at the town that he despised. It was a little
    picture-book of a place, with many toy-like medieval houses clustered side
    by side around a market-place where peasants twisted the tails of cows. I
    strolled to the cathedral–and found myself mysteriously in England. It
    was a manly Norman edifice, sane and reticent and strong, set in a
    veritable English green, with little houses round about, reminding one of
    Salisbury. I entered the Cathedral; and found the nave to be composed in
    what is called in England the "decorated" style, and the choir to give
    hints of "perpendicular." And then I remembered, with a start, that the
    ancestors of all that is most beautiful in England had migrated from
    Normandy, and that here I was visiting them in their antecedent home.
    "Saxon and Norman and Dane are we;" and all that was Norman in me reached
    forth with groping hands to grasp the palms of those old builders who
    reared this little sacrosanct cathedral in the far-off times when one
    dominion extended to either side of the English Channel.

    It was by a similar accident–desiring to transfer myself from Bourges to
    Auxerre–that I discovered the wonderful junction-town of Nevers, which,
    despite the guide-books, is more interesting than either of the others. It
    possesses a Gothic cathedral with an apse at either end, that looks as if
    two churches had collided and telescoped each other. There is also a
    Romanesque church at Nevers which is just as simple and as manly as either
    of the famous abbeys in Caen; and a chateau with rounded towers, which
    once belonged to Mazarin. But the most amusing feature of this town is
    that, though Bourges packs itself to bed at ten o'clock, Nevers sits
    blithely up till twelve, listening to music in cafés, and watching
    moving-pictures; and this amiable incongruity in a medieval town makes you
    bless that complication of the time-table which has forced you, against
    forethought, to stay there over night.

    It is difficult for me to remember a railway junction in which there was
    nothing to do; but perhaps Pyrgos, in Greece, comes nearest to this
    description. At this point, you change cars on your way from Patras to
    Olympia. The town is made of mud: that is to say, the single-storied
    houses are built of unbaked clay. There is nothing to see in Pyrgos. But I
    amused myself by addressing the inhabitants, in the English language, with
    an eloquent oration that soon gathered them under my control; and
    thereafter I set a hundred of them at the pleasant task of trying to push
    the train for Olympia on its way to take me to the Hermes of Praxiteles. I
    knew no word of their language, nor did they of mine; but they understood
    that that train should be started, if human force were sufficient to help
    the cars upon their way: and finally, when the engine puffed and snorted
    with a tardily awakened sense of duty, the train was cheered by the entire
    population as I waved my hand from the rear platform and quoted one of
    Daniel Webster's perorations.

    * * * * *

    Is it–I have often wondered–so difficult as people think, to be happy in
    an hour "spent waiting at a railway junction"?… The kingdom of happiness
    is within us; or else there is no truth in our assumption that the will of
    man is free: and I am inclined to pity a man who, being happy in
    Amalfi–the loveliest of all the places I have ever seen–cannot also
    manage to be happy in Pyrgos–or in Essex Junction–and to communicate his
    happiness to his responsive fellow-travelers.

    The true enjoyment of traveling is to enjoy traveling; not to relish
    merely the places you are going to, but to relish also the adventure of
    the going. The most difficult train-journey I remember is the twenty-hour
    trip from Lisbon to Sevilla, with a change of cars in the ghastly early
    morning at the border-town of Badajoz and another change at noon at the
    sun-baked, parched, and God-forsaken town of Merida; and yet I relish as
    red letters on my personal map of Spain a pleasant quarrel over the price
    of sandwiches at Badajoz and the way a muleteer of Merida flung a colored
    cloak over his shoulder and posed for an unconscious moment like a
    painting by Zuloaga.

    And this philosophy has a deeper application to life at large: for all
    life may be figured as a journey, and few there are who are natively
    equipped for the enjoyment of all the waste and waiting places on the way.
    The minds of most people are so fixed upon the storied capitals that are
    featured in those works of fiction known as guidebooks that they are
    impeded from enjoying the minor stations on their journey. "Hurry me to
    Sevilla," cries the traveler–and misses the sight of my muleteer of
    Merida. In America, our society is crammed with people who fail to enjoy
    life on five thousand a year because their minds are fixed upon that
    distant time when they hope to enjoy life on twenty thousand a year. And
    if ever they attain that twenty thousand they will not enjoy it either;
    but will merely peer forward to a hypothetical enjoyment at fifty thousand
    a year. And this is the essence of their tragedy:–they have not learned
    to wait with happiness.

    Is there any reason for this inordinate ambition to "get on"? Louis
    Stevenson was happier, as a small boy with a bull's-eye lantern at his
    belt, than any king upon his throne. The secret of enjoyment is to learn
    to look about us, to value what our destiny has given us, to transform it
    into magic by some contributory gift of poetry or humor, to consider with
    contentment the lilies of the field. The zest of life is in the living of
    it; and "to travel hopefully is a better thing than to arrive."

    How often, in the roaring and tumultuary tide of life, we meet a man who
    sighs, "If only I could have a single day in which there was nothing that
    I had to do, nothing even that I had to think of, how happy I should be!"
    and yet this self-same man, if set down at a railway junction, will at
    once bestir himself to seek something to think of, something to do, and
    will spurn the gift of leisure. The incessant hurry of our current life
    has tragically lured us to forget the art of loitering. We are no longer
    able–like Wordsworth, on his "old gray stone"–to sit upon a trunk at
    some railway junction of our lives and listen reverently to the "mighty
    sum of things forever speaking."

    One of the loveliest women I have ever known–the late Alison
    Cunningham–told me a little anecdote of the author of _The
    Lantern-Bearers_ which, so far as I know, has never yet been published.
    When little Louis was about five years old, he did something naughty, and
    Cummy stood him up in a corner and told him he would have to stay there
    for ten minutes. Then she left the room. At the end of the allotted
    period, she returned and said, "Time's up, Master Lou: you may come out
    now." But the little boy stood motionless in his penitential corner.
    "That's enough: time's up," repeated Cummy. And then the child mystically
    raised his hand, and with a strange light in his eyes, "Hush…," he said,
    "I'm telling myself a story…."

    And, in the _Christian Morals_ of Sir Thomas Browne, we may read the
    following passage:–"He who must needs have company, must needs have
    sometimes bad company. Be able to be alone. Lose not the advantage of
    solitude, and the society of thyself; nor be only content, but delight to
    be alone and single with Omnipresency. He who is thus prepared, the day is
    not uneasy nor the night black unto him. Darkness may bound his eyes, not
    his imagination. In his bed he may lie, like Pompey and his sons, in all
    quarters of the earth; may speculate the universe, and enjoy the whole
    world in the hermitage of himself."

    Wordsworth sitting quiescent and receptive in a lakeside landscape, little
    Louis standing in a corner, Sir Thomas Browne enjoying the whole world in
    the hermitage of himself:–what a rebuke is offered by these images to
    those who fret and fume away the leisure that is granted them at all the
    waiting places of their lives!… These disgruntled travelers _nel mezzo
    del cammin di nostra vita_ miss their privilege and duty of enjoying life
    merely because they miss the point that life is, in itself, enjoyable.
    They are so busy reading guide-books to the vague beyond that they shut
    their minds to all that may be going on about them, or within them, at
    way-stations. They close their eyes and ears to the immediate. They veto
    all perception of the here and now. But life itself is always here and
    now; and, truly to enjoy it, we must learn to look forever with
    unfaltering eyes into the bright face of immediacy.

    * * * * *

    And there is another point about railway junctions that reveals an
    important application to the larger journey of our life. A friend of mine,
    who is a great lover of painting, had occasion once (and only once) to
    change trains at Basle, in the course of a journey from Lucerne to
    Heidelberg. He had to wait two hours at this railway junction; and this
    time he pleasantly expended in eating many dishes at a restaurant, and
    amusing the lax porters by teaching them a method of economizing energy in
    shifting trunks. It should be noted that this friend of mine was not
    trying to "kill time;" for, like all genuine humanitarians, he of course
    regards that tragic process as the least excusable of murders. He was
    entirely happy for two hours in that railway station. But–having packed
    his guide-book in a trunk–it was not until he reached Darmstadt, some
    days later, that he discovered that several of the very greatest works of
    Holbein are now resident in Basle. The two hours that he had spent playing
    and eating might have been devoted to an examination of many masterpieces
    of that art which, more than any other, he had crossed the seas to seek.
    He has never yet been able to return to Basle; but for a sight of those
    lost portraits of the most honest and straightforward of all German
    painters, he would gladly sell his memories of both Lucerne and
    Heidelberg.

    Here we have a record of a great disappointment that was occasioned merely
    by the common habit of despising railway junctions, and presuming them to
    be inevitably dull. But this same unfortunate presumption, applied to life
    at large, leads many people to overlook the nearness of some great
    adventure. Interrogate a thousand men, and you will find that none of them
    has first set eyes upon his greatest friend in the Mosque of Cordoba or in
    Trafalgar Square. Every adventure of lasting consequence has confronted
    all of them, without exception, in some hidden nook or cranny of the
    world,–some place unknown to fame. Anybody is as likely to meet the woman
    who is destined to become his wife, at Essex Junction on a wintry night,
    as in the Parthenon by moonlight in the month of May. The most romantic
    places in the world are often those that promised, in advance, to be the
    least romantic.

    Since this is so, how can anybody ever dare to shut his eyes to that
    incalculable imminency of adventure which environs him even when he is
    merely changing trains on some island-platform of the New York Subway? In
    our daily living we are never safe from destiny; and who can ever know in
    what vacuous and sedentary period of his experience he may suddenly be
    called upon to entertain an angel unawares? It is best to be prepared for
    anything, at any hour of our lives,–even at those moments that must,
    perforce, be "spent waiting at a railway junction."

    MINOR USES OF THE MIDDLING RICH

    To assert today that the rich are for the most part entirely harmless is
    to dare much, for the contrary opinion is greatly in favor. Such wholesale
    condemnation of the rich assumes a more general and a more specific form.
    They are said to be harmful to the body politic simply because they have
    more money than the average: their property has been wrongly taken from
    persons who have a better right to it, or is withheld from people who need
    it more. But aside from being constructively a moral detriment from the
    mere possession of wealth, the rich man may do specific harm through
    indulging his vices, maintaining an inordinate display, charging too much
    for his own services, crushing his weaker competitor, corrupting the
    legislature and the judiciary, finally by asserting flagrantly his right
    to what he erroneously deems to be his own. Such are the general and
    specific charges of modern anti-capitalism against wealth. Like many deep
    rooted convictions, these rest less on analysis of particular instances
    than upon axioms received without criticism. The word spoliation does
    yeoman service in covering with one broad blanket of prejudice the most
    diverse cases of wealth. But spoliation is assumed, not proved. My own
    conviction that most wealth is quite blameless, whether under the general
    or specific accusation, is based on no comprehensive axiom, but simply on
    the knowledge of a number of particular fortunes and of their owners. Such
    a road towards truth is highly unromantic. The student of particular
    phenomena is unable to pose as the champion of the race. But the method
    has the modest advantage of resting not on a priori definitions, but on
    inductions from actual experience; hence of being relatively scientific.

    Before sketching the line of such an investigation, let me say that in
    logic and common sense there is no presumption against the wealthy person.
    Ever since civilization began and until yesterday it has been assumed that
    wealth was simply ability legitimately funded and transmitted. Even modern
    humanitarians, while dallying with the equation wealth = spoliation, have
    been unwilling wholly to relinquish the historic view of the case. I have
    always admired the courage with which Mr. Howells faced the situation in
    one of those charming essays for the Easy Chair of _Harper's_. Driving one
    night in a comfortable cab he was suddenly confronted by the long drawn
    out misery of the midnight bread line. For a moment the vision of these
    hungry fellow men overcame him. He felt guilty on his cushions, and
    possibly entertained some St. Martin-like project of dividing his
    swallowtail with the nearest unfortunate. Then common sense in the form of
    his companion came to his rescue. She remarked "Perhaps we are right and
    they are wrong." Why not? At any rate Mr. Howells was not permitted to
    condemn in a moment of compassion the career of thrift, industry and
    genius, that had led him from a printer's case to a premier position in
    American letters, or, more concretely, he received a domestic dispensation
    to cab it home in good conscience, though many were waiting in chilly
    discomfort for their gift of yesterday's bread. The why so and why not of
    this incident are my real subject. For Mr. Howells is merely a
    particularly conspicuous instance of the kind of prosperity I have in
    mind. We are all too much dazzled by the rare great fortunes. The newly
    rich have spectacular ways with them. By dint of frequently passing us in
    notorious circumstances, they give the impression of a throng. They are
    much in the papers, their steam yachts loom large on the waters, they
    divorce quickly and often, they buy the most egregious, old masters. By
    such more or less innocent ostentations, a handful stretches into a
    procession, much as a dozen sprightly supernumeraries will keep up an
    endless defile of Macduff's army on the tragic stage. Let us admit that
    some of the great wealth is more or less foolishly and harmfully spent; my
    subject is not bank accounts, but people; and very wealthy people
    constitute an almost negligible minority of the race. Their influence too
    is much less potent than is supposed. A slightly vulgarizing tendency
    proceeds from them, but in waves of decreasing intensity. Their vogue is
    chiefly a _succès de scandale_. Sensible people will gape at the spectacle
    without admiration, and even the reader of the society column in the
    sensational newspapers keeps more critical detachment than he is usually
    credited with. In any case neither the boisterous nor the shrinking
    multimillionaire has any representative standing. He is not what a poor
    person means by a rich person. Ask your laundress who is rich in your
    neighborhood, and she will name all who live gently and do not have to
    worry about next month's bills. True pragmatist, she sees that to be
    exempt from any threat of poverty is to all intents and purposes to be
    rich. Her classification ignores certain niceties, but corresponds roughly
    to the fact, and has the merit of corresponding to government decree. Rich
    people, since the income tax, are officially those who pay the tax but not
    the surtax. Families with an income not less than four thousand dollars
    nor more than twenty thousand comprise the harmless, middling rich. Let us
    once for all admit that in the surtaxed classes there are many cases of
    quite harmless wealth, while in the lower level of the rich, harmful
    wealth will sometimes be found. Such exceptions do not invalidate the
    general rule that all but a negligible fraction of the rich are included
    in the first class of income taxpayers–on from four to twenty thousand,
    that most of the property here held is blamelessly held in good
    hands–wealth that in no fair estimate can be regarded as harmful. In
    terms of British currency, our category of the middling rich would include
    the poorer individuals of the upper classes, the richer persons of the
    lower middle class, and the upper middle class as a whole. This comparison
    is made not to apply an alien class system which holds very inadequately
    here in America, but simply to avow the difficulty of my task of apology.
    The bourgeoisie is equally suspect among radicals, reactionaries, and
    artists. My middling rich are nothing other than what an European essayist
    would quite brazenly call the _haute bourgeoisie_. It is quite a
    comprehensive class, made up chiefly of professional men, moderately
    successful merchants, manufacturers, and bankers with their more highly
    paid employees, but including also many artists, and teachers of all
    sorts. Incidentally it is an employing and borrowing class in various
    degrees, hence especially subject to the exactions of the labor union at
    one end, and of the great capitalist and the Trust at the other.

    The general harmlessness of the wealth of this class rests upon the fact
    that it is in small part inherited, but mostly earned by individual
    effort, while such effort has usually been honestly and efficiently
    rendered and paid for at a moderate rate. In fact the amount of capacity
    that can be hired for the slightest rewards is simply amazing. It is the
    distinction of this class as compared both with the wage earning and the
    capitalist class–both of which agree in overvaluing their services and
    extorting payment on their own terms–that it respects its work more than
    it regards rewards. Consider the amount of general education and special
    training that go to make a capable school superintendent, or college
    professor; a good country doctor or clergyman–and it will be felt that no
    money is more honestly earned. This is equally true of many lawyers and
    magistrates, who are wise counsellors for an entire country side. It is no
    less true of hosts of small manufacturers who make a superior product with
    conscience. For the wealth, small enough it usually is, that is thus
    gained in positions of especial skill and confidence, absolutely no
    apology need be made. I sometimes wish that the Socialists for whom any
    degree of wealth means spoliation, would go a day's round with a country
    doctor, would take the pains to learn of the cases he treats for half his
    fee, for a nominal sum, or for nothing; would candidly reckon his normal
    fee against the long years of college, medical school and hospital, and
    against the service itself; would then deduct the actual expenses of the
    day, as represented by apparatus, motor, or horse service–I can only say
    that if such an investigator could in any way conceive that physician as a
    spoliator, because he earned twice as much as a master brick-layer or five
    times as much as a ditch digger–if, I say, before the actual fact, our
    Socialist investigator in any way grudges that day's earnings, his mental
    and emotional confusion is beyond ordinary remedy. And such a physician's
    earnings are merely typical of those of an entire class of devoted
    professional men.

    We do well to remind ourselves that the great body of wealth in the
    country has been built up slowly and honestly by the most laborious means,
    and accumulated and transmitted by self-sacrificing thrift. A rich person
    in nine cases out of ten is merely a capable, careful, saving person,
    often, too, a person who conducts a difficult calling with a fine sense of
    personal honor and a high standard of social obligation. We are too much
    dazzled by the occasional apparition of the lawyer who has got rich by
    steering guilty clients past the legal reefs, of the surgeon who plays
    equally on the fears and the purses of his patients, of the sensational
    clergyman who has made full coinage of his charlatanism. All these types
    exist, and all are highly exceptional. Most rich persons are
    self-respecting, have given ample value received for their wealth, and
    have less reason to apologize for it than most poor folks have to
    apologize for their poverty.

    Furthermore: for the maintenance of certain humdrum but necessary human
    virtues, we are dependent upon these middling rich. It has been frequently
    remarked that a lord and a working man are likely to agree, as against a
    bourgeois, in generosity, spontaneous fellowship, and all that goes to
    make sporting spirit. The right measure of these qualities makes for charm
    and genuine fraternity; the excess of these qualities produces an enormous
    amount of human waste among the wage earners and the aristocrats
    impartially. The great body of self-controlled, that is of reasonably
    socialized people, must be sought between these two extremes. In short the
    building up of ideals of discipline and of habits of efficiency and of
    good manners and of human respect is very largely the task of the middle
    classes. Whereas the breaking down of such ideals is, in the present
    posture of society, the avowed or unavowed intention of a considerable
    portion of laboring men and aristocrats. The scornful retort of the
    Socialist is at hand: "Of course the middle classes are shrewd enough to
    practice the virtues that pay." Into this familiar moral bog that there
    are as many kinds of morality as there are economic conditions of mankind,
    I do not consent to plunge. I need only say that the so-called middle
    class virtues would pay a workman or a lord quite as well as they do a
    bourgeois. Moreover, while workmen and lords are prone to scorn the
    calculating virtues of the middle classes, there is no indication that the
    _bourgeoisie_ has selfishly tried to keep its virtues to itself. On the
    contrary there is positive rejoicing in the middle classes over a workman
    who deigns to keep a contract, and an aristocrat who perceives the duty of
    paying a debt. In fine we of the middle classes need no more be ashamed of
    our highly unpicturesque virtues than we are of our inconspicuous wealth.

    So far from being in danger of suppression, we middling rich people are
    likely to last longer than the capitalists who exploit us in practice, and
    the workmen who exploit us on principle. Theoretically, and perhaps
    practically, the very rich are in danger of expropriation. Theoretically
    the course of invention may limit or almost abolish all but the higher
    grades of labor. The need of the more skilful sort of service in the
    professions, in manufacture, in agency of all sorts, is sure to persist.
    The socialists expect to get such service for much less than it at present
    brings, that is to make us poor and yet keep us working. Such a scheme
    must break down, not through the refusal of the middling rich to keep at
    work;–for I think there is loyalty enough to the work itself to keep most
    necessary activities going after a fashion, even under the most untoward
    conditions;–but because to make us poor is to destroy the conditions
    under which we can efficiently render a somewhat exceptional service. Our
    wealth is not an extraneous thing that can be readily added or taken away.
    It is our possibility of self-education and of professional improvement,
    it is the medium in which we can work, it is our hope of children. To take
    away our wealth is to maim us. There is nothing humiliating in such an
    avowal. It is merely an assertion of the integrity of one's life and work.
    As a matter of fact no class is so well fitted to face the threat of a
    proletarian revolution as we harmless rich. It is the class that produces
    generals, explorers, inventors, statesmen. A social revolution with its
    stern attendant regimentation would bear most heavily on the relatively
    undisciplined class of working people. The disciplined class of the
    middling rich is better prepared to meet such an eventuality. Accordingly
    it is no mere selfishness or complacency that leads the middling rich to
    oppose the pretensions of proletarianism on one side and of capitalism on
    the other. It is rather the assertion of sound middle class morality
    against two opposite yet somewhat allied forms of social immorality–the
    strength that exaggerates its claims, and the weakness that claims all the
    privileges of strength.

    We are useful too as conserving certain valuable ideas. When I mention the
    idea of the right of private property, I expect to be laughed at by a
    large class of enthusiasts. Yet all of civilization has been built up on
    the distinction between _meum_ and _tuum_. Without this idea there is not
    the slightest inducement to persistent individual effort nor possibility
    of progress for the individual or for the race. The fruitful diversities,
    the germinative inequalities between men all depend on this right. And
    today the right to one's own is doubly under attack from the violence of
    laboring men, and the guile of those in positions of financial trust. The
    strikers who offer as an argument the burning of a mine or wrecking of a
    mill, and the directors who manipulate corporation accounts to pay
    unearned dividends, are both undermining the right of property. Against
    such counsels of force and fraud, the representatives of the common sense
    and funded wisdom of mankind are the middling rich. It is an unromantic
    service–doubtless breaking other people's windows or scaling their bank
    accounts is much more thrilling–it is a public service obviously tinged
    with self-interest, but none the less a public service of high and timely
    importance. The business of keeping the sanity of the world intact as
    against the wilder expressions of social discontent, and the uglier
    expressions of personal envy and greed, may seem to lack zest and
    originality today. History may well take a different view of the matter.
    It would not be surprising to find a posthumous aureole of idealism
    conferred upon those who amid the trumpeting of money market messiahs, and
    the braying of self-appointed remodellers of the race, simply stood
    quietly on their own inherited rights and principles.

    Such are some not wholly minor uses for the middling rich. Should they be
    abolished, many of the pleasanter facts and appearances of the world would
    disappear with them. The other day I whisked in one of their motor cars
    through miles of green Philadelphia suburbs dappled with pink magnolia
    trees and white fruit blossoms–everywhere charming houses, velvety lawns,
    tidy gardens. The establishing of a little paradise like that is of course
    a selfish enterprise–a mere meeting of the push and foresight of real
    estate operators with the thrift and sentiment of householders, yet it is
    an advantage inevitably shared, a benefit to the entire community, an
    example in reasonable working, living, and playing.

    On the side of play we should especially miss these harmless rich. The
    sleek horses on a thousand bridle paths and meadows are theirs, the
    smaller winged craft that still protest against the pollution of the sea
    by the reek of coal and the stench of gasoline; of their furnishing are
    the graceful and widely shared spectacles not only of the minor yacht
    racing but of the field sports generally. They constitute our militia. The
    survival in the world of such gentler accomplishments as fencing,
    canoeing, and exploration rests with the middling rich. They write our
    books and plays, compose our music, paint our pictures, carve our statues.
    The pleasanter unconscious pageantry of our life is conducted by their
    sons and daughters. To be nice, to indulge in nice occupations, to express
    happiness–this is not even today a reproach to any one. Indeed if any
    approach to the dreamed socialized state ever be made, it will come less
    through regimentation than through imitation of those persons of middle
    condition who have managed to be reasonably faithful in their duties, and
    moderate in their pleasures. To keep a clean mind in a clean body is the
    prerogative of no class, but the lapses from this standard are
    unquestionably more frequent among the poor and the very rich.

    It is instructive in this regard to compare with the newspapers that serve
    the middling rich, those that address the poor, and those that are owned
    in the interest of well understood capitalistic interests. The extremes of
    yellow journalism and of avowedly capitalistic journalism, meet in a
    preference for salacious or merely shocking news, and in a predilection
    for blatant, sophistical, or merely nugatory and time-serving editorial
    expressions. Between the two really allied types of newspapers are a few
    which exercise a decent censorship over questionable news, and habitually
    indulge in the luxury of sincere editorial opinion. There are some
    exceptions to the rule. In our own day we have seen a proletarian paper
    become a magnificent editorial organ, while somewhat illogically
    maintaining a random and sensational policy in its news columns. But
    generally the distinction is unmistakable. Imagine the plight of New York
    journalism if four papers, which I need not mention, ceased publication.
    It would mean a distinct and immediate cheapening of the mentality of the
    city. Then observe on any train who are reading these papers. It is plain
    enough what class among us makes decent journalism possible.

  • The Unpopular Review, Number 19

    The Unpopular Review, Number 19

    Aproximadamente 75.338 palavras.

    Produced by Barbara Tozier, Bill Tozier and the Online
    Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net

    The Unpopular Review

    SOME THINGS IN WHICH WE ARE TRYING TO DO OUR BIT

    In disarming Germany–and, after that's done, everybody else, except an
    international police.

    In securing to all nationalities the right to choose their own
    governments and affiliations.

    In making trade free.

    In securing the rights of both organized labor and the individual
    workman, which involve on the one hand recognition of the Trade Unions,
    and on the other, of the Open Shop.

    In cleaning up and bracing up literature and art.

    In modernizing and revivifying religion.

    Our humble efforts for these causes have so far been not only gratuitous
    but costly. Therefore we feel justified in suggesting to the reader who
    has not yet subscribed, the question whether out of the sums which he
    devotes to those great objects, a trifle might not be spent as hopefully
    as in any other way, in backing us up by subscription or advertisement.

    75 cents a number, $2.50 a year. Bound volumes $2. each, two a
    year. (Canadian $2.70, Foreign $2.85.) Cloth covers for
    volumes, 50 cents each. No one but the publishers is
    authorized to collect money for the Review. Persons
    subscribing through agents or dealers to whom they pay money,
    do so at their own risk.

    For the present, subscribers remitting direct to the
    publishers can have any back number or numbers additional to
    those subscribed for, except No. 9, for an additional 50 cents
    each (plus 5 cents a number for postage to Canada, 9 cents to
    Foreign countries), _provided the whole amount is paid direct
    to the publishers at the time of the subscription_. Number 9
    is out of print, and can be furnished only with complete sets,
    which are sold at the rate of 75 cents a number.

    Owing to the Post-office department spending many millions
    annually in carrying periodicals below cost, it has become so
    loaded with them as to be obliged to send them as freight.
    Therefore subscribers should not complain to the publishers of
    non-receipt of matter under from one to two weeks, according
    to distance. This subject is fully treated in No. 2 of THE
    UNPOPULAR REVIEW, and in the Casserole of No. 3.

    In order that the new writers may stand an equal chance with
    the old, and the old not unduly depend upon their reputations,
    the names of writers are not given until the number following
    the one in which their articles appear.

    HENRY HOLT AND COMPANY
    18 WEST 45th STREET
    NEW YORK CITY
    LONDON: WILLIAMS & NORGATE

    CONTENTS OF THE PRECEDING NUMBER (18, for April-June, 1918)

    WHY AMERICA LAGS, Alvin S. Johnson, Professor in Stanford
    University.
    ON GOING AFOOT, Charles S. Brooks.
    THE PROBLEM OF ALSACE-LORRAINE, C. D. Hazen, Professor in
    Columbia University.
    VISCOUNT MORLEY, Paul Elmer More, Advisory Editor of _The
    Nation_.
    THE ADVENTURE OF THE TRAINING CAMP, George R. MacMinn,
    Professor in University of California.
    HALF SOLES, Herbert Wilson Smith.
    PRICE FIXING BY GOVERNMENT, David McGregor Means.
    TURKEY UNDER GERMAN TUTELAGE, Rufus W. Lane.
    MACHINE AND MAN, Grant Showerman, Professor in University of
    Wisconsin.
    THE ATHLETIC HABIT OF MIND, Edward F. Hayward.
    ARBITERS OF FATE, Virginia Clippinger.
    FOOD CONSERVATION AND THE WOMAN, Mary Austin.
    SOME REFLECTIONS ON REVOLUTION, T. Lothrop Stoddard.
    THE JOB AND THE OUTSIDER, H. W. Boynton.
    DURCHALTEN! Vernon L. Kellogg, Professor in Stanford
    University.
    A NEW PSYCHIC SENSITIVE, The Editor.
    CORRESPONDENCE: "The Obscurity of Philosophers"–Our Tax
    Troubles Again.
    EN CASSEROLE: Concerning these Hasty War Marriages–Bergson
    and the Yellow Peril–A Problematic Personality–"Clause" and
    "Phrase."

    CONTENTS

    FOR JULY-SEPTEMBER, 1918

    NATURALIZATION IN THE SPOTLIGHT OF WAR 1
    WAR PROPHETS 19
    MY FRIEND THE JAY 33
    THE FLEMISH QUESTION 43
    IMMORTALITY IN LITERATURE 56
    CARLYLE AND KULTUR 66
    THE FREEDOM OF THE SEAS 79
    THE CONDITIONS OF TOLERANCE 94
    THE NEO-PARNASSIANS 106
    HUMANISM AND DEMOCRACY 114
    THE MODERN MEDICINE MAN 127
    "THE PUREST OF HUMAN PLEASURES" 140
    WAR FOR EVOLUTION'S SAKE 146
    JOHN FISKE 160
    PLEASE EXPLAIN THESE DREAMS 190
    CORRESPONDENCE 201
    More Freedom from Hereditary Bias
    EN CASSEROLE 202
    If We are Late–The Kindly and Modest German–What the Cat
    Thinks of the Dog–A Hunting-Ground of Ignorance–Maximum
    Price-Fixing in Ancient Rome–Darwin on His Own
    Discoveries–Reflections of an Old-Maid Aunt–An Obscure
    Source of Education–Heart-to-Heart Advertising–The Curse of
    Fall Elections–Larrovitch–Our Index

    The Unpopular Review

    NO. 19 JULY-SEPTEMBER VOL. X

    NATURALIZATION IN THE SPOTLIGHT OF WAR

    Amid the manifold uncertainties into which the war has plunged us, one
    fact stands out with increased definiteness–that in our midst, and even
    voting on our policies, of life or death,–we have had for many years
    large numbers of people who at best give only a divided allegiance to
    this country, and at worst are devoted and violent partisans of some
    foreign state. The evidence of this truth has been of the most
    diversified character, including the destruction of warehouses, docks,
    and munitions factories, the burning of immense quantities of food, the
    manufacture of ineffective torpedoes, the attempted blowing up of war
    ships, and the dissemination of disease germs among children, soldiers,
    and cattle. The uniform object of all these activities has been the
    decrease of the war efficiency of the United States. The indications
    seem conclusive that the perpetrators have been, not special German
    spies or agents sent over here after our entry into the war or in
    anticipation of it, but among the candidates for Mr. Gerard's five
    thousand lampposts–persons who have lived in our midst for long
    periods, and have been accepted as belonging to us.

    So suddenly overwhelming has been the demonstration since the war began,
    and particularly since the United States entered the war, that there is
    great danger that the impression will become established that the war
    created the situation, that the danger is a war danger, and that the
    problem will automatically solve itself when the war is over. Nothing
    could be more prejudicial to a correct understanding of the situation,
    and to a sound solution of the national problems which will confront us
    when the war is over. The war has not created the danger from
    alien-hearted members of the body politic, it has merely revealed it.
    The situation is the creation of our traditional policy toward
    foreigners, and the menace inherent in the situation existed, and was
    discerned by many close students of political affairs, long before the
    war was dreamed of. Although then the manifestations of this danger were
    less spectacular, the danger itself was no less persistent, pervasive,
    and insidious. When Carl Petersen is triumphantly inducted into
    municipal office, not because he is a Republican or a Democrat, not
    because he stands thus and so on important public questions, but because
    he is a Swede; when Patrick O'Donnell is made detective sergeant, not
    because he has the highest qualifications of all the men available, but
    because he belongs to the same Irish lodge as the chief of police; when
    Salvini, and Goldberg, and Trcka receive political preferment or
    judicial favor because of the race from which they spring or the nation
    from which they come, the essence of the peril is exactly the same as
    when Hans Ahlberg tries to sink an American merchantman because its
    cargo of wheat is destined for England instead of Germany.

    The peril in question is the peril of having in a democracy large groups
    of voters actuated by racial and national affiliations other than those
    of the country in which they live: in other words, large elements of
    unassimilated foreigners. The assertion of this danger does not
    necessarily carry the implication of any inferiority, mental, physical,
    or moral, on the part of the foreigners. Difference without inferiority
    is dangerous, difference coupled with inferiority is definitely
    injurious. There is no need to reiterate the manifold evils which have
    already developed, and which threaten to develop, from immigration of
    the poor quality which our selective tests have not sufficed to prevent.
    Undoubtedly the physical and mental average of our people, possibly also
    the moral average, has already been definitely reduced, and the progress
    of the working classes toward a reasonably high standard of living has
    been checked, but the point which needs emphasis here is that difference
    in itself is dangerous. The immigrant who is still a foreigner in
    sympathy and character exerts a prejudicial influence upon the life of
    the nation at every point of contact. It is impossible for him to
    function as a normal unit in the social complex. If by naturalization he
    acquires the right to participate in political affairs, the opportunity
    for injury is multiplied. He cannot possibly approach public questions
    as if his allegiance were wholly with the country of his residence.
    These facts are particularly illustrated with us by the very large
    element known as "birds of passage." The only way these evils can be
    overcome is through genuine assimilation.

    Assimilation is a spiritual metamorphosis. It manifests itself in many
    changes of dress, of language, of manners, and of conduct. But these
    outward semblances are not assimilation. An alien is thoroughly
    assimilated into a new society only when he becomes completely imbued
    with its spiritual heritage. He must cease to think and feel and imagine
    in ways determined by his old social environment, and must respond to
    the stimuli of social contact in all ways exactly as if from the very
    beginning he had developed under the influence of his adopted society.
    And this involves, of course, the entire abandonment of any sympathy,
    affection, or loyalty different from that which might be felt by any
    native of his new home for the country of his origin or the people of
    that country. Complete assimilation so defined may seem impossible to
    the adult immigrant. This is almost universally the truth. The spiritual
    impress of the environment of one's infancy, childhood, and youth, can
    seldom be eradicated during the later years of life. Realizing this,
    those who hate to admit that our immigrants are not being assimilated,
    hasten to modify the definition. But this does not help the case,
    because it does not alter the situation.

    In this respect, the war has already rendered a distinct service to this
    country. No longer can we blind ourselves to the fact that national
    unity does not exist. Professor William Graham Sumner used often to
    remark that the United States had no just claim to the name of nation,
    because of the presence of the negroes within its borders. Whether that
    particular definition of "nation" is adopted or not, there can be no
    doubt that real national homogeneity is wholly lacking, and that the
    negro is by no means the only discordant element. In fact, in many ways
    the immigration problem is more imminent and menacing than the negro
    problem: for the negro problem is in a sense static, since it is not
    aggravated by continuous accessions from without. We know what the negro
    problem is, and can state it in terms which will be relatively
    permanent. But the immigration problem presents constantly changing
    aspects, not only because of its growing numerical proportions, but
    because of the diversity of its elements, and the uncertainty as to its
    future developments.

    One of the striking manifestations of this new recognition of our
    dangerous situation is the change of front of those who are opposed to
    the restriction of immigration. The stock answer to the warnings of the
    restrictionists used to be the assertion that assimilation was taking
    place with perfectly satisfactory rapidity and completeness. America was
    the great "melting-pot" of the nations, out of which was to flow–was,
    in fact, actually flowing–a new and better type of man, purged of all
    slag and dross. As conclusive proofs of this claim, were advanced all
    those superficial adaptations to new surroundings which the immigrant
    and his children make with so much display and gusto. The assimilating
    power of the American People was asserted to be unlimited, and if there
    were any hitches in the process, they could all be remedied by
    distribution. How suddenly has this elaborate erection of analogies,
    metaphors, and pseudo-arguments been shown up for the flimsy camouflage
    that it really was! Miss Grace Abbott, the avowed champion of the
    immigrant, is forced to admit that "unity of religion, unity of race,
    unity of ideals, do not exist in the United States. We are many
    nationalities scattered across a continent." Miss Frances Kellor writes
    a book on _Straight America_, in which she confesses the failure of
    assimilation in the past, and turns to universal military service as a
    last resort. Mrs. Mary Antin remains discreetly silent, and Mr. Isaac A.
    Hourwich is less in the public eye than formerly.

    * * * * *

    But even yet the opponents of restriction are not willing to submit to
    the logic of the situation, and instead of admitting the present need of
    true restriction, come forward with a new substitute. This substitute
    goes by the general name of "Americanization," and is urged upon us as
    the appropriate and adequate remedy for the ills which none can longer
    deny. The essence of this movement is that those who embody the true
    American ideas and ideals–a group seldom named or definitely described,
    but usually vaguely referred to as "we"–should bend all their energies
    toward the assimilation of our foreign population, and should seek by
    artificial and purposive expedients to accomplish that cultural
    transmutation for which the natural and unconscious relationships of the
    immigrant have proved wholly inadequate. And it must be freely granted
    that many of the specific proposals of the "Americanizers" are
    intrinsically meritorious and worthy of adoption. When it is suggested
    that our foreign populations ought to be better housed, fed, clothed,
    educated and amused, we all rise in assent–provided he will do his
    share toward it; yet in self-defence we must do more than ours. When we
    are urged to assist the immigrant to learn the English language and
    familiarize himself with the political history and government of this
    nation, our common sense gives ready response. The gross absurdity of
    the movement lies in the assumption that any or all of these things,
    good as they are, constitute assimilation, or will, in the natural
    course of their accomplishment, produce assimilation. Who will undertake
    to show that those persons of foreign birth who, in the last three and a
    half years, have most flagrantly violated their obligations to the
    country of their adoption, are on the whole less well educated, less
    familiar with the English language, less prosperous, or even less versed
    in American institutions, than those who have remained loyal at heart,
    or at least in conduct? By all means let us have as small a proportion
    of our people as possible who cannot read and write, who do not
    understand the English language, who treat their women according to the
    code of mediaeval semi-barbarism, and who are content with living
    conditions something lower than what we consider proper for domestic
    animals. But let us not imagine that those who have freed themselves
    from these anomalies are therefore true Americans.

    * * * * *

    However, the crowning insult offered to the intelligence of the American
    people by the Americanization movement is the soberly uttered and
    persistently reiterated proposition that the best way to cure the evils
    of a heterogeneous population is to naturalize the foreigners! In the
    voluminous literature issued by the group of organizations directly
    connected with this movement, the three injunctions to the foreigner
    which appear with the greatest frequency and emphasis are: "Attend night
    school," "Learn the English language," "Become an American citizen." As
    already stated, no fault can be found with the first two admonitions in
    themselves. But the third calls for close scrutiny, particularly as it
    involves a fundamental question which is sure to rise to prominence when
    the war is over. What benefits can be expected from our hasty
    naturalization of aliens? What is the effect upon the aliens and upon
    the country, of this urgent invitation to become citizens? Ought it to
    be made easier or harder to acquire citizenship?

    The first step in the answer to the foregoing questions is the
    examination of the real meaning of naturalization, and the process by
    which it is achieved in the United States. Naturalization is the act of
    conferring citizenship by a certain state upon a certain individual who
    hitherto has been a citizen or subject of another state. Citizenship
    implies rights and privileges, allegiance and obligations. The only
    difference that may be looked for in an individual after naturalization
    is that he now enjoys such rights and privileges, and owes such duties
    and obligations as appertain to State B instead of State A. The act of
    naturalization is not a developmental experience or process, but merely
    the registry of a change of status. Any transformations in the character
    of the individual which are regarded as essential to fitness for
    citizenship in State B should have taken place before naturalization.
    The act of naturalization will not produce them, nor is there adequate
    ground for assuming that they will generally follow that act. The only
    question which concerns the naturalizing official is whether the
    candidate is already affiliated at heart with the new country instead of
    the old, and the tests imposed upon the candidate are theoretically
    designed to determine or guarantee that affiliation. If, therefore, the
    foreigner was in any degree dangerous to his adopted country while an
    alien, there is no reason to suppose that he will be materially less so
    as a naturalized citizen. On the contrary, he is in a position to do
    much greater harm, because of the new powers and opportunities which
    naturalization confers, and because of the new confidence and trust
    which he enjoys through his citizenship.

    The harm thus done by naturalized but unassimilated citizens may be
    malicious and intentional or incidental. Many of the notorious election
    scandals of the past have been made possible by large numbers of
    foreigners who, having sought citizenship for narrowly selfish reasons,
    have used it in unscrupulous ways. It is true that they have frequently
    been abetted by native-born politicians; but the foreigners furnished
    the material. The injury done involuntarily, however, by
    well-intentioned voters who simply are not Americans, is even more
    serious because more extensive and more insidious. These are the men who
    have taken the oath of allegiance in all sincerity, supposing themselves
    to be as much in tune with the spirit of American life as the occasion
    called for. They have lived up to their lights as consistently, perhaps,
    as the majority of native-born voters of the same class. But their
    participation in public affairs has constantly been colored by racial or
    national affiliations, by a foreign outlook on life, and by incapacity
    to appreciate the true genius of the American nation. Their influence
    has therefore been to neutralize or thwart the efforts of conscientious
    intelligent Americans to grapple with national problems. An interesting
    case in point is the naturalized German referred to in "A Family Letter"
    in the December _Atlantic Monthly_, who refused to buy an inch of land
    in this country, in order that he might be free at any time to return to
    Germany. It has taken the emergency of a war to reveal to many
    naturalized citizens how mistaken they were (this at least is the most
    charitable interpretation) when they supposed that the old allegiance
    had been thoroughly subordinated.

    It is a most extraordinary inversion of logic, this mental process by
    which people persuade themselves that rushing our aliens through the
    naturalization courts will better our national situation. The line of
    argument seems to be something like this: A foreign resident of the
    United States who desires to participate fully in the life of the
    nation, and who is sincerely devoted to the best interests of the
    country, will wish to become a citizen; therefore, every naturalized
    citizen desires to participate fully in the life of the nation and is
    sincerely devoted to its best interests. Or perhaps a slightly less
    fantastic process of cerebration might be this: Naturalization is
    conferred upon foreigners who have fitted themselves to be received into
    citizenship; therefore, to accelerate the process of naturalization is
    to reduce the number of foreigners unfitted for citizenship.

    If our naturalization laws were so strict, and the courts which
    administer them so scrupulous, that no alien could acquire citizenship
    except upon a convincing demonstration of his assimilation, it would do
    less positive harm to urge aliens to become citizens, because they would
    know, or would in time learn, that to do so they must bring themselves
    into complete harmony with the spirit of the nation. It is therefore
    essential to examine the prescribed qualifications for naturalization,
    and see exactly what citizenship papers stand for.

    * * * * *

    The requirements are simply stated. The candidate must be a free white
    person, or a person of African nativity or African descent. He must be
    twenty-one years of age. He must have resided continuously five years in
    the United States, and one year in the State in which he makes
    application. He must have had his "first paper" at least two years, but
    not more than seven years. He must be of good moral character, must be
    attached to the principles of the Constitution of the United States, and
    must be able to speak English (unless registered under the Homestead
    Laws) and to sign his name. He must not be an anarchist or a polygamist.
    He must renounce any hereditary title or order of nobility, and all
    allegiance and fidelity to any foreign potentate, prince, city, or state
    of which he is a subject. He must affirm his intention to reside
    permanently in the United States, and must declare on oath that he will
    "support and defend the Constitution and laws of the United States
    against all enemies, foreign and domestic, and bear true faith and
    allegiance to the same." He must have as witnesses two citizens of the
    United States who testify as to his residence in the United States, his
    moral character, his attachment to the Constitution, and his general
    fitness (in their opinion) to be admitted to citizenship.

    Now, assuming for the time being that the court officials apply the law
    with the utmost possible rigor, what is there in the foregoing list of
    requirements that guarantees that the newly made citizen is free from
    any lingering attachment to any other country, and ready to enter
    single-heartedly into the life of the nation, ready to share its burdens
    and the responsibility of grappling with its problems, in a way at all
    comparable to the native-born citizen?

    The qualifications in question fall into two groups: first, those which
    are matters of demonstrable fact, and second those which are mere
    asseverations of the candidate himself, or of his witnesses. Most
    important in the first category is the period of residence. With the aid
    of the records of the immigration bureau this fact can be definitely
    established. But what of it? What does a residence of five years mean as
    to assimilation? Under modern conditions almost nothing. This provision
    was written into the law over a century ago, after heated debate, and
    has never been changed, though in the middle of the nineteenth century
    it was subjected to vigorous attacks by powerful parties who wished the
    period raised to twenty-one years. In a simpler organization of society,
    there was some meaning in the five-year requirement. When communities
    were small, when foreigners were few, when the United States still
    preserved some of the character of mediaeval society, of which it has
    been said, "the essence … was that, in every manor, every one knew
    everything about his neighbor," it was scarcely possible for an alien to
    reside five years in the country without becoming well known to a number
    of native citizens in his community, and establishing many points of
    contact with Americanizing influences. But in twentieth century America
    conditions are completely reversed. It is not only possible, but in
    innumerable cases the fact, that an alien may live, not only five nor
    twenty-one, but forty or fifty years in the midst of an American
    community without experiencing more than the most infinitesimal molding
    from a definitely American environment. In fact, the majority of recent
    immigrants do not really live in America at all, in anything more than a
    strictly geographical sense, but in communities almost as foreign as
    those from which they came. The mere physical fact of five years
    residence of itself signifies absolutely nothing as to the fitness of
    the alien to share in controlling the destiny of the nation. Let us
    therefore examine the other requirements in this group.

    The candidate must be twenty-one years of age. This is reasonable and
    desirable, but tells us nothing of the alien's fitness for citizenship.
    The period of at least two years intervening between the issue of the
    first and second papers was presumably designed to give opportunity for
    investigation of the candidate's fitness, but rarely serves that purpose
    now. There remain, then, three positive requirements of fact–race, and
    ability to speak English and to sign one's name. The general question of
    the greater desirability of one race over another, as material for
    American citizenship, is too involved to be adequately treated in this
    connection; clearly there is nothing here to indicate the fitness of the
    individual. This leaves just two tests of real assimilation, viz.,
    ability to speak English and to sign one's name. These are assuredly
    among the minimum requirements for citizenship, but they do not go very
    far.

    Turning then to the qualifications which rest upon the statements of the
    candidate and his witnesses, we find that he must be of good moral
    character, and not a polygamist nor an anarchist. Assuming that the
    truth is told, these requisites are beyond objection, but what do they
    tell us of the fitness of the alien for American citizenship? To
    renounce hereditary titles is a proper enough requirement, but one that
    throws no light upon the candidacy of the majority of modern immigrants.
    The statement of intention of permanent residence in this country is
    meant as a guarantee of the good purposes of the alien in becoming a
    citizen. But naturally this will be treated most lightly by those who
    need it most, and it is a question whether a foreigner whose motives are
    questionable is any more desirable in the country than out of it.
    Anyway, the destination of good intentions is proverbial. Finally, then,
    the alien must renounce all foreign allegiance and fidelity, and swear
    to his attachment to the principles of the Constitution of this country,
    and engage to support and defend it and the laws against all enemies.

    Remembering that, whatever may have been the efficacy of the provision
    about witnesses in the early stages of our history, it has degenerated
    into a sorry farce in modern times, when professional witnesses hang
    about the courts, ready to swear to anything for anybody, what does the
    whole naturalization procedure, as stipulated by law, amount to?
    Practically to nothing more than the statement by the alien himself that
    he wishes to transfer his allegiance from a foreign state to this, and
    the swearing of fidelity. We virtually offer citizenship freely to any
    alien who can meet certain arbitrary requirements as to residence, race,
    etc., and is willing to take the oath of allegiance. The one tangible
    thing is the oath, and the unreliability of the oath as a guarantee of
    undivided allegiance has been demonstrated over and over again in past
    decades, and most emphatically by the traitorous behavior of some of our
    naturalized citizens since 1914.

    In practice, officials may or may not add to the requirements of the law
    a brief examination designed to reveal the candidate's knowledge of the
    workings of the federal and state governments. But even at best, these
    questions and their appropriate answers occupy only half a dozen pages
    or so in a convenient little textbook, which assures the alien that if
    he "thoroughly familiarizes himself with the meaning of the questions
    and with the answers thereto, he will be sufficiently qualified to be
    admitted to citizenship," even though the order in which the questions
    are asked should be varied a little. To cram up on this examination
    could hardly occupy an intelligent high school boy a couple of hours.

    Since we thus offer citizenship almost for the asking to any white or
    African alien who has resided here five years, it follows that the
    issuance of naturalization papers does not guarantee any degree of
    assimilation, and to urge aliens to become naturalized is in no sense
    equivalent to urging them to fit themselves for the responsibilities of
    citizenship. There is accordingly absolutely nothing to be said in
    defense of the notion that urging naturalization upon our aliens will
    improve our domestic situation.

    * * * * *

    But what of the opposite side of the case? Are there any positive
    objections to the propaganda in question? The answer involves an
    analysis of the probable effects upon the alien of such vigorous
    encouragement, and the probable effects upon the United States of a
    large increase of naturalized citizens. The latter problem practically
    resolves itself into the query whether an unassimilated foreigner is
    less dangerous as citizen than as an alien. This has already been
    answered. Because of the added power, opportunity, and protection which
    the naturalized citizen enjoys, and because of the greater demands he
    may make upon the government, he is in a position to do much more harm,
    maliciously or otherwise, as a citizen than as an alien. It is true that
    federal naturalization does not give him the right to vote. The suffrage
    is a matter of states' rights. Most states require federal
    naturalization; some require additional qualifications, such as
    literacy, while about fifteen allow even unnaturalized aliens to vote.

    In the absence of guarantees to the contrary, it is quite possible, not
    only that the alien may not be fitted for citizenship, but that he may
    desire citizenship for unworthy or ulterior purposes. Until stopped by a
    recent law, it was a common practice for subjects of backward or
    despotic foreign countries to come to the United States, remain five
    years and take out their citizenship papers, with no intention of even
    remaining longer, but with the definite purpose of returning to their
    native land and there carrying on their various businesses in the
    enjoyment of the greater facilities and protection given by the American
    flag.

    Another common motive is to qualify for a better municipal or state job.
    Among the documents issued by the Americanizing agencies is a poster,
    bordered in red, white, and blue, and illustrated by a representation of
    Uncle Sam, his right hand clasping that of a sturdy immigrant, while his
    left points invitingly to the judge who is issuing naturalization
    papers. After the customary plea to become a citizen, the legend
    continues: "It means a better opportunity and a better home in America.
    It means a better job. It means a better chance for your children. It
    means a better America." (Why not add, "It means a chance to turn a few
    honest dollars on election day?") If these statements were true, the
    case would be bad enough, as, with the exception of the last, they
    appeal to a decidedly low motive for seeking citizenship. But they are
    not true. The newly made citizen in time finds out that they are not
    true, and then he feels cheated. When the better home and better job
    fail to materialize, any budding sense of obligation to his new country
    receives a sad shock.

    Urging citizenship upon the alien must inevitably produce an attitude of
    mind exactly the opposite from that which would make him a useful
    citizen. That which comes easily is lightly regarded, and that which is
    presented in such a way that the taking of it appears a favor, is not
    looked upon with great reverence or respect. In this respect much of the
    literature of the Americanization movement is most pernicious. Moreover
    the emphasis is all on the personal advantages of citizenship, not at
    all on its duties or responsibilities.

    In this particular our forefathers were much wiser than we. They
    recognized that American citizenship was a thing of great value, to be
    regarded as a boon, procurable only by earnest endeavor and true merit.
    They could not have comprehended how the liberties for which the
    Revolutionary heroes fought and bled could ever be so degraded as to be
    hawked about the market place. We would do well to follow their example.
    We esteem the United States most highly of all nations. We believe that
    it owes a peculiar debt to posterity, that those entrusted with its
    career should be imbued with the most profound respect for it, the
    deepest sense of their responsibility to it, and the most thorough
    equipment for the adequate performance of their duties with respect to
    it. To participate in the control of the destiny of this great democracy
    is an undertaking of the gravest sort; and five years residence and the
    other requirements of the naturalization law are no more a fit
    preparation for it than five years of service in the office of a
    corporation and familiarity with the office routine fit the office boy
    to become a director.

    Any propaganda directed toward our aliens should therefore take the form
    of urging, even to the point of insistence, that they _fit themselves_
    for citizenship. This will make them more useful and less troublesome
    residents, whether they are eventually naturalized or not. But
    citizenship itself should be held aloft, portrayed to them as a
    priceless boon, to be won only as a reward of long and patient effort,
    and a complete demonstration of their fitness. If this results in
    discouraging some foreigners from coming to this country, no harm will
    be done. If it results in increasing the proportion of residents who do
    not share in the government, and if this is in itself an evil, the
    remedy is to be applied at the ports of entry, and not in the
    naturalization courts.

    It is emphatically true that changes in our naturalization procedure are
    needed. But they should be in the direction of greater strictness, not
    of greater laxity. It is not the purpose of this paper to discuss in
    detail what these changes should be, but to emphasize the necessity that
    in general the requirements should be more inclusive, more positive,
    more significant of the assimilation and fitness of the candidate, more
    determinative of his good intentions in presenting his petition. One
    change that is certainly called for is the modification of state laws,
    by federal coercion if necessary, so as to make it impossible for aliens
    to vote. As social organization becomes more complex, the influence of
    government upon the life of the individual becomes more extensive, more
    intimate, and more vital; and as the sphere of government expands, the
    responsibilities of the electorate become heavier and more intricate.
    When peace is restored, and the period of reconstruction commences, the
    demands upon the intelligence, fidelity, and conscience of the voter
    will be vastly greater than ever before in the world's history. It is
    essential to the maintenance of democracy and the progress of humanity
    that the United States face this critical period with the most efficient
    and harmonious electorate possible.

    Does emphasis upon national homogeneity and solidarity seem too
    reactionary in this crisis of the world's history? Does it appear that
    laying stress on the differentiation of nationalities within our borders
    will prevent the United States from playing its appropriate part in the
    coming period of reconstruction, which, we are told, must involve
    recognition of the principle of internationality? A moment's thought
    will make it clear that this position is a mistaken one when the war is
    over. Nations will still exist, nor will they pass out of existence with
    the progress of any revolutionary international adjustments that may be
    made. Whatever action is taken in the direction of a world federation
    must be made by self-conscious units, and must rest upon the basis of
    well-knit nations. The recent unusually sound and suggestive piece of
    sociological thinking, _Community_, by Mr. R. M. Maciver, contains a
    most timely chapter on "Co-ordination of Community." In the course of
    his study of the way the principle of association and common action is
    extended, the author observes:

    Whether the ideal of nationality grows stronger or weaker in
    the future, the fact of nationality … will always remain….
    Understanding the service and limits of nationality, we are
    now in a position to consider how nations both are and can be
    co-ordinated within the wider community which they build. Such
    co-ordination can be directly achieved only through the State,
    which is the primary association corresponding to the
    nation…. It is true that the limits of nations and States
    are still far from being coincident, but the great historical
    movements have been leading towards that ideal. In any case it
    must be the co-operation of States, whether they do or do not
    coincide with nations, which will bring order into the still
    existing chaos of the nations.

    In the period following the war, the necessity will be greater than ever
    before that the government of the United States shall be able to deal
    with intricate and far reaching problems with intelligence, unity,
    harmony, and force. This can be done only through an electorate that is
    intelligent, homogeneous, sympathetic, and free from divisions into
    antagonistic or incongruous groups.

    An extreme but significant illustration of this principle is furnished
    by the present situation in Russia. If a general truce were declared
    tomorrow, and the nations sought to get together to discuss a permanent
    basis of settlement, one of the greatest obstacles in the way of success
    would be Russia, simply for the reason that at present there is no
    Russia in the sense that a nation must exist to participate in such a
    council as that supposed. There is no danger that the United States will
    fall into any such state of disruption as Russia. But there is a
    distinct danger that it may suffer from a lesser degree of the same
    malady, the existence of discordant elements in the body politic, and
    consequent inability to exert her maximum force in attacking the
    problems of reconstruction.

    The period following the war will be a time for new things. Easier than
    ever before will it be to shake off the trammels of tradition and
    precedent, and inaugurate approved though novel political policies.
    Foremost among the matters which the United States will be called upon
    to see to will be the reconsideration of our entire attitude toward
    aliens, and their naturalization. The time to prepare for that
    reconsideration is now.

    WAR PROPHETS

    The war is generating prophets as the Nile generated frogs under the
    mandate of Moses, and there is a similarity in the speech of both
    products. The prophets are too cautious to risk their reputation in
    predicting the events of the war; their forecasts relate to the sort of
    a world we shall find ourselves in after peace returns. But even this
    measure of prediction is a by-product of the soothsayers who, whether
    their lips have been touched with a coal from off the altar, or not,
    certainly wield the pen of the ready writer. The main industry of the
    busy prophets is to expound to us the meaning of the war, and to
    disclose to us those causes of the war which we should never have
    discovered for ourselves.

    The ordinary uninspired man feels when he has read the diplomatic
    correspondence of a couple of weeks at the end of July and the beginning
    of August, 1914, that he knows fairly well what were the immediate
    causes of the war, and where the responsibility lies. If he carries his
    reading back as far as the annexation of Bosnia in 1908, he is satisfied
    that he has a pretty comprehensive view of the forces that precipitated
    the war. And if he has read pretty abundant selections from the
    Pan-German literature and the panegyrics on war–such a literature as no
    branch of the human race, Christian or pagan, ever produced before–he
    thinks he understands how it was possible to plunge the German nation
    into this attack on the world.

    But all this is merely a matter of reading and reflection. Any one can
    reach such conclusions. The prophet must reach some different conclusion
    in order to sustain his claim to inspiration:

    If this young man expresses himself in terms too deep for me,
    Why, what a very singularly deep young man this deep young man must be.

    The prophet has got to attribute the war to causes that would not have
    occurred to the common mortal, and see in it meanings that ordinary eyes
    cannot trace, or abdicate his tripod.

    It is equally unreasonable and equally immoral to say that the war
    proves that Christianity is a failure, and to say that it proves
    Christianity has never been tried. Because if either of these hypotheses
    be correct, one set of belligerents is as deep in the mud as the other
    is in the mire, and there is no personal culpability for this war, and
    no national culpability either. We are all guilty of not being
    Christians, or all unfortunate in having grown up in ignorance of
    revelation, and beyond that there is no blame for the war.

    If this war is not the result of certain perfectly well known
    individuals using their own nations for an attack on others, but is the
    result of impersonal enmity between Teuton and Slav, then no person or
    persons are responsible for the war, there is no more blame on one side
    than there is on the other, and the moral element is as lacking as it is
    in an encounter between the inhabitants of the jungle. It is a curious
    thing that the prophet assumes the role of a moral censor, and devotes
    much the greater part of his energies to confusing the moral issues, to
    obliterating moral distinctions, and to blunting the ethical sense.

    To condemn all war, which is a congenial theme for a moralist, is rank
    immorality; for it puts the nation that attacks, and the nation that
    repels the invader, in the same category, and refuses to make any
    distinction between the burglar, the householder who resists him, and
    the policeman who overpowers him and drags him away to jail.

    The prophet readily drops his eye on armies, and at once announces that
    it is their existence that accounts for the war. If there were no armies
    there would possibly be no wars, but we have shown more than once that
    armies can be pretty rapidly extemporized. Besides, this, too, confuses
    the moral issues. All nations have armies, and if America and England
    had relatively small armies before this war, they had the largest navy
    in the world and the navy which ranked second or third. The highwayman
    carries a pistol, and so does the paymaster who is obliged to transport
    a treasure chest. If the possession of a revolver was the cause of the
    homicide that occurred, the guilt lies equally on the souls of both.

    We are told that no truth is more certain than that "if you create a
    vast fighting machine it will sooner or later compel you to fight,
    whether you want to fight or not"–which is about as dubious a truth as
    was ever paraded as an axiom–that "these vast machines, whether armies
    or engines of war, are made to be used," and that "the military machine
    will overpower the minds which have called it into being." Then their
    responsibility is not for the ensuing war, but for carelessness in
    leaving a war weapon around. But if these vast military machines were
    made to be used, then why complicate the question of responsibility by
    representing the machine as overpowering its careless but really
    peaceful creator, and compelling him to fight whether he wants to fight
    or not?

    If the Kaiser and the Crown Prince and the General Staff and the
    military caste and the Pan-German element created the army to use
    against other nations, in accordance with Bernhardi's alternative of
    "world domination or decline," and if all the professors and preachers
    and pamphleteers had taught the people that war was a high, holy, and
    beautiful thing, and–more particularly–that Germany could beat any
    other nation in a few weeks, and the armies would return loaded down
    with spoils and indemnities and title deeds to new provinces, and that
    "our good old German God" had specially deputized the German nation to
    overpower all the rest of the world, make German the universal tongue,
    and the primitive moral code of Germany the ethical law of the world,
    then we know precisely who is guilty of this war. But if the German army
    compelled the German Government to back Austria in an attack on Servia,
    and on its own account to invade Russia, Belgium and France, we are very
    much at sea about the place where the moral burden is to be laid.

    * * * * *

    The prophet is particularly prone to find the causes of the war in a
    material civilization, in our existing industrial system, and especially
    in greed. The prophet and the political orator are equally stern in
    their denunciation of greed. At a time when prophets were so accustomed
    to physical exercise that they could run ahead of Ahab's chariot, and in
    the absence of normal sources of supply, were fed by the ravens, their
    indignation at greed, their contempt for commerce, and their superiority
    to a material civilization, was free from incongruity. The modern
    prophet does not live on locusts and wild honey, nor is his wardrobe
    limited to a belt of camel's hair. His uncompromising denunciation of
    his age is somewhat impaired by the obvious fact that he has "some of
    the pork."

    The deliverances of the prophet on this class of themes are rather
    tiresome in their iteration, and distinctly irritating in their oblivion
    to history. There is no civilization that does not rest upon the
    possession and acquisition of property; there is no clime or time in
    which men have not worked for their living, and sought the means of
    buying the things which their tastes, coarse or refined, craved, in
    which there have not been rich and poor, and in which it has not been
    much pleasanter to be the former than the latter. The earliest social
    satirist, like the latest, berated the accursed greed for gold, and
    castigated his contemporaries for their love of luxury and their eager
    pursuit of money. It would seem as if the prophet might recognize that
    it is a very old sermon he is preaching, and familiarize himself with
    the extraordinary age of those evils of his own day which he feels it
    his mission to chastise.

    What distinguishes this age from others, and our own country from others
    is that here and now wealth is acquired more easily and more rapidly
    than at other times and places. This being the very obvious fact, it
    shakes our confidence in the whole fraternity of prophets that they
    should, one and all, attribute the larger fortunes made here and now to
    the greater love of money, or its more assiduous pursuit. The rich man
    is more successful in amassing wealth than the poor man, but he is not
    more mercenary. Two men try equally hard to get rich; one succeeds, and
    the other fails; the man who failed is quite likely to be more eager for
    money than the man who succeeded.

    The industrial system never meets the approval of the prophet. An
    occasional prediction is that the war will destroy our deplorable
    economic life, in which every man is trying to get as high wages or as
    large a salary or as ample profits as possible, and will usher in the
    golden age, in which such base considerations as pecuniary compensation
    will have a very secondary place in every man's mind. Before this war
    came, the most eminent educator in America assured the workingman that
    he ought to work for the pleasure of it, and not for the contents of his
    Saturday night envelope. Such admonitions have occurred, in one form or
    another, in the literature of the sages, for centuries and millenniums.
    But it was never evolved by a man who was digging postholes, and a noble
    ambition to mine the very best coal cannot carry a miner far when he is
    obliged to cut such coal as there is in front of him.

    It is barely possible that by devoting some weeks to the task, a man
    could produce a pair of shoes notably superior to the ordinary run of
    shoes, and his professional pride as a devout follower of St. Crispin
    might take keen delight in the work of his hands; in the fact that he
    had made the very finest pair of shoes in the world. But, after all, he
    needs food, and possibly he is obliged to pay rent, and he ought to have
    a wife to make comfortable, and children to send to school in
    presentable form: so something besides pride in his work is necessary.
    If he is to be adequately compensated for his labor on that pair of
    shoes, their price will be such that only the rich–if the rich are to
    be permitted to survive–can buy them; and if such shoemakers prevail,
    the greater part of mankind will go barefoot. For does not the prophet
    who has poured out the phials of his wrath upon an economic system that
    makes quantity and cheapness, instead of real excellence, its ideals,
    recognize that the purpose of quantity is to supply the wants of a
    greater number of human beings, and the purpose of cheapness is to
    enable human beings to supply more of their needs? For certainly if the
    shoes which are the very best shoes in the whole world, and whose
    excellence affords the keenest satisfaction to the soul of the
    shoemaker, cost $50, then it is quite certain that the customer who
    carries them home will go without many other things that he ought to
    have. If the shoes are made by machinery and sold for $3, they may not
    be quite so beautiful or durable as the artistic product of hand labor,
    regardless of time, and yet be in the interest of the customer and the
    community.

    After the prophet has got through with his ravings at the present
    industrial system, the fact will remain that there are a good many
    millions of us on this earth, and that we have got to earn our livings,
    and that the agriculture and industries of the Middle Ages would not
    keep all of us alive. In addition to which, we may also venture to
    suggest that the people of the Middle Ages were not quite as honest as
    we are, and were not less particular about getting a financial return
    for their exertions. The modern industrial system was not created by
    capital for capitalists; it is the result of the efforts of the
    community as a whole to supply the needs of all of its members, and to
    afford employment to all of them. Hunting and fishing are pleasanter
    than most of the industries, but 100,000,000 of civilized people are
    living and are equipped with intellectual and moral accessories, where a
    quarter of a million Indians once roamed. And although they toiled not
    (systematically), neither did they spin (much), they were not happier or
    better than we are.

    One prophet of more discrimination than most of his clan admits that the
    industry and thrift which produce capital are valuable qualities
    morally, but he is still confident that the great wealth of the modern
    world is thoroughly demoralizing. Whence it appears that the safe course
    for the world to pursue is to work hard and save carefully and burn up
    its accumulations every year in order to keep itself poor but pious,
    like the parents of the subjects of a style of religious biography now
    quite out of date. Of course this prophet would prefer the wiser course
    of not earning enough to afford wealth to accumulate. If we would only
    adopt his system and work for the pleasure of working, and for the
    satisfaction of producing absolutely perfect products of our own skill,
    there would be no danger of our sinking our souls into perdition with a
    load of gold. Noah and his sons appear to have built the Ark by the
    processes of domestic industry, in distinction from the accursed factory
    or capitalist system. How their support was provided for during the 120
    years has not been recorded, but if one man undertook to build a
    locomotive, instead of merely making repetitions of a single part, it
    would be necessary to make arrangement for this. And when we are trying
    to replace the vessels destroyed by German submarines, it seems
    necessary to use more rapid methods of construction than sufficed before
    the Deluge.

    Will some prophet please tell us how poor we must be in order to be
    virtuous and pacific, and how virtuous and pacific the world was before
    it became prosperous? Were there no wars before the Twentieth Century?
    The extent of this war is scarcely a result of the world's opulence,
    when Sir Edward, now Viscount, Grey, offered to keep England out of it
    if Germany would limit the war to the Balkans or to Russia. The war has
    involved most of the world because Germany began it by attacking France
    and Belgium, and followed that up by attacking Americans on the high
    seas, where they had as much right to be as at home.

    This argument that the war is the result of wealth is immoral, because
    it makes the guilt of America and England even greater than that of
    Germany (for they are richer); and because it is the argument of the
    communist–that theft is not wrong, because it is the inevitable
    consequence of private property: if no one has any right to anything,
    then no one will steal anything.

    * * * * *

    Nothing holds the attention of the prophet better than the idea that the
    war is the result of commercial competition. This also is an invention
    of the devil to exculpate Germany. All of us are in business for gain;
    we are actuated by greed; we are making cotton cloth to cover Africans
    for the profit that we can get out of it; we ought to think only of
    clothing the naked, and if we would only give the cotton cloth to the
    Hottentots without material return, we should have the proud
    satisfaction of seeing them draped in chintzes, and we should be safe
    from that wealth which is so certain to make us wicked. On those terms
    there would be very little competition in supplying the Hottentots, and
    no danger whatever that any nation would fight us to gain that portion
    of the export trade.

    But the "peaceful penetration" of all other countries by German industry
    and commerce had been going on for thirty years before the war. England
    had stamped "Made in Germany" upon the imports from that country under
    the delusion that people would not buy them if they knew they were not
    made by domestic industry, but the only result was to advertise German
    business. Shipping interests at Antwerp, factories in France, hotels in
    Switzerland, iron works in Italy, commercial establishments in China and
    South America, the trade and transportation of Turkey, passed into
    German hands, and no nation offered armed resistance. No less a witness
    than Prince von Buelow testifies that England could easily have stopped
    German naval expansion, but did not do so. German commercial expansion
    did not cause the war, unless Great Britain, the principal sufferer from
    German business success, attacked Germany in 1914. And this is the
    German official explanation of the war supplied for domestic
    consumption. And yet it is repudiated by the highest witness who could
    be put upon the stand. No less a person than Prince Lichnowsky, who was
    German Ambassador in London at the outbreak of the war, traces the war
    to Austrian projects in the Balkans, with the "blank check" of Germany,
    together with irritation in Russia caused by Germany's own efforts to
    establish a dominating influence in Constantinople. This leaves nothing
    of the story invented for the German people, and propagated by the
    university professors, that England attacked Germany because the latter
    was getting its trade away from it. And this falsehood, invented to
    shield the guilty nation, has a special fascination for the prophets. It
    looks so much like taking a broad and general and impartial view of the
    world. Satan is very liberal; it pains him to have guilt attached to any
    individual. It is more in accord with his philosophic and humane ideas
    to regard crime as a product of social conditions, and war as the result
    of trade competition.

    * * * * *

    But the guilt of Germany is betrayed by the selection by Germans of Sir
    Edward Grey as the especial subject of hatred among all the hated
    British race. Nothing but the consciousness of guilt can explain the
    extraordinary vituperation of the British Minister who did in 1914
    precisely what he was highly praised for doing in 1913 in a speech in
    the Reichstag by Chancellor von Bethmann-Hollweg. That was the speech
    calling on the Reichstag for an increase of about 136,000 men in the
    German army, an addition of $50,000,000 a year to the military budget,
    and a non-recurring capital tax for military purposes of $250,000,000.
    The difference between 1913 and 1914 was not in anything that Sir Edward
    did, but in the fact that before the army increase of 1913 Germany was
    not prepared for war and supported Sir Edward's efforts for peace. After
    that increase Germany was prepared for war, and would do nothing to
    support Sir Edward's efforts to avert war, and the coarse abuse of Sir
    Edward is a "smoke box" designed to conceal the changed position of
    Germany.

    Dr. von Jagow, Foreign Minister from 1913 to 1916, has been put forward
    to reply to Prince Lichnowsky, but agrees with the Prince that England
    did not desire war, and that Sir Edward Grey, who is described by a
    German divine as having "a cancerous tumor in place of a heart," acted
    in good faith in his efforts to find a peaceful solution for the
    difficulty. One American writer finds the origin of the war in the rival
    interests of Germany and England in the Bagdad Railway, but Dr. Paul
    Rohrbach, now or recently of the German Colonial Office, has admitted
    that just before the war opened the interests of the two nations were
    settled by a treaty, in which England made surprisingly large
    concessions. This is also stated by Prince Lichnowsky. So that the
    testimony of three particularly eminent Germans destroys the fiction
    that England attacked Germany because it was jealous of German
    commercial expansion.

    The fundamental trouble with the whole race of war prophets is that they
    think the war is a new thing, and they feel called upon to tell the rest
    of us what to make of it. War is about the oldest human industry. This
    is the greatest of all wars, but that does not alter the meaning of war.
    Nor does it necessarily alter the results of war. While it is the
    greatest of all wars, it is not yet a long war, and in proportion to the
    population it is not certain that it is greater than other wars. It is
    not even certain that in proportion to the men involved, it is more
    bloody than other wars. We have no means of getting at the figures
    except in the loosest way, because the several Governments do not tell
    how many men they have at any given time or place, or the casualties in
    any individual engagements. But some approximations have been made, and
    they do not indicate that the great war is decidedly more bloody, in
    proportion to the armies, than other wars have been. Our Civil War
    lasted full four years; the War of Independence occupied seven. Before
    that was the seven years of the French and Indian war, and one war is
    known as the Thirty Years War. From the beginning of the French
    Revolution to Waterloo was more than quarter of a century, and at the
    end of that period another Bourbon was on the throne of France. Our
    Civil War made nearly, if not quite, as heavy a draft upon the
    population as the present war has made upon the population of England or
    France.

    The moral and religious questions involved in war are not notably
    different in the greatest of all wars and in wars which are not quite so
    great. Most of them are involved in the ordinary administration of the
    criminal law by which an orderly community protects itself from its
    predatory members. Doubtless there will be social and political results
    from this war, but if other wars have not created a new heaven and a new
    earth, why should this one? The prediction that this war will produce
    great changes in the direction of democracy and of applied religion are
    probably well founded. But the war will act only as an accelerator.
    These changes have been going on for a long time; the movements for
    fifteen or twenty years before the war opened were very evident. Woman
    suffrage and prohibition seem impending, but they are not the products
    of this war: they had made great progress between 1900 and 1914.

    None of the prophets betray any knowledge of history, or see things in
    any perspective. The great war is the first great cataclysm that they
    seem to be aware of, and they are rushing to and fro, like the
    Chaldeans, to find explanations of it, and to impress the public by
    their ability to forecast its consequences.

    But when peace comes it will leave us face to face with greed and
    materialism, and an industrial system in which some men prosper and
    others do not, and an obligation to labor from which no important
    fraction of mankind can escape, and wants will multiply as fast as the
    means of satisfying them increase, and for the greater part of us the
    weekly pay envelope and the possibilities of a competence, and the
    demand from the other side of the world for the grain we produce, will
    continue to be our principal incentives to work.

    Progress, intellectual and moral as well as material, has been made in
    the past, but the world has not taken great leaps ahead as the result of
    great wars, and still less has it changed the direction of its movement
    as the result of wars. The one thing of which the vastness of this war
    gives us a fairly good assurance, is that no nation will again be
    trained from infancy to old age to regard war as a high, holy and
    beautiful process of attaining its manifest destiny to rule the rest of
    mankind. For generations no statesman will purpose a war, and no monarch
    will again have the power of hurling his people at neighboring nations.
    If Germany fails in its present effort, neither Germany nor any other
    nation will repeat the experiment of 1914.

    But the prophets will have no chance to point with pride to the great
    religious, moral and economic revolutions whose advent they pointed out
    amid the clash of arms. We have found our soul, the prophets love to
    tell us. They disagree on some things, and those who have no revelation
    upbraid the others for not giving us a spiritual interpretation and
    getting a vision of the future from the carnage of the war, as the
    augurs pretended to see the future when they were only looking at the
    viscera of their victims. But all of them agree that we have found our
    soul. When did we lose our soul? When Mr. Roosevelt was President he was
    very apprehensive that we had lost our "fighting edge." Is any one
    worried now about our lack of a "fighting edge?" Possibly our soul was
    never lost. We betrayed some evidences of possessing a soul very early
    in the war.

    The charge that we had lost our soul, or, at least, had mislaid it,
    rests on two facts. One is that we are prosperous. That fatal
    alliteration of poverty and piety has a fearful hold upon the soul of
    the prophet. The other is that we did not go to the rescue of Belgium
    when it was invaded. But Mr. Roosevelt himself did not realize that we
    ought to have gone to the rescue of Belgium, till March, 1916. He is on
    record in September, 1914, as satisfied with the course of the
    Administration, and convinced that we should not have entered the war
    when our own interests were not touched. And it ought to be forgiven a
    statesman, if he is very reluctant to plunge his country into war, and
    declines to put his Government in the position of a knight errant,
    wandering around the world in search of maidens to be delivered from
    donjons. And furthermore, as the Monroe Doctrine is the corner stone of
    our foreign policy, we were properly slow about intruding into a
    European quarrel, until it became unmistakable that it was much more
    than a European quarrel–that it was an attack upon civilization and
    popular Government. We were also justified in assuming that Great
    Britain, France and Russia, three of the five guarantors of Belgian
    neutrality, were capable of punishing the two guarantors who violated
    their pledge, several times renewed by Germany, even up to the day
    before Germany invaded the country it had pledged its honor to protect.

    But our soul, whether it was lost or not, is now in our possession. Let
    us be thankful that the prophets recognize that encouraging fact. And if
    our mind is also in our possession, we may look forward to a world not
    entirely different from the one we have known, but unquestionably less
    likely to play with firearms, and quite certainly one in which the
    common people will have much greater control of their political
    destinies, and one in which no War Lord, with chatter about shining
    swords and shining armor and mailed fists, will be able to hurl his
    nation against the others in a desperate effort to establish for himself
    an overlordship of the world. Nor will any nation ever be likely to
    rhapsodize over carnage, and feed its sordid soul with thoughts of the
    territories and indemnities to be got by war, or intoxicate itself with
    the delusion that it is a race of supermen charged by the Almighty with
    the duty of forcing its harsh language and its brutal habits upon all
    other nations.

    MY FRIEND THE JAY

    "Every man who comes into the world has need of friends." What Ursa
    Major thus profoundly observes of mankind, from China to Peru, might be
    applied with special force to the blue jay, at least to those jays that
    come into the world. Of the rest "deponent saith not." For by common
    consent the blue jay is a rascal, nay even a villain; and to deepen his
    turpitude to an infinity of wickedness, I have heard one uncherished
    female with a disposition slightly acid liken him to a Man. Indeed, were
    some of his detractors to be believed, there is scarcely a crime in the
    whole avian calendar that has not been meditated upon and hatched in his
    nest.

    It is true that there are people of such impinging personality that
    merely mild dislike with respect to them seems impossible. The reactions
    they produce are violent. Their admirers, when they have any, pursue
    their loyalty to an _O Altitudo!_ their enemies (and such are usually
    legion) make of their names a hissing, and spit them out of the mouth.
    To particularize, I might refer to a gentleman who was vigorously active
    in the political unpleasantness of 1912. His friends saw in him a
    Godefroy, come to lead the politically pure against the hordes of the
    standpat infidels; his enemies, when they had wiped the froth from their
    lips, turned the vocabulary of prayer to evil uses, and accused him of
    being in league with the devil.

    But these are merely individuals. The cases in which an indictment is
    drawn up against a whole people are comparatively rare,–the Goths,
    perhaps, the Turks, and the bloodthirsty Belgians, to bring it down to
    modern times, will serve as examples. Just such an inclusive indictment
    is brought against the jay. "I fear," says one amiable and authoritative
    writer on bird life, "that the blue jay is a reprobate"; and in this
    opinion most authorities concur. Are there not, then, three righteous
    jays in all Israel? No, say his judges. Peradventure one? "Only in the
    museums of natural history," they inexorably answer. All living jays are
    impudent, profane, mischievous, cannibalistic, "the hul cussed tribe of
    'em," as one exasperated gardener wrathfully declared to me.

    Dear, dear! This is a terrible situation. Like Fuzzy Wuzzy, the poor
    blue jay "'asn't got no papers of his own." Nor can he follow the
    example of those benevolent corporations whose judicious investments in
    advertising space temper the unshorn lamb to receive the shears in a
    docile mood, and at the same time protect them from too close scrutiny
    by the newspapers. He must bear the slings and air-guns of outrageous
    boyhood with scarcely a voice raised in his behalf. It seems hardly
    fair.

    It is true that the jay is not delicate in his appetite. He cannot, like
    the ethereal maiden whom Burton mentions, subsist for months on the
    smell of a rose. I knew one old gentleman, to be sure, who secured a
    brief respite from care, and achieved a state of mild hilarity, by
    applying his nose to the mouth of a whiskey jug. But the jay enjoys not
    these olfactive refections. He needs more substantial food. He is
    omnivorous; and out of that important characteristic springs his most
    reprehensible trait: he eats little birds.

    One morning last summer I got up rather earlier than usual to transplant
    some asters before the sun should come out hot. It was a calm,
    breezeless morning, with scarcely a sound to disturb the cool quietude,
    except the song of a robin on the top of the old maple. Heaven be
    praised! we have no trolley cars in our village, and no factories.
    Suddenly there broke out in the alley, the wildest commotion imaginable.
    It sounded as though the sparrows from five counties were there, and had
    eaten of the insane root. The air was filled with shrill cries, chirps,
    and excited chatterings. I rushed to the fence, my fingers all mud, and
    looked over. In the midst of a flock of sparrows forty or more in
    number, all hopping about distractedly but none daring to attack him,
    stood a big blue jay with his crest militantly erect. From time to time
    he pecked at something, but what that something was, like Peterkin, I
    could not well make out. At every stroke of his strong black beak the
    cries of the sparrows shrilled louder; whenever he paused and looked
    around in his truculent contempt, their frenzied crescendos somewhat
    abated.

    Curious, I drew nearer and discovered that the object of his unpleasant
    attention was a young sparrow, a mere fledgeling, scarcely old enough to
    be out of the nest. He was murderously pecking it in the eye. The wee
    helpless thing fluttered weakly in its agony and cheeped piteously. I
    grabbed up an empty fruit jar that had protected a rose cutting from the
    blasts of winter, and hurled it at the jay. He flew screaming to a sour
    cherry tree a short distance away, from which safe vantage point he
    cursed me with every oath and revilement in his scandalous vocabulary.
    The little sparrow I put out of its misery.

    As I went back to my asters, I could not help reflecting on the scene I
    had witnessed. I seemed to see in it a small counterpart of what had
    happened in Europe. Here was little Servia in the person of this young
    sparrow–something of a nuisance, perhaps, yet comparatively
    defenseless. And here in the arrogant, domineering jay, relentless and
    powerful, was Austria. A similitude might likewise be made out for
    Belgium and Germany. And where, I wondered, did my own country come in?
    With almost sinister significance a sleek bronze grackle, plump and
    round, his eyes standing out with fatness, emerged leisurely from among
    the currant bushes and gobbled up a worm. I had been vaguely aware of
    his presence from the first, and now as I noted his well-fed
    complacency, and remembered that he had been foraging around utterly
    oblivious of the little tragedy being enacted in the alley, I lost my
    patience and let fly a good-sized clod.

    But jays are jays, and it were unfair to demand from them a standard of
    conduct that even human beings, with all their centuries of moral
    education, find it hard to apply. As a matter of fact the only jay I
    ever caught red-beaked at such murderous work was the one in the alley,
    and my field of observation has extended clear from the coast of Maine
    part way to the Rocky Mountains. Yet if a man from Mars were to pick up
    a bundle of newspapers, and could make out the strange little characters
    imprinted thereon, he would probably infer that murder was a trade
    common enough among human beings, particularly to-day. He would see it
    as a highly organized and severely technical activity carried on by
    whole nations under the direction of their respective governments. It
    must be said, however, that although the sensitive nerve of national
    honor seems oftenest to reside in the national belly, nations rarely
    murder with the object of eating their victims. And those jays that
    murder are censurable chiefly in this: they have learned so little from
    humanity's civilized forbearance.

    * * * * *

    To tell the truth, the jay is not the fiercely courageous and militantly
    aggressive biped his harsh cries and erected crest might lead one to
    suppose. His aspect is doubtless frightful to some small birds, but most
    of them recognize in him much of the Pistolian braggart. I have seen a
    house-wren, about the size of a large colored gentleman's thumb, drive
    him away from her vine-shaded dwelling. Robins quickly put him to
    flight, and so, too, do catbirds and cardinals. Even the mourning dove
    (gentlest of birds) does not fear to measure her mild weapons with his;
    and one of the most amusing spectacles I ever witnessed was the comical
    bluff of a dove who puffed out her breast, fierce as a lamb, and
    literally pushed the swash-buckling blue jay clean off the feed board.

    That the jay does not always exercise the discretion of which the timid
    proverb speaks, the crown of my head can very well testify. One pleasant
    afternoon, while I was breathlessly pursuing the phantom of an idea
    through the syntactical mazes of a freshman theme, I became aware of the
    sharp screaming of a pair of jays directly beneath my open window. I
    glanced out and saw (item) one baby jay squatting all hunched up on the
    close-cut lawn in the sunlight; (item) one long, lithe, black cat in the
    shadow of the syringa bush, blinking its greedy yellow eyes and moving
    its tail with a gentle, snaky, anticipatory motion; and (item) two
    frantic parent jays darting viciously at the black sphinx, and shrieking
    like a couple of suffragettes in the hands of a pair of miserable London
    bobbies. I watched the little drama until I saw the cat quivering for
    the spring; whereupon, forsaking the role of spectator, I threw my
    bottle of red ink and drove the dark marauder from the field. Surely
    never was preceptorial red ink put to more humane uses.

    As I turned back to my themes, it occurred to me that here was the very
    opportunity I had been looking for. My favorite hobby is taking bird
    pictures, and I had long desired a picture of a young jay. Most
    fledgelings bear a ludicrous likeness to very old men. They wear an
    expression of solemn and pessimistic wisdom such as comes only to those
    who have looked long on the vanities of mankind. And it has always
    seemed to me that the infant jay bears a weird resemblance to England's
    Grand Old Man, Mr. Gladstone, after he had passed the prime of old age.
    Out of regard, then, for the great Liberal minister, and also because I
    am no rifler of nests, I seized my old black hat and a camera, and
    dashed downstairs. My plan was to drop the hat over the unsuspecting
    fledgeling so that I could pick him up without any fuss, and pose him on
    the grape-vine behind the house. But the young rascal, divining my
    intention, hopped away, and kept with exasperating nicety just out of
    reach. Finally, by dint of much scrambling along on my knees, taking
    care to preserve as innocent an expression as I could, I managed to clap
    the hat over him. But as I took him out from the sudden gloom, he gave
    one terrified shriek, and the next instant BING! something sharp,
    something penetrating, something entirely unexpected, struck me on the
    head. It was the marvellously efficient beak of Mr. Jay.

    I did not try to reason with him or placate him in wheedling tones. The
    ambient air was too full of a shrapnel burst of screaming, darting,
    pecking, whirling, shrieking blue jay. His shrill and angry cries,
    moreover, called to his aid three other jays, and such a stream of
    feathered Billingsgate followed as, I felt sure, must fix the eyes of
    all the neighborhood upon me. And so I retreated to the house,
    endeavoring in my gait to preserve that dignity of bearing which is
    generally supposed to be the fruit of an academic life. But the jay,
    with the uncomfortable persistence of a bee or a small heel-snapping
    terrier, pursued me to the very door, and might have chased me upstairs
    had it not been for the screen. After that I decided never again to
    attempt kidnapping a jay without the protection of a policeman's helmet.

    But the fierce detractors of the blue jay will doubtless scoff at this
    as evidence of a sometimes resolute daring. I do not resent the implied
    aspersion of my own courage; I am content to leave that to the judgment
    of my readers. There is, however, one bit of commendation to which even
    they must "assent with civil ear," as a freshman of mine put it. The
    blue jay is almost humanly intelligent. Mind, I do not argue that he
    can, offhand, give you the distinction between free verse and a page
    from a real poet's note-book, or that he can explain precisely why
    certain matters are deleted by the British censors. But with the
    intrepidity of a new Congressman delivering a speech in the _Record_, I
    dare assert, "without fear of _successful_ contradiction," that the blue
    jay is among the most intelligent of feathered bipeds.

    Not long ago, during a particularly sharp attack of bitter weather, with
    frosty bayonets in the air but no snow on the ground, I was holding a
    conference in the English office with one of my students, a girl whose
    sweet deep eyes gave no flicker of understanding as I tried to make
    clear to her the difference between a sentence and a clause. To conceal
    my sorrow I stepped to the window and gazed off through the grayish-blue
    beeches with their dead brown leaves shivering in the keen air, trying,
    meanwhile, to recall what principle of pedagogic efficiency I had failed
    to employ. Presently a blue jay with something white in its beak
    alighted upon the twisted limb of a maple not a rod from the window, and
    began a close inspection of the rough bark. He found what he was looking
    for, a hole; and into this he thrust the white substance which he
    carried in his beak, suet possibly, from the feed-board below, or a bit
    of bread. He cocked his head on one side and eyed the little cache in a
    thoughtful manner. Then he dropped to the ground.

    I thought that was the end, but I was mistaken. Soon he shot up to the
    limb, this time with a dead leaf in his beak. I watched intently and saw
    him carefully lay the leaf over the hole where he had hidden the suet. A
    gust of wind, however, blew the leaf off the limb, and sent it swirling
    to the ground. Quick as a hawk the jay swooped after it in an
    ineffectual attempt to capture it while it was still in the air. They
    reached the ground together. Convinced apparently that the leaf was too
    large, he selected another, much smaller, and carried it up to the limb.
    This time he did not merely lay the leaf over the hole; he had learned
    his lesson. Instead, he rammed the leaf into the hole on top of the
    suet, a really difficult job, and packed it firmly with his beak. It was
    safe from the other jays if not from the inquisitive redheaded
    woodpecker who lived only a few branches away. Now all you host of
    cocksure psychologists, was it instinct or reason that led the jay?

    I know it has been argued that since a jay will attack a stuffed owl
    placed near his nest, he must be without the power of reason. The test
    seems hardly fair, for the ghoulish mystery of the taxidermist is known
    to no animal but man. Thus at the very start the jay is laid under an
    unreasonable handicap. Consider, too, the ingeniously cruel nature of
    this test; it pierces him as it were in the eye of his most sensitive
    instinct. Even human parents, faced by an ordeal at all comparable to
    this in sudden poignancy, would scarcely act in a manner calmly
    rational. What mother, leaving her infant slumbering in the cradle, and
    suddenly returning to find a brutal visaged mannikin bent over it in a
    posture of menace, would expend the millionth of a second in the
    psychologist's reflective delay? Like the jay, she would act in such a
    situation from instinct alone, nor would we consider her deficient in
    intelligence.

    But even if the jay were as stupid as an old-model political
    prison-warden, or an English official in Ireland, which he indubitably
    is not, I would still look upon him with an indulgent eye. The redbird
    excepted, he is the sole bit of lively color in our winter landscape. No
    matter how sharp the wind or deep the snow, you will find him foraging
    among the low bushes or uttering his cheerfully vigorous _jay! jay!
    jay!_ from the airy chambers of some tall, bare maple. And if you are of
    that generous company who share their winter bounty with the birds, from
    none of your feathered charity scholars will you receive more evident
    tokens of full appreciation than from the maligned jay. He is as prompt
    to the feeding board as an impecunious college professor to the bursar's
    office at the end of the first quarter. To be sure, his table manners
    are somewhat rude, but what he lacks in elegance he more than atones for
    with a certain robust beef-and-pudding gusto that I have somehow come to
    associate with Lord Macaulay.

    It is in the spring, however, in the days of warm sunshine and clear
    air, when the grass begins to quicken along the walks and around the
    roots of the big elm-trees, when the vanguard of the crocus legions have
    thrust their green spear-heads up through the sere lawn, and the buds on
    the lilac bushes along the garden fence have begun to swell, that the
    jay reveals how really amiable he can be. To many who do not know him
    well it will come as a surprise to learn that he possesses vocal
    attainments far beyond the harsh cry from which he takes his name. Under
    the spell of love he becomes truly melodic. He will sit for ten minutes
    at a time in the old black cherry-tree, and beginning with a soft,
    prelusory, ventriloquial whistle, as though he were a musician testing
    his flute, he will run through a series of little musical snatches
    surprising in their mimetic variety. Now it will seem like a baby's
    silver rattle, or like clear water gurgling over a sunny bed of pebbles;
    again you will hear a note or two of the robin, or a plaintive echo of
    the bluebird's song, or even the beautiful sliding legato of the
    cardinal,–with a crack in it, perhaps.

    As the head of a family the blue jay is exemplary. He is not one of
    those who think they perform the whole duty of husbands when they preen
    their gay feathers in the sunlight, or lift their voices in flattering
    song, while their plain little wives build the nest, hatch the eggs, and
    go in search of the nourishing worm. Not much! He believes that marriage
    is a partnership involving equal duties and responsibilities; and so,
    during the nesting season, you will see him busily at work, searching
    for the best twigs, paper, string, tendrils, and rootlets obtainable. I
    once saw a nest that had a piece of yellow paper sticking out of its
    side, with the cryptic legend–_otes for wom_–plainly legible on it,
    but I am not sure that it had any real significance. Feeding the young
    jays, too, he considers part of his fatherly duties, and sometimes,
    though not often, he even treats Mrs. Jay to a specially delicate tidbit
    of bug or worm. If the latter should happen to be fuzzy, he will follow
    his careful wife's example and thoroughly wipe the fuzz off on the rough
    bark of some tree.

    And he likes his bath; no monocled Englishman better. Indeed, if you
    really wish to enjoy a treat, set a rusty shallow pan of water on your
    lawn, not _too_ near the tulip-bed or shrubbery (Cats!), and see what
    follows. If you have been thoughtful enough to place a stone or a piece
    of brick near the rim of the pan, Mr. and Mrs. Jay will step right in
    and enjoy a thorough wetting without much preliminary skirmishing. But
    little Willie Jay and his four brothers will exhibit all the delicious
    trepidation of childhood. While their parents are in the bath, they will
    be bold enough, even to running up and allowing themselves to be
    splashed on; but when it comes to actually entering the water, ugh! They
    will linger around the edge of the pan, fluttering their wings, hop
    across it, dip their beaks into the water, turn around, and splash the
    water with their tails–in short, go through all the motions of a small
    boy having his first "duck under" without the assuring grasp of his
    father's strong hand. But once let them get in, and oh, what a joyous
    splashing ensues, what a ruffling of feathers, what a beating of wings,
    what a fan-like fluttering of the tail! Like most small boys, too, they
    will stay in until they are thoroughly soaked, scarcely able, in fact,
    to fly up to some sunny limb where they may preen themselves and dry off
    out of harm's reach.

    No, the jay is not an unprincipled scoundrel, not the bloodthirsty
    reprobate he is sometimes made out to be. He has his faults, it is true,
    properly censurable; but he has some very commendable virtues as well.
    And I am sure that if the reader will watch his career as carefully as I
    have, from his fledgeling childhood to his gay and dashing cavalier
    youth, he will agree with me that the imaginations of the blue jay's
    heart are not wholly evil.

    THE FLEMISH QUESTION

    _Divide ut imperes_–make a faction among your enemies, and thus
    overcome them. This is German policy all over the world. By it the Danes
    of Slesvig have been to a large extent robbed of their own language and
    national traditions. By it the Prussian intruders have, with
    characteristic inability to understand foreign souls, endeavored, in
    their periods of repose after acts of brutality, to alienate from France
    the French-speaking and French-minded inhabitants of Alsace and
    Lorraine. It has failed not only there, but notoriously also in Posen or
    Prussian Poland, where it was long ago abandoned in favor of a system of
    downright and unscrupulous repression. It has succeeded, for the moment
    at least, in Russia, which now lies dismembered at the feet of a
    triumphant betrayer. What was a year ago Russia is now dissolved into
    Lithuania, Livonia, Esthonia, Courland, Finland, Poland, the Ukraine,
    the country of the Don Cossacks, the Caucasus, and the vague and
    fluctuating realm of Bolshevism. Historic memories, linguistic
    variations, religious differences, local jealousies, class feeling, and
    commercial rivalries have been emphasized by German agents behind the
    frontier, and through the gaps thus made the German sword has pushed its
    point, breaking up the old mortar of loyalty and union. One typical
    example of the method employed may be cited here. According to the
    Berlin _Lokal Anzeiger_ of March 26, 1917, Zimmermann, the German
    Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs, our Zimmermann, welcomed a
    delegation of Lithuanians and piped sweetly to them about the tender
    interest his government took in the welfare of their people, promising
    to satisfy various local desires. We have seen the result.

    German intrigue of the same sort has long been at work in India, where
    it has happily been baffled by the good sense of the Indian population
    who appreciate the fact that with all their numerous languages, races,
    and religions, they owe their concord to the light rule of Britain and
    to her even-handed justice. One of the boldest, meanest, and cruelest
    instances of the same policy of treacherous penetration was the effort
    to cause a rebellion in Ireland, for the Germans knew that rebellion
    meant the destruction of their own tools and Ireland's shame and ruin.
    As Americans, we have reason to keep our eyes upon the large German
    colonies in southern Brazil and upon the outposts of German imperialism
    in Mexico, Chile, and Argentina, and still greater reason to look out
    for the thin wedges of Prussian intrigue insinuating themselves among
    our own many racial and confessional varieties.

    The most thinly disguised of all German attempts to conquer by division
    is also one of the latest to be disclosed, although it began at least
    three years ago. "Love me," says the Kaiser to the outraged daughters of
    the Belgian household; "or if you will not both love me, I shall take
    the likelier of you, and give her a seat at the royal feast, and put my
    ring upon her finger, and make her sister serve us in our mirth."

    As is well known, there is no such thing as a Belgian language, and the
    people of Belgium speak one or both of two languages, French and
    Flemish. Both French and Flemish are and have long been officially
    recognized by the Belgian government, and are used in Parliament, in
    public documents, in the courts, and in the national schools. The French
    spoken and written by educated Belgians is standard or central French,
    differing in no essential respect from the language of France; but among
    the people who have French as their native tongue, the Walloons, there
    is employed a dialect of French, just as the people of many parts of
    France, and indeed of all countries, have their local dialects. The
    Walloons differ from the rest of the Belgians chiefly in language and in
    the fact that they inhabit the southern and southeastern parts of the
    kingdom, where mining and metallurgical industry are highly developed.
    They also have more points of contact with France, both geographically
    and morally. If you take a map of Belgium and draw a line from Vise, the
    point where the Meuse passes into Holland, almost straight west through
    Brussels, Audenarde, and Courtrai, or a little south of these cities,
    you will have traced the northern boundary of the Walloon country.
    Almost anywhere along this imaginary line, one can, by going a short
    distance south, be among people who nearly all speak French or the
    Walloon dialect of French, and, by going a little way north, be among
    people who, though they may write French and speak it as an acquired
    language, use Flemish as their native tongue. Nevertheless, in this
    densely populated, busy, rich, and closely unified kingdom, the various
    elements of the population were happily mingled. Thousands of Belgian
    families are part Walloon and part Flemish. When a Walloon family moves
    north into a Flemish village it usually changes its language in the
    second generation, and vice versa. Many Walloons have Flemish names;
    many Flemings have Walloon names.

    Flemish is scarcely distinguishable from Dutch. Although philologically
    they may be regarded as twin dialects of one tongue, they are for
    practical purposes the same. There are, to be sure, a few slight
    differences of idiom, and numerous differences of vocabulary, even
    between standard written Flemish and standard written Dutch, but
    scarcely more important than those between the English of Mr. Howells
    and the English of Mr. Hardy. In popular speech the gap is naturally
    wider, and perhaps justifies the view that Flemish and Dutch are
    separate dialects of one language, though "dialect" may really be too
    strong a word. From my own observation in East Flanders, I should say
    that a Dutchman would be in about the same situation there with regard
    to difference of speech as a New Englander in Virginia.

    According to the census of 1910, there were in Belgium about 3,832,000
    persons speaking French or belonging to French-speaking families, and
    about 4,153,000 speaking Flemish or belonging to Flemish families. The
    Flemish population, being to a larger extent agricultural, has for many
    years been increasing faster than the Walloons. Yet French, being by
    acquisition or second-nature a language perfectly familiar to all
    educated Belgians, appears to have, and really has, an immense advantage
    over Flemish. The literature of the French language is enriched and
    glorified with the names of many great authors, from Jean Froissart and
    Philippe de Comines to Maeterlinck and Verhaeren, who belong by birth or
    residence to what we now call Belgium.

    But the Flemish had, and probably always will have, a pride of their
    own. In the Middle Ages their cities were among the first in Northern
    Europe to emerge from obscurity. The names of Flemish towns strike the
    ear with a strange ruggedness in the liquid lapse of Dante's lines, but
    a stranger thing it is that even in the thirteenth century these
    vigorous municipalities were looked to for independence, and called upon
    for vengeance on tyranny; we hear, in the Purgatorio, of "the evil plant
    that overshadows all the Christian land," and are told that "if Douai,
    Lille, Ghent and Bruges had power, there would soon be vengeance taken."
    A curious example this of "ancestral voices prophesying war."

    In the sixteenth century Flanders was the scene of tragic resistance to
    Spain and the Inquisition. Liberty was lost and recovered and lost
    again; but prosperity still bloomed from the ashes of destroyed
    commerce, the language and institutions of the land were redeemed with a
    fearful price, civilization was preserved with blood and sorrow, art
    flourished in the midst of horrors; and how all this came to pass is
    explained only by the stubbornness with which the people kept up their
    local patriotism. The visible signs of this municipal pride and glory
    were, until four years ago, and in part still are, the great churches,
    town-halls, and guild-houses of Flanders. Among the most impressive of
    these monuments were the Cloth Hall at Ypres, the Belfry of Bruges, the
    Town-halls of Audenarde, Alost, Termonde, Louvain, Brussels, and Ghent,
    the Cathedrals of Antwerp and Malines, the quaint Beguinages or cities
    of retirement for religious women, and many another less renowned but
    hardly less beautiful expression of ancient faith and community of
    enterprise.

    The Austrian yoke was shaken off at the time of the French Revolution,
    and after a short period of republican government Belgium, together with
    France, came under the domination of Napoleon. At the Congress of
    Vienna, in 1815, Belgium and Holland were united under the name of the
    Kingdom of the Netherlands, in an ill-assorted combination which lasted
    only till 1830, when the present Kingdom of Belgium was established.
    From that year to 1914 the Flemish people of Belgium, though more than
    satisfied to live in political union with the Walloons, and indeed being
    the more prosperous and rapidly growing part of the population, were
    solicitous to preserve their local customs and particularly their own
    language. Societies were formed for the cultivation of Flemish
    literature. Endowments for the same purpose were established. One of the
    parliamentary aims of political parties in the provinces of East and
    West Flanders and Antwerp and the northern sections of Brabant and
    Limbourg was the safe-guarding of Flemish as one of the official
    languages and a medium of instruction. There was not the slightest
    flavor of disloyalty in this desire. It was entirely constitutional. It
    expressed itself openly, and had no need for secrecy. The tendency thus
    created was called the Flamingant movement. No one connected with it, so
    far as I can discover, entertained the slightest notion of appealing to
    Germany for countenance or support. The Flemings in general and the
    Flamingants in particular would have been the last people in the world
    to admit that their language was a dialect of _German_ or that their
    manifest destiny was absorption in the German Empire. The unity of
    Belgium was as precious to them as to the Walloons, and was placed above
    every consideration of race and speech. But there is no country under
    the sun in which local self-government and community interests are so
    highly developed as in Belgium. Under the Belgian constitution the
    communes enjoy the maximum of freedom. Civic pride nowhere else burns so
    bright. It is the habit of local self-government, the strong
    personalities developed under this system, and the spirit of the
    communes that have saved Belgium from starvation during the war. As
    every one of Mr. Hoover's American delegates in Belgium will testify,
    the spectacle was and is magnificent. As early as October, 1914, when
    the wave of invasion had passed over Belgium, the communes stood firm,
    and in all of them committees with almost absolute power, and enjoying
    the perfect confidence of the people, were formed and got to work
    commandeering the visible supply of food and distributing it prudently.

    Within a very short time after the invasion the Germans showed that they
    intended to take advantage of the difference between Flemings and
    Walloons, a difference which, as we have seen, was purely domestic, and
    concerned with no really vital political issue. Among the offices of his
    hated administration, Governor-General von Bissing established a bureau
    for dealing with "the Flemish question," a bureau consisting of German
    specialists in philology and discord. For about seven months, this
    commission, which was working in secret, attracted hardly any attention.
    Then it began to operate visibly. In the summer of 1915, I was
    stationed, as delegate of the Hoover commission, in Ghent, the capital
    of East Flanders, and witnessed the beginning of German coquetry. As may
    be imagined, it was very clumsy and ineffectual. One day an attempt
    would be made to flatter the local pride of the peasants by printing
    official notices and war bulletins in Flemish and German only, instead
    of Flemish, German, and French, as had previously been the practice; the
    next day they would be informed, in these same posters, that they must
    surrender their hay-crop to the German military authorities. The Germans
    appeared to be as much detested in Flanders as anywhere else in Belgium.
    I saw the wife of a distinguished citizen of Ghent burst into tears of
    vexation and anxiety because a German officer of high rank spoke to her
    in a restaurant. She said she feared she would be distrusted for the
    rest of her life by her fellow-citizens for having listened to a German
    officer. Yet he was evidently a gentleman, behaved with propriety, and
    had the excuse for addressing her that he was quartered in her house. I
    have known persons in Ghent to go willingly to prison rather than comply
    with German rules or pay fines into the German treasury. "Do you see
    that man?" said to me an acquaintance in Ghent one day, pointing to a
    German in uniform who was speaking Flemish to some peasants. "He lived
    here before the war; he will not be able to live here after the war; his
    life will not be safe."

    Before the war there were four universities in Belgium: the Catholic
    university of Louvain, the liberal or non-sectarian university of
    Brussels, and the two state universities of Liege and Ghent. The
    instruction was given entirely in French, except that there were certain
    courses at Louvain and Ghent which were paralleled, rather expensively,
    one would think, by courses in Flemish. In 1911 a bill was introduced in
    the Belgian Parliament looking to the gradual transformation of the
    University of Ghent into an institution completely Flemish. In 1912 this
    proposal was again discussed, and was reported favorably in the Chamber
    of Representatives. The war of course put an end to the project.

    Now the Germans have taken it up with enthusiasm, trying to harvest for
    their own purposes the sympathies that were formerly cultivated in its
    favor. Whether they annex all or part or none of Belgium, they desire to
    pose as the liberators of Flanders, and to foment a permanent jealousy
    between the Flemish-speaking people and the rest of the Belgian
    population. This is precisely like their conduct in the south of
    Ireland, in the Province of Quebec, and in Russia. They have their eye
    on Antwerp, which they intend to keep, whatever happens, and they
    realize that Flanders would be a good basis for the eventual absorption
    of Holland.

    On December 2, 1915, it became known in Belgium that the German
    authorities purposed to reopen the University of Ghent, which of course
    had been closed, and to make Flemish the language of instruction. Their
    design was instantly understood by everybody, including the leaders of
    the old Flamingant movement, who, instead of falling in with it, met it
    with a vigorous protest. This was disregarded, and on the 31st of
    December the decree was promulgated. A commission of German professors
    was empowered to draw up regulations for carrying out the plan of
    transformation. Meanwhile, in order to encourage as many Belgian young
    men as possible to escape from the country and find their way into the
    Belgian army, the real authorities of the four universities were keeping
    these institutions closed. Their passive resistance enraged the Germans,
    who, on March 18, 1916, arrested the two most celebrated professors of
    Ghent, Henri Pirenne, and Paul Fredericq, eminent historians, and sent
    them to prison-camps in Germany, where they have been treated with
    disgusting brutality. The colleagues of these two brave men were not
    less courageous themselves, and signed a second protest. Thereupon the
    Germans made up a ridiculous little faculty of their own, and imposed it
    upon the university, which, we must remember had no students. There were
    at first seven of these professors, of whom one was a German, another a
    native of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, and five were Belgians without
    distinction in the learned world or respectability as citizens. To these
    were later added a number of equally insignificant Dutch and German
    teachers of minor rank, and a very few Belgians. Opinion in Holland rose
    in disgust, and an unpleasant life awaits the Dutch instructors if they
    ever dare return to the land of their birth. They have been canny enough
    to make sure of pensions from the German government, in view of the
    probability that they will in the near future be men without a country.

    On April 5, 1916, the German Chancellor, making a curious mixture of
    cynicism and hypocrisy, in a speech before the Reichstag, promised that
    the Imperial Government would help the Flemish population to free itself
    from "the preponderance of French culture." The Germans no doubt
    expected some backing from the Flamingant societies, the trustees of the
    Flemish endowment funds, and the former political supporters of the
    Flemish movement. In this they have been disappointed, for their conduct
    has aroused protest upon protest from all these quarters. It is
    difficult to determine, from the boasts in the German newspapers and the
    denials of exiled Belgians, just how many teachers and students had been
    scraped together by the beginning of 1917, but the faculty was a motley
    collection of German, Dutch and Belgian nonentities, and there were less
    than three students for every teacher. To-day there is only one student
    in agriculture, the subject that would naturally be most sought in a
    Flemish university. Of all the war-babies, this University of Ghent is
    surely the most anaemic. Yet if we are to believe General von Bissing in
    the speech in which he declared it alive and viable, "The God of War
    held it at the baptismal font with naked sword in hand!" This is _echt
    Deutsch_ in taste and feeling. And while these proceedings were solemnly
    going on, the deportation of workmen from Ghent was beginning; on the
    very day of inauguration, husbands and fathers were being torn from
    their families to suffocate in German salt-mines, to sweat and faint in
    German collieries, to dig and die in German trenches. Has the world ever
    seen a more revolting instance of hypocrisy? I happened to be in
    Courtrai one morning when a number of Flemish wives and mothers were
    herded into the jail there, from the village of Sweveghem, because their
    men had refused to make barbed wire for the Germans. International law
    forbids a conqueror to compel the vanquished to produce munitions of
    war, but what of that!

    Parallel with the ludicrous pretence of enriching Belgium with a
    Germano-Flemish university, close observers of Belgian affairs, by
    reading the Dutch and German newspapers, have watched the development of
    another German scheme for producing discord. On February 14, 1917,
    thirty Belgian tools of the German military authorities set themselves
    up, or rather were set up by German backers, as a "Council of Flanders,"
    with the avowed purpose of creating an autonomous state out of the
    Flemish-speaking portion of Belgium. The plot began to culminate in
    Baron von Bissing's decree of March 21, 1917, establishing two
    administrative regions, one Flemish, the other Walloon. Brussels was to
    be the capital of the former, Namur of the latter. This decree sent
    consternation into the hearts of all true Belgians, and has led finally
    to an ominous result, the resignation of nearly all the Belgian
    judiciary. Up to this time, protected by international law and by the
    national constitution, which even the Germans professed to respect, the
    magistrates of Belgium had continued to perform some of their functions,
    thereby shielding the people to a certain extent from direct contact
    with German judges and police officers, and no doubt saving the country
    from bloody and useless insurrections: for if the minute and daily
    administration of local affairs, such as the collection of private debts
    and the enforcement of town ordinances, had been all this time in German
    hands, the irritation would have been unbearable.

    With a few delightful exceptions, newspapers in Belgium, even though
    appearing under their old names and in French, are controlled by the
    Germans. I used to amuse myself, in 1915, by translating passages from
    _Le Bruxellois_, ostensibly a real Belgian journal, back into the German
    in which they were originally written or thought. The style betrayed a
    Teutonic source. The delightful exceptions are the brave little
    clandestine _Libre Belgique_ and other papers of a similar character,
    which keep up the spirits of the Belgian people and drive the Germans to
    impotent fury.

    In this case, as in that of the University of Ghent, the Germans
    professed to be responding to Belgian desires. They point to the
    so-called Council of Flanders, in reality a collection of renegade
    Belgians who were brought together by German influence, and protected by
    German arms from the violence of Flemish mobs, who dared to hiss them
    and insult them. A delegation of these worthies was conducted to Berlin,
    where they presented a humble request for the strangulation of Belgian
    liberty and the partition of their native land. Against this plot all
    Belgium has risen. How can Belgium have risen? The answer will give some
    idea of the bravery of those people, even in the isolation and darkness
    and hunger of their present life. Last June between four and five
    hundred Belgian magistrates and members of the bar signed a fruitless
    petition to the German Chancellor against the decree. Judges and local
    administrative officials gave up their functions and their livelihood.
    For this, many of them were arrested and deported to Germany. Against
    the decree of separation, and in favor of "the Belgian Fatherland, Free
    and Indivisible," petitions have been signed by nearly all the former
    senators and deputies remaining in Belgium, by the Flamingant leaders,
    by municipal councils, and by the heroic Cardinal Mercier. The Cardinal
    especially drew attention to the fact that international law demands
    that the domestic administration of an invaded country shall be allowed
    to proceed unmolested, if military necessity permits. To this point
    Baron von Falkenhausen, the German Governor-General, made the following
    insolent rejoinder: "Your Eminence addressed to me on the 6th of June a
    letter in which, taking your stand on the principles of international
    law, you criticize certain of my official acts. I must respectfully
    reply to your Eminence that I refuse to enter with you upon a discussion
    of this subject."

    Decree has followed decree with steady insistence. The courts, even in
    Brussels, which is mainly a French-speaking city, must hold their
    sessions in Flemish; official correspondence north of the imaginary line
    must be in Flemish; the Official Bulletin of German Laws and Decrees in
    Occupied Belgium is printed in German and Flemish for one part of the
    country and in German and French for the other. On August 9, 1917, von
    Falkenhausen issued an edict declaring that in the Flemish
    administrative region "Flemish must be the exclusive official language
    of all the authorities and all the functionaries of the state, the
    provinces, and the communes, as well as their establishments, including
    educational institutions and the teachers therein." On October 6 the
    communes in the Province of Brabant were ordered immediately to organize
    courses in Flemish for the instruction of their employees who did not
    know that language.

  • The United States Constitution

    The United States Constitution

    Aproximadamente 4.709 palavras.

    All of the original Project Gutenberg Etexts from the
    1970's were produced in ALL CAPS, no lower case. The
    computers we used then didn't have lower case at all.

    ***

    The following edition of The Consitution of the United States of America
    has been based on many hours of study of a variety of editions, and will
    include certain variant spellings, punctuation, and captialization as we
    have been able to reasonable ascertain belonged to the orginal. In case
    of internal discrepancies in these matters, most or all have been left.

    In our orginal editions the letters were all CAPITALS, and we did not do
    anything about capitalization, consistent or otherwise, nor with most of
    the punctuation, since we had limited punctionation in those days.

    This document does NOT include the amendments, as the Bill of Rights was
    one of our earlier Project Gutenberg Etexts, and the others will be sent
    in a separate posting.

    ***

    We would ask that any Consitutional scholars would please take a minute,
    or longer, to send us a note concerning possible corrections.

    ***

    THE CONSTITUTION OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, 1787

    We the people of the United States, in Order to form a more perfect Union,
    establish Justice, insure domestic Tranquility, provide for the common defence,
    promote the general Welfare, and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves
    and our Posterity, do ordain and establish this Constitution for the
    United States of America.

    Article 1

    Section 1. All legislative Powers herein granted shall be vested in a
    Congress of the United States, which shall consist of a Senate and
    House of Representatives.

    Section 2. The House of Representatives shall be composed of Members
    chosen every second Year by the People of the several States,
    and the electors in each State shall have the qualifications requisite
    for electors of the most numerous branch of the State legislature.

    No Person shall be a Representative who shall not have attained to the
    Age of twenty five Years, and been seven Years a citizen of the United States,
    and who shall not, when elected, be an Inhabitant of that State in which
    he shall be chosen.

    Representatives and direct Taxes shall be apportioned among
    the several States which may be included within this Union,
    according to their respective Numbers, which shall be determined
    by adding to the whole number of free Persons, including those
    bound to Service for a Term of Years, and excluding Indians not taxed,
    three fifths of all other Persons. The actual Enumeration shall be made
    within three Years after the first Meeting of the Congress of the
    United States, and within every subsequent Term of ten Years,
    in such Manner as they shall by law Direct. The number of
    Representatives shall not exceed one for every thirty Thousand,
    but each State shall have at least one Representative;
    and until such enumeration shall be made, the State of New Hampshire
    shall be entitled to chuse three, Massachusetts eight, Rhode Island
    and Providence Plantations one, Connecticut five, New York six,
    New Jersey four, Pennsylvania eight, Delaware one, Maryland six,
    Virginia ten, North Carolina five, South Carolina five, and Georgia three.

    When vacancies happen in the Representation from any State, the Executive
    Authority thereof shall issue Writs of Election to fill such Vacancies.

    The House of Representatives shall chuse their Speaker and other Officers;
    and shall have the sole Power of Impeachment.

    Section 3. The Senate of the United States shall be composed of
    two Senators from each State, chosen by the legislature thereof,
    for six Years; and each Senator shall have one Vote.

    Immediately after they shall be assembled in Consequence of the first Election,
    they shall be divided as equally as may be into three Classes. The Seats of
    the Senators of the first Class shall be vacated at the expiration of the
    second Year, of the second Class at the expiration of the fourth Year,
    and of the third Class at the expiration of the sixth Year, so that one third
    may be chosen every second Year; and if vacancies happen by Resignation,
    or otherwise, during the recess of the Legislature of any State,
    the Executive thereof may make temporary Appointments until the
    next meeting of the Legislature, which shall then fill such Vacancies.

    No person shall be a Senator who shall not have attained to the Age of
    thirty Years, and been nine Years a Citizen of the United States,
    and who shall not, when elected, be an Inhabitant of that State
    for which he shall be chosen.

    The Vice-President of the United States shall be President of the Senate,
    but shall have no Vote, unless they be equally divided.

    The Senate shall choose their other Officers, and also a President
    pro tempore, in the Absence of the Vice-President, or when he shall
    exercise the Office of President of the United States.

    The Senate shall have the sole Power to try all Impeachments.
    When sitting for that Purpose, they shall be on Oath or Affirmation.
    When the President of the United States is tried, the Chief Justice
    shall preside: And no Person shall be convicted without the Concurrence
    of two thirds of the Members present.

    Judgment in cases of Impeachment shall not extend further than to removal
    from Office, and disqualification to hold and enjoy any Office of honor,
    Trust or Profit under the United States: but the Party convicted shall
    nevertheless be liable and subject to Indictment, Trial, Judgment and
    Punishment, according to Law.

    Section 4. The Times, Places and Manner of holding Elections for Senators and
    Representatives, shall be prescribed in each State by the Legislature thereof;
    but the Congress may at any time by Law make or alter such Regulations,
    except as to the Places of chusing Senators.

    The Congress shall assemble at least once in every Year,
    and such Meeting shall be on the first Monday in December,
    unless they shall by law appoint a different Day.

    Section 5. Each House shall be the Judge of the Elections,
    Returns and Qualifications of its own Members, and a
    Majority of each shall constitute a Quorum to do Business;
    but a smaller Number may adjourn from day to day,
    and may be authorized to compel the Attendance of absent Members,
    in such Manner, and under such Penalties as each House may provide.

    Each house may determine the Rules of its Proceedings,
    punish its Members for disorderly Behavior, and, with the
    Concurrence of two-thirds, expel a Member.

    Each house shall keep a Journal of its Proceedings,
    and from time to time publish the same, excepting such Parts as may
    in their Judgment require Secrecy; and the Yeas and Nays of the
    Members of either House on any question shall, at the Desire of
    one fifth of those Present, be entered on the Journal.

    Neither House, during the Session of Congress, shall, without the
    Consent of the other, adjourn for more than three days, nor to
    any other Place than that in which the two Houses shall be sitting.

    Section 6. The Senators and Representatives shall receive a Compensation
    for their Services, to be ascertained by Law, and paid out of the Treasury
    of the United States. They shall in all Cases, except Treason, Felony and
    Breach of the Peace, be privileged from Arrest during their Attendance
    at the Session of their respective Houses, and in going to and returning
    from the same; and for any Speech or Debate in either House,
    they shall not be questioned in any other Place.

    No Senator or Representative shall, during the Time for which he was elected,
    be appointed to any civil Office under the authority of the United States,
    which shall have been created, or the Emoluments whereof shall have been
    increased during such time; and no Person holding any Office under the
    United States, shall be a Member of either House during his Continuance
    in Office.

    Section 7. All Bills for raising Revenue shall originate in the
    House of Representatives; but the Senate may propose or concur with
    Amendments as on other Bills.

    Every Bill which shall have passed the House of Representatives and
    the Senate, shall, before it become a Law, be presented to the
    President of the United States; If he approve he shall sign it,
    but if not he shall return it, with his Objections to that House
    in which it shall have originated, who shall enter the Objections
    at large on their Journal, and proceed to reconsider it.
    If after such Reconsideration two thirds of that house
    shall agree to pass the Bill, it shall be sent,
    together with the Objections, to the other House, by which
    it shall likewise be reconsidered, and if approved by two thirds
    of that House, it shall become a law. But in all such Cases
    the Votes of both Houses shall be determined by Yeas and Nays,
    and the Names of the Persons voting for and against the Bill shall be
    entered on the Journal of each House respectively. If any Bill
    shall not be returned by the President within ten Days (Sundays excepted)
    after it shall have been presented to him, the Same shall be a Law,
    in like Manner as if he had signed it, unless the Congress by their
    Adjournment prevent its Return, in which case it shall not be a Law.

    Every Order, Resolution, or Vote to which the Concurrence of the Senate
    and House of Representatives may be necessary (except on a question
    of Adjournment) shall be presented to the President of the United States;
    and before the Same shall take Effect, shall be approved by him,
    or being disapproved by him, shall be repassed by two thirds of
    the Senate and House of Representatives, according to the Rules
    and Limitations prescribed in the Case of a Bill.

    Section 8. The Congress shall have Power to lay and collect Taxes, Duties,
    Imposts and Excises, to pay the Debts and provide for the common Defence
    and general Welfare of the United States; but all Duties, Imposts and Excises
    shall be uniform throughout the United States;

    To borrow Money on the credit of the United States;

    To regulate Commerce with foreign Nations, and among the several States,
    and with the Indian Tribes;

    To establish an uniform Rule of Naturalization, and uniform Laws
    on the subject of Bankruptcies throughout the United States;

    To coin Money, regulate the Value thereof, and of foreign Coin,
    and fix the Standard of Weights and Measures;

    To provide for the Punishment of counterfeiting the Securities
    and current Coin of the United States;

    To establish Post Offices and Post Roads;

    To promote the Progress of Science and useful Arts, by securing
    for limited Times to Authors and Inventors the exclusive Right
    to their respective Writings and Discoveries;

    To constitute Tribunals inferior to the supreme Court;

    To define and punish Piracies and Felonies committed on the high Seas,
    and Offenses against the Law of Nations;

    To declare War, grant Letters of Marque and Reprisal,
    and make Rules concerning Captures on Land and Water;

    To raise and support Armies, but no Appropriation of Money to that Use
    shall be for a longer term than two Years;

    To provide and maintain a Navy;

    To make Rules for the Government and Regulation of the land and naval Forces;

    To provide for calling forth the Militia to execute the Laws of the Union,
    suppress Insurrections and repel Invasions;

    To provide for organizing, arming, and disciplining, the Militia, and for
    governing such Part of them as may be employed in the Service of the
    United States, reserving to the States respectively, the Appointment
    of the Officers, and the Authority of training the militia according
    to the discipline prescribed by Congress;

    To exercise exclusive Legislation in all Cases whatsoever,
    over such District (not exceeding ten Miles square) as may,
    by Cession of particular States, and the Acceptance of Congress,
    become the Seat of the Government of the United States, and to
    exercise like Authority over all Places purchased by the Consent
    of the Legislature of the State in which the Same shall be,
    for the Erection of Forts, Magazines, Arsenals, Dockyards,
    and other needful Buildings;–And

    To make all Laws which shall be necessary and proper for carrying
    into Execution the foregoing Powers, and all other Powers vested
    by this Constitution in the Government of the United States,
    or in any Department or Officer thereof.

    Section 9. The Migration or Importation of such Persons as any
    of the States now existing shall think proper to admit, shall not
    be prohibited by the Congress prior to the Year one thousand eight
    hundred and eight, but a Tax or Duty may be imposed on such Importation,
    not exceeding ten dollars for each Person.

    The Privilege of the Writ of Habeas Corpus shall not be suspended, unless
    when in Cases of Rebellion or Invasion the public Safety may require it.

    No Bill of Attainder or ex post facto Law shall be passed.

    No Capitation, or other direct, Tax shall be laid, unless in Proportion
    to the Census or Enumeration herein before directed to be taken.

    No Tax or Duty shall be laid on Articles exported from any State.

    No Preference shall be given by any Regulation of Commerce or Revenue
    to the Ports of one State over those of another: nor shall Vessels bound to,
    or from, one State, be obliged to enter, clear, or pay Duties in another.

    No Money shall be drawn from the Treasury, but in Consequence
    of Appropriations made by Law; and a regular Statement and Account
    of the Receipts and Expenditures of all public Money shall be
    published from time to time.

    No Title of Nobility shall be granted by the United States;
    and no Person holding any Office of Profit or Trust under them, shall,
    without the Consent of the Congress, accept of any present, Emolument,
    Office, or Title, of any kind whatever, from any King, Prince,
    or foreign State.

    Section 10. No State shall enter into any Treaty, Alliance, or
    Confederation; grant Letters of Marque and Reprisal; coin Money;
    emit Bills of Credit; make any Thing but gold and silver Coin a Tender
    in Payment of Debts; pass any Bill of Attainder, ex post facto Law,
    or Law impairing the Obligation of Contracts, or grant any Title of Nobility.

    No State shall, without the Consent of the Congress, lay any Imposts or Duties
    on Imports or Exports, except what may be absolutely necessary for executing
    it's inspection Laws: and the net Produce of all Duties and Imposts,
    laid by any State on Imports or Exports, shall be for the Use of the Treasury
    of the United States; and all such Laws shall be subject to the Revision
    and Controul of the Congress.

    No State shall, without the Consent of Congress, lay any Duty of
    Tonnage, keep Troops, or Ships of War in time of Peace, enter into any
    Agreement or Compact with another State, or with a foreign Power, or
    engage in War, unless actually invaded, or in such imminent Danger
    as will not admit of delay.

    ARTICLE 2

    Section 1. The executive Power shall be vested in a President
    of the United States of America. He shall hold his Office during
    the Term of four Years, and, together with the Vice President
    chosen for the same Term, be elected, as follows:

    Each State shall appoint, in such Manner as the Legislature thereof may direct,
    a Number of Electors, equal to the whole Number of Senators and Representatives
    to which the State may be entitled in the Congress: but no Senator or
    Representative, or Person holding an Office of Trust or Profit under
    the United States, shall be appointed an Elector.

    The Electors shall meet in their respective States, and vote by Ballot
    for two Persons, of whom one at least shall not be an Inhabitant of
    the same State with themselves. And they shall make a List of
    all the Persons voted for, and of the Number of Votes for each;
    which List they shall sign and certify, and transmit sealed to
    the Seat of the Government of the United States, directed to the
    President of the Senate. The President of the Senate shall,
    in the Presence of the Senate and House of Representatives,
    open all the Certificates, and the Votes shall then be counted.
    The Person having the greatest Number of Votes shall be the President,
    if such Number be a Majority of the whole Number of Electors appointed;
    and if there be more than one who have such Majority, and have an equal
    Number of votes, then the House of Representatives shall immediately
    chuse by Ballot one of them for President; and if no Person have
    a Majority, then from the five highest on the List the said House
    shall in like Manner chuse the President. But in chusing the President,
    the Votes shall be taken by States, the Representation from each State
    having one Vote; a Quorum for this Purpose shall consist of a Member
    or Members from two thirds of the States, and a Majority of all the
    States shall be necessary to a Choice. In every Case, after the Choice
    of the President, the Person having the greatest Number of Votes of
    the Electors shall be the Vice President. But if there should remain
    two or more who have equal Votes, the Senate shall chuse from them
    by Ballot the Vice President.

    The Congress may determine the Time of chusing the Electors,
    and the Day on which they shall give their Votes; which Day
    shall be the same throughout the United States.

    No Person except a natural born Citizen, or a Citizen of the United States,
    at the time of the Adoption of this Constitution, shall be eligible to
    the Office of President; neither shall any Person be eligible to that
    Office who shall not have attained to the Age of thirty five Years,
    and been fourteen Years a Resident within the United States.

    In Case of the Removal of the President from Office, or of his Death,
    Resignation, or Inability to discharge the Powers and Duties of the
    said Office, the Same shall devolve on the Vice President, and the
    Congress may by Law provide for the Case of Removal, Death, Resignation
    or Inability, both of the President and Vice President, declaring what
    Officer shall then act as President, and such Officer shall act accordingly,
    until the Disability be removed, or a President shall be elected.

    The President shall, at stated Times, receive for his Services,
    a Compensation, which shall neither be encreased nor diminished during
    the Period for which he shall have been elected, and he shall not receive
    within that Period any other Emolument from the United States, or any of them.

    Before he enter on the Execution of his Office, he shall take the
    following Oath or Affirmation:–"I do solemnly swear (or affirm) that
    I will faithfully execute the Office of President of the United States,
    and will to the best of my Ability, preserve, protect and defend the
    Constitution of the United States."

    Section 2. The President shall be Commander in Chief of the Army
    and Navy of the United States, and of the Militia of the several States,
    when called into the actual Service of the United States;
    he may require the Opinion, in writing, of the principal Officer
    in each of the executive Departments, upon any Subject relating to
    the Duties of their respective Offices, and he shall have Power
    to grant Reprieves and Pardons for Offenses against the United States,
    except in Cases of impeachment.

    He shall have Power, by and with the Advice and Consent of the
    Senate, to make Treaties, provided two thirds of the Senators
    present concur; and he shall nominate, and by and with the Advice
    and Consent of the Senate, shall appoint Ambassadors, other public
    Ministers and Consuls, Judges of the supreme Court, and all other
    Officers of the United States, whose Appointments are not herein
    otherwise provided for, and which shall be established by Law:
    but the Congress may by Law vest the Appointment of such inferior Officers,
    as they think proper, in the President alone, in the Courts of Law,
    or in the Heads of Departments.

    The President shall have Power to fill up all Vacancies that may happen
    during the Recess of the Senate, by granting Commissions which shall
    expire at the End of their next session.

    Section 3. He shall from time to time give to the Congress
    Information of the State of the Union, and recommend to their
    Consideration such Measures as he shall judge necessary and expedient;
    he may, on extraordinary Occasions, convene both Houses, or either
    of them, and in Case of Disagreement between them, with Respect to
    the Time of Adjournment, he may adjourn them to such Time as he shall
    think proper; he shall receive Ambassadors and other public Ministers;
    he shall take Care that the Laws be faithfully executed, and shall
    Commission all the Officers of the United States.

    Section 4. The President, Vice President and all civil Officers of the
    United States, shall be removed from Office on Impeachment for,
    and Conviction of, Treason, Bribery, or other high Crimes and Misdemeanors.

    ARTICLE THREE

    Section 1. The judicial Power of the United States, shall be vested
    in one supreme Court, and in such inferior Courts as the Congress may
    from time to time ordain and establish. The Judges, both of the supreme
    and inferior Courts, shall hold their Offices during good behavior,
    and shall, at stated Times, receive for their Services, a Compensation,
    which shall not be diminished during their Continuance in Office.

    Section 2. The judicial Power shall extend to all Cases, in Law and Equity,
    arising under this Constitution, the Laws of the United States, and Treaties
    made, or which shall be made, under their Authority;–to all Cases affecting
    Ambassadors, other public Ministers and Consuls;–to all Cases of admiralty
    and maritime Jurisdiction;–to Controversies to which the United States
    shall be a Party;–to Controversies between two or more States;–between a
    State and Citizens of another State;–between Citizens of different States;
    –between Citizens of the same State claiming Lands under Grants of
    different States, and between a State, or the Citizens thereof,
    and foreign States, Citizens or Subjects.

    In all cases affecting Ambassadors, other public Ministers and Consuls,
    and those in which a State shall be Party, the supreme Court shall have
    original Jurisdiction. In all the other Cases before mentioned, the
    supreme Court shall have appellate Jurisdiction, both as to Law and Fact,
    with such Exceptions, and under such Regulations as the Congress shall make.

    The Trial of all Crimes, except in Cases of Impeachment, shall be by Jury;
    and such Trial shall be held in the State where the said Crimes shall
    have been committed; but when not committed within any State, the Trial
    shall be at such Place or Places as the Congress may by Law have directed.

    Section 3. Treason against the United States, shall consist only in
    levying War against them, or in adhering to their Enemies, giving them
    Aid and Comfort. No Person shall be convicted of Treason unless on
    the Testimony of two Witnesses to the same overt Act, or on Confession
    in open Court.

    The Congress shall have power to declare the punishment of Treason,
    but no Attainder of Treason shall work Corruption of Blood,
    or Forfeiture except during the Life of the Person attainted.

    ARTICLE FOUR

    Section 1. Full Faith and Credit shall be given in each State to the
    public Acts, Records, and judicial Proceedings of every other State.
    And the Congress may by general Laws prescribe the Manner in which such Acts,
    Records, and Proceedings shall be proved, and the Effect thereof.

    Section 2. The Citizens of each State shall be entitled to all
    Privileges and Immunities of Citizens in the several States.

    A Person charged in any State with Treason, Felony, or other Crime,
    who shall flee from Justice, and be found in another State,
    shall on Demand of the executive Authority of the State from
    which he fled, be delivered up, to be removed to the State having
    Jurisdiction of the Crime.

    No person held to Service or Labor in one State, under the Laws thereof,
    escaping into another, shall, in Consequence of any Law or Regulation therein,
    be discharged from such Service or Labor, But shall be delivered up on Claim
    of the Party to whom such Service or Labor may be due.

    Section 3. New States may be admitted by the Congress into this Union;
    but no new States shall be formed or erected within the Jurisdiction
    of any other State; nor any State be formed by the Junction of two
    or more States, or Parts of States, without the Consent of the
    Legislatures of the States concerned as well as of the Congress.

    The Congress shall have Power to dispose of and make all needful Rules
    and Regulations respecting the Territory or other Property belonging
    to the United States; and nothing in this Constitution shall be so
    construed as to Prejudice any Claims of the United States,
    or of any particular State.

    Section 4. The United States shall guarantee to every State in this Union
    a Republican Form of Government, and shall protect each of them against
    Invasion; and on Application of the Legislature, or of the Executive
    (when the Legislature cannot be convened) against domestic Violence.

    ARTICLE FIVE

    The Congress, whenever two thirds of both Houses shall deem it necessary,
    shall propose Amendments to this Constitution, or, on the Application of
    the Legislatures of two thirds of the several States, shall call a Convention
    for proposing Amendments, which, in either Case, shall be valid to all Intents
    and Purposes, as Part of this Constitution, when ratified by the Legislatures
    of three fourths of the several States, or by Conventions in three fourths
    thereof, as the one or the other Mode of Ratification may be proposed by
    the Congress; Provided that no Amendment which may be made prior to the
    Year one thousand eight hundred and eight shall in any Manner affect
    the first and fourth Clauses in the ninth Section of the first Article;
    and that no State, without its Consent, shall be deprived of it's
    equal Suffrage in the Senate.

    ARTICLE SIX

    All Debts contracted and Engagements entered into, before the Adoption
    of this Constitution, shall be as valid against the United States
    under this Constitution, as under the Confederation.

    This Constitution, and the Laws of the United States which shall be made
    in Pursuance thereof; and all Treaties made, or which shall be made,
    under the Authority of the United States, shall be the supreme
    Law of the Land; and the Judges in every State shall be bound thereby,
    any Thing in the Constitution or Laws of any State to the Contrary
    notwithstanding.

    The Senators and Representatives before mentioned, and the Members of the
    several State Legislatures, and all executive and judicial Officers,
    both of the United States and of the several States, shall be bound
    by Oath or Affirmation, to support this Constitution; but no religious
    Test shall ever be required as a Qualification to any Office or public Trust
    under the United States

    ARTICLE SEVEN

    The Ratification of the Conventions of nine States, shall be sufficient for the
    Establishment of this Constitution between the States so ratifying the Same.

    Done in Convention by the Unanimous Consent of the States present
    the Seventeenth Day of September in the Year of our Lord one
    thousand seven hundred and eighty seven and of the Independence of the
    United States of America the Twelfth In Witness whereof We have
    hereunto subscribed our Names,

    Go. WASHINGTON–
    Presid. and deputy from Virginia

    New Hampshire

    John Langdon
    Nicholas Gilman

    Massachusetts

    Nathaniel Gorham
    Rufus King

    Connecticut

    Wm. Saml. Johnson
    Roger Sherman

    New York

    Alexander Hamilton

    New Jersey

    Wil: Livingston
    David Brearley
    Wm. Paterson
    Jona: Dayton

    Pennsylvania

    B Franklin
    Thomas Mifflin
    Robt Morris
    Geo. Clymer
    Thos FitzSimons
    Jared Ingersoll
    James Wilson
    Gouv Morris

    Delaware

    Geo: Read
    Gunning Bedford jun
    John Dickinson
    Richard Bassett
    Jaco: Broom

    Maryland

    James Mchenry
    Dan of St Thos. Jenifer
    Danl Carroll

    Virginia

    John Blair–
    James Madison Jr.

    North Carolina

    Wm. Blount
    Rich'd Dobbs Spaight
    Hu Williamson

    South Carolina

    J. Rutledge
    Charles Cotesworth Pinckney
    Charles Pinckney
    Pierce Butler

    Georgia

    William Few
    Abr Baldwin

    Attest:
    William Jackson, Secretary

  • The United States Bill of Rights

    The United States Bill of Rights

    Aproximadamente 496 palavras.

    The United States Bill of Rights.

    The Ten Original Amendments to the Constitution of the United States
    Passed by Congress September 25, 1789
    Ratified December 15, 1791

    I

    Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion,
    or prohibiting the free exercise thereof; or abridging the freedom of speech,
    or of the press, or the right of the people peaceably to assemble,
    and to petition the Government for a redress of grievances.

    II

    A well-regulated militia, being necessary to the security of a free State,
    the right of the people to keep and bear arms, shall not be infringed.

    III
    No soldier shall, in time of peace be quartered in any house,
    without the consent of the owner, nor in time of war,
    but in a manner to be prescribed by law.

    IV

    The right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers,
    and effects, against unreasonable searches and seizures, shall not be violated,
    and no Warrants shall issue, but upon probable cause, supported by oath
    or affirmation, and particularly describing the place to be searched,
    and the persons or things to be seized.

    V

    No person shall be held to answer for a capital, or otherwise infamous crime,
    unless on a presentment or indictment of a Grand Jury, except in cases arising
    in the land or naval forces, or in the Militia, when in actual service
    in time of War or public danger; nor shall any person be subject for
    the same offense to be twice put in jeopardy of life or limb;
    nor shall be compelled in any criminal case to be a witness against himself,
    nor be deprived of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law;
    nor shall private property be taken for public use without just compensation.

    VI

    In all criminal prosecutions, the accused shall enjoy the right to a
    speedy and public trial, by an impartial jury of the State and district
    wherein the crime shall have been committed, which district shall have
    been previously ascertained by law, and to be informed of the nature
    and cause of the accusation; to be confronted with the witnesses against him;
    to have compulsory process for obtaining witnesses in his favor,
    and to have the assistance of counsel for his defense.

    VII

    In suits at common law, where the value in controversy shall exceed
    twenty dollars, the right of trial by jury shall be preserved,
    and no fact tried by a jury shall be otherwise re-examined in any court
    of the United States, than according to the rules of the common law.

    VIII

    Excessive bail shall not be required nor excessive fines imposed,
    nor cruel and unusual punishments inflicted.

    IX

    The enumeration in the Constitution, of certain rights,
    shall not be construed to deny or disparage others retained by the people.

    X

    The powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution,
    nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively,
    or to the people.

  • The Time Machine

    The Time Machine

    Aproximadamente 32.887 palavras.

    The Time Machine

    An Invention

    by H. G. Wells

    CONTENTS

    I Introduction
    II The Machine
    III The Time Traveller Returns
    IV Time Travelling
    V In the Golden Age
    VI The Sunset of Mankind
    VII A Sudden Shock
    VIII Explanation
    IX The Morlocks
    X When Night Came
    XI The Palace of Green Porcelain
    XII In the Darkness
    XIII The Trap of the White Sphinx
    XIV The Further Vision
    XV The Time Traveller’s Return
    XVI After the Story
    Epilogue

    I.
    Introduction

    The Time Traveller (for so it will be convenient to speak of him)
    was expounding a recondite matter to us. His grey eyes shone and
    twinkled, and his usually pale face was flushed and animated. The
    fire burnt brightly, and the soft radiance of the incandescent
    lights in the lilies of silver caught the bubbles that flashed and
    passed in our glasses. Our chairs, being his patents, embraced and
    caressed us rather than submitted to be sat upon, and there was that
    luxurious after-dinner atmosphere, when thought runs gracefully free
    of the trammels of precision. And he put it to us in this way—marking
    the points with a lean forefinger—as we sat and lazily admired his
    earnestness over this new paradox (as we thought it) and his fecundity.

    “You must follow me carefully. I shall have to controvert one or two
    ideas that are almost universally accepted. The geometry, for instance,
    they taught you at school is founded on a misconception.”

    “Is not that rather a large thing to expect us to begin upon?” said
    Filby, an argumentative person with red hair.

    “I do not mean to ask you to accept anything without reasonable ground
    for it. You will soon admit as much as I need from you. You know of
    course that a mathematical line, a line of thickness _nil_, has no real
    existence. They taught you that? Neither has a mathematical plane.
    These things are mere abstractions.”

    “That is all right,” said the Psychologist.

    “Nor, having only length, breadth, and thickness, can a cube have a
    real existence.”

    “There I object,” said Filby. “Of course a solid body may exist. All
    real things—”

    “So most people think. But wait a moment. Can an _instantaneous_ cube
    exist?”

    “Don’t follow you,” said Filby.

    “Can a cube that does not last for any time at all, have a real
    existence?”

    Filby became pensive. “Clearly,” the Time Traveller proceeded, “any
    real body must have extension in _four_ directions: it must have
    Length, Breadth, Thickness, and—Duration. But through a natural
    infirmity of the flesh, which I will explain to you in a moment, we
    incline to overlook this fact. There are really four dimensions, three
    which we call the three planes of Space, and a fourth, Time. There is,
    however, a tendency to draw an unreal distinction between the former
    three dimensions and the latter, because it happens that our
    consciousness moves intermittently in one direction along the latter
    from the beginning to the end of our lives.”

    “That,” said a very young man, making spasmodic efforts to relight his
    cigar over the lamp; “that . . . very clear indeed.”

    “Now, it is very remarkable that this is so extensively overlooked,”
    continued the Time Traveller, with a slight accession of cheerfulness.
    “Really this is what is meant by the Fourth Dimension, though some
    people who talk about the Fourth Dimension do not know they mean it. It
    is only another way of looking at Time. _There is no difference between
    Time and any of the three dimensions of Space except that our
    consciousness moves along it_. But some foolish people have got hold of
    the wrong side of that idea. You have all heard what they have to say
    about this Fourth Dimension?”

    “_I_ have not,” said the Provincial Mayor.

    “It is simply this. That Space, as our mathematicians have it, is
    spoken of as having three dimensions, which one may call Length,
    Breadth, and Thickness, and is always definable by reference to three
    planes, each at right angles to the others. But some philosophical
    people have been asking why _three_ dimensions particularly—why not
    another direction at right angles to the other three?—and have even
    tried to construct a Four-Dimensional geometry. Professor Simon Newcomb
    was expounding this to the New York Mathematical Society only a month
    or so ago. You know how on a flat surface, which has only two
    dimensions, we can represent a figure of a three-dimensional solid, and
    similarly they think that by models of three dimensions they could
    represent one of four—if they could master the perspective of the
    thing. See?”

    “I think so,” murmured the Provincial Mayor; and, knitting his brows,
    he lapsed into an introspective state, his lips moving as one who
    repeats mystic words. “Yes, I think I see it now,” he said after some
    time, brightening in a quite transitory manner.

    “Well, I do not mind telling you I have been at work upon this geometry
    of Four Dimensions for some time. Some of my results are curious. For
    instance, here is a portrait of a man at eight years old, another at
    fifteen, another at seventeen, another at twenty-three, and so on. All
    these are evidently sections, as it were, Three-Dimensional
    representations of his Four-Dimensioned being, which is a fixed and
    unalterable thing.”

    “Scientific people,” proceeded the Time Traveller, after the pause
    required for the proper assimilation of this, “know very well that Time
    is only a kind of Space. Here is a popular scientific diagram, a
    weather record. This line I trace with my finger shows the movement of
    the barometer. Yesterday it was so high, yesterday night it fell, then
    this morning it rose again, and so gently upward to here. Surely the
    mercury did not trace this line in any of the dimensions of Space
    generally recognised? But certainly it traced such a line, and that
    line, therefore, we must conclude, was along the Time-Dimension.”

    “But,” said the Medical Man, staring hard at a coal in the fire, “if
    Time is really only a fourth dimension of Space, why is it, and why has
    it always been, regarded as something different? And why cannot we move
    about in Time as we move about in the other dimensions of Space?”

    The Time Traveller smiled. “Are you so sure we can move freely in
    Space? Right and left we can go, backward and forward freely enough,
    and men always have done so. I admit we move freely in two dimensions.
    But how about up and down? Gravitation limits us there.”

    “Not exactly,” said the Medical Man. “There are balloons.”

    “But before the balloons, save for spasmodic jumping and the
    inequalities of the surface, man had no freedom of vertical movement.”

    “Still they could move a little up and down,” said the Medical Man.

    “Easier, far easier down than up.”

    “And you cannot move at all in Time, you cannot get away from the
    present moment.”

    “My dear sir, that is just where you are wrong. That is just where the
    whole world has gone wrong. We are always getting away from the present
    moment. Our mental existences, which are immaterial and have no
    dimensions, are passing along the Time-Dimension with a uniform
    velocity from the cradle to the grave. Just as we should travel _down_
    if we began our existence fifty miles above the earth’s surface.”

    “But the great difficulty is this,” interrupted the Psychologist. “You
    _can_ move about in all directions of Space, but you cannot move about
    in Time.”

    “That is the germ of my great discovery. But you are wrong to say that
    we cannot move about in Time. For instance, if I am recalling an
    incident very vividly I go back to the instant of its occurrence: I
    become absent-minded, as you say. I jump back for a moment. Of course
    we have no means of staying back for any length of Time, any more than
    a savage or an animal has of staying six feet above the ground. But a
    civilised man is better off than the savage in this respect. He can go
    up against gravitation in a balloon, and why should he not hope that
    ultimately he may be able to stop or accelerate his drift along the
    Time-Dimension, or even turn about and travel the other way?”

    “Oh, _this_,” began Filby, “is all—”

    “Why not?” said the Time Traveller.

    “It’s against reason,” said Filby.

    “What reason?” said the Time Traveller.

    “You can show black is white by argument,” said Filby, “but you will
    never convince me.”

    “Possibly not,” said the Time Traveller. “But now you begin to see the
    object of my investigations into the geometry of Four Dimensions. Long
    ago I had a vague inkling of a machine—”

    “To travel through Time!” exclaimed the Very Young Man.

    “That shall travel indifferently in any direction of Space and Time, as
    the driver determines.”

    Filby contented himself with laughter.

    “But I have experimental verification,” said the Time Traveller.

    “It would be remarkably convenient for the historian,” the Psychologist
    suggested. “One might travel back and verify the accepted account of
    the Battle of Hastings, for instance!”

    “Don’t you think you would attract attention?” said the Medical Man.
    “Our ancestors had no great tolerance for anachronisms.”

    “One might get one’s Greek from the very lips of Homer and Plato,” the
    Very Young Man thought.

    “In which case they would certainly plough you for the Little-go. The
    German scholars have improved Greek so much.”

    “Then there is the future,” said the Very Young Man. “Just think! One
    might invest all one’s money, leave it to accumulate at interest, and
    hurry on ahead!”

    “To discover a society,” said I, “erected on a strictly communistic
    basis.”

    “Of all the wild extravagant theories!” began the Psychologist.

    “Yes, so it seemed to me, and so I never talked of it until—”

    “Experimental verification!” cried I. “You are going to verify _that_?”

    “The experiment!” cried Filby, who was getting brain-weary.

    “Let’s see your experiment anyhow,” said the Psychologist, “though it’s
    all humbug, you know.”

    The Time Traveller smiled round at us. Then, still smiling faintly, and
    with his hands deep in his trousers pockets, he walked slowly out of
    the room, and we heard his slippers shuffling down the long passage to
    his laboratory.

    The Psychologist looked at us. “I wonder what he’s got?”

    “Some sleight-of-hand trick or other,” said the Medical Man, and Filby
    tried to tell us about a conjuror he had seen at Burslem, but before he
    had finished his preface the Time Traveller came back, and Filby’s
    anecdote collapsed.

    II.
    The Machine

    The thing the Time Traveller held in his hand was a glittering metallic
    framework, scarcely larger than a small clock, and very delicately
    made. There was ivory in it, and some transparent crystalline
    substance. And now I must be explicit, for this that follows—unless
    his explanation is to be accepted—is an absolutely unaccountable
    thing. He took one of the small octagonal tables that were scattered
    about the room, and set it in front of the fire, with two legs on the
    hearthrug. On this table he placed the mechanism. Then he drew up a
    chair, and sat down. The only other object on the table was a small
    shaded lamp, the bright light of which fell full upon the model. There
    were also perhaps a dozen candles about, two in brass candlesticks upon
    the mantel and several in sconces, so that the room was brilliantly
    illuminated. I sat in a low arm-chair nearest the fire, and I drew
    this forward so as to be almost between the Time Traveller and the
    fireplace. Filby sat behind him, looking over his shoulder. The Medical
    Man and the Provincial Mayor watched him in profile from the right,
    the Psychologist from the left. The Very Young Man stood behind the
    Psychologist. We were all on the alert. It appears incredible to me
    that any kind of trick, however subtly conceived and however adroitly
    done, could have been played upon us under these conditions.

    The Time Traveller looked at us, and then at the mechanism. “Well?”
    said the Psychologist.

    “This little affair,” said the Time Traveller, resting his elbows upon
    the table and pressing his hands together above the apparatus, “is only
    a model. It is my plan for a machine to travel through time. You will
    notice that it looks singularly askew, and that there is an odd
    twinkling appearance about this bar, as though it was in some way
    unreal.” He pointed to the part with his finger. “Also, here is one
    little white lever, and here is another.”

    The Medical Man got up out of his chair and peered into the thing.
    “It’s beautifully made,” he said.

    “It took two years to make,” retorted the Time Traveller. Then, when we
    had all imitated the action of the Medical Man, he said: “Now I want
    you clearly to understand that this lever, being pressed over, sends
    the machine gliding into the future, and this other reverses the
    motion. This saddle represents the seat of a time traveller. Presently
    I am going to press the lever, and off the machine will go. It will
    vanish, pass into future Time, and disappear. Have a good look at the
    thing. Look at the table too, and satisfy yourselves there is no
    trickery. I don’t want to waste this model, and then be told I’m a
    quack.”

    There was a minute’s pause perhaps. The Psychologist seemed about to
    speak to me, but changed his mind. Then the Time Traveller put forth
    his finger towards the lever. “No,” he said suddenly. “Lend me your
    hand.” And turning to the Psychologist, he took that individual’s hand
    in his own and told him to put out his forefinger. So that it was the
    Psychologist himself who sent forth the model Time Machine on its
    interminable voyage. We all saw the lever turn. I am absolutely certain
    there was no trickery. There was a breath of wind, and the lamp flame
    jumped. One of the candles on the mantel was blown out, and the little
    machine suddenly swung round, became indistinct, was seen as a ghost
    for a second perhaps, as an eddy of faintly glittering brass and ivory;
    and it was gone—vanished! Save for the lamp the table was bare.

    Everyone was silent for a minute. Then Filby said he was damned.

    The Psychologist recovered from his stupor, and suddenly looked under
    the table. At that the Time Traveller laughed cheerfully. “Well?” he
    said, with a reminiscence of the Psychologist. Then, getting up, he
    went to the tobacco jar on the mantel, and with his back to us began to
    fill his pipe.

    We stared at each other. “Look here,” said the Medical Man, “are you in
    earnest about this? Do you seriously believe that that machine has
    travelled into time?”

    “Certainly,” said the Time Traveller, stooping to light a spill at the
    fire. Then he turned, lighting his pipe, to look at the Psychologist’s
    face. (The Psychologist, to show that he was not unhinged, helped
    himself to a cigar and tried to light it uncut.) “What is more, I have
    a big machine nearly finished in there”—he indicated the
    laboratory—“and when that is put together I mean to have a journey on
    my own account.”

    “You mean to say that that machine has travelled into the future?” said
    Filby.

    “Into the future or the past—I don’t, for certain, know which.”

    After an interval the Psychologist had an inspiration. “It must have
    gone into the past if it has gone anywhere,” he said.

    “Why?” said the Time Traveller.

    “Because I presume that it has not moved in space, and if it travelled
    into the future it would still be here all this time, since it must
    have travelled through this time.”

    “But,” said I, “If it travelled into the past it would have been
    visible when we came first into this room; and last Thursday when we
    were here; and the Thursday before that; and so forth!”

    “Serious objections,” remarked the Provincial Mayor, with an air of
    impartiality, turning towards the Time Traveller.

    “Not a bit,” said the Time Traveller, and, to the Psychologist: “You
    think. _You_ can explain that. It’s presentation below the threshold,
    you know, diluted presentation.”

    “Of course,” said the Psychologist, and reassured us. “That’s a simple
    point in psychology. I should have thought of it. It’s plain enough,
    and helps the paradox delightfully. We cannot see it, nor can we
    appreciate this machine, any more than we can the spoke of a wheel
    spinning, or a bullet flying through the air. If it is travelling
    through time fifty times or a hundred times faster than we are, if it
    gets through a minute while we get through a second, the impression it
    creates will of course be only one-fiftieth or one-hundredth of what it
    would make if it were not travelling in time. That’s plain enough.” He
    passed his hand through the space in which the machine had been. “You
    see?” he said, laughing.

    We sat and stared at the vacant table for a minute or so. Then the Time
    Traveller asked us what we thought of it all.

    “It sounds plausible enough tonight,” said the Medical Man; “but wait
    until tomorrow. Wait for the common sense of the morning.”

    “Would you like to see the Time Machine itself?” asked the Time
    Traveller. And therewith, taking the lamp in his hand, he led the way
    down the long, draughty corridor to his laboratory. I remember vividly
    the flickering light, his queer, broad head in silhouette, the dance of
    the shadows, how we all followed him, puzzled but incredulous, and how
    there in the laboratory we beheld a larger edition of the little
    mechanism which we had seen vanish from before our eyes. Parts were of
    nickel, parts of ivory, parts had certainly been filed or sawn out of
    rock crystal. The thing was generally complete, but the twisted
    crystalline bars lay unfinished upon the bench beside some sheets of
    drawings, and I took one up for a better look at it. Quartz it seemed
    to be.

    “Look here,” said the Medical Man, “are you perfectly serious? Or is
    this a trick—like that ghost you showed us last Christmas?”

    “Upon that machine,” said the Time Traveller, holding the lamp aloft,
    “I intend to explore time. Is that plain? I was never more serious in
    my life.”

    None of us quite knew how to take it.

    I caught Filby’s eye over the shoulder of the Medical Man, and he
    winked at me solemnly.

    III.
    The Time Traveller Returns

    I think that at that time none of us quite believed in the Time
    Machine. The fact is, the Time Traveller was one of those men who are
    too clever to be believed: you never felt that you saw all round him;
    you always suspected some subtle reserve, some ingenuity in ambush,
    behind his lucid frankness. Had Filby shown the model and explained the
    matter in the Time Traveller’s words, we should have shown _him_ far
    less scepticism. For we should have perceived his motives: a
    pork-butcher could understand Filby. But the Time Traveller had more
    than a touch of whim among his elements, and we distrusted him. Things
    that would have made the fame of a less clever man seemed tricks in his
    hands. It is a mistake to do things too easily. The serious people who
    took him seriously never felt quite sure of his deportment; they were
    somehow aware that trusting their reputations for judgment with him was
    like furnishing a nursery with eggshell china. So I don’t think any of
    us said very much about time travelling in the interval between that
    Thursday and the next, though its odd potentialities ran, no doubt, in
    most of our minds: its plausibility, that is, its practical
    incredibleness, the curious possibilities of anachronism and of utter
    confusion it suggested. For my own part, I was particularly preoccupied
    with the trick of the model. That I remember discussing with the
    Medical Man, whom I met on Friday at the Linnæan. He said he had seen a
    similar thing at Tübingen, and laid considerable stress on the
    blowing-out of the candle. But how the trick was done he could not
    explain.

    The next Thursday I went again to Richmond—I suppose I was one of the
    Time Traveller’s most constant guests—and, arriving late, found four or
    five men already assembled in his drawing-room. The Medical Man was
    standing before the fire with a sheet of paper in one hand and his
    watch in the other. I looked round for the Time Traveller, and—“It’s
    half-past seven now,” said the Medical Man. “I suppose we’d better have
    dinner?”

    “Where’s——?” said I, naming our host.

    “You’ve just come? It’s rather odd. He’s unavoidably detained. He asks
    me in this note to lead off with dinner at seven if he’s not back. Says
    he’ll explain when he comes.”

    “It seems a pity to let the dinner spoil,” said the Editor of a
    well-known daily paper; and thereupon the Doctor rang the bell.

    The Psychologist was the only person besides the Doctor and myself who
    had attended the previous dinner. The other men were Blank, the Editor
    aforementioned, a certain journalist, and another—a quiet, shy man with
    a beard—whom I didn’t know, and who, as far as my observation went,
    never opened his mouth all the evening. There was some speculation at
    the dinner-table about the Time Traveller’s absence, and I suggested
    time travelling, in a half-jocular spirit. The Editor wanted that
    explained to him, and the Psychologist volunteered a wooden account of
    the “ingenious paradox and trick” we had witnessed that day week. He
    was in the midst of his exposition when the door from the corridor
    opened slowly and without noise. I was facing the door, and saw it
    first. “Hallo!” I said. “At last!” And the door opened wider, and the
    Time Traveller stood before us. I gave a cry of surprise. “Good
    heavens! man, what’s the matter?” cried the Medical Man, who saw him
    next. And the whole tableful turned towards the door.

    He was in an amazing plight. His coat was dusty and dirty, and smeared
    with green down the sleeves; his hair disordered, and as it seemed to
    me greyer—either with dust and dirt or because its colour had actually
    faded. His face was ghastly pale; his chin had a brown cut on it—a cut
    half-healed; his expression was haggard and drawn, as by intense
    suffering. For a moment he hesitated in the doorway, as if he had been
    dazzled by the light. Then he came into the room. He walked with just
    such a limp as I have seen in footsore tramps. We stared at him in
    silence, expecting him to speak.

    He said not a word, but came painfully to the table, and made a motion
    towards the wine. The Editor filled a glass of champagne, and pushed it
    towards him. He drained it, and it seemed to do him good: for he looked
    round the table, and the ghost of his old smile flickered across his
    face. “What on earth have you been up to, man?” said the Doctor. The
    Time Traveller did not seem to hear. “Don’t let me disturb you,” he
    said, with a certain faltering articulation. “I’m all right.” He
    stopped, held out his glass for more, and took it off at a draught.
    “That’s good,” he said. His eyes grew brighter, and a faint colour came
    into his cheeks. His glance flickered over our faces with a certain
    dull approval, and then went round the warm and comfortable room. Then
    he spoke again, still as it were feeling his way among his words. “I’m
    going to wash and dress, and then I’ll come down and explain things….
    Save me some of that mutton. I’m starving for a bit of meat.”

    He looked across at the Editor, who was a rare visitor, and hoped he
    was all right. The Editor began a question. “Tell you presently,” said
    the Time Traveller. “I’m—funny! Be all right in a minute.”

    He put down his glass, and walked towards the staircase door. Again I
    remarked his lameness and the soft padding sound of his footfall, and
    standing up in my place, I saw his feet as he went out. He had nothing
    on them but a pair of tattered, blood-stained socks. Then the door
    closed upon him. I had half a mind to follow, till I remembered how he
    detested any fuss about himself. For a minute, perhaps, my mind was
    wool-gathering. Then, “Remarkable Behaviour of an Eminent Scientist,” I
    heard the Editor say, thinking (after his wont) in headlines. And this
    brought my attention back to the bright dinner-table.

    “What’s the game?” said the Journalist. “Has he been doing the Amateur
    Cadger? I don’t follow.” I met the eye of the Psychologist, and read my
    own interpretation in his face. I thought of the Time Traveller limping
    painfully upstairs. I don’t think anyone else had noticed his lameness.

    The first to recover completely from this surprise was the Medical Man,
    who rang the bell—the Time Traveller hated to have servants waiting at
    dinner—for a hot plate. At that the Editor turned to his knife and fork
    with a grunt, and the Silent Man followed suit. The dinner was resumed.
    Conversation was exclamatory for a little while with gaps of
    wonderment; and then the Editor got fervent in his curiosity. “Does our
    friend eke out his modest income with a crossing? or has he his
    Nebuchadnezzar phases?” he inquired. “I feel assured it’s this business
    of the Time Machine,” I said, and took up the Psychologist’s account of
    our previous meeting. The new guests were frankly incredulous. The
    Editor raised objections. “What _was_ this time travelling? A man
    couldn’t cover himself with dust by rolling in a paradox, could he?”
    And then, as the idea came home to him, he resorted to caricature.
    Hadn’t they any clothes-brushes in the Future? The Journalist too,
    would not believe at any price, and joined the Editor in the easy work
    of heaping ridicule on the whole thing. They were both the new kind of
    journalist—very joyous, irreverent young men. “Our Special
    Correspondent in the Day after Tomorrow reports,” the Journalist was
    saying—or rather shouting—when the Time Traveller came back. He was
    dressed in ordinary evening clothes, and nothing save his haggard look
    remained of the change that had startled me.

    “I say,” said the Editor hilariously, “these chaps here say you have
    been travelling into the middle of next week! Tell us all about little
    Rosebery, will you? What will you take for the lot?”

    The Time Traveller came to the place reserved for him without a word.
    He smiled quietly, in his old way. “Where’s my mutton?” he said. “What
    a treat it is to stick a fork into meat again!”

    “Story!” cried the Editor.

    “Story be damned!” said the Time Traveller. “I want something to eat. I
    won’t say a word until I get some peptone into my arteries. Thanks. And
    the salt.”

    “One word,” said I. “Have you been time travelling?”

    “Yes,” said the Time Traveller, with his mouth full, nodding his head.

    “I’d give a shilling a line for a verbatim note,” said the Editor. The
    Time Traveller pushed his glass towards the Silent Man and rang it with
    his fingernail; at which the Silent Man, who had been staring at his
    face, started convulsively, and poured him wine. The rest of the dinner
    was uncomfortable. For my own part, sudden questions kept on rising to
    my lips, and I dare say it was the same with the others. The Journalist
    tried to relieve the tension by telling anecdotes of Hettie Potter. The
    Time Traveller devoted his attention to his dinner, and displayed the
    appetite of a tramp. The Medical Man smoked a cigarette, and watched
    the Time Traveller through his eyelashes. The Silent Man seemed even
    more clumsy than usual, and drank champagne with regularity and
    determination out of sheer nervousness. At last the Time Traveller
    pushed his plate away, and looked round us. “I suppose I must
    apologise,” he said. “I was simply starving. I’ve had a most amazing
    time.” He reached out his hand for a cigar, and cut the end. “But come
    into the smoking-room. It’s too long a story to tell over greasy
    plates.” And ringing the bell in passing, he led the way into the
    adjoining room.

    “You have told Blank, and Dash, and Chose about the machine?” he said
    to me, leaning back in his easy-chair and naming the three new guests.

    “But the thing’s a mere paradox,” said the Editor.

    “I can’t argue tonight. I don’t mind telling you the story, but I can’t
    argue. I will,” he went on, “tell you the story of what has happened to
    me, if you like, but you must refrain from interruptions. I want to
    tell it. Badly. Most of it will sound like lying. So be it! It’s
    true—every word of it, all the same. I was in my laboratory at four
    o’clock, and since then … I’ve lived eight days … such days as no human
    being ever lived before! I’m nearly worn out, but I shan’t sleep till
    I’ve told this thing over to you. Then I shall go to bed. But no
    interruptions! Is it agreed?”

    “Agreed,” said the Editor, and the rest of us echoed “Agreed.” And with
    that the Time Traveller began his story as I have set it forth. He sat
    back in his chair at first, and spoke like a weary man. Afterwards he
    got more animated. In writing it down I feel with only too much
    keenness the inadequacy of pen and ink—and, above all, my own
    inadequacy—to express its quality. You read, I will suppose,
    attentively enough; but you cannot see the speaker’s white, sincere
    face in the bright circle of the little lamp, nor hear the intonation
    of his voice. You cannot know how his expression followed the turns of
    his story! Most of us hearers were in shadow, for the candles in the
    smoking-room had not been lighted, and only the face of the Journalist
    and the legs of the Silent Man from the knees downward were
    illuminated. At first we glanced now and again at each other. After a
    time we ceased to do that, and looked only at the Time Traveller’s
    face.

    IV.
    Time Travelling

    “I told some of you last Thursday of the principles of the Time
    Machine, and showed you the actual thing itself, incomplete in the
    workshop. There it is now, a little travel-worn, truly; and one of the
    ivory bars is cracked, and a brass rail bent; but the rest of it’s
    sound enough. I expected to finish it on Friday; but on Friday, when
    the putting together was nearly done, I found that one of the nickel
    bars was exactly one inch too short, and this I had to get remade; so
    that the thing was not complete until this morning. It was at ten
    o’clock today that the first of all Time Machines began its career. I
    gave it a last tap, tried all the screws again, put one more drop of
    oil on the quartz rod, and sat myself in the saddle. I suppose a
    suicide who holds a pistol to his skull feels much the same wonder at
    what will come next as I felt then. I took the starting lever in one
    hand and the stopping one in the other, pressed the first, and almost
    immediately the second. I seemed to reel; I felt a nightmare sensation
    of falling; and, looking round, I saw the laboratory exactly as before.
    Had anything happened? For a moment I suspected that my intellect had
    tricked me. Then I noted the clock. A moment before, as it seemed, it
    had stood at a minute or so past ten; now it was nearly half-past
    three!

    “I drew a breath, set my teeth, gripped the starting lever with both
    hands, and went off with a thud. The laboratory got hazy and went dark.
    Mrs. Watchett came in and walked, apparently without seeing me, towards
    the garden door. I suppose it took her a minute or so to traverse the
    place, but to me she seemed to shoot across the room like a rocket. I
    pressed the lever over to its extreme position. The night came like the
    turning out of a lamp, and in another moment came tomorrow. The
    laboratory grew faint and hazy, then fainter and ever fainter. Tomorrow
    night came black, then day again, night again, day again, faster and
    faster still. An eddying murmur filled my ears, and a strange, dumb
    confusedness descended on my mind.

    “I am afraid I cannot convey the peculiar sensations of time
    travelling. They are excessively unpleasant. There is a feeling exactly
    like that one has upon a switchback—of a helpless headlong motion! I
    felt the same horrible anticipation, too, of an imminent smash. As I
    put on pace, night followed day like the flapping of a black wing. The
    dim suggestion of the laboratory seemed presently to fall away from me,
    and I saw the sun hopping swiftly across the sky, leaping it every
    minute, and every minute marking a day. I supposed the laboratory had
    been destroyed and I had come into the open air. I had a dim impression
    of scaffolding, but I was already going too fast to be conscious of any
    moving things. The slowest snail that ever crawled dashed by too fast
    for me. The twinkling succession of darkness and light was excessively
    painful to the eye. Then, in the intermittent darknesses, I saw the
    moon spinning swiftly through her quarters from new to full, and had a
    faint glimpse of the circling stars. Presently, as I went on, still
    gaining velocity, the palpitation of night and day merged into one
    continuous greyness; the sky took on a wonderful deepness of blue, a
    splendid luminous colour like that of early twilight; the jerking sun
    became a streak of fire, a brilliant arch, in space; the moon a fainter
    fluctuating band; and I could see nothing of the stars, save now and
    then a brighter circle flickering in the blue.

    “The landscape was misty and vague. I was still on the hillside upon
    which this house now stands, and the shoulder rose above me grey and
    dim. I saw trees growing and changing like puffs of vapour, now brown,
    now green; they grew, spread, shivered, and passed away. I saw huge
    buildings rise up faint and fair, and pass like dreams. The whole
    surface of the earth seemed changed—melting and flowing under my eyes.
    The little hands upon the dials that registered my speed raced round
    faster and faster. Presently I noted that the sun belt swayed up and
    down, from solstice to solstice, in a minute or less, and that
    consequently my pace was over a year a minute; and minute by minute the
    white snow flashed across the world, and vanished, and was followed by
    the bright, brief green of spring.

    “The unpleasant sensations of the start were less poignant now. They
    merged at last into a kind of hysterical exhilaration. I remarked,
    indeed, a clumsy swaying of the machine, for which I was unable to
    account. But my mind was too confused to attend to it, so with a kind
    of madness growing upon me, I flung myself into futurity. At first I
    scarce thought of stopping, scarce thought of anything but these new
    sensations. But presently a fresh series of impressions grew up in my
    mind—a certain curiosity and therewith a certain dread—until at last
    they took complete possession of me. What strange developments of
    humanity, what wonderful advances upon our rudimentary civilisation, I
    thought, might not appear when I came to look nearly into the dim
    elusive world that raced and fluctuated before my eyes! I saw great and
    splendid architecture rising about me, more massive than any buildings
    of our own time, and yet, as it seemed, built of glimmer and mist. I
    saw a richer green flow up the hillside, and remain there, without any
    wintry intermission. Even through the veil of my confusion the earth
    seemed very fair. And so my mind came round to the business of
    stopping.

    “The peculiar risk lay in the possibility of my finding some substance
    in the space which I, or the machine, occupied. So long as I travelled
    at a high velocity through time, this scarcely mattered: I was, so to
    speak, attenuated—was slipping like a vapour through the interstices of
    intervening substances! But to come to a stop involved the jamming of
    myself, molecule by molecule, into whatever lay in my way; meant
    bringing my atoms into such intimate contact with those of the obstacle
    that a profound chemical reaction—possibly a far-reaching
    explosion—would result, and blow myself and my apparatus out of all
    possible dimensions—into the Unknown. This possibility had occurred to
    me again and again while I was making the machine; but then I had
    cheerfully accepted it as an unavoidable risk—one of the risks a man
    has got to take! Now the risk was inevitable, I no longer saw it in the
    same cheerful light. The fact is that, insensibly, the absolute
    strangeness of everything, the sickly jarring and swaying of the
    machine, above all, the feeling of prolonged falling, had absolutely
    upset my nerves. I told myself that I could never stop, and with a gust
    of petulance I resolved to stop forthwith. Like an impatient fool, I
    lugged over the lever, and incontinently the thing went reeling over,
    and I was flung headlong through the air.

    “There was the sound of a clap of thunder in my ears. I may have been
    stunned for a moment. A pitiless hail was hissing round me, and I was
    sitting on soft turf in front of the overset machine. Everything still
    seemed grey, but presently I remarked that the confusion in my ears was
    gone. I looked round me. I was on what seemed to be a little lawn in a
    garden, surrounded by rhododendron bushes, and I noticed that their
    mauve and purple blossoms were dropping in a shower under the beating
    of the hailstones. The rebounding, dancing hail hung in a little cloud
    over the machine, and drove along the ground like smoke. In a moment I
    was wet to the skin. ‘Fine hospitality,’ said I, ‘to a man who has
    travelled innumerable years to see you.’

    “Presently I thought what a fool I was to get wet. I stood up and
    looked round me. A colossal figure, carved apparently in some white
    stone, loomed indistinctly beyond the rhododendrons through the hazy
    downpour. But all else of the world was invisible.

    “My sensations would be hard to describe. As the columns of hail grew
    thinner, I saw the white figure more distinctly. It was very large, for
    a silver birch-tree touched its shoulder. It was of white marble, in
    shape something like a winged sphinx, but the wings, instead of being
    carried vertically at the sides, were spread so that it seemed to
    hover. The pedestal, it appeared to me, was of bronze, and was thick
    with verdigris. It chanced that the face was towards me; the sightless
    eyes seemed to watch me; there was the faint shadow of a smile on the
    lips. It was greatly weather-worn, and that imparted an unpleasant
    suggestion of disease. I stood looking at it for a little space—half a
    minute, perhaps, or half an hour. It seemed to advance and to recede as
    the hail drove before it denser or thinner. At last I tore my eyes from
    it for a moment, and saw that the hail curtain had worn threadbare, and
    that the sky was lightening with the promise of the sun.

    “I looked up again at the crouching white shape, and the full temerity
    of my voyage came suddenly upon me. What might appear when that hazy
    curtain was altogether withdrawn? What might not have happened to men?
    What if cruelty had grown into a common passion? What if in this
    interval the race had lost its manliness, and had developed into
    something inhuman, unsympathetic, and overwhelmingly powerful? I might
    seem some old-world savage animal, only the more dreadful and
    disgusting for our common likeness—a foul creature to be incontinently
    slain.

    “Already I saw other vast shapes—huge buildings with intricate parapets
    and tall columns, with a wooded hillside dimly creeping in upon me
    through the lessening storm. I was seized with a panic fear. I turned
    frantically to the Time Machine, and strove hard to readjust it. As I
    did so the shafts of the sun smote through the thunderstorm. The grey
    downpour was swept aside and vanished like the trailing garments of a
    ghost. Above me, in the intense blue of the summer sky, some faint
    brown shreds of cloud whirled into nothingness. The great buildings
    about me stood out clear and distinct, shining with the wet of the
    thunderstorm, and picked out in white by the unmelted hailstones piled
    along their courses. I felt naked in a strange world. I felt as perhaps
    a bird may feel in the clear air, knowing the hawk wings above and will
    swoop. My fear grew to frenzy. I took a breathing space, set my teeth,
    and again grappled fiercely, wrist and knee, with the machine. It gave
    under my desperate onset and turned over. It struck my chin violently.
    One hand on the saddle, the other on the lever, I stood panting heavily
    in attitude to mount again.

    “But with this recovery of a prompt retreat my courage recovered. I
    looked more curiously and less fearfully at this world of the remote
    future. In a circular opening, high up in the wall of the nearer house,
    I saw a group of figures clad in rich soft robes. They had seen me, and
    their faces were directed towards me.

    “Then I heard voices approaching me. Coming through the bushes by the
    White Sphinx were the heads and shoulders of men running. One of these
    emerged in a pathway leading straight to the little lawn upon which I
    stood with my machine. He was a slight creature—perhaps four feet
    high—clad in a purple tunic, girdled at the waist with a leather belt.
    Sandals or buskins—I could not clearly distinguish which—were on his
    feet; his legs were bare to the knees, and his head was bare. Noticing
    that, I noticed for the first time how warm the air was.

    “He struck me as being a very beautiful and graceful creature, but
    indescribably frail. His flushed face reminded me of the more beautiful
    kind of consumptive—that hectic beauty of which we used to hear so
    much. At the sight of him I suddenly regained confidence. I took my
    hands from the machine.

    V.
    In the Golden Age

    “In another moment we were standing face to face, I and this fragile
    thing out of futurity. He came straight up to me and laughed into my
    eyes. The absence from his bearing of any sign of fear struck me at
    once. Then he turned to the two others who were following him and spoke
    to them in a strange and very sweet and liquid tongue.

    “There were others coming, and presently a little group of perhaps
    eight or ten of these exquisite creatures were about me. One of them
    addressed me. It came into my head, oddly enough, that my voice was too
    harsh and deep for them. So I shook my head, and, pointing to my ears,
    shook it again. He came a step forward, hesitated, and then touched my
    hand. Then I felt other soft little tentacles upon my back and
    shoulders. They wanted to make sure I was real. There was nothing in
    this at all alarming. Indeed, there was something in these pretty
    little people that inspired confidence—a graceful gentleness, a certain
    childlike ease. And besides, they looked so frail that I could fancy
    myself flinging the whole dozen of them about like ninepins. But I made
    a sudden motion to warn them when I saw their little pink hands feeling
    at the Time Machine. Happily then, when it was not too late, I thought
    of a danger I had hitherto forgotten, and reaching over the bars of the
    machine I unscrewed the little levers that would set it in motion, and
    put these in my pocket. Then I turned again to see what I could do in
    the way of communication.

    “And then, looking more nearly into their features, I saw some further
    peculiarities in their Dresden china type of prettiness. Their hair,
    which was uniformly curly, came to a sharp end at the neck and cheek;
    there was not the faintest suggestion of it on the face, and their ears
    were singularly minute. The mouths were small, with bright red, rather
    thin lips, and the little chins ran to a point. The eyes were large and
    mild; and—this may seem egotism on my part—I fancied even that there
    was a certain lack of the interest I might have expected in them.

    “As they made no effort to communicate with me, but simply stood round
    me smiling and speaking in soft cooing notes to each other, I began the
    conversation. I pointed to the Time Machine and to myself. Then,
    hesitating for a moment how to express Time, I pointed to the sun. At
    once a quaintly pretty little figure in chequered purple and white
    followed my gesture, and then astonished me by imitating the sound of
    thunder.

    “For a moment I was staggered, though the import of his gesture was
    plain enough. The question had come into my mind abruptly: were these
    creatures fools? You may hardly understand how it took me. You see, I
    had always anticipated that the people of the year Eight Hundred and
    Two Thousand odd would be incredibly in front of us in knowledge, art,
    everything. Then one of them suddenly asked me a question that showed
    him to be on the intellectual level of one of our five-year-old
    children—asked me, in fact, if I had come from the sun in a
    thunderstorm! It let loose the judgment I had suspended upon their
    clothes, their frail light limbs, and fragile features. A flow of
    disappointment rushed across my mind. For a moment I felt that I had
    built the Time Machine in vain.

    “I nodded, pointed to the sun, and gave them such a vivid rendering of
    a thunderclap as startled them. They all withdrew a pace or so and
    bowed. Then came one laughing towards me, carrying a chain of beautiful
    flowers altogether new to me, and put it about my neck. The idea was
    received with melodious applause; and presently they were all running
    to and fro for flowers, and laughingly flinging them upon me until I
    was almost smothered with blossom. You who have never seen the like can
    scarcely imagine what delicate and wonderful flowers countless years of
    culture had created. Then someone suggested that their plaything should
    be exhibited in the nearest building, and so I was led past the sphinx
    of white marble, which had seemed to watch me all the while with a
    smile at my astonishment, towards a vast grey edifice of fretted stone.
    As I went with them the memory of my confident anticipations of a
    profoundly grave and intellectual posterity came, with irresistible
    merriment, to my mind.

    “The building had a huge entry, and was altogether of colossal
    dimensions. I was naturally most occupied with the growing crowd of
    little people, and with the big open portals that yawned before me
    shadowy and mysterious. My general impression of the world I saw over
    their heads was a tangled waste of beautiful bushes and flowers, a long
    neglected and yet weedless garden. I saw a number of tall spikes of
    strange white flowers, measuring a foot perhaps across the spread of
    the waxen petals. They grew scattered, as if wild, among the variegated
    shrubs, but, as I say, I did not examine them closely at this time. The
    Time Machine was left deserted on the turf among the rhododendrons.

    “The arch of the doorway was richly carved, but naturally I did not
    observe the carving very narrowly, though I fancied I saw suggestions
    of old Phœnician decorations as I passed through, and it struck me that
    they were very badly broken and weather-worn. Several more brightly
    clad people met me in the doorway, and so we entered, I, dressed in
    dingy nineteenth-century garments, looking grotesque enough, garlanded
    with flowers, and surrounded by an eddying mass of bright,
    soft-coloured robes and shining white limbs, in a melodious whirl of
    laughter and laughing speech.

    “The big doorway opened into a proportionately great hall hung with
    brown. The roof was in shadow, and the windows, partially glazed with
    coloured glass and partially unglazed, admitted a tempered light. The
    floor was made up of huge blocks of some very hard white metal, not
    plates nor slabs—blocks, and it was so much worn, as I judged by the
    going to and fro of past generations, as to be deeply channelled along
    the more frequented ways. Transverse to the length were innumerable
    tables made of slabs of polished stone, raised, perhaps, a foot from
    the floor, and upon these were heaps of fruits. Some I recognised as a
    kind of hypertrophied raspberry and orange, but for the most part they
    were strange.

    “Between the tables was scattered a great number of cushions. Upon
    these my conductors seated themselves, signing for me to do likewise.
    With a pretty absence of ceremony they began to eat the fruit with
    their hands, flinging peel and stalks, and so forth, into the round
    openings in the sides of the tables. I was not loath to follow their
    example, for I felt thirsty and hungry. As I did so I surveyed the hall
    at my leisure.

    “And perhaps the thing that struck me most was its dilapidated look.
    The stained-glass windows, which displayed only a geometrical pattern,
    were broken in many places, and the curtains that hung across the lower
    end were thick with dust. And it caught my eye that the corner of the
    marble table near me was fractured. Nevertheless, the general effect
    was extremely rich and picturesque. There were, perhaps, a couple of
    hundred people dining in the hall, and most of them, seated as near to
    me as they could come, were watching me with interest, their little
    eyes shining over the fruit they were eating. All were clad in the same
    soft, and yet strong, silky material.

    “Fruit, by the bye, was all their diet. These people of the remote
    future were strict vegetarians, and while I was with them, in spite of
    some carnal cravings, I had to be frugivorous also. Indeed, I found
    afterwards that horses, cattle, sheep, dogs, had followed the
    Ichthyosaurus into extinction. But the fruits were very delightful;
    one, in particular, that seemed to be in season all the time I was
    there—a floury thing in a three-sided husk—was especially good, and I
    made it my staple. At first I was puzzled by all these strange fruits,
    and by the strange flowers I saw, but later I began to perceive their
    import.

    “However, I am telling you of my fruit dinner in the distant future
    now. So soon as my appetite was a little checked, I determined to make
    a resolute attempt to learn the speech of these new men of mine.
    Clearly that was the next thing to do. The fruits seemed a convenient
    thing to begin upon, and holding one of these up I began a series of
    interrogative sounds and gestures. I had some considerable difficulty
    in conveying my meaning. At first my efforts met with a stare of
    surprise or inextinguishable laughter, but presently a fair-haired
    little creature seemed to grasp my intention and repeated a name. They
    had to chatter and explain the business at great length to each other,
    and my first attempts to make the exquisite little sounds of their
    language caused an immense amount of genuine, if uncivil, amusement.
    However, I felt like a schoolmaster amidst children, and persisted, and
    presently I had a score of noun substantives at least at my command;
    and then I got to demonstrative pronouns, and even the verb ‘to eat.’
    But it was slow work, and the little people soon tired and wanted to
    get away from my interrogations, so I determined, rather of necessity,
    to let them give their lessons in little doses when they felt inclined.
    And very little doses I found they were before long, for I never met
    people more indolent or more easily fatigued.

    VI.
    The Sunset of Mankind

    “A queer thing I soon discovered about my little hosts, and that was
    their lack of interest. They would come to me with eager cries of
    astonishment, like children, but, like children they would soon stop
    examining me, and wander away after some other toy. The dinner and my
    conversational beginnings ended, I noted for the first time that almost
    all those who had surrounded me at first were gone. It is odd, too, how
    speedily I came to disregard these little people. I went out through
    the portal into the sunlit world again as soon as my hunger was
    satisfied. I was continually meeting more of these men of the future,
    who would follow me a little distance, chatter and laugh about me, and,
    having smiled and gesticulated in a friendly way, leave me again to my
    own devices.

    “The calm of evening was upon the world as I emerged from the great
    hall, and the scene was lit by the warm glow of the setting sun. At
    first things were very confusing. Everything was so entirely different
    from the world I had known—even the flowers. The big building I had
    left was situated on the slope of a broad river valley, but the Thames
    had shifted, perhaps, a mile from its present position. I resolved to
    mount to the summit of a crest, perhaps a mile and a half away, from
    which I could get a wider view of this our planet in the year Eight
    Hundred and Two Thousand Seven Hundred and One, A.D. For that, I should
    explain, was the date the little dials of my machine recorded.

    “As I walked I was watching for every impression that could possibly
    help to explain the condition of ruinous splendour in which I found the
    world—for ruinous it was. A little way up the hill, for instance, was a
    great heap of granite, bound together by masses of aluminium, a vast
    labyrinth of precipitous walls and crumpled heaps, amidst which were
    thick heaps of very beautiful pagoda-like plants—nettles possibly—but
    wonderfully tinted with brown about the leaves, and incapable of
    stinging. It was evidently the derelict remains of some vast structure,
    to what end built I could not determine. It was here that I was
    destined, at a later date, to have a very strange experience—the first
    intimation of a still stranger discovery—but of that I will speak in
    its proper place.

    “Looking round, with a sudden thought, from a terrace on which I rested
    for a while, I realised that there were no small houses to be seen.
    Apparently the single house, and possibly even the household, had
    vanished. Here and there among the greenery were palace-like buildings,
    but the house and the cottage, which form such characteristic features
    of our own English landscape, had disappeared.

    “‘Communism,’ said I to myself.

    “And on the heels of that came another thought. I looked at the
    half-dozen little figures that were following me. Then, in a flash, I
    perceived that all had the same form of costume, the same soft hairless
    visage, and the same girlish rotundity of limb. It may seem strange,
    perhaps, that I had not noticed this before. But everything was so
    strange. Now, I saw the fact plainly enough. In costume, and in all the
    differences of texture and bearing that now mark off the sexes from
    each other, these people of the future were alike. And the children
    seemed to my eyes to be but the miniatures of their parents. I judged
    then that the children of that time were extremely precocious,
    physically at least, and I found afterwards abundant verification of my
    opinion.

    “Seeing the ease and security in which these people were living, I felt
    that this close resemblance of the sexes was after all what one would
    expect; for the strength of a man and the softness of a woman, the
    institution of the family, and the differentiation of occupations are
    mere militant necessities of an age of physical force. Where population
    is balanced and abundant, much childbearing becomes an evil rather than
    a blessing to the State; where violence comes but rarely and offspring
    are secure, there is less necessity—indeed there is no necessity—for an
    efficient family, and the specialisation of the sexes with reference to
    their children’s needs disappears. We see some beginnings of this even
    in our own time, and in this future age it was complete. This, I must
    remind you, was my speculation at the time. Later, I was to appreciate
    how far it fell short of the reality.

    “While I was musing upon these things, my attention was attracted by a
    pretty little structure, like a well under a cupola. I thought in a
    transitory way of the oddness of wells still existing, and then resumed
    the thread of my speculations. There were no large buildings towards
    the top of the hill, and as my walking powers were evidently
    miraculous, I was presently left alone for the first time. With a
    strange sense of freedom and adventure I pushed on up to the crest.

    “There I found a seat of some yellow metal that I did not recognise,
    corroded in places with a kind of pinkish rust and half smothered in
    soft moss, the arm-rests cast and filed into the resemblance of
    griffins’ heads. I sat down on it, and I surveyed the broad view of our
    old world under the sunset of that long day. It was as sweet and fair a
    view as I have ever seen. The sun had already gone below the horizon
    and the west was flaming gold, touched with some horizontal bars of
    purple and crimson. Below was the valley of the Thames, in which the
    river lay like a band of burnished steel. I have already spoken of the
    great palaces dotted about among the variegated greenery, some in ruins
    and some still occupied. Here and there rose a white or silvery figure
    in the waste garden of the earth, here and there came the sharp
    vertical line of some cupola or obelisk. There were no hedges, no signs
    of proprietary rights, no evidences of agriculture; the whole earth had
    become a garden.

    “So watching, I began to put my interpretation upon the things I had
    seen, and as it shaped itself to me that evening, my interpretation was
    something in this way. (Afterwards I found I had got only a half
    truth—or only a glimpse of one facet of the truth.)

    “It seemed to me that I had happened upon humanity upon the wane. The
    ruddy sunset set me thinking of the sunset of mankind. For the first
    time I began to realise an odd consequence of the social effort in
    which we are at present engaged. And yet, come to think, it is a
    logical consequence enough. Strength is the outcome of need; security
    sets a premium on feebleness. The work of ameliorating the conditions
    of life—the true civilising process that makes life more and more
    secure—had gone steadily on to a climax. One triumph of a united
    humanity over Nature had followed another. Things that are now mere
    dreams had become projects deliberately put in hand and carried
    forward. And the harvest was what I saw!

    “After all, the sanitation and the agriculture of today are still in
    the rudimentary stage. The science of our time has attacked but a
    little department of the field of human disease, but, even so, it
    spreads its operations very steadily and persistently. Our agriculture
    and horticulture destroy a weed just here and there and cultivate
    perhaps a score or so of wholesome plants, leaving the greater number
    to fight out a balance as they can. We improve our favourite plants and
    animals—and how few they are—gradually by selective breeding; now a new
    and better peach, now a seedless grape, now a sweeter and larger
    flower, now a more convenient breed of cattle. We improve them
    gradually, because our ideals are vague and tentative, and our
    knowledge is very limited; because Nature, too, is shy and slow in our
    clumsy hands. Some day all this will be better organised, and still
    better. That is the drift of the current in spite of the eddies. The
    whole world will be intelligent, educated, and co-operating; things
    will move faster and faster towards the subjugation of Nature. In the
    end, wisely and carefully we shall readjust the balance of animal and
    vegetable life to suit our human needs.

    “This adjustment, I say, must have been done, and done well; done
    indeed for all Time, in the space of Time across which my machine had
    leapt. The air was free from gnats, the earth from weeds or fungi;
    everywhere were fruits and sweet and delightful flowers; brilliant
    butterflies flew hither and thither. The ideal of preventive medicine
    was attained. Diseases had been stamped out. I saw no evidence of any
    contagious diseases during all my stay. And I shall have to tell you
    later that even the processes of putrefaction and decay had been
    profoundly affected by these changes.

    “Social triumphs, too, had been effected. I saw mankind housed in
    splendid shelters, gloriously clothed, and as yet I had found them
    engaged in no toil. There were no signs of struggle, neither social nor
    economical struggle. The shop, the advertisement, traffic, all that
    commerce which constitutes the body of our world, was gone. It was
    natural on that golden evening that I should jump at the idea of a
    social paradise. The difficulty of increasing population had been met,
    I guessed, and population had ceased to increase.

    “But with this change in condition comes inevitably adaptations to the
    change. What, unless biological science is a mass of errors, is the
    cause of human intelligence and vigour? Hardship and freedom:
    conditions under which the active, strong, and subtle survive and the
    weaker go to the wall; conditions that put a premium upon the loyal
    alliance of capable men, upon self-restraint, patience, and decision.
    And the institution of the family, and the emotions that arise therein,
    the fierce jealousy, the tenderness for offspring, parental
    self-devotion, all found their justification and support in the
    imminent dangers of the young. _Now_, where are these imminent dangers?
    There is a sentiment arising, and it will grow, against connubial
    jealousy, against fierce maternity, against passion of all sorts;
    unnecessary things now, and things that make us uncomfortable, savage
    survivals, discords in a refined and pleasant life.

    “I thought of the physical slightness of the people, their lack of
    intelligence, and those big abundant ruins, and it strengthened my
    belief in a perfect conquest of Nature. For after the battle comes
    Quiet. Humanity had been strong, energetic, and intelligent, and had
    used all its abundant vitality to alter the conditions under which it
    lived. And now came the reaction of the altered conditions.

    “Under the new conditions of perfect comfort and security, that
    restless energy, that with us is strength, would become weakness. Even
    in our own time certain tendencies and desires, once necessary to
    survival, are a constant source of failure. Physical courage and the
    love of battle, for instance, are no great help—may even be
    hindrances—to a civilised man. And in a state of physical balance and
    security, power, intellectual as well as physical, would be out of
    place. For countless years I judged there had been no danger of war or
    solitary violence, no danger from wild beasts, no wasting disease to
    require strength of constitution, no need of toil. For such a life,
    what we should call the weak are as well equipped as the strong, are
    indeed no longer weak. Better equipped indeed they are, for the strong
    would be fretted by an energy for which there was no outlet. No doubt
    the exquisite beauty of the buildings I saw was the outcome of the last
    surgings of the now purposeless energy of mankind before it settled
    down into perfect harmony with the conditions under which it lived—the
    flourish of that triumph which began the last great peace. This has
    ever been the fate of energy in security; it takes to art and to
    eroticism, and then come languor and decay.

    “Even this artistic impetus would at last die away—had almost died in
    the Time I saw. To adorn themselves with flowers, to dance, to sing in
    the sunlight: so much was left of the artistic spirit, and no more.
    Even that would fade in the end into a contented inactivity. We are
    kept keen on the grindstone of pain and necessity, and it seemed to me
    that here was that hateful grindstone broken at last!

    “As I stood there in the gathering dark I thought that in this simple
    explanation I had mastered the problem of the world—mastered the whole
    secret of these delicious people. Possibly the checks they had devised
    for the increase of population had succeeded too well, and their
    numbers had rather diminished than kept stationary. That would account
    for the abandoned ruins. Very simple was my explanation, and plausible
    enough—as most wrong theories are!

    VII.
    A Sudden Shock

    “As I stood there musing over this too perfect triumph of man, the full
    moon, yellow and gibbous, came up out of an overflow of silver light in
    the north-east. The bright little figures ceased to move about below, a
    noiseless owl flitted by, and I shivered with the chill of the night. I
    determined to descend and find where I could sleep.

    “I looked for the building I knew. Then my eye travelled along to the
    figure of the White Sphinx upon the pedestal of bronze, growing
    distinct as the light of the rising moon grew brighter. I could see the
    silver birch against it. There was the tangle of rhododendron bushes,
    black in the pale light, and there was the little lawn. I looked at the
    lawn again. A queer doubt chilled my complacency. ‘No,’ said I stoutly
    to myself, ‘that was not the lawn.’

    “But it _was_ the lawn. For the white leprous face of the sphinx was
    towards it. Can you imagine what I felt as this conviction came home to
    me? But you cannot. The Time Machine was gone!

    “At once, like a lash across the face, came the possibility of losing
    my own age, of being left helpless in this strange new world. The bare
    thought of it was an actual physical sensation. I could feel it grip me
    at the throat and stop my breathing. In another moment I was in a
    passion of fear and running with great leaping strides down the slope.
    Once I fell headlong and cut my face; I lost no time in stanching the
    blood, but jumped up and ran on, with a warm trickle down my cheek and
    chin. All the time I ran I was saying to myself: ‘They have moved it a
    little, pushed it under the bushes out of the way.’ Nevertheless, I ran
    with all my might. All the time, with the certainty that sometimes
    comes with excessive dread, I knew that such assurance was folly, knew
    instinctively that the machine was removed out of my reach. My breath
    came with pain. I suppose I covered the whole distance from the hill
    crest to the little lawn, two miles perhaps, in ten minutes. And I am
    not a young man. I cursed aloud, as I ran, at my confident folly in
    leaving the machine, wasting good breath thereby. I cried aloud, and
    none answered. Not a creature seemed to be stirring in that moonlit
    world.

    “When I reached the lawn my worst fears were realised. Not a trace of
    the thing was to be seen. I felt faint and cold when I faced the empty
    space among the black tangle of bushes. I ran round it furiously, as if
    the thing might be hidden in a corner, and then stopped abruptly, with
    my hands clutching my hair. Above me towered the sphinx, upon the
    bronze pedestal, white, shining, leprous, in the light of the rising
    moon. It seemed to smile in mockery of my dismay.

    “I might have consoled myself by imagining the little people had put
    the mechanism in some shelter for me, had I not felt assured of their
    physical and intellectual inadequacy. That is what dismayed me: the
    sense of some hitherto unsuspected power, through whose intervention my
    invention had vanished. Yet, for one thing I felt assured: unless some
    other age had produced its exact duplicate, the machine could not have
    moved in time. The attachment of the levers—I will show you the method
    later—prevented anyone from tampering with it in that way when they
    were removed. It had moved, and was hid, only in space. But then, where
    could it be?

    “I think I must have had a kind of frenzy. I remember running violently
    in and out among the moonlit bushes all round the sphinx, and startling
    some white animal that, in the dim light, I took for a small deer. I
    remember, too, late that night, beating the bushes with my clenched
    fist until my knuckles were gashed and bleeding from the broken twigs.
    Then, sobbing and raving in my anguish of mind, I went down to the
    great building of stone. The big hall was dark, silent, and deserted. I
    slipped on the uneven floor, and fell over one of the malachite tables,
    almost breaking my shin. I lit a match and went on past the dusty
    curtains, of which I have told you.

    “There I found a second great hall covered with cushions, upon which,
    perhaps, a score or so of the little people were sleeping. I have no
    doubt they found my second appearance strange enough, coming suddenly
    out of the quiet darkness with inarticulate noises and the splutter and
    flare of a match. For they had forgotten about matches. ‘Where is my
    Time Machine?’ I began, bawling like an angry child, laying hands upon
    them and shaking them up together. It must have been very queer to
    them. Some laughed, most of them looked sorely frightened. When I saw
    them standing round me, it came into my head that I was doing as
    foolish a thing as it was possible for me to do under the
    circumstances, in trying to revive the sensation of fear. For,
    reasoning from their daylight behaviour, I thought that fear must be
    forgotten.

    “Abruptly, I dashed down the match, and knocking one of the people over
    in my course, went blundering across the big dining-hall again, out
    under the moonlight. I heard cries of terror and their little feet
    running and stumbling this way and that. I do not remember all I did as
    the moon crept up the sky. I suppose it was the unexpected nature of my
    loss that maddened me. I felt hopelessly cut off from my own kind—a
    strange animal in an unknown world. I must have raved to and fro,
    screaming and crying upon God and Fate. I have a memory of horrible
    fatigue, as the long night of despair wore away; of looking in this
    impossible place and that; of groping among moonlit ruins and touching
    strange creatures in the black shadows; at last, of lying on the ground
    near the sphinx and weeping with absolute wretchedness, even anger at
    the folly of leaving the machine having leaked away with my strength. I
    had nothing left but misery. Then I slept, and when I woke again it was
    full day, and a couple of sparrows were hopping round me on the turf
    within reach of my arm.

    “I sat up in the freshness of the morning, trying to remember how I had
    got there, and why I had such a profound sense of desertion and
    despair. Then things came clear in my mind. With the plain, reasonable
    daylight, I could look my circumstances fairly in the face. I saw the
    wild folly of my frenzy overnight, and I could reason with myself.
    ‘Suppose the worst?’ I said. ‘Suppose the machine altogether
    lost—perhaps destroyed? It behoves me to be calm and patient, to learn
    the way of the people, to get a clear idea of the method of my loss,
    and the means of getting materials and tools; so that in the end,
    perhaps, I may make another.’ That would be my only hope, a poor hope,
    perhaps, but better than despair. And, after all, it was a beautiful
    and curious world.

    “But probably the machine had only been taken away. Still, I must be
    calm and patient, find its hiding-place, and recover it by force or
    cunning. And with that I scrambled to my feet and looked about me,
    wondering where I could bathe. I felt weary, stiff, and travel-soiled.
    The freshness of the morning made me desire an equal freshness. I had
    exhausted my emotion. Indeed, as I went about my business, I found
    myself wondering at my intense excitement overnight. I made a careful
    examination of the ground about the little lawn. I wasted some time in
    futile questionings, conveyed, as well as I was able, to such of the
    little people as came by. They all failed to understand my gestures;
    some were simply stolid, some thought it was a jest and laughed at me.
    I had the hardest task in the world to keep my hands off their pretty
    laughing faces. It was a foolish impulse, but the devil begotten of
    fear and blind anger was ill curbed and still eager to take advantage
    of my perplexity. The turf gave better counsel. I found a groove ripped
    in it, about midway between the pedestal of the sphinx and the marks of
    my feet where, on arrival, I had struggled with the overturned machine.
    There were other signs of removal about, with queer narrow footprints
    like those I could imagine made by a sloth. This directed my closer
    attention to the pedestal. It was, as I think I have said, of bronze.
    It was not a mere block, but highly decorated with deep framed panels
    on either side. I went and rapped at these. The pedestal was hollow.
    Examining the panels with care I found them discontinuous with the
    frames. There were no handles or keyholes, but possibly the panels, if
    they were doors, as I supposed, opened from within. One thing was clear
    enough to my mind. It took no very great mental effort to infer that my
    Time Machine was inside that pedestal. But how it got there was a
    different problem.

    “I saw the heads of two orange-clad people coming through the bushes
    and under some blossom-covered apple-trees towards me. I turned smiling
    to them, and beckoned them to me. They came, and then, pointing to the
    bronze pedestal, I tried to intimate my wish to open it. But at my
    first gesture towards this they behaved very oddly. I don’t know how to
    convey their expression to you. Suppose you were to use a grossly
    improper gesture to a delicate-minded woman—it is how she would look.
    They went off as if they had received the last possible insult. I tried
    a sweet-looking little chap in white next, with exactly the same
    result. Somehow, his manner made me feel ashamed of myself. But, as you
    know, I wanted the Time Machine, and I tried him once more. As he
    turned off, like the others, my temper got the better of me. In three
    strides I was after him, had him by the loose part of his robe round
    the neck, and began dragging him towards the sphinx. Then I saw the
    horror and repugnance of his face, and all of a sudden I let him go.

    “But I was not beaten yet. I banged with my fist at the bronze panels.
    I thought I heard something stir inside—to be explicit, I thought I
    heard a sound like a chuckle—but I must have been mistaken. Then I got
    a big pebble from the river, and came and hammered till I had flattened
    a coil in the decorations, and the verdigris came off in powdery
    flakes. The delicate little people must have heard me hammering in
    gusty outbreaks a mile away on either hand, but nothing came of it. I
    saw a crowd of them upon the slopes, looking furtively at me. At last,
    hot and tired, I sat down to watch the place. But I was too restless to
    watch long; I am too Occidental for a long vigil. I could work at a
    problem for years, but to wait inactive for twenty-four hours—that is
    another matter.

    “I got up after a time, and began walking aimlessly through the bushes
    towards the hill again. ‘Patience,’ said I to myself. ‘If you want your
    machine again you must leave that sphinx alone. If they mean to take
    your machine away, it’s little good your wrecking their bronze panels,
    and if they don’t, you will get it back as soon as you can ask for it.
    To sit among all those unknown things before a puzzle like that is
    hopeless. That way lies monomania. Face this world. Learn its ways,
    watch it, be careful of too hasty guesses at its meaning. In the end
    you will find clues to it all.’ Then suddenly the humour of the
    situation came into my mind: the thought of the years I had spent in
    study and toil to get into the future age, and now my passion of
    anxiety to get out of it. I had made myself the most complicated and
    the most hopeless trap that ever a man devised. Although it was at my
    own expense, I could not help myself. I laughed aloud.

    “Going through the big palace, it seemed to me that the little people
    avoided me. It may have been my fancy, or it may have had something to
    do with my hammering at the gates of bronze. Yet I felt tolerably sure
    of the avoidance. I was careful, however, to show no concern and to
    abstain from any pursuit of them, and in the course of a day or two
    things got back to the old footing. I made what progress I could in the
    language, and in addition I pushed my explorations here and there.
    Either I missed some subtle point or their language was excessively
    simple—almost exclusively composed of concrete substantives and verbs.
    There seemed to be few, if any, abstract terms, or little use of
    figurative language. Their sentences were usually simple and of two
    words, and I failed to convey or understand any but the simplest
    propositions. I determined to put the thought of my Time Machine and
    the mystery of the bronze doors under the sphinx, as much as possible
    in a corner of memory, until my growing knowledge would lead me back to
    them in a natural way. Yet a certain feeling, you may understand,
    tethered me in a circle of a few miles round the point of my arrival.

    VIII.
    Explanation

    “So far as I could see, all the world displayed the same exuberant
    richness as the Thames valley. From every hill I climbed I saw the same
    abundance of splendid buildings, endlessly varied in material and
    style, the same clustering thickets of evergreens, the same
    blossom-laden trees and tree ferns. Here and there water shone like
    silver, and beyond, the land rose into blue undulating hills, and so
    faded into the serenity of the sky. A peculiar feature, which presently
    attracted my attention, was the presence of certain circular wells,
    several, as it seemed to me, of a very great depth. One lay by the path
    up the hill which I had followed during my first walk. Like the others,
    it was rimmed with bronze, curiously wrought, and protected by a little
    cupola from the rain. Sitting by the side of these wells, and peering
    down into the shafted darkness, I could see no gleam of water, nor
    could I start any reflection with a lighted match. But in all of them I
    heard a certain sound: a thud—thud—thud, like the beating of some big
    engine; and I discovered, from the flaring of my matches, that a steady
    current of air set down the shafts. Further, I threw a scrap of paper
    into the throat of one, and, instead of fluttering slowly down, it was
    at once sucked swiftly out of sight.

    “After a time, too, I came to connect these wells with tall towers
    standing here and there upon the slopes; for above them there was often
    just such a flicker in the air as one sees on a hot day above a
    sun-scorched beach. Putting things together, I reached a strong
    suggestion of an extensive system of subterranean ventilation, whose
    true import it was difficult to imagine. I was at first inclined to
    associate it with the sanitary apparatus of these people. It was an
    obvious conclusion, but it was absolutely wrong.

    “And here I must admit that I learnt very little of drains and bells
    and modes of conveyance, and the like conveniences, during my time in
    this real future. In some of these visions of Utopias and coming times
    which I have read, there is a vast amount of detail about building, and
    social arrangements, and so forth. But while such details are easy
    enough to obtain when the whole world is contained in one’s
    imagination, they are altogether inaccessible to a real traveller amid
    such realities as I found here. Conceive the tale of London which a
    negro, fresh from Central Africa, would take back to his tribe! What
    would he know of railway companies, of social movements, of telephone
    and telegraph wires, of the Parcels Delivery Company, and postal orders
    and the like? Yet we, at least, should be willing enough to explain
    these things to him! And even of what he knew, how much could he make
    his untravelled friend either apprehend or believe? Then, think how
    narrow the gap between a negro and a white man of our own times, and
    how wide the interval between myself and these of the Golden Age! I was
    sensible of much which was unseen, and which contributed to my comfort;
    but save for a general impression of automatic organisation, I fear I
    can convey very little of the difference to your mind.

    “In the matter of sepulture, for instance, I could see no signs of
    crematoria nor anything suggestive of tombs. But it occurred to me
    that, possibly, there might be cemeteries (or crematoria) somewhere
    beyond the range of my explorings. This, again, was a question I
    deliberately put to myself, and my curiosity was at first entirely
    defeated upon the point. The thing puzzled me, and I was led to make a
    further remark, which puzzled me still more: that aged and infirm among
    this people there were none.

    “I must confess that my satisfaction with my first theories of an
    automatic civilisation and a decadent humanity did not long endure. Yet
    I could think of no other. Let me put my difficulties. The several big
    palaces I had explored were mere living places, great dining-halls and
    sleeping apartments. I could find no machinery, no appliances of any
    kind. Yet these people were clothed in pleasant fabrics that must at
    times need renewal, and their sandals, though undecorated, were fairly
    complex specimens of metalwork. Somehow such things must be made. And
    the little people displayed no vestige of a creative tendency. There
    were no shops, no workshops, no sign of importations among them. They
    spent all their time in playing gently, in bathing in the river, in
    making love in a half-playful fashion, in eating fruit and sleeping. I
    could not see how things were kept going.

    “Then, again, about the Time Machine: something, I knew not what, had
    taken it into the hollow pedestal of the White Sphinx. _Why?_ For the
    life of me I could not imagine. Those waterless wells, too, those
    flickering pillars. I felt I lacked a clue. I felt—how shall I put it?
    Suppose you found an inscription, with sentences here and there in
    excellent plain English, and interpolated therewith, others made up of
    words, of letters even, absolutely unknown to you? Well, on the third
    day of my visit, that was how the world of Eight Hundred and Two
    Thousand Seven Hundred and One presented itself to me!

    “That day, too, I made a friend—of a sort. It happened that, as I was
    watching some of the little people bathing in a shallow, one of them
    was seized with cramp and began drifting downstream. The main current
    ran rather swiftly, but not too strongly for even a moderate swimmer.
    It will give you an idea, therefore, of the strange deficiency in these
    creatures, when I tell you that none made the slightest attempt to
    rescue the weakly crying little thing which was drowning before their
    eyes. When I realised this, I hurriedly slipped off my clothes, and,
    wading in at a point lower down, I caught the poor mite and drew her
    safe to land. A little rubbing of the limbs soon brought her round, and
    I had the satisfaction of seeing she was all right before I left her. I
    had got to such a low estimate of her kind that I did not expect any
    gratitude from her. In that, however, I was wrong.

    “This happened in the morning. In the afternoon I met my little woman,
    as I believe it was, as I was returning towards my centre from an
    exploration, and she received me with cries of delight and presented me
    with a big garland of flowers—evidently made for me and me alone. The
    thing took my imagination. Very possibly I had been feeling desolate.
    At any rate I did my best to display my appreciation of the gift. We
    were soon seated together in a little stone arbour, engaged in
    conversation, chiefly of smiles. The creature’s friendliness affected
    me exactly as a child’s might have done. We passed each other flowers,
    and she kissed my hands. I did the same to hers. Then I tried talk, and
    found that her name was Weena, which, though I don’t know what it
    meant, somehow seemed appropriate enough. That was the beginning of a
    queer friendship which lasted a week, and ended—as I will tell you!

    “She was exactly like a child. She wanted to be with me always. She
    tried to follow me everywhere, and on my next journey out and about it
    went to my heart to tire her down, and leave her at last, exhausted and
    calling after me rather plaintively. But the problems of the world had
    to be mastered. I had not, I said to myself, come into the future to
    carry on a miniature flirtation. Yet her distress when I left her was
    very great, her expostulations at the parting were sometimes frantic,
    and I think, altogether, I had as much trouble as comfort from her
    devotion. Nevertheless she was, somehow, a very great comfort. I
    thought it was mere childish affection that made her cling to me. Until
    it was too late, I did not clearly know what I had inflicted upon her
    when I left her. Nor until it was too late did I clearly understand
    what she was to me. For, by merely seeming fond of me, and showing in
    her weak, futile way that she cared for me, the little doll of a
    creature presently gave my return to the neighbourhood of the White
    Sphinx almost the feeling of coming home; and I would watch for her
    tiny figure of white and gold so soon as I came over the hill.

    “It was from her, too, that I learnt that fear had not yet left the
    world. She was fearless enough in the daylight, and she had the oddest
    confidence in me; for once, in a foolish moment, I made threatening
    grimaces at her, and she simply laughed at them. But she dreaded the
    dark, dreaded shadows, dreaded black things. Darkness to her was the
    one thing dreadful. It was a singularly passionate emotion, and it set
    me thinking and observing. I discovered then, among other things, that
    these little people gathered into the great houses after dark, and
    slept in droves. To enter upon them without a light was to put them
    into a tumult of apprehension. I never found one out of doors, or one
    sleeping alone within doors, after dark. Yet I was still such a
    blockhead that I missed the lesson of that fear, and in spite of
    Weena’s distress, I insisted upon sleeping away from these slumbering
    multitudes.

    “It troubled her greatly, but in the end her odd affection for me
    triumphed, and for five of the nights of our acquaintance, including
    the last night of all, she slept with her head pillowed on my arm. But
    my story slips away from me as I speak of her. It must have been the
    night before her rescue that I was awakened about dawn. I had been
    restless, dreaming most disagreeably that I was drowned, and that sea
    anemones were feeling over my face with their soft palps. I woke with a
    start, and with an odd fancy that some greyish animal had just rushed
    out of the chamber. I tried to get to sleep again, but I felt restless
    and uncomfortable. It was that dim grey hour when things are just
    creeping out of darkness, when everything is colourless and clear cut,
    and yet unreal. I got up, and went down into the great hall, and so out
    upon the flagstones in front of the palace. I thought I would make a
    virtue of necessity, and see the sunrise.

    “The moon was setting, and the dying moonlight and the first pallor of
    dawn were mingled in a ghastly half-light. The bushes were inky black,
    the ground a sombre grey, the sky colourless and cheerless. And up the
    hill I thought I could see ghosts. Three several times, as I scanned
    the slope, I saw white figures. Twice I fancied I saw a solitary white,
    ape-like creature running rather quickly up the hill, and once near the
    ruins I saw a leash of them carrying some dark body. They moved
    hastily. I did not see what became of them. It seemed that they
    vanished among the bushes. The dawn was still indistinct, you must
    understand. I was feeling that chill, uncertain, early-morning feeling
    you may have known. I doubted my eyes.

    “As the eastern sky grew brighter, and the light of the day came on and
    its vivid colouring returned upon the world once more, I scanned the
    view keenly. But I saw no vestige of my white figures. They were mere
    creatures of the half-light. ‘They must have been ghosts,’ I said; ‘I
    wonder whence they dated.’ For a queer notion of Grant Allen’s came
    into my head, and amused me. If each generation die and leave ghosts,
    he argued, the world at last will get overcrowded with them. On that
    theory they would have grown innumerable some Eight Hundred Thousand
    Years hence, and it was no great wonder to see four at once. But the
    jest was unsatisfying, and I was thinking of these figures all the
    morning, until Weena’s rescue drove them out of my head. I associated
    them in some indefinite way with the white animal I had startled in my
    first passionate search for the Time Machine. But Weena was a pleasant
    substitute. Yet all the same, they were soon destined to take far
    deadlier possession of my mind.

    “I think I have said how much hotter than our own was the weather of
    this Golden Age. I cannot account for it. It may be that the sun was
    hotter, or the earth nearer the sun. It is usual to assume that the sun
    will go on cooling steadily in the future. But people, unfamiliar with
    such speculations as those of the younger Darwin, forget that the
    planets must ultimately fall back one by one into the parent body. As
    these catastrophes occur, the sun will blaze with renewed energy; and
    it may be that some inner planet had suffered this fate. Whatever the
    reason, the fact remains that the sun was very much hotter than we know
    it.

    “Well, one very hot morning—my fourth, I think—as I was seeking shelter
    from the heat and glare in a colossal ruin near the great house where I
    slept and fed, there happened this strange thing. Clambering among
    these heaps of masonry, I found a narrow gallery, whose end and side
    windows were blocked by fallen masses of stone. By contrast with the
    brilliancy outside, it seemed at first impenetrably dark to me. I
    entered it groping, for the change from light to blackness made spots
    of colour swim before me. Suddenly I halted spellbound. A pair of eyes,
    luminous by reflection against the daylight without, was watching me
    out of the darkness.

    “The old instinctive dread of wild beasts came upon me. I clenched my
    hands and steadfastly looked into the glaring eyeballs. I was afraid to
    turn. Then the thought of the absolute security in which humanity
    appeared to be living came to my mind. And then I remembered that
    strange terror of the dark. Overcoming my fear to some extent, I
    advanced a step and spoke. I will admit that my voice was harsh and
    ill-controlled. I put out my hand and touched something soft. At once
    the eyes darted sideways, and something white ran past me. I turned
    with my heart in my mouth, and saw a queer little ape-like figure, its
    head held down in a peculiar manner, running across the sunlit space
    behind me. It blundered against a block of granite, staggered aside,
    and in a moment was hidden in a black shadow beneath another pile of
    ruined masonry.

    “My impression of it is, of course, imperfect; but I know it was a dull
    white, and had strange large greyish-red eyes; also that there was
    flaxen hair on its head and down its back. But, as I say, it went too
    fast for me to see distinctly. I cannot even say whether it ran on all
    fours, or only with its forearms held very low. After an instant’s
    pause I followed it into the second heap of ruins. I could not find it
    at first; but, after a time in the profound obscurity, I came upon one
    of those round well-like openings of which I have told you, half closed
    by a fallen pillar. A sudden thought came to me. Could this Thing have
    vanished down the shaft? I lit a match, and, looking down, I saw a
    small, white, moving creature, with large bright eyes which regarded me
    steadfastly as it retreated. It made me shudder. It was so like a human
    spider! It was clambering down the wall, and now I saw for the first
    time a number of metal foot and hand rests forming a kind of ladder
    down the shaft. Then the light burned my fingers and fell out of my
    hand, going out as it dropped, and when I had lit another the little
    monster had disappeared.

    “I do not know how long I sat peering down that well. It was not for
    some time that I could succeed in persuading myself that the thing I
    had seen was human. But, gradually, the truth dawned on me: that Man
    had not remained one species, but had differentiated into two distinct
    animals: that my graceful children of the Upper World were not the sole
    descendants of our generation, but that this bleached, obscene,
    nocturnal Thing, which had flashed before me, was also heir to all the
    ages.

    “I thought of the flickering pillars and of my theory of an underground
    ventilation. I began to suspect their true import. And what, I
    wondered, was this Lemur doing in my scheme of a perfectly balanced
    organisation? How was it related to the indolent serenity of the
    beautiful Overworlders? And what was hidden down there, at the foot of
    that shaft? I sat upon the edge of the well telling myself that, at any
    rate, there was nothing to fear, and that there I must descend for the
    solution of my difficulties. And withal I was absolutely afraid to go!
    As I hesitated, two of the beautiful upperworld people came running in
    their amorous sport across the daylight in the shadow. The male pursued
    the female, flinging flowers at her as he ran.

    “They seemed distressed to find me, my arm against the overturned
    pillar, peering down the well. Apparently it was considered bad form to
    remark these apertures; for when I pointed to this one, and tried to
    frame a question about it in their tongue, they were still more visibly
    distressed and turned away. But they were interested by my matches, and
    I struck some to amuse them. I tried them again about the well, and
    again I failed. So presently I left them, meaning to go back to Weena,
    and see what I could get from her. But my mind was already in
    revolution; my guesses and impressions were slipping and sliding to a
    new adjustment. I had now a clue to the import of these wells, to the
    ventilating towers, to the mystery of the ghosts; to say nothing of a
    hint at the meaning of the bronze gates and the fate of the Time
    Machine! And very vaguely there came a suggestion towards the solution
    of the economic problem that had puzzled me.

    “Here was the new view. Plainly, this second species of Man was
    subterranean. There were three circumstances in particular which made
    me think that its rare emergence above ground was the outcome of a
    long-continued underground habit. In the first place, there was the
    bleached look common in most animals that live largely in the dark—the
    white fish of the Kentucky caves, for instance. Then, those large eyes,
    with that capacity for reflecting light, are common features of
    nocturnal things—witness the owl and the cat. And last of all, that
    evident confusion in the sunshine, that hasty yet fumbling awkward
    flight towards dark shadow, and that peculiar carriage of the head
    while in the light—all reinforced the theory of an extreme
    sensitiveness of the retina.

    “Beneath my feet, then, the earth must be tunnelled enormously, and
    these tunnellings were the habitat of the New Race. The presence of
    ventilating shafts and wells along the hill slopes—everywhere, in fact,
    except along the river valley—showed how universal were its
    ramifications. What so natural, then, as to assume that it was in this
    artificial Underworld that such work as was necessary to the comfort of
    the daylight race was done? The notion was so plausible that I at once
    accepted it, and went on to assume the _how_ of this splitting of the
    human species. I dare say you will anticipate the shape of my theory;
    though, for myself, I very soon felt that it fell far short of the
    truth.

    “At first, proceeding from the problems of our own age, it seemed clear
    as daylight to me that the gradual widening of the present merely
    temporary and social difference between the Capitalist and the Labourer
    was the key to the whole position. No doubt it will seem grotesque
    enough to you—and wildly incredible!—and yet even now there are
    existing circumstances to point that way. There is a tendency to
    utilise underground space for the less ornamental purposes of
    civilisation; there is the Metropolitan Railway in London, for
    instance, there are new electric railways, there are subways, there are
    underground workrooms and restaurants, and they increase and multiply.
    Evidently, I thought, this tendency had increased till Industry had
    gradually lost its birthright in the sky. I mean that it had gone
    deeper and deeper into larger and ever larger underground factories,
    spending a still-increasing amount of its time therein, till, in the
    end—! Even now, does not an East-end worker live in such artificial
    conditions as practically to be cut off from the natural surface of the
    earth?

    “Again, the exclusive tendency of richer people—due, no doubt, to the
    increasing refinement of their education, and the widening gulf between
    them and the rude violence of the poor—is already leading to the
    closing, in their interest, of considerable portions of the surface of
    the land. About London, for instance, perhaps half the prettier country
    is shut in against intrusion. And this same widening gulf—which is due
    to the length and expense of the higher educational process and the
    increased facilities for and temptations towards refined habits on the
    part of the rich—will make that exchange between class and class, that
    promotion by intermarriage which at present retards the splitting of
    our species along lines of social stratification, less and less
    frequent. So, in the end, above ground you must have the Haves,
    pursuing pleasure and comfort and beauty, and below ground the
    Have-nots, the Workers getting continually adapted to the conditions of
    their labour. Once they were there, they would no doubt have to pay
    rent, and not a little of it, for the ventilation of their caverns; and
    if they refused, they would starve or be suffocated for arrears. Such
    of them as were so constituted as to be miserable and rebellious would
    die; and, in the end, the balance being permanent, the survivors would
    become as well adapted to the conditions of underground life, and as
    happy in their way, as the Overworld people were to theirs. As it
    seemed to me, the refined beauty and the etiolated pallor followed
    naturally enough.

    “The great triumph of Humanity I had dreamed of took a different shape
    in my mind. It had been no such triumph of moral education and general
    co-operation as I had imagined. Instead, I saw a real aristocracy,
    armed with a perfected science and working to a logical conclusion the
    industrial system of today. Its triumph had not been simply a triumph
    over Nature, but a triumph over Nature and the fellow-man. This, I must
    warn you, was my theory at the time. I had no convenient cicerone in
    the pattern of the Utopian books. My explanation may be absolutely
    wrong. I still think it is the most plausible one. But even on this
    supposition the balanced civilisation that was at last attained must
    have long since passed its zenith, and was now far fallen into decay.
    The too-perfect security of the Overworlders had led them to a slow
    movement of degeneration, to a general dwindling in size, strength, and
    intelligence. That I could see clearly enough already. What had
    happened to the Undergrounders I did not yet suspect; but, from what I
    had seen of the Morlocks—that, by the bye, was the name by which these
    creatures were called—I could imagine that the modification of the
    human type was even far more profound than among the ‘Eloi,’ the
    beautiful race that I already knew.

    “Then came troublesome doubts. Why had the Morlocks taken my Time
    Machine? For I felt sure it was they who had taken it. Why, too, if the
    Eloi were masters, could they not restore the machine to me? And why
    were they so terribly afraid of the dark? I proceeded, as I have said,
    to question Weena about this Underworld, but here again I was
    disappointed. At first she would not understand my questions, and
    presently she refused to answer them. She shivered as though the topic
    was unendurable. And when I pressed her, perhaps a little harshly, she
    burst into tears. They were the only tears, except my own, I ever saw
    in that Golden Age. When I saw them I ceased abruptly to trouble about
    the Morlocks, and was only concerned in banishing these signs of her
    human inheritance from Weena’s eyes. And very soon she was smiling and
    clapping her hands, while I solemnly burnt a match.

    IX.
    The Morlocks

    “It may seem odd to you, but it was two days before I could follow up
    the new-found clue in what was manifestly the proper way. I felt a
    peculiar shrinking from those pallid bodies. They were just the
    half-bleached colour of the worms and things one sees preserved in
    spirit in a zoological museum. And they were filthily cold to the
    touch. Probably my shrinking was largely due to the sympathetic
    influence of the Eloi, whose disgust of the Morlocks I now began to
    appreciate.

    “The next night I did not sleep well. Probably my health was a little
    disordered. I was oppressed with perplexity and doubt. Once or twice I
    had a feeling of intense fear for which I could perceive no definite
    reason. I remember creeping noiselessly into the great hall where the
    little people were sleeping in the moonlight—that night Weena was among
    them—and feeling reassured by their presence. It occurred to me even
    then, that in the course of a few days the moon must pass through its
    last quarter, and the nights grow dark, when the appearances of these
    unpleasant creatures from below, these whitened Lemurs, this new vermin
    that had replaced the old, might be more abundant. And on both these
    days I had the restless feeling of one who shirks an inevitable duty. I
    felt assured that the Time Machine was only to be recovered by boldly
    penetrating these mysteries of underground. Yet I could not face the
    mystery. If only I had had a companion it would have been different.
    But I was so horribly alone, and even to clamber down into the darkness
    of the well appalled me. I don’t know if you will understand my
    feeling, but I never felt quite safe at my back.

    “It was this restlessness, this insecurity, perhaps, that drove me
    farther and farther afield in my exploring expeditions. Going to the
    south-westward towards the rising country that is now called Combe
    Wood, I observed far-off, in the direction of nineteenth-century
    Banstead, a vast green structure, different in character from any I had
    hitherto seen. It was larger than the largest of the palaces or ruins I
    knew, and the façade had an Oriental look: the face of it having the
    lustre, as well as the pale-green tint, a kind of bluish-green, of a
    certain type of Chinese porcelain. This difference in aspect suggested
    a difference in use, and I was minded to push on and explore. But the
    day was growing late, and I had come upon the sight of the place after
    a long and tiring circuit; so I resolved to hold over the adventure for
    the following day, and I returned to the welcome and the caresses of
    little Weena. But next morning I perceived clearly enough that my
    curiosity regarding the Palace of Green Porcelain was a piece of
    self-deception, to enable me to shirk, by another day, an experience I
    dreaded. I resolved I would make the descent without further waste of
    time, and started out in the early morning towards a well near the
    ruins of granite and aluminium.

    “Little Weena ran with me. She danced beside me to the well, but when
    she saw me lean over the mouth and look downward, she seemed strangely
    disconcerted. ‘Good-bye, little Weena,’ I said, kissing her; and then
    putting her down, I began to feel over the parapet for the climbing
    hooks. Rather hastily, I may as well confess, for I feared my courage
    might leak away! At first she watched me in amazement. Then she gave a
    most piteous cry, and running to me, she began to pull at me with her
    little hands. I think her opposition nerved me rather to proceed. I
    shook her off, perhaps a little roughly, and in another moment I was in
    the throat of the well. I saw her agonised face over the parapet, and
    smiled to reassure her. Then I had to look down at the unstable hooks
    to which I clung.

    “I had to clamber down a shaft of perhaps two hundred yards. The
    descent was effected by means of metallic bars projecting from the
    sides of the well, and these being adapted to the needs of a creature
    much smaller and lighter than myself, I was speedily cramped and
    fatigued by the descent. And not simply fatigued! One of the bars bent
    suddenly under my weight, and almost swung me off into the blackness
    beneath. For a moment I hung by one hand, and after that experience I
    did not dare to rest again. Though my arms and back were presently
    acutely painful, I went on clambering down the sheer descent with as
    quick a motion as possible. Glancing upward, I saw the aperture, a
    small blue disc, in which a star was visible, while little Weena’s head
    showed as a round black projection. The thudding sound of a machine
    below grew louder and more oppressive. Everything save that little disc
    above was profoundly dark, and when I looked up again Weena had
    disappeared.

    “I was in an agony of discomfort. I had some thought of trying to go up
    the shaft again, and leave the Underworld alone. But even while I
    turned this over in my mind I continued to descend. At last, with
    intense relief, I saw dimly coming up, a foot to the right of me, a
    slender loophole in the wall. Swinging myself in, I found it was the
    aperture of a narrow horizontal tunnel in which I could lie down and
    rest. It was not too soon. My arms ached, my back was cramped, and I
    was trembling with the prolonged terror of a fall. Besides this, the
    unbroken darkness had had a distressing effect upon my eyes. The air
    was full of the throb and hum of machinery pumping air down the shaft.

    “I do not know how long I lay. I was roused by a soft hand touching
    my face. Starting up in the darkness I snatched at my matches and,
    hastily striking one, I saw three stooping white creatures similar to
    the one I had seen above ground in the ruin, hastily retreating before
    the light. Living, as they did, in what appeared to me impenetrable
    darkness, their eyes were abnormally large and sensitive, just as are
    the pupils of the abysmal fishes, and they reflected the light in the
    same way. I have no doubt they could see me in that rayless obscurity,
    and they did not seem to have any fear of me apart from the light. But,
    so soon as I struck a match in order to see them, they fled
    incontinently, vanishing into dark gutters and tunnels, from which
    their eyes glared at me in the strangest fashion.

    “I tried to call to them, but the language they had was apparently
    different from that of the Overworld people; so that I was needs left
    to my own unaided efforts, and the thought of flight before exploration
    was even then in my mind. But I said to myself, ‘You are in for it
    now,’ and, feeling my way along the tunnel, I found the noise of
    machinery grow louder. Presently the walls fell away from me, and I
    came to a large open space, and striking another match, saw that I had
    entered a vast arched cavern, which stretched into utter darkness
    beyond the range of my light. The view I had of it was as much as one
    could see in the burning of a match.

    “Necessarily my memory is vague. Great shapes like big machines rose
    out of the dimness, and cast grotesque black shadows, in which dim
    spectral Morlocks sheltered from the glare. The place, by the bye, was
    very stuffy and oppressive, and the faint halitus of freshly-shed blood
    was in the air. Some way down the central vista was a little table of
    white metal, laid with what seemed a meal. The Morlocks at any rate
    were carnivorous! Even at the time, I remember wondering what large
    animal could have survived to furnish the red joint I saw. It was all
    very indistinct: the heavy smell, the big unmeaning shapes, the obscene
    figures lurking in the shadows, and only waiting for the darkness to
    come at me again! Then the match burnt down, and stung my fingers, and
    fell, a wriggling red spot in the blackness.

    “I have thought since how particularly ill-equipped I was for such an
    experience. When I had started with the Time Machine, I had started
    with the absurd assumption that the men of the Future would certainly
    be infinitely ahead of ourselves in all their appliances. I had come
    without arms, without medicine, without anything to smoke—at times I
    missed tobacco frightfully!—even without enough matches. If only I had
    thought of a Kodak! I could have flashed that glimpse of the Underworld
    in a second, and examined it at leisure. But, as it was, I stood there
    with only the weapons and the powers that Nature had endowed me
    with—hands, feet, and teeth; these, and four safety-matches that still
    remained to me.

    “I was afraid to push my way in among all this machinery in the dark,
    and it was only with my last glimpse of light I discovered that my
    store of matches had run low. It had never occurred to me until that
    moment that there was any need to economise them, and I had wasted
    almost half the box in astonishing the Overworlders, to whom fire was a
    novelty. Now, as I say, I had four left, and while I stood in the dark,
    a hand touched mine, lank fingers came feeling over my face, and I was
    sensible of a peculiar unpleasant odour. I fancied I heard the
    breathing of a crowd of those dreadful little beings about me. I felt
    the box of matches in my hand being gently disengaged, and other hands
    behind me plucking at my clothing. The sense of these unseen creatures
    examining me was indescribably unpleasant. The sudden realisation of my
    ignorance of their ways of thinking and doing came home to me very
    vividly in the darkness. I shouted at them as loudly as I could. They
    started away, and then I could feel them approaching me again. They
    clutched at me more boldly, whispering odd sounds to each other. I
    shivered violently, and shouted again—rather discordantly. This time
    they were not so seriously alarmed, and they made a queer laughing
    noise as they came back at me. I will confess I was horribly
    frightened. I determined to strike another match and escape under the
    protection of its glare. I did so, and eking out the flicker with a
    scrap of paper from my pocket, I made good my retreat to the narrow
    tunnel. But I had scarce entered this when my light was blown out and
    in the blackness I could hear the Morlocks rustling like wind among
    leaves, and pattering like the rain, as they hurried after me.

    “In a moment I was clutched by several hands, and there was no
    mistaking that they were trying to haul me back. I struck another
    light, and waved it in their dazzled faces. You can scarce imagine how
    nauseatingly inhuman they looked—those pale, chinless faces and great,
    lidless, pinkish-grey eyes!—as they stared in their blindness and
    bewilderment. But I did not stay to look, I promise you: I retreated
    again, and when my second match had ended, I struck my third. It had
    almost burnt through when I reached the opening into the shaft. I lay
    down on the edge, for the throb of the great pump below made me giddy.
    Then I felt sideways for the projecting hooks, and, as I did so, my
    feet were grasped from behind, and I was violently tugged backward. I
    lit my last match … and it incontinently went out. But I had my hand on
    the climbing bars now, and, kicking violently, I disengaged myself from
    the clutches of the Morlocks, and was speedily clambering up the shaft,
    while they stayed peering and blinking up at me: all but one little
    wretch who followed me for some way, and well-nigh secured my boot as a
    trophy.

    “That climb seemed interminable to me. With the last twenty or thirty
    feet of it a deadly nausea came upon me. I had the greatest difficulty
    in keeping my hold. The last few yards was a frightful struggle against
    this faintness. Several times my head swam, and I felt all the
    sensations of falling. At last, however, I got over the well-mouth
    somehow, and staggered out of the ruin into the blinding sunlight. I
    fell upon my face. Even the soil smelt sweet and clean. Then I remember
    Weena kissing my hands and ears, and the voices of others among the
    Eloi. Then, for a time, I was insensible.

    X.
    When Night Came

    “Now, indeed, I seemed in a worse case than before. Hitherto, except
    during my night’s anguish at the loss of the Time Machine, I had felt a
    sustaining hope of ultimate escape, but that hope was staggered by
    these new discoveries. Hitherto I had merely thought myself impeded by
    the childish simplicity of the little people, and by some unknown
    forces which I had only to understand to overcome; but there was an
    altogether new element in the sickening quality of the Morlocks—a
    something inhuman and malign. Instinctively I loathed them. Before, I
    had felt as a man might feel who had fallen into a pit: my concern was
    with the pit and how to get out of it. Now I felt like a beast in a
    trap, whose enemy would come upon him soon.

    “The enemy I dreaded may surprise you. It was the darkness of the new
    moon. Weena had put this into my head by some at first incomprehensible
    remarks about the Dark Nights. It was not now such a very difficult
    problem to guess what the coming Dark Nights might mean. The moon was
    on the wane: each night there was a longer interval of darkness. And I
    now understood to some slight degree at least the reason of the fear of
    the little Upperworld people for the dark. I wondered vaguely what foul
    villainy it might be that the Morlocks did under the new moon. I felt
    pretty sure now that my second hypothesis was all wrong. The Upperworld
    people might once have been the favoured aristocracy, and the Morlocks
    their mechanical servants: but that had long since passed away. The two
    species that had resulted from the evolution of man were sliding down
    towards, or had already arrived at, an altogether new relationship. The
    Eloi, like the Carlovignan kings, had decayed to a mere beautiful
    futility. They still possessed the earth on sufferance: since the
    Morlocks, subterranean for innumerable generations, had come at last to
    find the daylit surface intolerable. And the Morlocks made their
    garments, I inferred, and maintained them in their habitual needs,
    perhaps through the survival of an old habit of service. They did it as
    a standing horse paws with his foot, or as a man enjoys killing animals
    in sport: because ancient and departed necessities had impressed it on
    the organism. But, clearly, the old order was already in part reversed.
    The Nemesis of the delicate ones was creeping on apace. Ages ago,
    thousands of generations ago, man had thrust his brother man out of the
    ease and the sunshine. And now that brother was coming back—changed!
    Already the Eloi had begun to learn one old lesson anew. They were
    becoming reacquainted with Fear. And suddenly there came into my head
    the memory of the meat I had seen in the Underworld. It seemed odd how
    it floated into my mind: not stirred up as it were by the current of my
    meditations, but coming in almost like a question from outside. I tried
    to recall the form of it. I had a vague sense of something familiar,
    but I could not tell what it was at the time.

    “Still, however helpless the little people in the presence of their
    mysterious Fear, I was differently constituted. I came out of this age
    of ours, this ripe prime of the human race, when Fear does not paralyse
    and mystery has lost its terrors. I at least would defend myself.
    Without further delay I determined to make myself arms and a fastness
    where I might sleep. With that refuge as a base, I could face this
    strange world with some of that confidence I had lost in realising to
    what creatures night by night I lay exposed. I felt I could never sleep
    again until my bed was secure from them. I shuddered with horror to
    think how they must already have examined me.

    “I wandered during the afternoon along the valley of the Thames, but
    found nothing that commended itself to my mind as inaccessible. All the
    buildings and trees seemed easily practicable to such dexterous
    climbers as the Morlocks, to judge by their wells, must be. Then the
    tall pinnacles of the Palace of Green Porcelain and the polished gleam
    of its walls came back to my memory; and in the evening, taking Weena
    like a child upon my shoulder, I went up the hills towards the
    south-west. The distance, I had reckoned, was seven or eight miles, but
    it must have been nearer eighteen. I had first seen the place on a
    moist afternoon when distances are deceptively diminished. In addition,
    the heel of one of my shoes was loose, and a nail was working through
    the sole—they were comfortable old shoes I wore about indoors—so that I
    was lame. And it was already long past sunset when I came in sight of
    the palace, silhouetted black against the pale yellow of the sky.

    “Weena had been hugely delighted when I began to carry her, but after a
    while she desired me to let her down, and ran along by the side of me,
    occasionally darting off on either hand to pick flowers to stick in my
    pockets. My pockets had always puzzled Weena, but at the last she had
    concluded that they were an eccentric kind of vases for floral
    decoration. At least she utilised them for that purpose. And that
    reminds me! In changing my jacket I found…”

    _The Time Traveller paused, put his hand into his pocket, and silently
    placed two withered flowers, not unlike very large white mallows, upon
    the little table. Then he resumed his narrative._

    “As the hush of evening crept over the world and we proceeded over the
    hill crest towards Wimbledon, Weena grew tired and wanted to return to
    the house of grey stone. But I pointed out the distant pinnacles of the
    Palace of Green Porcelain to her, and contrived to make her understand
    that we were seeking a refuge there from her Fear. You know that great
    pause that comes upon things before the dusk? Even the breeze stops in
    the trees. To me there is always an air of expectation about that
    evening stillness. The sky was clear, remote, and empty save for a few
    horizontal bars far down in the sunset. Well, that night the
    expectation took the colour of my fears. In that darkling calm my
    senses seemed preternaturally sharpened. I fancied I could even feel
    the hollowness of the ground beneath my feet: could, indeed, almost see
    through it the Morlocks on their ant-hill going hither and thither and
    waiting for the dark. In my excitement I fancied that they would
    receive my invasion of their burrows as a declaration of war. And why
    had they taken my Time Machine?

    “So we went on in the quiet, and the twilight deepened into night. The
    clear blue of the distance faded, and one star after another came out.
    The ground grew dim and the trees black. Weena’s fears and her fatigue
    grew upon her. I took her in my arms and talked to her and caressed
    her. Then, as the darkness grew deeper, she put her arms round my neck,
    and, closing her eyes, tightly pressed her face against my shoulder. So
    we went down a long slope into a valley, and there in the dimness I
    almost walked into a little river. This I waded, and went up the
    opposite side of the valley, past a number of sleeping houses, and by a
    statue—a Faun, or some such figure, _minus_ the head. Here too were
    acacias. So far I had seen nothing of the Morlocks, but it was yet
    early in the night, and the darker hours before the old moon rose were
    still to come.

    “From the brow of the next hill I saw a thick wood spreading wide and
    black before me. I hesitated at this. I could see no end to it, either
    to the right or the left. Feeling tired—my feet, in particular, were
    very sore—I carefully lowered Weena from my shoulder as I halted, and
    sat down upon the turf. I could no longer see the Palace of Green
    Porcelain, and I was in doubt of my direction. I looked into the
    thickness of the wood and thought of what it might hide. Under that
    dense tangle of branches one would be out of sight of the stars. Even
    were there no other lurking danger—a danger I did not care to let my
    imagination loose upon—there would still be all the roots to stumble
    over and the tree-boles to strike against. I was very tired, too, after
    the excitements of the day; so I decided that I would not face it, but
    would pass the night upon the open hill.

    “Weena, I was glad to find, was fast asleep. I carefully wrapped her in
    my jacket, and sat down beside her to wait for the moonrise. The
    hillside was quiet and deserted, but from the black of the wood there
    came now and then a stir of living things. Above me shone the stars,
    for the night was very clear. I felt a certain sense of friendly
    comfort in their twinkling. All the old constellations had gone from
    the sky, however: that slow movement which is imperceptible in a
    hundred human lifetimes, had long since rearranged them in unfamiliar
    groupings. But the Milky Way, it seemed to me, was still the same
    tattered streamer of star-dust as of yore. Southward (as I judged it)
    was a very bright red star that was new to me; it was even more
    splendid than our own green Sirius. And amid all these scintillating
    points of light one bright planet shone kindly and steadily like the
    face of an old friend.

    “Looking at these stars suddenly dwarfed my own troubles and all the
    gravities of terrestrial life. I thought of their unfathomable
    distance, and the slow inevitable drift of their movements out of the
    unknown past into the unknown future. I thought of the great
    precessional cycle that the pole of the earth describes. Only forty
    times had that silent revolution occurred during all the years that I
    had traversed. And during these few revolutions all the activity, all
    the traditions, the complex organisations, the nations, languages,
    literatures, aspirations, even the mere memory of Man as I knew him,
    had been swept out of existence. Instead were these frail creatures who
    had forgotten their high ancestry, and the white Things of which I went
    in terror. Then I thought of the Great Fear that was between the two
    species, and for the first time, with a sudden shiver, came the clear
    knowledge of what the meat I had seen might be. Yet it was too
    horrible! I looked at little Weena sleeping beside me, her face white
    and starlike under the stars, and forthwith dismissed the thought.

    “Through that long night I held my mind off the Morlocks as well as I
    could, and whiled away the time by trying to fancy I could find signs
    of the old constellations in the new confusion. The sky kept very
    clear, except for a hazy cloud or so. No doubt I dozed at times. Then,
    as my vigil wore on, came a faintness in the eastward sky, like the
    reflection of some colourless fire, and the old moon rose, thin and
    peaked and white. And close behind, and overtaking it, and overflowing
    it, the dawn came, pale at first, and then growing pink and warm. No
    Morlocks had approached us. Indeed, I had seen none upon the hill that
    night. And in the confidence of renewed day it almost seemed to me that
    my fear had been unreasonable. I stood up and found my foot with the
    loose heel swollen at the ankle and painful under the heel; so I sat
    down again, took off my shoes, and flung them away.

    “I awakened Weena, and we went down into the wood, now green and
    pleasant instead of black and forbidding. We found some fruit wherewith
    to break our fast. We soon met others of the dainty ones, laughing and
    dancing in the sunlight as though there was no such thing in nature as
    the night. And then I thought once more of the meat that I had seen. I
    felt assured now of what it was, and from the bottom of my heart I
    pitied this last feeble rill from the great flood of humanity. Clearly,
    at some time in the Long-Ago of human decay the Morlocks’ food had run
    short. Possibly they had lived on rats and such-like vermin. Even now
    man is far less discriminating and exclusive in his food than he
    was—far less than any monkey. His prejudice against human flesh is no
    deep-seated instinct. And so these inhuman sons of men——! I tried to
    look at the thing in a scientific spirit. After all, they were less
    human and more remote than our cannibal ancestors of three or four
    thousand years ago. And the intelligence that would have made this
    state of things a torment had gone. Why should I trouble myself? These
    Eloi were mere fatted cattle, which the ant-like Morlocks preserved and
    preyed upon—probably saw to the breeding of. And there was Weena
    dancing at my side!

    “Then I tried to preserve myself from the horror that was coming upon
    me, by regarding it as a rigorous punishment of human selfishness. Man
    had been content to live in ease and delight upon the labours of his
    fellow-man, had taken Necessity as his watchword and excuse, and in the
    fullness of time Necessity had come home to him. I even tried a
    Carlyle-like scorn of this wretched aristocracy in decay. But this
    attitude of mind was impossible. However great their intellectual
    degradation, the Eloi had kept too much of the human form not to claim
    my sympathy, and to make me perforce a sharer in their degradation and
    their Fear.

    “I had at that time very vague ideas as to the course I should pursue.
    My first was to secure some safe place of refuge, and to make myself
    such arms of metal or stone as I could contrive. That necessity was
    immediate. In the next place, I hoped to procure some means of fire, so
    that I should have the weapon of a torch at hand, for nothing, I knew,
    would be more efficient against these Morlocks. Then I wanted to
    arrange some contrivance to break open the doors of bronze under the
    White Sphinx. I had in mind a battering ram. I had a persuasion that if
    I could enter those doors and carry a blaze of light before me I should
    discover the Time Machine and escape. I could not imagine the Morlocks
    were strong enough to move it far away. Weena I had resolved to bring
    with me to our own time. And turning such schemes over in my mind I
    pursued our way towards the building which my fancy had chosen as our
    dwelling.

    XI.
    The Palace of Green Porcelain

    “I found the Palace of Green Porcelain, when we approached it about
    noon, deserted and falling into ruin. Only ragged vestiges of glass
    remained in its windows, and great sheets of the green facing had
    fallen away from the corroded metallic framework. It lay very high upon
    a turfy down, and looking north-eastward before I entered it, I was
    surprised to see a large estuary, or even creek, where I judged
    Wandsworth and Battersea must once have been. I thought then—though I
    never followed up the thought—of what might have happened, or might be
    happening, to the living things in the sea.

    “The material of the Palace proved on examination to be indeed
    porcelain, and along the face of it I saw an inscription in some
    unknown character. I thought, rather foolishly, that Weena might help
    me to interpret this, but I only learnt that the bare idea of writing
    had never entered her head. She always seemed to me, I fancy, more
    human than she was, perhaps because her affection was so human.

    “Within the big valves of the door—which were open and broken—we found,
    instead of the customary hall, a long gallery lit by many side windows.
    At the first glance I was reminded of a museum. The tiled floor was
    thick with dust, and a remarkable array of miscellaneous objects was
    shrouded in the same grey covering. Then I perceived, standing strange
    and gaunt in the centre of the hall, what was clearly the lower part of
    a huge skeleton. I recognised by the oblique feet that it was some
    extinct creature after the fashion of the Megatherium. The skull and
    the upper bones lay beside it in the thick dust, and in one place,
    where rain-water had dropped through a leak in the roof, the thing
    itself had been worn away. Further in the gallery was the huge skeleton
    barrel of a Brontosaurus. My museum hypothesis was confirmed. Going
    towards the side I found what appeared to be sloping shelves, and
    clearing away the thick dust, I found the old familiar glass cases of
    our own time. But they must have been air-tight to judge from the fair
    preservation of some of their contents.

    “Clearly we stood among the ruins of some latter-day South Kensington!
    Here, apparently, was the Palæontological Section, and a very splendid
    array of fossils it must have been, though the inevitable process of
    decay that had been staved off for a time, and had, through the
    extinction of bacteria and fungi, lost ninety-nine hundredths of its
    force, was nevertheless, with extreme sureness if with extreme slowness
    at work again upon all its treasures. Here and there I found traces of
    the little people in the shape of rare fossils broken to pieces or
    threaded in strings upon reeds. And the cases had in some instances
    been bodily removed—by the Morlocks, as I judged. The place was very
    silent. The thick dust deadened our footsteps. Weena, who had been
    rolling a sea urchin down the sloping glass of a case, presently came,
    as I stared about me, and very quietly took my hand and stood beside
    me.

    “And at first I was so much surprised by this ancient monument of an
    intellectual age that I gave no thought to the possibilities it
    presented. Even my preoccupation about the Time Machine receded a
    little from my mind.

    “To judge from the size of the place, this Palace of Green Porcelain
    had a great deal more in it than a Gallery of Palæontology; possibly
    historical galleries; it might be, even a library! To me, at least in
    my present circumstances, these would be vastly more interesting than
    this spectacle of old-time geology in decay. Exploring, I found another
    short gallery running transversely to the first. This appeared to be
    devoted to minerals, and the sight of a block of sulphur set my mind
    running on gunpowder. But I could find no saltpetre; indeed, no
    nitrates of any kind. Doubtless they had deliquesced ages ago. Yet the
    sulphur hung in my mind, and set up a train of thinking. As for the
    rest of the contents of that gallery, though on the whole they were the
    best preserved of all I saw, I had little interest. I am no specialist
    in mineralogy, and I went on down a very ruinous aisle running parallel
    to the first hall I had entered. Apparently this section had been
    devoted to natural history, but everything had long since passed out of
    recognition. A few shrivelled and blackened vestiges of what had once
    been stuffed animals, desiccated mummies in jars that had once held
    spirit, a brown dust of departed plants: that was all! I was sorry for
    that, because I should have been glad to trace the patient
    readjustments by which the conquest of animated nature had been
    attained. Then we came to a gallery of simply colossal proportions, but
    singularly ill-lit, the floor of it running downward at a slight angle
    from the end at which I entered. At intervals white globes hung from
    the ceiling—many of them cracked and smashed—which suggested that
    originally the place had been artificially lit. Here I was more in my
    element, for rising on either side of me were the huge bulks of big
    machines, all greatly corroded and many broken down, but some still
    fairly complete. You know I have a certain weakness for mechanism, and
    I was inclined to linger among these; the more so as for the most part
    they had the interest of puzzles, and I could make only the vaguest
    guesses at what they were for. I fancied that if I could solve their
    puzzles I should find myself in possession of powers that might be of
    use against the Morlocks.

    “Suddenly Weena came very close to my side. So suddenly that she
    startled me. Had it not been for her I do not think I should have
    noticed that the floor of the gallery sloped at all. [Footnote: It may
    be, of course, that the floor did not slope, but that the museum was
    built into the side of a hill.—ED.] The end I had come in at was quite
    above ground, and was lit by rare slit-like windows. As you went down
    the length, the ground came up against these windows, until at last
    there was a pit like the ‘area‘ of a London house before each, and only
    a narrow line of daylight at the top. I went slowly along, puzzling
    about the machines, and had been too intent upon them to notice the
    gradual diminution of the light, until Weena’s increasing apprehensions
    drew my attention. Then I saw that the gallery ran down at last into a
    thick darkness. I hesitated, and then, as I looked round me, I saw that
    the dust was less abundant and its surface less even. Further away
    towards the dimness, it appeared to be broken by a number of small
    narrow footprints. My sense of the immediate presence of the Morlocks
    revived at that. I felt that I was wasting my time in this academic
    examination of machinery. I called to mind that it was already far
    advanced in the afternoon, and that I had still no weapon, no refuge,
    and no means of making a fire. And then down in the remote blackness of
    the gallery I heard a peculiar pattering, and the same odd noises I had
    heard down the well.

    “I took Weena’s hand. Then, struck with a sudden idea, I left her and
    turned to a machine from which projected a lever not unlike those in a
    signal-box. Clambering upon the stand, and grasping this lever in my
    hands, I put all my weight upon it sideways. Suddenly Weena, deserted
    in the central aisle, began to whimper. I had judged the strength of
    the lever pretty correctly, for it snapped after a minute’s strain, and
    I rejoined her with a mace in my hand more than sufficient, I judged,
    for any Morlock skull I might encounter. And I longed very much to kill
    a Morlock or so. Very inhuman, you may think, to want to go killing
    one’s own descendants! But it was impossible, somehow, to feel any
    humanity in the things. Only my disinclination to leave Weena, and a
    persuasion that if I began to slake my thirst for murder my Time
    Machine might suffer, restrained me from going straight down the
    gallery and killing the brutes I heard.

    “Well, mace in one hand and Weena in the other, I went out of that
    gallery and into another and still larger one, which at the first
    glance reminded me of a military chapel hung with tattered flags. The
    brown and charred rags that hung from the sides of it, I presently
    recognised as the decaying vestiges of books. They had long since
    dropped to pieces, and every semblance of print had left them. But here
    and there were warped boards and cracked metallic clasps that told the
    tale well enough. Had I been a literary man I might, perhaps, have
    moralised upon the futility of all ambition. But as it was, the thing
    that struck me with keenest force was the enormous waste of labour to
    which this sombre wilderness of rotting paper testified. At the time I
    will confess that I thought chiefly of the _Philosophical Transactions_
    and my own seventeen papers upon physical optics.

    “Then, going up a broad staircase, we came to what may once have been a
    gallery of technical chemistry. And here I had not a little hope of
    useful discoveries. Except at one end where the roof had collapsed,
    this gallery was well preserved. I went eagerly to every unbroken case.
    And at last, in one of the really air-tight cases, I found a box of
    matches. Very eagerly I tried them. They were perfectly good. They were
    not even damp. I turned to Weena. ‘Dance,’ I cried to her in her own
    tongue. For now I had a weapon indeed against the horrible creatures we
    feared. And so, in that derelict museum, upon the thick soft carpeting
    of dust, to Weena’s huge delight, I solemnly performed a kind of
    composite dance, whistling _The Land of the Leal_ as cheerfully as I
    could. In part it was a modest _cancan_, in part a step dance, in part
    a skirt dance (so far as my tail-coat permitted), and in part original.
    For I am naturally inventive, as you know.

    “Now, I still think that for this box of matches to have escaped the
    wear of time for immemorial years was a most strange, as for me it was
    a most fortunate, thing. Yet, oddly enough, I found a far unlikelier
    substance, and that was camphor. I found it in a sealed jar, that by
    chance, I suppose, had been really hermetically sealed. I fancied at
    first that it was paraffin wax, and smashed the glass accordingly. But
    the odour of camphor was unmistakable. In the universal decay this
    volatile substance had chanced to survive, perhaps through many
    thousands of centuries. It reminded me of a sepia painting I had once
    seen done from the ink of a fossil Belemnite that must have perished
    and become fossilised millions of years ago. I was about to throw it
    away, but I remembered that it was inflammable and burnt with a good
    bright flame—was, in fact, an excellent candle—and I put it in my
    pocket. I found no explosives, however, nor any means of breaking down
    the bronze doors. As yet my iron crowbar was the most helpful thing I
    had chanced upon. Nevertheless I left that gallery greatly elated.

    “I cannot tell you all the story of that long afternoon. It would
    require a great effort of memory to recall my explorations in at all
    the proper order. I remember a long gallery of rusting stands of arms,
    and how I hesitated between my crowbar and a hatchet or a sword. I
    could not carry both, however, and my bar of iron promised best against
    the bronze gates. There were numbers of guns, pistols, and rifles. The
    most were masses of rust, but many were of some new metal, and still
    fairly sound. But any cartridges or powder there may once have been had
    rotted into dust. One corner I saw was charred and shattered; perhaps,
    I thought, by an explosion among the specimens. In another place was a
    vast array of idols—Polynesian, Mexican, Grecian, Phœnician, every
    country on earth, I should think. And here, yielding to an irresistible
    impulse, I wrote my name upon the nose of a steatite monster from South
    America that particularly took my fancy.

    “As the evening drew on, my interest waned. I went through gallery
    after gallery, dusty, silent, often ruinous, the exhibits sometimes
    mere heaps of rust and lignite, sometimes fresher. In one place I
    suddenly found myself near the model of a tin mine, and then by the
    merest accident I discovered, in an air-tight case, two dynamite
    cartridges! I shouted ‘Eureka!’ and smashed the case with joy. Then
    came a doubt. I hesitated. Then, selecting a little side gallery, I
    made my essay. I never felt such a disappointment as I did in waiting
    five, ten, fifteen minutes for an explosion that never came. Of course
    the things were dummies, as I might have guessed from their presence. I
    really believe that had they not been so, I should have rushed off
    incontinently and blown Sphinx, bronze doors, and (as it proved) my
    chances of finding the Time Machine, all together into non-existence.

    “It was after that, I think, that we came to a little open court within
    the palace. It was turfed, and had three fruit-trees. So we rested and
    refreshed ourselves. Towards sunset I began to consider our position.
    Night was creeping upon us, and my inaccessible hiding-place had still
    to be found. But that troubled me very little now. I had in my
    possession a thing that was, perhaps, the best of all defences against
    the Morlocks—I had matches! I had the camphor in my pocket, too, if a
    blaze were needed. It seemed to me that the best thing we could do
    would be to pass the night in the open, protected by a fire. In the
    morning there was the getting of the Time Machine. Towards that, as
    yet, I had only my iron mace. But now, with my growing knowledge, I
    felt very differently towards those bronze doors. Up to this, I had
    refrained from forcing them, largely because of the mystery on the
    other side. They had never impressed me as being very strong, and I
    hoped to find my bar of iron not altogether inadequate for the work.

    XII.
    In the Darkness

    “We emerged from the Palace while the sun was still in part above the
    horizon. I was determined to reach the White Sphinx early the next
    morning, and ere the dusk I purposed pushing through the woods that had
    stopped me on the previous journey. My plan was to go as far as
    possible that night, and then, building a fire, to sleep in the
    protection of its glare. Accordingly, as we went along I gathered any
    sticks or dried grass I saw, and presently had my arms full of such
    litter. Thus loaded, our progress was slower than I had anticipated,
    and besides Weena was tired. And I, also, began to suffer from
    sleepiness too; so that it was full night before we reached the wood.
    Upon the shrubby hill of its edge Weena would have stopped, fearing the
    darkness before us; but a singular sense of impending calamity, that
    should indeed have served me as a warning, drove me onward. I had been
    without sleep for a night and two days, and I was feverish and
    irritable. I felt sleep coming upon me, and the Morlocks with it.

    “While we hesitated, among the black bushes behind us, and dim against
    their blackness, I saw three crouching figures. There was scrub and
    long grass all about us, and I did not feel safe from their insidious
    approach. The forest, I calculated, was rather less than a mile across.
    If we could get through it to the bare hillside, there, as it seemed to
    me, was an altogether safer resting-place; I thought that with my
    matches and my camphor I could contrive to keep my path illuminated
    through the woods. Yet it was evident that if I was to flourish matches
    with my hands I should have to abandon my firewood; so, rather
    reluctantly, I put it down. And then it came into my head that I would
    amaze our friends behind by lighting it. I was to discover the
    atrocious folly of this proceeding, but it came to my mind as an
    ingenious move for covering our retreat.

    “I don’t know if you have ever thought what a rare thing flame must be
    in the absence of man and in a temperate climate. The sun’s heat is
    rarely strong enough to burn, even when it is focused by dewdrops, as
    is sometimes the case in more tropical districts. Lightning may blast
    and blacken, but it rarely gives rise to widespread fire. Decaying
    vegetation may occasionally smoulder with the heat of its fermentation,
    but this rarely results in flame. In this decadence, too, the art of
    fire-making had been forgotten on the earth. The red tongues that went
    licking up my heap of wood were an altogether new and strange thing to
    Weena.

    “She wanted to run to it and play with it. I believe she would have
    cast herself into it had I not restrained her. But I caught her up, and
    in spite of her struggles, plunged boldly before me into the wood. For
    a little way the glare of my fire lit the path. Looking back presently,
    I could see, through the crowded stems, that from my heap of sticks the
    blaze had spread to some bushes adjacent, and a curved line of fire was
    creeping up the grass of the hill. I laughed at that, and turned again
    to the dark trees before me. It was very black, and Weena clung to me
    convulsively, but there was still, as my eyes grew accustomed to the
    darkness, sufficient light for me to avoid the stems. Overhead it was
    simply black, except where a gap of remote blue sky shone down upon us
    here and there. I lit none of my matches because I had no hand free.
    Upon my left arm I carried my little one, in my right hand I had my
    iron bar.

    “For some way I heard nothing but the crackling twigs under my feet,
    the faint rustle of the breeze above, and my own breathing and the
    throb of the blood-vessels in my ears. Then I seemed to know of a
    pattering behind me. I pushed on grimly. The pattering grew more
    distinct, and then I caught the same queer sound and voices I had heard
    in the Underworld. There were evidently several of the Morlocks, and
    they were closing in upon me. Indeed, in another minute I felt a tug at
    my coat, then something at my arm. And Weena shivered violently, and
    became quite still.

    “It was time for a match. But to get one I must put her down. I did so,
    and, as I fumbled with my pocket, a struggle began in the darkness
    about my knees, perfectly silent on her part and with the same peculiar
    cooing sounds from the Morlocks. Soft little hands, too, were creeping
    over my coat and back, touching even my neck. Then the match scratched
    and fizzed. I held it flaring, and saw the white backs of the Morlocks
    in flight amid the trees. I hastily took a lump of camphor from my
    pocket, and prepared to light it as soon as the match should wane. Then
    I looked at Weena. She was lying clutching my feet and quite
    motionless, with her face to the ground. With a sudden fright I stooped
    to her. She seemed scarcely to breathe. I lit the block of camphor and
    flung it to the ground, and as it split and flared up and drove back
    the Morlocks and the shadows, I knelt down and lifted her. The wood
    behind seemed full of the stir and murmur of a great company!

    “She seemed to have fainted. I put her carefully upon my shoulder and
    rose to push on, and then there came a horrible realisation. In
    manœuvring with my matches and Weena, I had turned myself about several
    times, and now I had not the faintest idea in what direction lay my
    path. For all I knew, I might be facing back towards the Palace of
    Green Porcelain. I found myself in a cold sweat. I had to think rapidly
    what to do. I determined to build a fire and encamp where we were. I
    put Weena, still motionless, down upon a turfy bole, and very hastily,
    as my first lump of camphor waned, I began collecting sticks and
    leaves. Here and there out of the darkness round me the Morlocks’ eyes
    shone like carbuncles.

    “The camphor flickered and went out. I lit a match, and as I did so,
    two white forms that had been approaching Weena dashed hastily away.
    One was so blinded by the light that he came straight for me, and I
    felt his bones grind under the blow of my fist. He gave a whoop of
    dismay, staggered a little way, and fell down. I lit another piece of
    camphor, and went on gathering my bonfire. Presently I noticed how dry
    was some of the foliage above me, for since my arrival on the Time
    Machine, a matter of a week, no rain had fallen. So, instead of casting
    about among the trees for fallen twigs, I began leaping up and dragging
    down branches. Very soon I had a choking smoky fire of green wood and
    dry sticks, and could economise my camphor. Then I turned to where
    Weena lay beside my iron mace. I tried what I could to revive her, but
    she lay like one dead. I could not even satisfy myself whether or not
    she breathed.

    “Now, the smoke of the fire beat over towards me, and it must have made
    me heavy of a sudden. Moreover, the vapour of camphor was in the air.
    My fire would not need replenishing for an hour or so. I felt very
    weary after my exertion, and sat down. The wood, too, was full of a
    slumbrous murmur that I did not understand. I seemed just to nod and
    open my eyes. But all was dark, and the Morlocks had their hands upon
    me. Flinging off their clinging fingers I hastily felt in my pocket for
    the match-box, and—it had gone! Then they gripped and closed with me
    again. In a moment I knew what had happened. I had slept, and my fire
    had gone out, and the bitterness of death came over my soul. The forest
    seemed full of the smell of burning wood. I was caught by the neck, by
    the hair, by the arms, and pulled down. It was indescribably horrible
    in the darkness to feel all these soft creatures heaped upon me. I felt
    as if I was in a monstrous spider’s web. I was overpowered, and went
    down. I felt little teeth nipping at my neck. I rolled over, and as I
    did so my hand came against my iron lever. It gave me strength. I
    struggled up, shaking the human rats from me, and, holding the bar
    short, I thrust where I judged their faces might be. I could feel the
    succulent giving of flesh and bone under my blows, and for a moment I
    was free.

    “The strange exultation that so often seems to accompany hard fighting
    came upon me. I knew that both I and Weena were lost, but I determined
    to make the Morlocks pay for their meat. I stood with my back to a
    tree, swinging the iron bar before me. The whole wood was full of the
    stir and cries of them. A minute passed. Their voices seemed to rise to
    a higher pitch of excitement, and their movements grew faster. Yet none
    came within reach. I stood glaring at the blackness. Then suddenly came
    hope. What if the Morlocks were afraid? And close on the heels of that
    came a strange thing. The darkness seemed to grow luminous. Very dimly
    I began to see the Morlocks about me—three battered at my feet—and then
    I recognised, with incredulous surprise, that the others were running,
    in an incessant stream, as it seemed, from behind me, and away through
    the wood in front. And their backs seemed no longer white, but reddish.
    As I stood agape, I saw a little red spark go drifting across a gap of
    starlight between the branches, and vanish. And at that I understood
    the smell of burning wood, the slumbrous murmur that was growing now
    into a gusty roar, the red glow, and the Morlocks’ flight.

    “Stepping out from behind my tree and looking back, I saw, through the
    black pillars of the nearer trees, the flames of the burning forest. It
    was my first fire coming after me. With that I looked for Weena, but
    she was gone. The hissing and crackling behind me, the explosive thud
    as each fresh tree burst into flame, left little time for reflection.
    My iron bar still gripped, I followed in the Morlocks’ path. It was a
    close race. Once the flames crept forward so swiftly on my right as I
    ran that I was outflanked and had to strike off to the left. But at
    last I emerged upon a small open space, and as I did so, a Morlock came
    blundering towards me, and past me, and went on straight into the fire!

    “And now I was to see the most weird and horrible thing, I think, of
    all that I beheld in that future age. This whole space was as bright as
    day with the reflection of the fire. In the centre was a hillock or
    tumulus, surmounted by a scorched hawthorn. Beyond this was another arm
    of the burning forest, with yellow tongues already writhing from it,
    completely encircling the space with a fence of fire. Upon the hillside
    were some thirty or forty Morlocks, dazzled by the light and heat, and
    blundering hither and thither against each other in their bewilderment.
    At first I did not realise their blindness, and struck furiously at
    them with my bar, in a frenzy of fear, as they approached me, killing
    one and crippling several more. But when I had watched the gestures of
    one of them groping under the hawthorn against the red sky, and heard
    their moans, I was assured of their absolute helplessness and misery in
    the glare, and I struck no more of them.

    “Yet every now and then one would come straight towards me, setting
    loose a quivering horror that made me quick to elude him. At one time
    the flames died down somewhat, and I feared the foul creatures would
    presently be able to see me. I was thinking of beginning the fight by
    killing some of them before this should happen; but the fire burst out
    again brightly, and I stayed my hand. I walked about the hill among
    them and avoided them, looking for some trace of Weena. But Weena was
    gone.

    “At last I sat down on the summit of the hillock, and watched this
    strange incredible company of blind things groping to and fro, and
    making uncanny noises to each other, as the glare of the fire beat on
    them. The coiling uprush of smoke streamed across the sky, and through
    the rare tatters of that red canopy, remote as though they belonged to
    another universe, shone the little stars. Two or three Morlocks came
    blundering into me, and I drove them off with blows of my fists,
    trembling as I did so.

    “For the most part of that night I was persuaded it was a nightmare. I
    bit myself and screamed in a passionate desire to awake. I beat the
    ground with my hands, and got up and sat down again, and wandered here
    and there, and again sat down. Then I would fall to rubbing my eyes and
    calling upon God to let me awake. Thrice I saw Morlocks put their heads
    down in a kind of agony and rush into the flames. But, at last, above
    the subsiding red of the fire, above the streaming masses of black
    smoke and the whitening and blackening tree stumps, and the diminishing
    numbers of these dim creatures, came the white light of the day.

    “I searched again for traces of Weena, but there were none. It was
    plain that they had left her poor little body in the forest. I cannot
    describe how it relieved me to think that it had escaped the awful fate
    to which it seemed destined. As I thought of that, I was almost moved
    to begin a massacre of the helpless abominations about me, but I
    contained myself. The hillock, as I have said, was a kind of island in
    the forest. From its summit I could now make out through a haze of
    smoke the Palace of Green Porcelain, and from that I could get my
    bearings for the White Sphinx. And so, leaving the remnant of these
    damned souls still going hither and thither and moaning, as the day
    grew clearer, I tied some grass about my feet and limped on across
    smoking ashes and among black stems that still pulsated internally with
    fire, towards the hiding-place of the Time Machine. I walked slowly,
    for I was almost exhausted, as well as lame, and I felt the intensest
    wretchedness for the horrible death of little Weena. It seemed an
    overwhelming calamity. Now, in this old familiar room, it is more like
    the sorrow of a dream than an actual loss. But that morning it left me
    absolutely lonely again—terribly alone. I began to think of this house
    of mine, of this fireside, of some of you, and with such thoughts came
    a longing that was pain.

    “But, as I walked over the smoking ashes under the bright morning sky,
    I made a discovery. In my trouser pocket were still some loose matches.
    The box must have leaked before it was lost.

    XIII.
    The Trap of the White Sphinx

    “About eight or nine in the morning I came to the same seat of yellow
    metal from which I had viewed the world upon the evening of my arrival.
    I thought of my hasty conclusions upon that evening and could not
    refrain from laughing bitterly at my confidence. Here was the same
    beautiful scene, the same abundant foliage, the same splendid palaces
    and magnificent ruins, the same silver river running between its
    fertile banks. The gay robes of the beautiful people moved hither and
    thither among the trees. Some were bathing in exactly the place where I
    had saved Weena, and that suddenly gave me a keen stab of pain. And
    like blots upon the landscape rose the cupolas above the ways to the
    Underworld. I understood now what all the beauty of the Overworld
    people covered. Very pleasant was their day, as pleasant as the day of
    the cattle in the field. Like the cattle, they knew of no enemies and
    provided against no needs. And their end was the same.

    “I grieved to think how brief the dream of the human intellect had
    been. It had committed suicide. It had set itself steadfastly towards
    comfort and ease, a balanced society with security and permanency as
    its watchword, it had attained its hopes—to come to this at last. Once,
    life and property must have reached almost absolute safety. The rich
    had been assured of his wealth and comfort, the toiler assured of his
    life and work. No doubt in that perfect world there had been no
    unemployed problem, no social question left unsolved. And a great quiet
    had followed.

    “It is a law of nature we overlook, that intellectual versatility is
    the compensation for change, danger, and trouble. An animal perfectly
    in harmony with its environment is a perfect mechanism. Nature never
    appeals to intelligence until habit and instinct are useless. There is
    no intelligence where there is no change and no need of change. Only
    those animals partake of intelligence that have to meet a huge variety
    of needs and dangers.

    “So, as I see it, the Upperworld man had drifted towards his feeble
    prettiness, and the Underworld to mere mechanical industry. But that
    perfect state had lacked one thing even for mechanical
    perfection—absolute permanency. Apparently as time went on, the feeding
    of an Underworld, however it was effected, had become disjointed.
    Mother Necessity, who had been staved off for a few thousand years,
    came back again, and she began below. The Underworld being in contact
    with machinery, which, however perfect, still needs some little thought
    outside habit, had probably retained perforce rather more initiative,
    if less of every other human character, than the Upper. And when other
    meat failed them, they turned to what old habit had hitherto forbidden.
    So I say I saw it in my last view of the world of Eight Hundred and Two
    Thousand Seven Hundred and One. It may be as wrong an explanation as
    mortal wit could invent. It is how the thing shaped itself to me, and
    as that I give it to you.

    “After the fatigues, excitements, and terrors of the past days, and in
    spite of my grief, this seat and the tranquil view and the warm
    sunlight were very pleasant. I was very tired and sleepy, and soon my
    theorising passed into dozing. Catching myself at that, I took my own
    hint, and spreading myself out upon the turf I had a long and
    refreshing sleep.

    “I awoke a little before sunsetting. I now felt safe against being
    caught napping by the Morlocks, and, stretching myself, I came on down
    the hill towards the White Sphinx. I had my crowbar in one hand, and
    the other hand played with the matches in my pocket.

    “And now came a most unexpected thing. As I approached the pedestal of
    the sphinx I found the bronze valves were open. They had slid down into
    grooves.

    “At that I stopped short before them, hesitating to enter.

    “Within was a small apartment, and on a raised place in the corner of
    this was the Time Machine. I had the small levers in my pocket. So
    here, after all my elaborate preparations for the siege of the White
    Sphinx, was a meek surrender. I threw my iron bar away, almost sorry
    not to use it.

    “A sudden thought came into my head as I stooped towards the portal.
    For once, at least, I grasped the mental operations of the Morlocks.
    Suppressing a strong inclination to laugh, I stepped through the bronze
    frame and up to the Time Machine. I was surprised to find it had been
    carefully oiled and cleaned. I have suspected since that the Morlocks
    had even partially taken it to pieces while trying in their dim way to
    grasp its purpose.

    “Now as I stood and examined it, finding a pleasure in the mere touch
    of the contrivance, the thing I had expected happened. The bronze
    panels suddenly slid up and struck the frame with a clang. I was in the
    dark—trapped. So the Morlocks thought. At that I chuckled gleefully.

    “I could already hear their murmuring laughter as they came towards me.
    Very calmly I tried to strike the match. I had only to fix on the
    levers and depart then like a ghost. But I had overlooked one little
    thing. The matches were of that abominable kind that light only on the
    box.

    “You may imagine how all my calm vanished. The little brutes were close
    upon me. One touched me. I made a sweeping blow in the dark at them
    with the levers, and began to scramble into the saddle of the machine.
    Then came one hand upon me and then another. Then I had simply to fight
    against their persistent fingers for my levers, and at the same time
    feel for the studs over which these fitted. One, indeed, they almost
    got away from me. As it slipped from my hand, I had to butt in the dark
    with my head—I could hear the Morlock’s skull ring—to recover it. It
    was a nearer thing than the fight in the forest, I think, this last
    scramble.

    “But at last the lever was fixed and pulled over. The clinging hands
    slipped from me. The darkness presently fell from my eyes. I found
    myself in the same grey light and tumult I have already described.

    XIV.
    The Further Vision

    “I have already told you of the sickness and confusion that comes with
    time travelling. And this time I was not seated properly in the saddle,
    but sideways and in an unstable fashion. For an indefinite time I clung
    to the machine as it swayed and vibrated, quite unheeding how I went,
    and when I brought myself to look at the dials again I was amazed to
    find where I had arrived. One dial records days, and another thousands
    of days, another millions of days, and another thousands of millions.
    Now, instead of reversing the levers, I had pulled them over so as to
    go forward with them, and when I came to look at these indicators I
    found that the thousands hand was sweeping round as fast as the seconds
    hand of a watch—into futurity.

    “As I drove on, a peculiar change crept over the appearance of things.
    The palpitating greyness grew darker; then—though I was still
    travelling with prodigious velocity—the blinking succession of day and
    night, which was usually indicative of a slower pace, returned, and
    grew more and more marked. This puzzled me very much at first. The
    alternations of night and day grew slower and slower, and so did the
    passage of the sun across the sky, until they seemed to stretch through
    centuries. At last a steady twilight brooded over the earth, a twilight
    only broken now and then when a comet glared across the darkling sky.
    The band of light that had indicated the sun had long since
    disappeared; for the sun had ceased to set—it simply rose and fell in
    the west, and grew ever broader and more red. All trace of the moon had
    vanished. The circling of the stars, growing slower and slower, had
    given place to creeping points of light. At last, some time before I
    stopped, the sun, red and very large, halted motionless upon the
    horizon, a vast dome glowing with a dull heat, and now and then
    suffering a momentary extinction. At one time it had for a little while
    glowed more brilliantly again, but it speedily reverted to its sullen
    red heat. I perceived by this slowing down of its rising and setting
    that the work of the tidal drag was done. The earth had come to rest
    with one face to the sun, even as in our own time the moon faces the
    earth. Very cautiously, for I remembered my former headlong fall, I
    began to reverse my motion. Slower and slower went the circling hands
    until the thousands one seemed motionless and the daily one was no
    longer a mere mist upon its scale. Still slower, until the dim outlines
    of a desolate beach grew visible.

    “I stopped very gently and sat upon the Time Machine, looking round.
    The sky was no longer blue. North-eastward it was inky black, and out
    of the blackness shone brightly and steadily the pale white stars.
    Overhead it was a deep Indian red and starless, and south-eastward it
    grew brighter to a glowing scarlet where, cut by the horizon, lay the
    huge hull of the sun, red and motionless. The rocks about me were of a
    harsh reddish colour, and all the trace of life that I could see at
    first was the intensely green vegetation that covered every projecting
    point on their south-eastern face. It was the same rich green that one
    sees on forest moss or on the lichen in caves: plants which like these
    grow in a perpetual twilight.

    “The machine was standing on a sloping beach. The sea stretched away to
    the south-west, to rise into a sharp bright horizon against the wan
    sky. There were no breakers and no waves, for not a breath of wind was
    stirring. Only a slight oily swell rose and fell like a gentle
    breathing, and showed that the eternal sea was still moving and living.
    And along the margin where the water sometimes broke was a thick
    incrustation of salt—pink under the lurid sky. There was a sense of
    oppression in my head, and I noticed that I was breathing very fast.
    The sensation reminded me of my only experience of mountaineering, and
    from that I judged the air to be more rarefied than it is now.

    “Far away up the desolate slope I heard a harsh scream, and saw a thing
    like a huge white butterfly go slanting and fluttering up into the sky
    and, circling, disappear over some low hillocks beyond. The sound of
    its voice was so dismal that I shivered and seated myself more firmly
    upon the machine. Looking round me again, I saw that, quite near, what
    I had taken to be a reddish mass of rock was moving slowly towards me.
    Then I saw the thing was really a monstrous crab-like creature. Can you
    imagine a crab as large as yonder table, with its many legs moving
    slowly and uncertainly, its big claws swaying, its long antennæ, like
    carters’ whips, waving and feeling, and its stalked eyes gleaming at
    you on either side of its metallic front? Its back was corrugated and
    ornamented with ungainly bosses, and a greenish incrustation blotched
    it here and there. I could see the many palps of its complicated mouth
    flickering and feeling as it moved.

    “As I stared at this sinister apparition crawling towards me, I felt a
    tickling on my cheek as though a fly had lighted there. I tried to
    brush it away with my hand, but in a moment it returned, and almost
    immediately came another by my ear. I struck at this, and caught
    something threadlike. It was drawn swiftly out of my hand. With a
    frightful qualm, I turned, and I saw that I had grasped the antenna of
    another monster crab that stood just behind me. Its evil eyes were
    wriggling on their stalks, its mouth was all alive with appetite, and
    its vast ungainly claws, smeared with an algal slime, were descending
    upon me. In a moment my hand was on the lever, and I had placed a month
    between myself and these monsters. But I was still on the same beach,
    and I saw them distinctly now as soon as I stopped. Dozens of them
    seemed to be crawling here and there, in the sombre light, among the
    foliated sheets of intense green.

    “I cannot convey the sense of abominable desolation that hung over the
    world. The red eastern sky, the northward blackness, the salt Dead Sea,
    the stony beach crawling with these foul, slow-stirring monsters, the
    uniform poisonous-looking green of the lichenous plants, the thin air
    that hurts one’s lungs: all contributed to an appalling effect. I moved
    on a hundred years, and there was the same red sun—a little larger, a
    little duller—the same dying sea, the same chill air, and the same
    crowd of earthy crustacea creeping in and out among the green weed and
    the red rocks. And in the westward sky, I saw a curved pale line like a
    vast new moon.

    “So I travelled, stopping ever and again, in great strides of a
    thousand years or more, drawn on by the mystery of the earth’s fate,
    watching with a strange fascination the sun grow larger and duller in
    the westward sky, and the life of the old earth ebb away. At last, more
    than thirty million years hence, the huge red-hot dome of the sun had
    come to obscure nearly a tenth part of the darkling heavens. Then I
    stopped once more, for the crawling multitude of crabs had disappeared,
    and the red beach, save for its livid green liverworts and lichens,
    seemed lifeless. And now it was flecked with white. A bitter cold
    assailed me. Rare white flakes ever and again came eddying down. To the
    north-eastward, the glare of snow lay under the starlight of the sable
    sky, and I could see an undulating crest of hillocks pinkish white.
    There were fringes of ice along the sea margin, with drifting masses
    farther out; but the main expanse of that salt ocean, all bloody under
    the eternal sunset, was still unfrozen.

    “I looked about me to see if any traces of animal life remained. A
    certain indefinable apprehension still kept me in the saddle of the
    machine. But I saw nothing moving, in earth or sky or sea. The green
    slime on the rocks alone testified that life was not extinct. A shallow
    sandbank had appeared in the sea and the water had receded from the
    beach. I fancied I saw some black object flopping about upon this bank,
    but it became motionless as I looked at it, and I judged that my eye
    had been deceived, and that the black object was merely a rock. The
    stars in the sky were intensely bright and seemed to me to twinkle very
    little.

    “Suddenly I noticed that the circular westward outline of the sun had
    changed; that a concavity, a bay, had appeared in the curve. I saw this
    grow larger. For a minute perhaps I stared aghast at this blackness
    that was creeping over the day, and then I realised that an eclipse was
    beginning. Either the moon or the planet Mercury was passing across the
    sun’s disk. Naturally, at first I took it to be the moon, but there is
    much to incline me to believe that what I really saw was the transit of
    an inner planet passing very near to the earth.

    “The darkness grew apace; a cold wind began to blow in freshening gusts
    from the east, and the showering white flakes in the air increased in
    number. From the edge of the sea came a ripple and whisper. Beyond
    these lifeless sounds the world was silent. Silent? It would be hard to
    convey the stillness of it. All the sounds of man, the bleating of
    sheep, the cries of birds, the hum of insects, the stir that makes the
    background of our lives—all that was over. As the darkness thickened,
    the eddying flakes grew more abundant, dancing before my eyes; and the
    cold of the air more intense. At last, one by one, swiftly, one after
    the other, the white peaks of the distant hills vanished into
    blackness. The breeze rose to a moaning wind. I saw the black central
    shadow of the eclipse sweeping towards me. In another moment the pale
    stars alone were visible. All else was rayless obscurity. The sky was
    absolutely black.

    “A horror of this great darkness came on me. The cold, that smote to my
    marrow, and the pain I felt in breathing, overcame me. I shivered, and
    a deadly nausea seized me. Then like a red-hot bow in the sky appeared
    the edge of the sun. I got off the machine to recover myself. I felt
    giddy and incapable of facing the return journey. As I stood sick and
    confused I saw again the moving thing upon the shoal—there was no
    mistake now that it was a moving thing—against the red water of the
    sea. It was a round thing, the size of a football perhaps, or, it may
    be, bigger, and tentacles trailed down from it; it seemed black against
    the weltering blood-red water, and it was hopping fitfully about. Then
    I felt I was fainting. But a terrible dread of lying helpless in that
    remote and awful twilight sustained me while I clambered upon the
    saddle.

    XV.
    The Time Traveller’s Return

    “So I came back. For a long time I must have been insensible upon the
    machine. The blinking succession of the days and nights was resumed,
    the sun got golden again, the sky blue. I breathed with greater
    freedom. The fluctuating contours of the land ebbed and flowed. The
    hands spun backward upon the dials. At last I saw again the dim shadows
    of houses, the evidences of decadent humanity. These, too, changed and
    passed, and others came. Presently, when the million dial was at zero,
    I slackened speed. I began to recognise our own pretty and familiar
    architecture, the thousands hand ran back to the starting-point, the
    night and day flapped slower and slower. Then the old walls of the
    laboratory came round me. Very gently, now, I slowed the mechanism
    down.

    “I saw one little thing that seemed odd to me. I think I have told you
    that when I set out, before my velocity became very high, Mrs. Watchett
    had walked across the room, travelling, as it seemed to me, like a
    rocket. As I returned, I passed again across that minute when she
    traversed the laboratory. But now her every motion appeared to be the
    exact inversion of her previous ones. The door at the lower end opened,
    and she glided quietly up the laboratory, back foremost, and
    disappeared behind the door by which she had previously entered. Just
    before that I seemed to see Hillyer for a moment; but he passed like a
    flash.

    “Then I stopped the machine, and saw about me again the old familiar
    laboratory, my tools, my appliances just as I had left them. I got off
    the thing very shakily, and sat down upon my bench. For several minutes
    I trembled violently. Then I became calmer. Around me was my old
    workshop again, exactly as it had been. I might have slept there, and
    the whole thing have been a dream.

    “And yet, not exactly! The thing had started from the south-east corner
    of the laboratory. It had come to rest again in the north-west, against
    the wall where you saw it. That gives you the exact distance from my
    little lawn to the pedestal of the White Sphinx, into which the
    Morlocks had carried my machine.

    “For a time my brain went stagnant. Presently I got up and came through
    the passage here, limping, because my heel was still painful, and
    feeling sorely begrimed. I saw the _Pall Mall Gazette_ on the table by
    the door. I found the date was indeed today, and looking at the
    timepiece, saw the hour was almost eight o’clock. I heard your voices
    and the clatter of plates. I hesitated—I felt so sick and weak. Then I
    sniffed good wholesome meat, and opened the door on you. You know the
    rest. I washed, and dined, and now I am telling you the story.

    XVI.
    After the Story

    “I know,” he said, after a pause, “that all this will be absolutely
    incredible to you, but to me the one incredible thing is that I am here
    tonight in this old familiar room looking into your friendly faces and
    telling you these strange adventures.” He looked at the Medical Man.
    “No. I cannot expect you to believe it. Take it as a lie—or a prophecy.
    Say I dreamed it in the workshop. Consider I have been speculating upon
    the destinies of our race, until I have hatched this fiction. Treat my
    assertion of its truth as a mere stroke of art to enhance its interest.
    And taking it as a story, what do you think of it?”

    He took up his pipe, and began, in his old accustomed manner, to tap
    with it nervously upon the bars of the grate. There was a momentary
    stillness. Then chairs began to creak and shoes to scrape upon the
    carpet. I took my eyes off the Time Traveller’s face, and looked round
    at his audience. They were in the dark, and little spots of colour swam
    before them. The Medical Man seemed absorbed in the contemplation of
    our host. The Editor was looking hard at the end of his cigar—the
    sixth. The Journalist fumbled for his watch. The others, as far as I
    remember, were motionless.

    The Editor stood up with a sigh. “What a pity it is you’re not a writer
    of stories!” he said, putting his hand on the Time Traveller’s
    shoulder.

    “You don’t believe it?”

    “Well——”

    “I thought not.”

    The Time Traveller turned to us. “Where are the matches?” he said. He
    lit one and spoke over his pipe, puffing. “To tell you the truth… I
    hardly believe it myself….. And yet…”

    His eye fell with a mute inquiry upon the withered white flowers upon
    the little table. Then he turned over the hand holding his pipe, and I
    saw he was looking at some half-healed scars on his knuckles.

    The Medical Man rose, came to the lamp, and examined the flowers. “The
    gynæceum’s odd,” he said. The Psychologist leant forward to see,
    holding out his hand for a specimen.

    “I’m hanged if it isn’t a quarter to one,” said the Journalist. “How
    shall we get home?”

    “Plenty of cabs at the station,” said the Psychologist.

    “It’s a curious thing,” said the Medical Man; “but I certainly don’t
    know the natural order of these flowers. May I have them?”

    The Time Traveller hesitated. Then suddenly: “Certainly not.”

    “Where did you really get them?” said the Medical Man.

    The Time Traveller put his hand to his head. He spoke like one who was
    trying to keep hold of an idea that eluded him. “They were put into my
    pocket by Weena, when I travelled into Time.” He stared round the room.
    “I’m damned if it isn’t all going. This room and you and the atmosphere
    of every day is too much for my memory. Did I ever make a Time Machine,
    or a model of a Time Machine? Or is it all only a dream? They say life
    is a dream, a precious poor dream at times—but I can’t stand another
    that won’t fit. It’s madness. And where did the dream come from? … I
    must look at that machine. If there is one!”

    He caught up the lamp swiftly, and carried it, flaring red, through the
    door into the corridor. We followed him. There in the flickering light
    of the lamp was the machine sure enough, squat, ugly, and askew, a
    thing of brass, ebony, ivory, and translucent glimmering quartz. Solid
    to the touch—for I put out my hand and felt the rail of it—and with
    brown spots and smears upon the ivory, and bits of grass and moss upon
    the lower parts, and one rail bent awry.

    The Time Traveller put the lamp down on the bench, and ran his hand
    along the damaged rail. “It’s all right now,” he said. “The story I
    told you was true. I’m sorry to have brought you out here in the cold.”
    He took up the lamp, and, in an absolute silence, we returned to the
    smoking-room.

    He came into the hall with us and helped the Editor on with his coat.
    The Medical Man looked into his face and, with a certain hesitation,
    told him he was suffering from overwork, at which he laughed hugely. I
    remember him standing in the open doorway, bawling good-night.

    I shared a cab with the Editor. He thought the tale a “gaudy lie.” For
    my own part I was unable to come to a conclusion. The story was so
    fantastic and incredible, the telling so credible and sober. I lay
    awake most of the night thinking about it. I determined to go next day
    and see the Time Traveller again. I was told he was in the laboratory,
    and being on easy terms in the house, I went up to him. The laboratory,
    however, was empty. I stared for a minute at the Time Machine and put
    out my hand and touched the lever. At that the squat
    substantial-looking mass swayed like a bough shaken by the wind. Its
    instability startled me extremely, and I had a queer reminiscence of
    the childish days when I used to be forbidden to meddle. I came back
    through the corridor. The Time Traveller met me in the smoking-room. He
    was coming from the house. He had a small camera under one arm and a
    knapsack under the other. He laughed when he saw me, and gave me an
    elbow to shake. “I’m frightfully busy,” said he, “with that thing in
    there.”

    “But is it not some hoax?” I said. “Do you really travel through time?”

    “Really and truly I do.” And he looked frankly into my eyes. He
    hesitated. His eye wandered about the room. “I only want half an hour,”
    he said. “I know why you came, and it’s awfully good of you. There’s
    some magazines here. If you’ll stop to lunch I’ll prove you this time
    travelling up to the hilt, specimens and all. If you’ll forgive my
    leaving you now?”

    I consented, hardly comprehending then the full import of his words,
    and he nodded and went on down the corridor. I heard the door of the
    laboratory slam, seated myself in a chair, and took up a daily paper.
    What was he going to do before lunch-time? Then suddenly I was reminded
    by an advertisement that I had promised to meet Richardson, the
    publisher, at two. I looked at my watch, and saw that I could barely
    save that engagement. I got up and went down the passage to tell the
    Time Traveller.

    As I took hold of the handle of the door I heard an exclamation, oddly
    truncated at the end, and a click and a thud. A gust of air whirled
    round me as I opened the door, and from within came the sound of broken
    glass falling on the floor. The Time Traveller was not there. I seemed
    to see a ghostly, indistinct figure sitting in a whirling mass of black
    and brass for a moment—a figure so transparent that the bench behind
    with its sheets of drawings was absolutely distinct; but this phantasm
    vanished as I rubbed my eyes. The Time Machine had gone. Save for a
    subsiding stir of dust, the further end of the laboratory was empty. A
    pane of the skylight had, apparently, just been blown in.

    I felt an unreasonable amazement. I knew that something strange had
    happened, and for the moment could not distinguish what the strange
    thing might be. As I stood staring, the door into the garden opened,
    and the man-servant appeared.

    We looked at each other. Then ideas began to come. “Has Mr. —— gone out
    that way?” said I.

    “No, sir. No one has come out this way. I was expecting to find him
    here.”

    At that I understood. At the risk of disappointing Richardson I stayed
    on, waiting for the Time Traveller; waiting for the second, perhaps
    still stranger story, and the specimens and photographs he would bring
    with him. But I am beginning now to fear that I must wait a lifetime.
    The Time Traveller vanished three years ago. And, as everybody knows
    now, he has never returned.

    Epilogue

    One cannot choose but wonder. Will he ever return? It may be that he
    swept back into the past, and fell among the blood-drinking, hairy
    savages of the Age of Unpolished Stone; into the abysses of the
    Cretaceous Sea; or among the grotesque saurians, the huge reptilian
    brutes of the Jurassic times. He may even now—if I may use the
    phrase—be wandering on some plesiosaurus-haunted Oolitic coral reef, or
    beside the lonely saline seas of the Triassic Age. Or did he go
    forward, into one of the nearer ages, in which men are still men, but
    with the riddles of our own time answered and its wearisome problems
    solved? Into the manhood of the race: for I, for my own part, cannot
    think that these latter days of weak experiment, fragmentary theory,
    and mutual discord are indeed man’s culminating time! I say, for my own
    part. He, I know—for the question had been discussed among us long
    before the Time Machine was made—thought but cheerlessly of the
    Advancement of Mankind, and saw in the growing pile of civilisation
    only a foolish heaping that must inevitably fall back upon and destroy
    its makers in the end. If that is so, it remains for us to live as
    though it were not so. But to me the future is still black and blank—is
    a vast ignorance, lit at a few casual places by the memory of his
    story. And I have by me, for my comfort, two strange white
    flowers—shrivelled now, and brown and flat and brittle—to witness that
    even when mind and strength had gone, gratitude and a mutual tenderness
    still lived on in the heart of man.

  • The strange case of Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde

    The strange case of Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde

    Aproximadamente 26.065 palavras.

    [Illustration]

    The Strange Case of
    Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde

    by Robert Louis Stevenson

    TO
    KATHARINE DE MATTOS.

    It’s ill to loose the bands that God decreed to bind;
    Still will we be the children of the heather and the wind.
    Far away from home, O it’s still for you and me
    That the broom is blowing bonnie in the north countrie.

    Contents

    STORY OF THE DOOR
    SEARCH FOR MR. HYDE
    DR. JEKYLL WAS QUITE AT EASE
    THE CAREW MURDER CASE
    INCIDENT OF THE LETTER
    REMARKABLE INCIDENT OF DR. LANYON
    INCIDENT AT THE WINDOW
    THE LAST NIGHT
    DR. LANYON’S NARRATIVE
    HENRY JEKYLL’S FULL STATEMENT OF THE CASE

    STORY OF THE DOOR

    Mr. Utterson the lawyer was a man of a rugged countenance, that was
    never lighted by a smile; cold, scanty and embarrassed in discourse;
    backward in sentiment; lean, long, dusty, dreary, and yet somehow
    lovable. At friendly meetings, and when the wine was to his taste,
    something eminently human beaconed from his eye; something indeed which
    never found its way into his talk, but which spoke not only in these
    silent symbols of the after-dinner face, but more often and loudly in
    the acts of his life. He was austere with himself; drank gin when he
    was alone, to mortify a taste for vintages; and though he enjoyed the
    theatre, had not crossed the doors of one for twenty years. But he had
    an approved tolerance for others; sometimes wondering, almost with
    envy, at the high pressure of spirits involved in their misdeeds; and
    in any extremity inclined to help rather than to reprove. “I incline to
    Cain’s heresy,” he used to say quaintly: “I let my brother go to the
    devil in his own way.” In this character, it was frequently his fortune
    to be the last reputable acquaintance and the last good influence in
    the lives of down-going men. And to such as these, so long as they came
    about his chambers, he never marked a shade of change in his demeanour.

    No doubt the feat was easy to Mr. Utterson; for he was undemonstrative
    at the best, and even his friendship seemed to be founded in a similar
    catholicity of good-nature. It is the mark of a modest man to accept
    his friendly circle ready-made from the hands of opportunity; and that
    was the lawyer’s way. His friends were those of his own blood or those
    whom he had known the longest; his affections, like ivy, were the
    growth of time, they implied no aptness in the object. Hence, no doubt,
    the bond that united him to Mr. Richard Enfield, his distant kinsman,
    the well-known man about town. It was a nut to crack for many, what
    these two could see in each other, or what subject they could find in
    common. It was reported by those who encountered them in their Sunday
    walks, that they said nothing, looked singularly dull, and would hail
    with obvious relief the appearance of a friend. For all that, the two
    men put the greatest store by these excursions, counted them the chief
    jewel of each week, and not only set aside occasions of pleasure, but
    even resisted the calls of business, that they might enjoy them
    uninterrupted.

    It chanced on one of these rambles that their way led them down a
    by-street in a busy quarter of London. The street was small and what is
    called quiet, but it drove a thriving trade on the week-days. The
    inhabitants were all doing well, it seemed, and all emulously hoping to
    do better still, and laying out the surplus of their gains in coquetry;
    so that the shop fronts stood along that thoroughfare with an air of
    invitation, like rows of smiling saleswomen. Even on Sunday, when it
    veiled its more florid charms and lay comparatively empty of passage,
    the street shone out in contrast to its dingy neighbourhood, like a
    fire in a forest; and with its freshly painted shutters, well-polished
    brasses, and general cleanliness and gaiety of note, instantly caught
    and pleased the eye of the passenger.

    Two doors from one corner, on the left hand going east, the line was
    broken by the entry of a court; and just at that point, a certain
    sinister block of building thrust forward its gable on the street. It
    was two stories high; showed no window, nothing but a door on the lower
    story and a blind forehead of discoloured wall on the upper; and bore
    in every feature, the marks of prolonged and sordid negligence. The
    door, which was equipped with neither bell nor knocker, was blistered
    and distained. Tramps slouched into the recess and struck matches on
    the panels; children kept shop upon the steps; the schoolboy had tried
    his knife on the mouldings; and for close on a generation, no one had
    appeared to drive away these random visitors or to repair their
    ravages.

    Mr. Enfield and the lawyer were on the other side of the by-street; but
    when they came abreast of the entry, the former lifted up his cane and
    pointed.

    “Did you ever remark that door?” he asked; and when his companion had
    replied in the affirmative, “It is connected in my mind,” added he,
    “with a very odd story.”

    “Indeed?” said Mr. Utterson, with a slight change of voice, “and what
    was that?”

    “Well, it was this way,” returned Mr. Enfield: “I was coming home from
    some place at the end of the world, about three o’clock of a black
    winter morning, and my way lay through a part of town where there was
    literally nothing to be seen but lamps. Street after street, and all
    the folks asleep—street after street, all lighted up as if for a
    procession and all as empty as a church—till at last I got into that
    state of mind when a man listens and listens and begins to long for the
    sight of a policeman. All at once, I saw two figures: one a little man
    who was stumping along eastward at a good walk, and the other a girl of
    maybe eight or ten who was running as hard as she was able down a cross
    street. Well, sir, the two ran into one another naturally enough at the
    corner; and then came the horrible part of the thing; for the man
    trampled calmly over the child’s body and left her screaming on the
    ground. It sounds nothing to hear, but it was hellish to see. It wasn’t
    like a man; it was like some damned Juggernaut. I gave a view-halloa,
    took to my heels, collared my gentleman, and brought him back to where
    there was already quite a group about the screaming child. He was
    perfectly cool and made no resistance, but gave me one look, so ugly
    that it brought out the sweat on me like running. The people who had
    turned out were the girl’s own family; and pretty soon, the doctor, for
    whom she had been sent, put in his appearance. Well, the child was not
    much the worse, more frightened, according to the Sawbones; and there
    you might have supposed would be an end to it. But there was one
    curious circumstance. I had taken a loathing to my gentleman at first
    sight. So had the child’s family, which was only natural. But the
    doctor’s case was what struck me. He was the usual cut-and-dry
    apothecary, of no particular age and colour, with a strong Edinburgh
    accent, and about as emotional as a bagpipe. Well, sir, he was like the
    rest of us; every time he looked at my prisoner, I saw that Sawbones
    turn sick and white with the desire to kill him. I knew what was in his
    mind, just as he knew what was in mine; and killing being out of the
    question, we did the next best. We told the man we could and would make
    such a scandal out of this, as should make his name stink from one end
    of London to the other. If he had any friends or any credit, we
    undertook that he should lose them. And all the time, as we were
    pitching it in red hot, we were keeping the women off him as best we
    could, for they were as wild as harpies. I never saw a circle of such
    hateful faces; and there was the man in the middle, with a kind of
    black, sneering coolness—frightened too, I could see that—but carrying
    it off, sir, really like Satan. ‘If you choose to make capital out of
    this accident,’ said he, ‘I am naturally helpless. No gentleman but
    wishes to avoid a scene,’ says he. ‘Name your figure.’ Well, we screwed
    him up to a hundred pounds for the child’s family; he would have
    clearly liked to stick out; but there was something about the lot of us
    that meant mischief, and at last he struck. The next thing was to get
    the money; and where do you think he carried us but to that place with
    the door?— whipped out a key, went in, and presently came back with the
    matter of ten pounds in gold and a cheque for the balance on Coutts’s,
    drawn payable to bearer and signed with a name that I can’t mention,
    though it’s one of the points of my story, but it was a name at least
    very well known and often printed. The figure was stiff; but the
    signature was good for more than that, if it was only genuine. I took
    the liberty of pointing out to my gentleman that the whole business
    looked apocryphal, and that a man does not, in real life, walk into a
    cellar door at four in the morning and come out of it with another
    man’s cheque for close upon a hundred pounds. But he was quite easy and
    sneering. ‘Set your mind at rest,’ says he, ‘I will stay with you till
    the banks open and cash the cheque myself.’ So we all set off, the
    doctor, and the child’s father, and our friend and myself, and passed
    the rest of the night in my chambers; and next day, when we had
    breakfasted, went in a body to the bank. I gave in the check myself,
    and said I had every reason to believe it was a forgery. Not a bit of
    it. The cheque was genuine.”

    “Tut-tut,” said Mr. Utterson.

    “I see you feel as I do,” said Mr. Enfield. “Yes, it’s a bad story. For
    my man was a fellow that nobody could have to do with, a really
    damnable man; and the person that drew the cheque is the very pink of
    the proprieties, celebrated too, and (what makes it worse) one of your
    fellows who do what they call good. Black-mail, I suppose; an honest
    man paying through the nose for some of the capers of his youth.
    Black-Mail House is what I call that place with the door, in
    consequence. Though even that, you know, is far from explaining all,”
    he added, and with the words fell into a vein of musing.

    From this he was recalled by Mr. Utterson asking rather suddenly: “And
    you don’t know if the drawer of the cheque lives there?”

    “A likely place, isn’t it?” returned Mr. Enfield. “But I happen to have
    noticed his address; he lives in some square or other.”

    “And you never asked about the—place with the door?” said Mr. Utterson.

    “No, sir: I had a delicacy,” was the reply. “I feel very strongly about
    putting questions; it partakes too much of the style of the day of
    judgment. You start a question, and it’s like starting a stone. You sit
    quietly on the top of a hill; and away the stone goes, starting others;
    and presently some bland old bird (the last you would have thought of)
    is knocked on the head in his own back-garden and the family have to
    change their name. No, sir, I make it a rule of mine: the more it looks
    like Queer Street, the less I ask.”

    “A very good rule, too,” said the lawyer.

    “But I have studied the place for myself,” continued Mr. Enfield. “It
    seems scarcely a house. There is no other door, and nobody goes in or
    out of that one but, once in a great while, the gentleman of my
    adventure. There are three windows looking on the court on the first
    floor; none below; the windows are always shut but they’re clean. And
    then there is a chimney which is generally smoking; so somebody must
    live there. And yet it’s not so sure; for the buildings are so packed
    together about that court, that it’s hard to say where one ends and
    another begins.”

    The pair walked on again for a while in silence; and then, “Enfield,”
    said Mr. Utterson, “that’s a good rule of yours.”

    “Yes, I think it is,” returned Enfield.

    “But for all that,” continued the lawyer, “there’s one point I want to
    ask: I want to ask the name of that man who walked over the child.”

    “Well,” said Mr. Enfield, “I can’t see what harm it would do. It was a
    man of the name of Hyde.”

    “H’m,” said Mr. Utterson. “What sort of a man is he to see?”

    “He is not easy to describe. There is something wrong with his
    appearance; something displeasing, something downright detestable. I
    never saw a man I so disliked, and yet I scarce know why. He must be
    deformed somewhere; he gives a strong feeling of deformity, although I
    couldn’t specify the point. He’s an extraordinary-looking man, and yet
    I really can name nothing out of the way. No, sir; I can make no hand
    of it; I can’t describe him. And it’s not want of memory; for I declare
    I can see him this moment.”

    Mr. Utterson again walked some way in silence and obviously under a
    weight of consideration.

    “You are sure he used a key?” he inquired at last.

    “My dear sir…” began Enfield, surprised out of himself.

    “Yes, I know,” said Utterson; “I know it must seem strange. The fact
    is, if I do not ask you the name of the other party, it is because I
    know it already. You see, Richard, your tale has gone home. If you have
    been inexact in any point, you had better correct it.”

    “I think you might have warned me,” returned the other, with a touch of
    sullenness. “But I have been pedantically exact, as you call it. The
    fellow had a key; and what’s more, he has it still. I saw him use it,
    not a week ago.”

    Mr. Utterson sighed deeply but said never a word; and the young man
    presently resumed. “Here is another lesson to say nothing,” said he. “I
    am ashamed of my long tongue. Let us make a bargain never to refer to
    this again.”

    “With all my heart,” said the lawyer. “I shake hands on that, Richard.”

    SEARCH FOR MR. HYDE

    That evening Mr. Utterson came home to his bachelor house in sombre
    spirits and sat down to dinner without relish. It was his custom of a
    Sunday, when this meal was over, to sit close by the fire, a volume of
    some dry divinity on his reading-desk, until the clock of the
    neighbouring church rang out the hour of twelve, when he would go
    soberly and gratefully to bed. On this night, however, as soon as the
    cloth was taken away, he took up a candle and went into his
    business-room. There he opened his safe, took from the most private
    part of it a document endorsed on the envelope as Dr. Jekyll’s Will,
    and sat down with a clouded brow to study its contents. The will was
    holograph, for Mr. Utterson, though he took charge of it now that it
    was made, had refused to lend the least assistance in the making of it;
    it provided not only that, in case of the decease of Henry Jekyll,
    M.D., D.C.L., L.L.D., F.R.S., etc., all his possessions were to pass
    into the hands of his “friend and benefactor Edward Hyde,” but that in
    case of Dr. Jekyll’s “disappearance or unexplained absence for any
    period exceeding three calendar months,” the said Edward Hyde should
    step into the said Henry Jekyll’s shoes without further delay and free
    from any burthen or obligation, beyond the payment of a few small sums
    to the members of the doctor’s household. This document had long been
    the lawyer’s eyesore. It offended him both as a lawyer and as a lover
    of the sane and customary sides of life, to whom the fanciful was the
    immodest. And hitherto it was his ignorance of Mr. Hyde that had
    swelled his indignation; now, by a sudden turn, it was his knowledge.
    It was already bad enough when the name was but a name of which he
    could learn no more. It was worse when it began to be clothed upon with
    detestable attributes; and out of the shifting, insubstantial mists
    that had so long baffled his eye, there leaped up the sudden, definite
    presentment of a fiend.

    “I thought it was madness,” he said, as he replaced the obnoxious paper
    in the safe, “and now I begin to fear it is disgrace.”

    With that he blew out his candle, put on a great-coat, and set forth in
    the direction of Cavendish Square, that citadel of medicine, where his
    friend, the great Dr. Lanyon, had his house and received his crowding
    patients. “If any one knows, it will be Lanyon,” he had thought.

    The solemn butler knew and welcomed him; he was subjected to no stage
    of delay, but ushered direct from the door to the dining-room where Dr.
    Lanyon sat alone over his wine. This was a hearty, healthy, dapper,
    red-faced gentleman, with a shock of hair prematurely white, and a
    boisterous and decided manner. At sight of Mr. Utterson, he sprang up
    from his chair and welcomed him with both hands. The geniality, as was
    the way of the man, was somewhat theatrical to the eye; but it reposed
    on genuine feeling. For these two were old friends, old mates both at
    school and college, both thorough respecters of themselves and of each
    other, and, what does not always follow, men who thoroughly enjoyed
    each other’s company.

    After a little rambling talk, the lawyer led up to the subject which so
    disagreeably pre-occupied his mind.

    “I suppose, Lanyon,” said he “you and I must be the two oldest friends
    that Henry Jekyll has?”

    “I wish the friends were younger,” chuckled Dr. Lanyon. “But I suppose
    we are. And what of that? I see little of him now.”

    “Indeed?” said Utterson. “I thought you had a bond of common interest.”

    “We had,” was the reply. “But it is more than ten years since Henry
    Jekyll became too fanciful for me. He began to go wrong, wrong in mind;
    and though of course I continue to take an interest in him for old
    sake’s sake, as they say, I see and I have seen devilish little of the
    man. Such unscientific balderdash,” added the doctor, flushing suddenly
    purple, “would have estranged Damon and Pythias.”

    This little spirit of temper was somewhat of a relief to Mr. Utterson.
    “They have only differed on some point of science,” he thought; and
    being a man of no scientific passions (except in the matter of
    conveyancing), he even added: “It is nothing worse than that!” He gave
    his friend a few seconds to recover his composure, and then approached
    the question he had come to put. “Did you ever come across a protege of
    his—one Hyde?” he asked.

    “Hyde?” repeated Lanyon. “No. Never heard of him. Since my time.”

    That was the amount of information that the lawyer carried back with
    him to the great, dark bed on which he tossed to and fro, until the
    small hours of the morning began to grow large. It was a night of
    little ease to his toiling mind, toiling in mere darkness and besieged
    by questions.

    Six o’clock struck on the bells of the church that was so conveniently
    near to Mr. Utterson’s dwelling, and still he was digging at the
    problem. Hitherto it had touched him on the intellectual side alone;
    but now his imagination also was engaged, or rather enslaved; and as he
    lay and tossed in the gross darkness of the night and the curtained
    room, Mr. Enfield’s tale went by before his mind in a scroll of lighted
    pictures. He would be aware of the great field of lamps of a nocturnal
    city; then of the figure of a man walking swiftly; then of a child
    running from the doctor’s; and then these met, and that human
    Juggernaut trod the child down and passed on regardless of her screams.
    Or else he would see a room in a rich house, where his friend lay
    asleep, dreaming and smiling at his dreams; and then the door of that
    room would be opened, the curtains of the bed plucked apart, the
    sleeper recalled, and lo! there would stand by his side a figure to
    whom power was given, and even at that dead hour, he must rise and do
    its bidding. The figure in these two phases haunted the lawyer all
    night; and if at any time he dozed over, it was but to see it glide
    more stealthily through sleeping houses, or move the more swiftly and
    still the more swiftly, even to dizziness, through wider labyrinths of
    lamplighted city, and at every street-corner crush a child and leave
    her screaming. And still the figure had no face by which he might know
    it; even in his dreams, it had no face, or one that baffled him and
    melted before his eyes; and thus it was that there sprang up and grew
    apace in the lawyer’s mind a singularly strong, almost an inordinate,
    curiosity to behold the features of the real Mr. Hyde. If he could but
    once set eyes on him, he thought the mystery would lighten and perhaps
    roll altogether away, as was the habit of mysterious things when well
    examined. He might see a reason for his friend’s strange preference or
    bondage (call it which you please) and even for the startling clause of
    the will. At least it would be a face worth seeing: the face of a man
    who was without bowels of mercy: a face which had but to show itself to
    raise up, in the mind of the unimpressionable Enfield, a spirit of
    enduring hatred.

    From that time forward, Mr. Utterson began to haunt the door in the
    by-street of shops. In the morning before office hours, at noon when
    business was plenty, and time scarce, at night under the face of the
    fogged city moon, by all lights and at all hours of solitude or
    concourse, the lawyer was to be found on his chosen post.

    “If he be Mr. Hyde,” he had thought, “I shall be Mr. Seek.”

    And at last his patience was rewarded. It was a fine dry night; frost
    in the air; the streets as clean as a ballroom floor; the lamps,
    unshaken, by any wind, drawing a regular pattern of light and shadow.
    By ten o’clock, when the shops were closed, the by-street was very
    solitary and, in spite of the low growl of London from all round, very
    silent. Small sounds carried far; domestic sounds out of the houses
    were clearly audible on either side of the roadway; and the rumour of
    the approach of any passenger preceded him by a long time. Mr. Utterson
    had been some minutes at his post, when he was aware of an odd, light
    footstep drawing near. In the course of his nightly patrols, he had
    long grown accustomed to the quaint effect with which the footfalls of
    a single person, while he is still a great way off, suddenly spring out
    distinct from the vast hum and clatter of the city. Yet his attention
    had never before been so sharply and decisively arrested; and it was
    with a strong, superstitious prevision of success that he withdrew into
    the entry of the court.

    The steps drew swiftly nearer, and swelled out suddenly louder as they
    turned the end of the street. The lawyer, looking forth from the entry,
    could soon see what manner of man he had to deal with. He was small and
    very plainly dressed, and the look of him, even at that distance, went
    somehow strongly against the watcher’s inclination. But he made
    straight for the door, crossing the roadway to save time; and as he
    came, he drew a key from his pocket like one approaching home.

    Mr. Utterson stepped out and touched him on the shoulder as he passed.
    “Mr. Hyde, I think?”

    Mr. Hyde shrank back with a hissing intake of the breath. But his fear
    was only momentary; and though he did not look the lawyer in the face,
    he answered coolly enough: “That is my name. What do you want?”

    “I see you are going in,” returned the lawyer. “I am an old friend of
    Dr. Jekyll’s—Mr. Utterson of Gaunt Street—you must have heard my name;
    and meeting you so conveniently, I thought you might admit me.”

    “You will not find Dr. Jekyll; he is from home,” replied Mr. Hyde,
    blowing in the key. And then suddenly, but still without looking up,
    “How did you know me?” he asked.

    “On your side,” said Mr. Utterson, “will you do me a favour?”

    “With pleasure,” replied the other. “What shall it be?”

    “Will you let me see your face?” asked the lawyer.

    Mr. Hyde appeared to hesitate, and then, as if upon some sudden
    reflection, fronted about with an air of defiance; and the pair stared
    at each other pretty fixedly for a few seconds. “Now I shall know you
    again,” said Mr. Utterson. “It may be useful.”

    “Yes,” returned Mr. Hyde, “it is as well we have, met; and _à propos_,
    you should have my address.” And he gave a number of a street in Soho.

    “Good God!” thought Mr. Utterson, “can he, too, have been thinking of
    the will?” But he kept his feelings to himself and only grunted in
    acknowledgment of the address.

    “And now,” said the other, “how did you know me?”

    “By description,” was the reply.

    “Whose description?”

    “We have common friends,” said Mr. Utterson.

    “Common friends?” echoed Mr. Hyde, a little hoarsely. “Who are they?”

    “Jekyll, for instance,” said the lawyer.

    “He never told you,” cried Mr. Hyde, with a flush of anger. “I did not
    think you would have lied.”

    “Come,” said Mr. Utterson, “that is not fitting language.”

    The other snarled aloud into a savage laugh; and the next moment, with
    extraordinary quickness, he had unlocked the door and disappeared into
    the house.

    The lawyer stood awhile when Mr. Hyde had left him, the picture of
    disquietude. Then he began slowly to mount the street, pausing every
    step or two and putting his hand to his brow like a man in mental
    perplexity. The problem he was thus debating as he walked, was one of a
    class that is rarely solved. Mr. Hyde was pale and dwarfish, he gave an
    impression of deformity without any nameable malformation, he had a
    displeasing smile, he had borne himself to the lawyer with a sort of
    murderous mixture of timidity and boldness, and he spoke with a husky,
    whispering and somewhat broken voice; all these were points against
    him, but not all of these together could explain the hitherto unknown
    disgust, loathing, and fear with which Mr. Utterson regarded him.
    “There must be something else,” said the perplexed gentleman. “There is
    something more, if I could find a name for it. God bless me, the man
    seems hardly human! Something troglodytic, shall we say? or can it be
    the old story of Dr. Fell? or is it the mere radiance of a foul soul
    that thus transpires through, and transfigures, its clay continent? The
    last, I think; for, O my poor old Harry Jekyll, if ever I read Satan’s
    signature upon a face, it is on that of your new friend.”

    Round the corner from the by-street, there was a square of ancient,
    handsome houses, now for the most part decayed from their high estate
    and let in flats and chambers to all sorts and conditions of men:
    map-engravers, architects, shady lawyers, and the agents of obscure
    enterprises. One house, however, second from the corner, was still
    occupied entire; and at the door of this, which wore a great air of
    wealth and comfort, though it was now plunged in darkness except for
    the fan-light, Mr. Utterson stopped and knocked. A well-dressed,
    elderly servant opened the door.

    “Is Dr. Jekyll at home, Poole?” asked the lawyer.

    “I will see, Mr. Utterson,” said Poole, admitting the visitor, as he
    spoke, into a large, low-roofed, comfortable hall, paved with flags,
    warmed (after the fashion of a country house) by a bright, open fire,
    and furnished with costly cabinets of oak. “Will you wait here by the
    fire, sir? or shall I give you a light in the dining room?”

    “Here, thank you,” said the lawyer, and he drew near and leaned on the
    tall fender. This hall, in which he was now left alone, was a pet fancy
    of his friend the doctor’s; and Utterson himself was wont to speak of
    it as the pleasantest room in London. But to-night there was a shudder
    in his blood; the face of Hyde sat heavy on his memory; he felt (what
    was rare with him) a nausea and distaste of life; and in the gloom of
    his spirits, he seemed to read a menace in the flickering of the
    firelight on the polished cabinets and the uneasy starting of the
    shadow on the roof. He was ashamed of his relief, when Poole presently
    returned to announce that Dr. Jekyll was gone out.

    “I saw Mr. Hyde go in by the old dissecting-room door, Poole,” he said.
    “Is that right, when Dr. Jekyll is from home?”

    “Quite right, Mr. Utterson, sir,” replied the servant. “Mr. Hyde has a
    key.”

    “Your master seems to repose a great deal of trust in that young man,
    Poole,” resumed the other musingly.

    “Yes, sir, he do indeed,” said Poole. “We have all orders to obey him.”

    “I do not think I ever met Mr. Hyde?” asked Utterson.

    “O, dear no, sir. He never _dines_ here,” replied the butler. “Indeed
    we see very little of him on this side of the house; he mostly comes
    and goes by the laboratory.”

    “Well, good-night, Poole.”

    “Good-night, Mr. Utterson.”

    And the lawyer set out homeward with a very heavy heart. “Poor Harry
    Jekyll,” he thought, “my mind misgives me he is in deep waters! He was
    wild when he was young; a long while ago to be sure; but in the law of
    God, there is no statute of limitations. Ay, it must be that; the ghost
    of some old sin, the cancer of some concealed disgrace: punishment
    coming, _pede claudo_, years after memory has forgotten and self-love
    condoned the fault.” And the lawyer, scared by the thought, brooded a
    while on his own past, groping in all the corners of memory, lest by
    chance some Jack-in-the-Box of an old iniquity should leap to light
    there. His past was fairly blameless; few men could read the rolls of
    their life with less apprehension; yet he was humbled to the dust by
    the many ill things he had done, and raised up again into a sober and
    fearful gratitude by the many that he had come so near to doing, yet
    avoided. And then by a return on his former subject, he conceived a
    spark of hope. “This Master Hyde, if he were studied,” thought he,
    “must have secrets of his own; black secrets, by the look of him;
    secrets compared to which poor Jekyll’s worst would be like sunshine.
    Things cannot continue as they are. It turns me cold to think of this
    creature stealing like a thief to Harry’s bedside; poor Harry, what a
    wakening! And the danger of it; for if this Hyde suspects the existence
    of the will, he may grow impatient to inherit. Ay, I must put my
    shoulder to the wheel if Jekyll will but let me,” he added, “if Jekyll
    will only let me.” For once more he saw before his mind’s eye, as clear
    as a transparency, the strange clauses of the will.

    DR. JEKYLL WAS QUITE AT EASE

    A fortnight later, by excellent good fortune, the doctor gave one of
    his pleasant dinners to some five or six old cronies, all intelligent,
    reputable men and all judges of good wine; and Mr. Utterson so
    contrived that he remained behind after the others had departed. This
    was no new arrangement, but a thing that had befallen many scores of
    times. Where Utterson was liked, he was liked well. Hosts loved to
    detain the dry lawyer, when the light-hearted and the loose-tongued had
    already their foot on the threshold; they liked to sit a while in his
    unobtrusive company, practising for solitude, sobering their minds in
    the man’s rich silence after the expense and strain of gaiety. To this
    rule, Dr. Jekyll was no exception; and as he now sat on the opposite
    side of the fire—a large, well-made, smooth-faced man of fifty, with
    something of a slyish cast perhaps, but every mark of capacity and
    kindness—you could see by his looks that he cherished for Mr. Utterson
    a sincere and warm affection.

    “I have been wanting to speak to you, Jekyll,” began the latter. “You
    know that will of yours?”

    A close observer might have gathered that the topic was distasteful;
    but the doctor carried it off gaily. “My poor Utterson,” said he, “you
    are unfortunate in such a client. I never saw a man so distressed as
    you were by my will; unless it were that hide-bound pedant, Lanyon, at
    what he called my scientific heresies. Oh, I know he’s a good
    fellow—you needn’t frown—an excellent fellow, and I always mean to see
    more of him; but a hide-bound pedant for all that; an ignorant, blatant
    pedant. I was never more disappointed in any man than Lanyon.”

    “You know I never approved of it,” pursued Utterson, ruthlessly
    disregarding the fresh topic.

    “My will? Yes, certainly, I know that,” said the doctor, a trifle
    sharply. “You have told me so.”

    “Well, I tell you so again,” continued the lawyer. “I have been
    learning something of young Hyde.”

    The large handsome face of Dr. Jekyll grew pale to the very lips, and
    there came a blackness about his eyes. “I do not care to hear more,”
    said he. “This is a matter I thought we had agreed to drop.”

    “What I heard was abominable,” said Utterson.

    “It can make no change. You do not understand my position,” returned
    the doctor, with a certain incoherency of manner. “I am painfully
    situated, Utterson; my position is a very strange—a very strange one.
    It is one of those affairs that cannot be mended by talking.”

    “Jekyll,” said Utterson, “you know me: I am a man to be trusted. Make a
    clean breast of this in confidence; and I make no doubt I can get you
    out of it.”

    “My good Utterson,” said the doctor, “this is very good of you, this is
    downright good of you, and I cannot find words to thank you in. I
    believe you fully; I would trust you before any man alive, ay, before
    myself, if I could make the choice; but indeed it isn’t what you fancy;
    it is not so bad as that; and just to put your good heart at rest, I
    will tell you one thing: the moment I choose, I can be rid of Mr. Hyde.
    I give you my hand upon that; and I thank you again and again; and I
    will just add one little word, Utterson, that I’m sure you’ll take in
    good part: this is a private matter, and I beg of you to let it sleep.”

    Utterson reflected a little, looking in the fire.

    “I have no doubt you are perfectly right,” he said at last, getting to
    his feet.

    “Well, but since we have touched upon this business, and for the last
    time I hope,” continued the doctor, “there is one point I should like
    you to understand. I have really a very great interest in poor Hyde. I
    know you have seen him; he told me so; and I fear he was rude. But, I
    do sincerely take a great, a very great interest in that young man; and
    if I am taken away, Utterson, I wish you to promise me that you will
    bear with him and get his rights for him. I think you would, if you
    knew all; and it would be a weight off my mind if you would promise.”

    “I can’t pretend that I shall ever like him,” said the lawyer.

    “I don’t ask that,” pleaded Jekyll, laying his hand upon the other’s
    arm; “I only ask for justice; I only ask you to help him for my sake,
    when I am no longer here.”

    Utterson heaved an irrepressible sigh. “Well,” said he, “I promise.”

    THE CAREW MURDER CASE

    Nearly a year later, in the month of October, 18——, London was startled
    by a crime of singular ferocity and rendered all the more notable by
    the high position of the victim. The details were few and startling. A
    maid servant living alone in a house not far from the river, had gone
    up-stairs to bed about eleven. Although a fog rolled over the city in
    the small hours, the early part of the night was cloudless, and the
    lane, which the maid’s window overlooked, was brilliantly lit by the
    full moon. It seems she was romantically given, for she sat down upon
    her box, which stood immediately under the window, and fell into a
    dream of musing. Never (she used to say, with streaming tears, when she
    narrated that experience), never had she felt more at peace with all
    men or thought more kindly of the world. And as she so sat she became
    aware of an aged and beautiful gentleman with white hair, drawing near
    along the lane; and advancing to meet him, another and very small
    gentleman, to whom at first she paid less attention. When they had come
    within speech (which was just under the maid’s eyes) the older man
    bowed and accosted the other with a very pretty manner of politeness.
    It did not seem as if the subject of his address were of great
    importance; indeed, from his pointing, it sometimes appeared as if he
    were only inquiring his way; but the moon shone on his face as he
    spoke, and the girl was pleased to watch it, it seemed to breathe such
    an innocent and old-world kindness of disposition, yet with something
    high too, as of a well-founded self-content. Presently her eye wandered
    to the other, and she was surprised to recognise in him a certain Mr.
    Hyde, who had once visited her master and for whom she had conceived a
    dislike. He had in his hand a heavy cane, with which he was trifling;
    but he answered never a word, and seemed to listen with an
    ill-contained impatience. And then all of a sudden he broke out in a
    great flame of anger, stamping with his foot, brandishing the cane, and
    carrying on (as the maid described it) like a madman. The old gentleman
    took a step back, with the air of one very much surprised and a trifle
    hurt; and at that Mr. Hyde broke out of all bounds and clubbed him to
    the earth. And next moment, with ape-like fury, he was trampling his
    victim under foot and hailing down a storm of blows, under which the
    bones were audibly shattered and the body jumped upon the roadway. At
    the horror of these sights and sounds, the maid fainted.

    It was two o’clock when she came to herself and called for the police.
    The murderer was gone long ago; but there lay his victim in the middle
    of the lane, incredibly mangled. The stick with which the deed had been
    done, although it was of some rare and very tough and heavy wood, had
    broken in the middle under the stress of this insensate cruelty; and
    one splintered half had rolled in the neighbouring gutter—the other,
    without doubt, had been carried away by the murderer. A purse and a
    gold watch were found upon the victim: but no cards or papers, except a
    sealed and stamped envelope, which he had been probably carrying to the
    post, and which bore the name and address of Mr. Utterson.

    This was brought to the lawyer the next morning, before he was out of
    bed; and he had no sooner seen it, and been told the circumstances,
    than he shot out a solemn lip. “I shall say nothing till I have seen
    the body,” said he; “this may be very serious. Have the kindness to
    wait while I dress.” And with the same grave countenance he hurried
    through his breakfast and drove to the police station, whither the body
    had been carried. As soon as he came into the cell, he nodded.

    “Yes,” said he, “I recognise him. I am sorry to say that this is Sir
    Danvers Carew.”

    “Good God, sir,” exclaimed the officer, “is it possible?” And the next
    moment his eye lighted up with professional ambition. “This will make a
    deal of noise,” he said. “And perhaps you can help us to the man.” And
    he briefly narrated what the maid had seen, and showed the broken
    stick.

    Mr. Utterson had already quailed at the name of Hyde; but when the
    stick was laid before him, he could doubt no longer; broken and
    battered as it was, he recognised it for one that he had himself
    presented many years before to Henry Jekyll.

    “Is this Mr. Hyde a person of small stature?” he inquired.

    “Particularly small and particularly wicked-looking, is what the maid
    calls him,” said the officer.

    Mr. Utterson reflected; and then, raising his head, “If you will come
    with me in my cab,” he said, “I think I can take you to his house.”

    It was by this time about nine in the morning, and the first fog of the
    season. A great chocolate-coloured pall lowered over heaven, but the
    wind was continually charging and routing these embattled vapours; so
    that as the cab crawled from street to street, Mr. Utterson beheld a
    marvellous number of degrees and hues of twilight; for here it would be
    dark like the back-end of evening; and there would be a glow of a rich,
    lurid brown, like the light of some strange conflagration; and here,
    for a moment, the fog would be quite broken up, and a haggard shaft of
    daylight would glance in between the swirling wreaths. The dismal
    quarter of Soho seen under these changing glimpses, with its muddy
    ways, and slatternly passengers, and its lamps, which had never been
    extinguished or had been kindled afresh to combat this mournful
    re-invasion of darkness, seemed, in the lawyer’s eyes, like a district
    of some city in a nightmare. The thoughts of his mind, besides, were of
    the gloomiest dye; and when he glanced at the companion of his drive,
    he was conscious of some touch of that terror of the law and the law’s
    officers, which may at times assail the most honest.

    As the cab drew up before the address indicated, the fog lifted a
    little and showed him a dingy street, a gin palace, a low French
    eating-house, a shop for the retail of penny numbers and twopenny
    salads, many ragged children huddled in the doorways, and many women of
    different nationalities passing out, key in hand, to have a morning
    glass; and the next moment the fog settled down again upon that part,
    as brown as umber, and cut him off from his blackguardly surroundings.
    This was the home of Henry Jekyll’s favourite; of a man who was heir to
    a quarter of a million sterling.

    An ivory-faced and silvery-haired old woman opened the door. She had an
    evil face, smoothed by hypocrisy; but her manners were excellent. Yes,
    she said, this was Mr. Hyde’s, but he was not at home; he had been in
    that night very late, but had gone away again in less than an hour;
    there was nothing strange in that; his habits were very irregular, and
    he was often absent; for instance, it was nearly two months since she
    had seen him till yesterday.

    “Very well, then, we wish to see his rooms,” said the lawyer; and when
    the woman began to declare it was impossible, “I had better tell you
    who this person is,” he added. “This is Inspector Newcomen of Scotland
    Yard.”

    A flash of odious joy appeared upon the woman’s face. “Ah!” said she,
    “he is in trouble! What has he done?”

    Mr. Utterson and the inspector exchanged glances. “He don’t seem a very
    popular character,” observed the latter. “And now, my good woman, just
    let me and this gentleman have a look about us.”

    In the whole extent of the house, which but for the old woman remained
    otherwise empty, Mr. Hyde had only used a couple of rooms; but these
    were furnished with luxury and good taste. A closet was filled with
    wine; the plate was of silver, the napery elegant; a good picture hung
    upon the walls, a gift (as Utterson supposed) from Henry Jekyll, who
    was much of a connoisseur; and the carpets were of many plies and
    agreeable in colour. At this moment, however, the rooms bore every mark
    of having been recently and hurriedly ransacked; clothes lay about the
    floor, with their pockets inside out; lock-fast drawers stood open; and
    on the hearth there lay a pile of grey ashes, as though many papers had
    been burned. From these embers the inspector disinterred the butt-end
    of a green cheque-book, which had resisted the action of the fire; the
    other half of the stick was found behind the door; and as this clinched
    his suspicions, the officer declared himself delighted. A visit to the
    bank, where several thousand pounds were found to be lying to the
    murderer’s credit, completed his gratification.

    “You may depend upon it, sir,” he told Mr. Utterson: “I have him in my
    hand. He must have lost his head, or he never would have left the stick
    or, above all, burned the cheque-book. Why, money’s life to the man. We
    have nothing to do but wait for him at the bank, and get out the
    handbills.”

    This last, however, was not so easy of accomplishment; for Mr. Hyde had
    numbered few familiars—even the master of the servant-maid had only
    seen him twice; his family could nowhere be traced; he had never been
    photographed; and the few who could describe him differed widely, as
    common observers will. Only on one point, were they agreed; and that
    was the haunting sense of unexpressed deformity with which the fugitive
    impressed his beholders.

    INCIDENT OF THE LETTER

    It was late in the afternoon, when Mr. Utterson found his way to Dr.
    Jekyll’s door, where he was at once admitted by Poole, and carried down
    by the kitchen offices and across a yard which had once been a garden,
    to the building which was indifferently known as the laboratory or the
    dissecting-rooms. The doctor had bought the house from the heirs of a
    celebrated surgeon; and his own tastes being rather chemical than
    anatomical, had changed the destination of the block at the bottom of
    the garden. It was the first time that the lawyer had been received in
    that part of his friend’s quarters; and he eyed the dingy, windowless
    structure with curiosity, and gazed round with a distasteful sense of
    strangeness as he crossed the theatre, once crowded with eager students
    and now lying gaunt and silent, the tables laden with chemical
    apparatus, the floor strewn with crates and littered with packing
    straw, and the light falling dimly through the foggy cupola. At the
    further end, a flight of stairs mounted to a door covered with red
    baize; and through this, Mr. Utterson was at last received into the
    doctor’s cabinet. It was a large room, fitted round with glass presses,
    furnished, among other things, with a cheval-glass and a business
    table, and looking out upon the court by three dusty windows barred
    with iron. A fire burned in the grate; a lamp was set lighted on the
    chimney shelf, for even in the houses the fog began to lie thickly; and
    there, close up to the warmth, sat Dr. Jekyll, looking deadly sick. He
    did not rise to meet his visitor, but held out a cold hand and bade him
    welcome in a changed voice.

    “And now,” said Mr. Utterson, as soon as Poole had left them, “you have
    heard the news?”

    The doctor shuddered. “They were crying it in the square,” he said. “I
    heard them in my dining-room.”

    “One word,” said the lawyer. “Carew was my client, but so are you, and
    I want to know what I am doing. You have not been mad enough to hide
    this fellow?”

    “Utterson, I swear to God,” cried the doctor, “I swear to God I will
    never set eyes on him again. I bind my honour to you that I am done
    with him in this world. It is all at an end. And indeed he does not
    want my help; you do not know him as I do; he is safe, he is quite
    safe; mark my words, he will never more be heard of.”

    The lawyer listened gloomily; he did not like his friend’s feverish
    manner. “You seem pretty sure of him,” said he; “and for your sake, I
    hope you may be right. If it came to a trial, your name might appear.”

    “I am quite sure of him,” replied Jekyll; “I have grounds for certainty
    that I cannot share with any one. But there is one thing on which you
    may advise me. I have—I have received a letter; and I am at a loss
    whether I should show it to the police. I should like to leave it in
    your hands, Utterson; you would judge wisely, I am sure; I have so
    great a trust in you.”

    “You fear, I suppose, that it might lead to his detection?” asked the
    lawyer.

    “No,” said the other. “I cannot say that I care what becomes of Hyde; I
    am quite done with him. I was thinking of my own character, which this
    hateful business has rather exposed.”

    Utterson ruminated a while; he was surprised at his friend’s
    selfishness, and yet relieved by it. “Well,” said he, at last, “let me
    see the letter.”

    The letter was written in an odd, upright hand and signed “Edward
    Hyde”: and it signified, briefly enough, that the writer’s benefactor,
    Dr. Jekyll, whom he had long so unworthily repaid for a thousand
    generosities, need labour under no alarm for his safety, as he had
    means of escape on which he placed a sure dependence. The lawyer liked
    this letter well enough; it put a better colour on the intimacy than he
    had looked for; and he blamed himself for some of his past suspicions.

    “Have you the envelope?” he asked.

    “I burned it,” replied Jekyll, “before I thought what I was about. But
    it bore no postmark. The note was handed in.”

    “Shall I keep this and sleep upon it?” asked Utterson.

    “I wish you to judge for me entirely,” was the reply. “I have lost
    confidence in myself.”

    “Well, I shall consider,” returned the lawyer. “And now one word more:
    it was Hyde who dictated the terms in your will about that
    disappearance?”

    The doctor seemed seized with a qualm of faintness: he shut his mouth
    tight and nodded.

    “I knew it,” said Utterson. “He meant to murder you. You have had a
    fine escape.”

    “I have had what is far more to the purpose,” returned the doctor
    solemnly: “I have had a lesson—O God, Utterson, what a lesson I have
    had!” And he covered his face for a moment with his hands.

    On his way out, the lawyer stopped and had a word or two with Poole.
    “By the by,” said he, “there was a letter handed in to-day: what was
    the messenger like?” But Poole was positive nothing had come except by
    post; “and only circulars by that,” he added.

    This news sent off the visitor with his fears renewed. Plainly the
    letter had come by the laboratory door; possibly, indeed, it had been
    written in the cabinet; and if that were so, it must be differently
    judged, and handled with the more caution. The newsboys, as he went,
    were crying themselves hoarse along the footways: “Special edition.
    Shocking murder of an M. P.” That was the funeral oration of one friend
    and client; and he could not help a certain apprehension lest the good
    name of another should be sucked down in the eddy of the scandal. It
    was, at least, a ticklish decision that he had to make; and
    self-reliant as he was by habit, he began to cherish a longing for
    advice. It was not to be had directly; but perhaps, he thought, it
    might be fished for.

    Presently after, he sat on one side of his own hearth, with Mr. Guest,
    his head clerk, upon the other, and midway between, at a nicely
    calculated distance from the fire, a bottle of a particular old wine
    that had long dwelt unsunned in the foundations of his house. The fog
    still slept on the wing above the drowned city, where the lamps
    glimmered like carbuncles; and through the muffle and smother of these
    fallen clouds, the procession of the town’s life was still rolling in
    through the great arteries with a sound as of a mighty wind. But the
    room was gay with firelight. In the bottle the acids were long ago
    resolved; the imperial dye had softened with time, As the colour grows
    richer in stained windows; and the glow of hot autumn afternoons on
    hillside vineyards was ready to be set free and to disperse the fogs of
    London. Insensibly the lawyer melted. There was no man from whom he
    kept fewer secrets than Mr. Guest; and he was not always sure that he
    kept as many as he meant. Guest had often been on business to the
    doctor’s; he knew Poole; he could scarce have failed to hear of Mr.
    Hyde’s familiarity about the house; he might draw conclusions: was it
    not as well, then, that he should see a letter which put that mystery
    to rights? and above all since Guest, being a great student and critic
    of handwriting, would consider the step natural and obliging? The
    clerk, besides, was a man of counsel; he would scarce read so strange a
    document without dropping a remark; and by that remark Mr. Utterson
    might shape his future course.

    “This is a sad business about Sir Danvers,” he said.

    “Yes, sir, indeed. It has elicited a great deal of public feeling,”
    returned Guest. “The man, of course, was mad.”

    “I should like to hear your views on that,” replied Utterson. “I have a
    document here in his handwriting; it is between ourselves, for I scarce
    know what to do about it; it is an ugly business at the best. But there
    it is; quite in your way a murderer’s autograph.”

    Guest’s eyes brightened, and he sat down at once and studied it with
    passion. “No, sir,” he said: “not mad; but it is an odd hand.”

    “And by all accounts a very odd writer,” added the lawyer.

    Just then the servant entered with a note.

    “Is that from Dr. Jekyll, sir?” inquired the clerk. “I thought I knew
    the writing. Anything private, Mr. Utterson?”

    “Only an invitation to dinner. Why? Do you want to see it?”

    “One moment. I thank you, sir”; and the clerk laid the two sheets of
    paper alongside and sedulously compared their contents. “Thank you,
    sir,” he said at last, returning both; “it’s a very interesting
    autograph.”

    There was a pause, during which Mr. Utterson struggled with himself.
    “Why did you compare them, Guest?” he inquired suddenly.

    “Well, sir,” returned the clerk, “there’s a rather singular
    resemblance; the two hands are in many points identical: only
    differently sloped.”

    “Rather quaint,” said Utterson.

    “It is, as you say, rather quaint,” returned Guest.

    “I wouldn’t speak of this note, you know,” said the master.

    “No, sir,” said the clerk. “I understand.”

    But no sooner was Mr. Utterson alone that night than he locked the note
    into his safe, where it reposed from that time forward. “What!” he
    thought. “Henry Jekyll forge for a murderer!” And his blood ran cold in
    his veins.

    REMARKABLE INCIDENT OF DR. LANYON

    Time ran on; thousands of pounds were offered in reward, for the death
    of Sir Danvers was resented as a public injury; but Mr. Hyde had
    disappeared out of the ken of the police as though he had never
    existed. Much of his past was unearthed, indeed, and all disreputable:
    tales came out of the man’s cruelty, at once so callous and violent; of
    his vile life, of his strange associates, of the hatred that seemed to
    have surrounded his career; but of his present whereabouts, not a
    whisper. From the time he had left the house in Soho on the morning of
    the murder, he was simply blotted out; and gradually, as time drew on,
    Mr. Utterson began to recover from the hotness of his alarm, and to
    grow more at quiet with himself. The death of Sir Danvers was, to his
    way of thinking, more than paid for by the disappearance of Mr. Hyde.
    Now that that evil influence had been withdrawn, a new life began for
    Dr. Jekyll. He came out of his seclusion, renewed relations with his
    friends, became once more their familiar guest and entertainer; and
    whilst he had always been known for charities, he was now no less
    distinguished for religion. He was busy, he was much in the open air,
    he did good; his face seemed to open and brighten, as if with an inward
    consciousness of service; and for more than two months, the doctor was
    at peace.

    On the 8th of January Utterson had dined at the doctor’s with a small
    party; Lanyon had been there; and the face of the host had looked from
    one to the other as in the old days when the trio were inseparable
    friends. On the 12th, and again on the 14th, the door was shut against
    the lawyer. “The doctor was confined to the house,” Poole said, “and
    saw no one.” On the 15th, he tried again, and was again refused; and
    having now been used for the last two months to see his friend almost
    daily, he found this return of solitude to weigh upon his spirits. The
    fifth night he had in Guest to dine with him; and the sixth he betook
    himself to Dr. Lanyon’s.

    There at least he was not denied admittance; but when he came in, he
    was shocked at the change which had taken place in the doctor’s
    appearance. He had his death-warrant written legibly upon his face. The
    rosy man had grown pale; his flesh had fallen away; he was visibly
    balder and older; and yet it was not so much, these tokens of a swift
    physical decay that arrested the lawyer’s notice, as a look in the eye
    and quality of manner that seemed to testify to some deep-seated terror
    of the mind. It was unlikely that the doctor should fear death; and yet
    that was what Utterson was tempted to suspect. “Yes,” he thought; “he
    is a doctor, he must know his own state and that his days are counted;
    and the knowledge is more than he can bear.” And yet when Utterson
    remarked on his ill-looks, it was with an air of greatness that Lanyon
    declared himself a doomed man.

    “I have had a shock,” he said, “and I shall never recover. It is a
    question of weeks. Well, life has been pleasant; I liked it; yes, sir,
    I used to like it. I sometimes think if we knew all, we should be more
    glad to get away.”

    “Jekyll is ill, too,” observed Utterson. “Have you seen him?”

    But Lanyon’s face changed, and he held up a trembling hand. “I wish to
    see or hear no more of Dr. Jekyll,” he said in a loud, unsteady voice.
    “I am quite done with that person; and I beg that you will spare me any
    allusion to one whom I regard as dead.”

    “Tut-tut,” said Mr. Utterson; and then after a considerable pause,
    “Can’t I do anything?” he inquired. “We are three very old friends,
    Lanyon; we shall not live to make others.”

    “Nothing can be done,” returned Lanyon; “ask himself.”

    “He will not see me,” said the lawyer.

    “I am not surprised at that,” was the reply. “Some day, Utterson, after
    I am dead, you may perhaps come to learn the right and wrong of this. I
    cannot tell you. And in the meantime, if you can sit and talk with me
    of other things, for God’s sake, stay and do so; but if you cannot keep
    clear of this accursed topic, then, in God’s name, go, for I cannot
    bear it.”

    As soon as he got home, Utterson sat down and wrote to Jekyll,
    complaining of his exclusion from the house, and asking the cause of
    this unhappy break with Lanyon; and the next day brought him a long
    answer, often very pathetically worded, and sometimes darkly mysterious
    in drift. The quarrel with Lanyon was incurable. “I do not blame our
    old friend,” Jekyll wrote, “but I share his view that we must never
    meet. I mean from henceforth to lead a life of extreme seclusion; you
    must not be surprised, nor must you doubt my friendship, if my door is
    often shut even to you. You must suffer me to go my own dark way. I
    have brought on myself a punishment and a danger that I cannot name. If
    I am the chief of sinners, I am the chief of sufferers also. I could
    not think that this earth contained a place for sufferings and terrors
    so unmanning; and you can do but one thing, Utterson, to lighten this
    destiny, and that is to respect my silence.” Utterson was amazed; the
    dark influence of Hyde had been withdrawn, the doctor had returned to
    his old tasks and amities; a week ago, the prospect had smiled with
    every promise of a cheerful and an honoured age; and now in a moment,
    friendship, and peace of mind, and the whole tenor of his life were
    wrecked. So great and unprepared a change pointed to madness; but in
    view of Lanyon’s manner and words, there must lie for it some deeper
    ground.

    A week afterwards Dr. Lanyon took to his bed, and in something less
    than a fortnight he was dead. The night after the funeral, at which he
    had been sadly affected, Utterson locked the door of his business room,
    and sitting there by the light of a melancholy candle, drew out and set
    before him an envelope addressed by the hand and sealed with the seal
    of his dead friend. “PRIVATE: for the hands of G. J. Utterson ALONE and
    in case of his predecease _to be destroyed unread_,” so it was
    emphatically superscribed; and the lawyer dreaded to behold the
    contents. “I have buried one friend to-day,” he thought: “what if this
    should cost me another?” And then he condemned the fear as a
    disloyalty, and broke the seal. Within there was another enclosure,
    likewise sealed, and marked upon the cover as “not to be opened till
    the death or disappearance of Dr. Henry Jekyll.” Utterson could not
    trust his eyes. Yes, it was disappearance; here again, as in the mad
    will which he had long ago restored to its author, here again were the
    idea of a disappearance and the name of Henry Jekyll bracketed. But in
    the will, that idea had sprung from the sinister suggestion of the man
    Hyde; it was set there with a purpose all too plain and horrible.
    Written by the hand of Lanyon, what should it mean? A great curiosity
    came on the trustee, to disregard the prohibition and dive at once to
    the bottom of these mysteries; but professional honour and faith to his
    dead friend were stringent obligations; and the packet slept in the
    inmost corner of his private safe.

    It is one thing to mortify curiosity, another to conquer it; and it may
    be doubted if, from that day forth, Utterson desired the society of his
    surviving friend with the same eagerness. He thought of him kindly; but
    his thoughts were disquieted and fearful. He went to call indeed; but
    he was perhaps relieved to be denied admittance; perhaps, in his heart,
    he preferred to speak with Poole upon the doorstep and surrounded by
    the air and sounds of the open city, rather than to be admitted into
    that house of voluntary bondage, and to sit and speak with its
    inscrutable recluse. Poole had, indeed, no very pleasant news to
    communicate. The doctor, it appeared, now more than ever confined
    himself to the cabinet over the laboratory, where he would sometimes
    even sleep; he was out of spirits, he had grown very silent, he did not
    read; it seemed as if he had something on his mind. Utterson became so
    used to the unvarying character of these reports, that he fell off
    little by little in the frequency of his visits.

    INCIDENT AT THE WINDOW

    It chanced on Sunday, when Mr. Utterson was on his usual walk with Mr.
    Enfield, that their way lay once again through the by-street; and that
    when they came in front of the door, both stopped to gaze on it.

    “Well,” said Enfield, “that story’s at an end at least. We shall never
    see more of Mr. Hyde.”

    “I hope not,” said Utterson. “Did I ever tell you that I once saw him,
    and shared your feeling of repulsion?”

    “It was impossible to do the one without the other,” returned Enfield.
    “And by the way, what an ass you must have thought me, not to know that
    this was a back way to Dr. Jekyll’s! It was partly your own fault that
    I found it out, even when I did.”

    “So you found it out, did you?” said Utterson. “But if that be so, we
    may step into the court and take a look at the windows. To tell you the
    truth, I am uneasy about poor Jekyll; and even outside, I feel as if
    the presence of a friend might do him good.”

    The court was very cool and a little damp, and full of premature
    twilight, although the sky, high up overhead, was still bright with
    sunset. The middle one of the three windows was half-way open; and
    sitting close beside it, taking the air with an infinite sadness of
    mien, like some disconsolate prisoner, Utterson saw Dr. Jekyll.

    “What! Jekyll!” he cried. “I trust you are better.”

    “I am very low, Utterson,” replied the doctor, drearily, “very low. It
    will not last long, thank God.”

    “You stay too much indoors,” said the lawyer. “You should be out,
    whipping up the circulation like Mr. Enfield and me. (This is my
    cousin—Mr. Enfield—Dr. Jekyll.) Come, now; get your hat and take a
    quick turn with us.”

    “You are very good,” sighed the other. “I should like to very much; but
    no, no, no, it is quite impossible; I dare not. But indeed, Utterson, I
    am very glad to see you; this is really a great pleasure; I would ask
    you and Mr. Enfield up, but the place is really not fit.”

    “Why then,” said the lawyer, good-naturedly, “the best thing we can do
    is to stay down here and speak with you from where we are.”

    “That is just what I was about to venture to propose,” returned the
    doctor with a smile. But the words were hardly uttered, before the
    smile was struck out of his face and succeeded by an expression of such
    abject terror and despair, as froze the very blood of the two gentlemen
    below. They saw it but for a glimpse, for the window was instantly
    thrust down; but that glimpse had been sufficient, and they turned and
    left the court without a word. In silence, too, they traversed the
    by-street; and it was not until they had come into a neighbouring
    thoroughfare, where even upon a Sunday there were still some stirrings
    of life, that Mr. Utterson at last turned and looked at his companion.
    They were both pale; and there was an answering horror in their eyes.

    “God forgive us, God forgive us,” said Mr. Utterson.

    But Mr. Enfield only nodded his head very seriously and walked on once
    more in silence.

    THE LAST NIGHT

    Mr. Utterson was sitting by his fireside one evening after dinner, when
    he was surprised to receive a visit from Poole.

    “Bless me, Poole, what brings you here?” he cried; and then taking a
    second look at him, “What ails you?” he added; “is the doctor ill?”

    “Mr. Utterson,” said the man, “there is something wrong.”

    “Take a seat, and here is a glass of wine for you,” said the lawyer.
    “Now, take your time, and tell me plainly what you want.”

    “You know the doctor’s ways, sir,” replied Poole, “and how he shuts
    himself up. Well, he’s shut up again in the cabinet; and I don’t like
    it, sir—I wish I may die if I like it. Mr. Utterson, sir, I’m afraid.”

    “Now, my good man,” said the lawyer, “be explicit. What are you afraid
    of?”

    “I’ve been afraid for about a week,” returned Poole, doggedly
    disregarding the question, “and I can bear it no more.”

    The man’s appearance amply bore out his words; his manner was altered
    for the worse; and except for the moment when he had first announced
    his terror, he had not once looked the lawyer in the face. Even now, he
    sat with the glass of wine untasted on his knee, and his eyes directed
    to a corner of the floor. “I can bear it no more,” he repeated.

    “Come,” said the lawyer, “I see you have some good reason, Poole; I see
    there is something seriously amiss. Try to tell me what it is.”

    “I think there’s been foul play,” said Poole, hoarsely.

    “Foul play!” cried the lawyer, a good deal frightened and rather
    inclined to be irritated in consequence. “What foul play? What does the
    man mean?”

    “I daren’t say, sir,” was the answer; “but will you come along with me
    and see for yourself?”

    Mr. Utterson’s only answer was to rise and get his hat and great-coat;
    but he observed with wonder the greatness of the relief that appeared
    upon the butler’s face, and perhaps with no less, that the wine was
    still untasted when he set it down to follow.

    It was a wild, cold, seasonable night of March, with a pale moon, lying
    on her back as though the wind had tilted her, and a flying wrack of
    the most diaphanous and lawny texture. The wind made talking difficult,
    and flecked the blood into the face. It seemed to have swept the
    streets unusually bare of passengers, besides; for Mr. Utterson thought
    he had never seen that part of London so deserted. He could have wished
    it otherwise; never in his life had he been conscious of so sharp a
    wish to see and touch his fellow-creatures; for struggle as he might,
    there was borne in upon his mind a crushing anticipation of calamity.
    The square, when they got there, was all full of wind and dust, and the
    thin trees in the garden were lashing themselves along the railing.
    Poole, who had kept all the way a pace or two ahead, now pulled up in
    the middle of the pavement, and in spite of the biting weather, took
    off his hat and mopped his brow with a red pocket-handkerchief. But for
    all the hurry of his coming, these were not the dews of exertion that
    he wiped away, but the moisture of some strangling anguish; for his
    face was white and his voice, when he spoke, harsh and broken.

    “Well, sir,” he said, “here we are, and God grant there be nothing
    wrong.”

    “Amen, Poole,” said the lawyer.

    Thereupon the servant knocked in a very guarded manner; the door was
    opened on the chain; and a voice asked from within, “Is that you,
    Poole?”

    “It’s all right,” said Poole. “Open the door.”

    The hall, when they entered it, was brightly lighted up; the fire was
    built high; and about the hearth the whole of the servants, men and
    women, stood huddled together like a flock of sheep. At the sight of
    Mr. Utterson, the housemaid broke into hysterical whimpering; and the
    cook, crying out, “Bless God! it’s Mr. Utterson,” ran forward as if to
    take him in her arms.

    “What, what? Are you all here?” said the lawyer peevishly. “Very
    irregular, very unseemly; your master would be far from pleased.”

    “They’re all afraid,” said Poole.

    Blank silence followed, no one protesting; only the maid lifted up her
    voice and now wept loudly.

    “Hold your tongue!” Poole said to her, with a ferocity of accent that
    testified to his own jangled nerves; and indeed, when the girl had so
    suddenly raised the note of her lamentation, they had all started and
    turned toward the inner door with faces of dreadful expectation. “And
    now,” continued the butler, addressing the knife-boy, “reach me a
    candle, and we’ll get this through hands at once.” And then he begged
    Mr. Utterson to follow him, and led the way to the back-garden.

    “Now, sir,” said he, “you come as gently as you can. I want you to
    hear, and I don’t want you to be heard. And see here, sir, if by any
    chance he was to ask you in, don’t go.”

    Mr. Utterson’s nerves, at this unlooked-for termination, gave a jerk
    that nearly threw him from his balance; but he re-collected his courage
    and followed the butler into the laboratory building and through the
    surgical theatre, with its lumber of crates and bottles, to the foot of
    the stair. Here Poole motioned him to stand on one side and listen;
    while he himself, setting down the candle and making a great and
    obvious call on his resolution, mounted the steps and knocked with a
    somewhat uncertain hand on the red baize of the cabinet door.

    “Mr. Utterson, sir, asking to see you,” he called; and even as he did
    so, once more violently signed to the lawyer to give ear.

    A voice answered from within: “Tell him I cannot see any one,” it said
    complainingly.

    “Thank you, sir,” said Poole, with a note of something like triumph in
    his voice; and taking up his candle, he led Mr. Utterson back across
    the yard and into the great kitchen, where the fire was out and the
    beetles were leaping on the floor.

    “Sir,” he said, looking Mr. Utterson in the eyes, “was that my master’s
    voice?”

    “It seems much changed,” replied the lawyer, very pale, but giving look
    for look.

    “Changed? Well, yes, I think so,” said the butler. “Have I been twenty
    years in this man’s house, to be deceived about his voice? No, sir;
    master’s made away with; he was made, away with eight days ago, when we
    heard him cry out upon the name of God; and _who’s_ in there instead of
    him, and _why_ it stays there, is a thing that cries to Heaven, Mr.
    Utterson!”

    “This is a very strange tale, Poole; this is rather a wild tale, my
    man,” said Mr. Utterson, biting his finger. “Suppose it were as you
    suppose, supposing Dr. Jekyll to have been—well, murdered, what could
    induce the murderer to stay? That won’t hold water; it doesn’t commend
    itself to reason.”

    “Well, Mr. Utterson, you are a hard man to satisfy, but I’ll do it
    yet,” said Poole. “All this last week (you must know) him, or it, or
    whatever it is that lives in that cabinet, has been crying night and
    day for some sort of medicine and cannot get it to his mind. It was
    sometimes his way—the master’s, that is—to write his orders on a sheet
    of paper and throw it on the stair. We’ve had nothing else this week
    back; nothing but papers, and a closed door, and the very meals left
    there to be smuggled in when nobody was looking. Well, sir, every day,
    ay, and twice and thrice in the same day, there have been orders and
    complaints, and I have been sent flying to all the wholesale chemists
    in town. Every time I brought the stuff back, there would be another
    paper telling me to return it, because it was not pure, and another
    order to a different firm. This drug is wanted bitter bad, sir,
    whatever for.”

    “Have you any of these papers?” asked Mr. Utterson.

    Poole felt in his pocket and handed out a crumpled note, which the
    lawyer, bending nearer to the candle, carefully examined. Its contents
    ran thus: “Dr. Jekyll presents his compliments to Messrs. Maw. He
    assures them that their last sample is impure and quite useless for his
    present purpose. In the year 18——, Dr. J. purchased a somewhat large
    quantity from Messrs. M. He now begs them to search with the most
    sedulous care, and should any of the same quality be left, to forward
    it to him at once. Expense is no consideration. The importance of this
    to Dr. J. can hardly be exaggerated.” So far the letter had run
    composedly enough, but here with a sudden splutter of the pen, the
    writer’s emotion had broken loose. “For God’s sake,” he had added,
    “find me some of the old.”

    “This is a strange note,” said Mr. Utterson; and then sharply, “How do
    you come to have it open?”

    “The man at Maw’s was main angry, sir, and he threw it back to me like
    so much dirt,” returned Poole.

    “This is unquestionably the doctor’s hand, do you know?” resumed the
    lawyer.

    “I thought it looked like it,” said the servant rather sulkily; and
    then, with another voice, “But what matters hand-of-write?” he said.
    “I’ve seen him!”

    “Seen him?” repeated Mr. Utterson. “Well?”

    “That’s it!” said Poole. “It was this way. I came suddenly into the
    theatre from the garden. It seems he had slipped out to look for this
    drug or whatever it is; for the cabinet door was open, and there he was
    at the far end of the room digging among the crates. He looked up when
    I came in, gave a kind of cry, and whipped up-stairs into the cabinet.
    It was but for one minute that I saw him, but the hair stood upon my
    head like quills. Sir, if that was my master, why had he a mask upon
    his face? If it was my master, why did he cry out like a rat, and run
    from me? I have served him long enough. And then…” The man paused and
    passed his hand over his face.

    “These are all very strange circumstances,” said Mr. Utterson, “but I
    think I begin to see daylight. Your master, Poole, is plainly seized
    with one of those maladies that both torture and deform the sufferer;
    hence, for aught I know, the alteration of his voice; hence the mask
    and the avoidance of his friends; hence his eagerness to find this
    drug, by means of which the poor soul retains some hope of ultimate
    recovery—God grant that he be not deceived! There is my explanation; it
    is sad enough, Poole, ay, and appalling to consider; but it is plain
    and natural, hangs well together, and delivers us from all exorbitant
    alarms.”

    “Sir,” said the butler, turning to a sort of mottled pallor, “that
    thing was not my master, and there’s the truth. My master”—here he
    looked round him and began to whisper—“is a tall, fine build of a man,
    and this was more of a dwarf.” Utterson attempted to protest. “O, sir,”
    cried Poole, “do you think I do not know my master after twenty years?
    Do you think I do not know where his head comes to in the cabinet door,
    where I saw him every morning of my life? No, Sir, that thing in the
    mask was never Dr. Jekyll—God knows what it was, but it was never Dr.
    Jekyll; and it is the belief of my heart that there was murder done.”

    “Poole,” replied the lawyer, “if you say that, it will become my duty
    to make certain. Much as I desire to spare your master’s feelings, much
    as I am puzzled by this note which seems to prove him to be still
    alive, I shall consider it my duty to break in that door.”

    “Ah Mr. Utterson, that’s talking!” cried the butler.

    “And now comes the second question,” resumed Utterson: “Who is going to
    do it?”

    “Why, you and me,” was the undaunted reply.

    “That’s very well said,” returned the lawyer; “and whatever comes of
    it, I shall make it my business to see you are no loser.”

    “There is an axe in the theatre,” continued Poole; “and you might take
    the kitchen poker for yourself.”

    The lawyer took that rude but weighty instrument into his hand, and
    balanced it. “Do you know, Poole,” he said, looking up, “that you and I
    are about to place ourselves in a position of some peril?”

    “You may say so, sir, indeed,” returned the butler.

    “It is well, then, that we should be frank,” said the other. “We both
    think more than we have said; let us make a clean breast. This masked
    figure that you saw, did you recognise it?”

    “Well, sir, it went so quick, and the creature was so doubled up, that
    I could hardly swear to that,” was the answer. “But if you mean, was it
    Mr. Hyde?—why, yes, I think it was! You see, it was much of the same
    bigness; and it had the same quick, light way with it; and then who
    else could have got in by the laboratory door? You have not forgot, sir
    that at the time of the murder he had still the key with him? But
    that’s not all. I don’t know, Mr. Utterson, if ever you met this Mr.
    Hyde?”

    “Yes,” said the lawyer, “I once spoke with him.”

    “Then you must know as well as the rest of us that there was something
    queer about that gentleman—something that gave a man a turn—I don’t
    know rightly how to say it, sir, beyond this: that you felt it in your
    marrow kind of cold and thin.”

    “I own I felt something of what you describe,” said Mr. Utterson.

    “Quite so, sir,” returned Poole. “Well, when that masked thing like a
    monkey jumped from among the chemicals and whipped into the cabinet, it
    went down my spine like ice. Oh, I know it’s not evidence, Mr.
    Utterson. I’m book-learned enough for that; but a man has his feelings,
    and I give you my bible-word it was Mr. Hyde!”

    “Ay, ay,” said the lawyer. “My fears incline to the same point. Evil, I
    fear, founded—evil was sure to come—of that connection. Ay, truly, I
    believe you; I believe poor Harry is killed; and I believe his murderer
    (for what purpose, God alone can tell) is still lurking in his victim’s
    room. Well, let our name be vengeance. Call Bradshaw.”

    The footman came at the summons, very white and nervous.

    “Pull yourself together, Bradshaw,” said the lawyer. “This suspense, I
    know, is telling upon all of you; but it is now our intention to make
    an end of it. Poole, here, and I are going to force our way into the
    cabinet. If all is well, my shoulders are broad enough to bear the
    blame. Meanwhile, lest anything should really be amiss, or any
    malefactor seek to escape by the back, you and the boy must go round
    the corner with a pair of good sticks and take your post at the
    laboratory door. We give you ten minutes to get to your stations.”

    As Bradshaw left, the lawyer looked at his watch. “And now, Poole, let
    us get to ours,” he said; and taking the poker under his arm, led the
    way into the yard. The scud had banked over the moon, and it was now
    quite dark. The wind, which only broke in puffs and draughts into that
    deep well of building, tossed the light of the candle to and fro about
    their steps, until they came into the shelter of the theatre, where
    they sat down silently to wait. London hummed solemnly all around; but
    nearer at hand, the stillness was only broken by the sounds of a
    footfall moving to and fro along the cabinet floor.

    “So it will walk all day, sir,” whispered Poole; “ay, and the better
    part of the night. Only when a new sample comes from the chemist,
    there’s a bit of a break. Ah, it’s an ill conscience that’s such an
    enemy to rest! Ah, sir, there’s blood foully shed in every step of it!
    But hark again, a little closer—put your heart in your ears, Mr.
    Utterson, and tell me, is that the doctor’s foot?”

    The steps fell lightly and oddly, with a certain swing, for all they
    went so slowly; it was different indeed from the heavy creaking tread
    of Henry Jekyll. Utterson sighed. “Is there never anything else?” he
    asked.

    Poole nodded. “Once,” he said. “Once I heard it weeping!”

    “Weeping? how that?” said the lawyer, conscious of a sudden chill of
    horror.

    “Weeping like a woman or a lost soul,” said the butler. “I came away
    with that upon my heart, that I could have wept too.”

    But now the ten minutes drew to an end. Poole disinterred the axe from
    under a stack of packing straw; the candle was set upon the nearest
    table to light them to the attack; and they drew near with bated breath
    to where that patient foot was still going up and down, up and down, in
    the quiet of the night.

    “Jekyll,” cried Utterson, with a loud voice, “I demand to see you.” He
    paused a moment, but there came no reply. “I give you fair warning, our
    suspicions are aroused, and I must and shall see you,” he resumed; “if
    not by fair means, then by foul! if not of your consent, then by brute
    force!”

    “Utterson,” said the voice, “for God’s sake, have mercy!”

    “Ah, that’s not Jekyll’s voice—it’s Hyde’s!” cried Utterson. “Down with
    the door, Poole!”

    Poole swung the axe over his shoulder; the blow shook the building, and
    the red baize door leaped against the lock and hinges. A dismal
    screech, as of mere animal terror, rang from the cabinet. Up went the
    axe again, and again the panels crashed and the frame bounded; four
    times the blow fell; but the wood was tough and the fittings were of
    excellent workmanship; and it was not until the fifth, that the lock
    burst in sunder and the wreck of the door fell inwards on the carpet.

    The besiegers, appalled by their own riot and the stillness that had
    succeeded, stood back a little and peered in. There lay the cabinet
    before their eyes in the quiet lamplight, a good fire glowing and
    chattering on the hearth, the kettle singing its thin strain, a drawer
    or two open, papers neatly set forth on the business-table, and nearer
    the fire, the things laid out for tea: the quietest room, you would
    have said, and, but for the glazed presses full of chemicals, the most
    commonplace that night in London.

    Right in the midst there lay the body of a man sorely contorted and
    still twitching. They drew near on tiptoe, turned it on its back and
    beheld the face of Edward Hyde. He was dressed in clothes far too large
    for him, clothes of the doctor’s bigness; the cords of his face still
    moved with a semblance of life, but life was quite gone; and by the
    crushed phial in the hand and the strong smell of kernels that hung
    upon the air, Utterson knew that he was looking on the body of a
    self-destroyer.

    “We have come too late,” he said sternly, “whether to save or punish.
    Hyde is gone to his account; and it only remains for us to find the
    body of your master.”

    The far greater proportion of the building was occupied by the theatre,
    which filled almost the whole ground story and was lighted from above,
    and by the cabinet, which formed an upper story at one end and looked
    upon the court. A corridor joined the theatre to the door on the
    by-street; and with this the cabinet communicated separately by a
    second flight of stairs. There were besides a few dark closets and a
    spacious cellar. All these they now thoroughly examined. Each closet
    needed but a glance, for all were empty, and all, by the dust that fell
    from their doors, had stood long unopened. The cellar, indeed, was
    filled with crazy lumber, mostly dating from the times of the surgeon
    who was Jekyll’s predecessor; but even as they opened the door they
    were advertised of the uselessness of further search, by the fall of a
    perfect mat of cobweb which had for years sealed up the entrance.
    Nowhere was there any trace of Henry Jekyll, dead or alive.

    Poole stamped on the flags of the corridor. “He must be buried here,”
    he said, hearkening to the sound.

    “Or he may have fled,” said Utterson, and he turned to examine the door
    in the by-street. It was locked; and lying near by on the flags, they
    found the key, already stained with rust.

    “This does not look like use,” observed the lawyer.

    “Use!” echoed Poole. “Do you not see, sir, it is broken? much as if a
    man had stamped on it.”

    “Ay,” continued Utterson, “and the fractures, too, are rusty.” The two
    men looked at each other with a scare. “This is beyond me, Poole,” said
    the lawyer. “Let us go back to the cabinet.”

    They mounted the stair in silence, and still with an occasional
    awe-struck glance at the dead body, proceeded more thoroughly to
    examine the contents of the cabinet. At one table, there were traces of
    chemical work, various measured heaps of some white salt being laid on
    glass saucers, as though for an experiment in which the unhappy man had
    been prevented.

    “That is the same drug that I was always bringing him,” said Poole; and
    even as he spoke, the kettle with a startling noise boiled over.

    This brought them to the fireside, where the easy-chair was drawn
    cosily up, and the tea-things stood ready to the sitter’s elbow, the
    very sugar in the cup. There were several books on a shelf; one lay
    beside the tea-things open, and Utterson was amazed to find it a copy
    of a pious work, for which Jekyll had several times expressed a great
    esteem, annotated, in his own hand, with startling blasphemies.

    Next, in the course of their review of the chamber, the searchers came
    to the cheval glass, into whose depths they looked with an involuntary
    horror. But it was so turned as to show them nothing but the rosy glow
    playing on the roof, the fire sparkling in a hundred repetitions along
    the glazed front of the presses, and their own pale and fearful
    countenances stooping to look in.

    “This glass have seen some strange things, sir,” whispered Poole.

    “And surely none stranger than itself,” echoed the lawyer in the same
    tones. “For what did Jekyll”—he caught himself up at the word with a
    start, and then conquering the weakness—“what could Jekyll want with
    it?” he said.

    “You may say that!” said Poole. Next they turned to the business-table.
    On the desk among the neat array of papers, a large envelope was
    uppermost, and bore, in the doctor’s hand, the name of Mr. Utterson.
    The lawyer unsealed it, and several enclosures fell to the floor. The
    first was a will, drawn in the same eccentric terms as the one which he
    had returned six months before, to serve as a testament in case of
    death and as a deed of gift in case of disappearance; but, in place of
    the name of Edward Hyde, the lawyer, with indescribable amazement, read
    the name of Gabriel John Utterson. He looked at Poole, and then back at
    the paper, and last of all at the dead malefactor stretched upon the
    carpet.

    “My head goes round,” he said. “He has been all these days in
    possession; he had no cause to like me; he must have raged to see
    himself displaced; and he has not destroyed this document.”

    He caught up the next paper; it was a brief note in the doctor’s hand
    and dated at the top. “O Poole!” the lawyer cried, “he was alive and
    here this day. He cannot have been disposed of in so short a space, he
    must be still alive, he must have fled! And then, why fled? and how?
    and in that case, can we venture to declare this suicide? Oh, we must
    be careful. I foresee that we may yet involve your master in some dire
    catastrophe.”

    “Why don’t you read it, sir?” asked Poole.

    “Because I fear,” replied the lawyer solemnly. “God grant I have no
    cause for it!” And with that he brought the paper to his eyes and read
    as follows:

    “My dear Utterson,—When this shall fall into your hands, I shall have
    disappeared, under what circumstances I have not the penetration to
    foresee, but my instinct and all the circumstances of my nameless
    situation tell me that the end is sure and must be early. Go then, and
    first read the narrative which Lanyon warned me he was to place in your
    hands; and if you care to hear more, turn to the confession of

    “Your unworthy and unhappy friend,
    “HENRY JEKYLL.”

    “There was a third enclosure?” asked Utterson.

    “Here, sir,” said Poole, and gave into his hands a considerable packet
    sealed in several places.

    The lawyer put it in his pocket. “I would say nothing of this paper. If
    your master has fled or is dead, we may at least save his credit. It is
    now ten; I must go home and read these documents in quiet; but I shall
    be back before midnight, when we shall send for the police.”

    They went out, locking the door of the theatre behind them; and
    Utterson, once more leaving the servants gathered about the fire in the
    hall, trudged back to his office to read the two narratives in which
    this mystery was now to be explained.

    DR. LANYON’S NARRATIVE

    On the ninth of January, now four days ago, I received by the evening
    delivery a registered envelope, addressed in the hand of my colleague
    and old school-companion, Henry Jekyll. I was a good deal surprised by
    this; for we were by no means in the habit of correspondence; I had
    seen the man, dined with him, indeed, the night before; and I could
    imagine nothing in our intercourse that should justify formality of
    registration. The contents increased my wonder; for this is how the
    letter ran:

    “10th December, 18——

    “Dear Lanyon,—You are one of my oldest friends; and although we may
    have differed at times on scientific questions, I cannot remember, at
    least on my side, any break in our affection. There was never a day
    when, if you had said to me, ‘Jekyll, my life, my honour, my reason,
    depend upon you,’ I would not have sacrificed my left hand to help you.
    Lanyon, my life, my honour my reason, are all at your mercy; if you
    fail me to-night I am lost. You might suppose, after this preface, that
    I am going to ask you for something dishonourable to grant. Judge for
    yourself.

    “I want you to postpone all other engagements for to-night—ay, even if
    you were summoned to the bedside of an emperor; to take a cab, unless
    your carriage should be actually at the door; and with this letter in
    your hand for consultation, to drive straight to my house. Poole, my
    butler, has his orders; you will find, him waiting your arrival with a
    locksmith. The door of my cabinet is then to be forced: and you are to
    go in alone; to open the glazed press (letter E) on the left hand,
    breaking the lock if it be shut; and to draw out, _with all its
    contents as they stand_, the fourth drawer from the top or (which is
    the same thing) the third from the bottom. In my extreme distress of
    wind, I have a morbid fear of misdirecting you; but even if I am in
    error, you may know the right drawer by its contents: some powders, a
    phial and a paper book. This drawer I beg of you to carry back with you
    to Cavendish Square exactly as it stands.

    “That is the first part of the service: now for the second. You should
    be back, if you set out at once on the receipt of this, long before
    midnight; but I will leave you that amount of margin, not only in the
    fear of one of those obstacles that can neither be prevented nor
    foreseen, but because an hour when your servants are in bed is to be
    preferred for what will then remain to do. At midnight, then, I have to
    ask you to be alone in your consulting-room, to admit with your own
    hand into the house a man who will present himself in my name, and to
    place in his hands the drawer that you will have brought with you from
    my cabinet. Then you will have played your part and earned my gratitude
    completely. Five minutes afterwards, if you insist upon an explanation,
    you will have understood that these arrangements are of capital
    importance; and that by the neglect of one of them, fantastic as they
    must appear, you might have charged your conscience with my death or
    the shipwreck of my reason.

    “Confident as I am that you will not trifle with this appeal, my heart
    sinks and my hand trembles at the bare thought of such a possibility.
    Think of me at this hour, in a strange place, labouring under a
    blackness of distress that no fancy can exaggerate, and yet well aware
    that, if you will but punctually serve me, my troubles will roll away
    like a story that is told. Serve me, my dear Lanyon, and save

    “Your friend,
    “H. J.

    “P. S. I had already sealed this up when a fresh terror struck upon my
    soul. It is possible that the postoffice may fail me, and this letter
    not come into your hands until to-morrow morning. In that case, dear
    Lanyon, do my errand when it shall be most convenient for you in the
    course of the day; and once more expect my messenger at midnight. It
    may then already be too late; and if that night passes without event,
    you will know that you have seen the last of Henry Jekyll.”

    Upon the reading of this letter, I made sure my colleague was insane;
    but till that was proved beyond the possibility of doubt, I felt bound
    to do as he requested. The less I understood of this farrago, the less
    I was in a position to judge of its importance; and an appeal so worded
    could not be set aside without a grave responsibility. I rose
    accordingly from table, got into a hansom, and drove straight to
    Jekyll’s house. The butler was awaiting my arrival; he had received by
    the same post as mine a registered letter of instruction, and had sent
    at once for a locksmith and a carpenter. The tradesmen came while we
    were yet speaking; and we moved in a body to old Dr. Denman’s surgical
    theatre, from which (as you are doubtless aware) Jekyll’s private
    cabinet is most conveniently entered. The door was very strong, the
    lock excellent; the carpenter avowed he would have great trouble and
    have to do much damage, if force were to be used; and the locksmith was
    near despair. But this last was a handy fellow, and after two hours’
    work, the door stood open. The press marked E was unlocked; and I took
    out the drawer, had it filled up with straw and tied in a sheet, and
    returned with it to Cavendish Square.

    Here I proceeded to examine its contents. The powders were neatly
    enough made up, but not with the nicety of the dispensing chemist; so
    that it was plain they were of Jekyll’s private manufacture; and when I
    opened one of the wrappers I found what seemed to me a simple
    crystalline salt of a white colour. The phial, to which I next turned
    my attention, might have been about half-full of a blood-red liquor,
    which was highly pungent to the sense of smell and seemed to me to
    contain phosphorus and some volatile ether. At the other ingredients I
    could make no guess. The book was an ordinary version-book and
    contained little but a series of dates. These covered a period of many
    years, but I observed that the entries ceased nearly a year ago and
    quite abruptly. Here and there a brief remark was appended to a date,
    usually no more than a single word: “double” occurring perhaps six
    times in a total of several hundred entries; and once very early in the
    list and followed by several marks of exclamation, “total failure!!!”
    All this, though it whetted my curiosity, told me little that was
    definite. Here were a phial of some tincture, a paper of some salt, and
    the record of a series of experiments that had led (like too many of
    Jekyll’s investigations) to no end of practical usefulness. How could
    the presence of these articles in my house affect either the honour,
    the sanity, or the life of my flighty colleague? If his messenger could
    go to one place, why could he not go to another? And even granting some
    impediment, why was this gentleman to be received by me in secret? The
    more I reflected the more convinced I grew that I was dealing with a
    case of cerebral disease: and though I dismissed my servants to bed, I
    loaded an old revolver, that I might be found in some posture of
    self-defence.

    Twelve o’clock had scarce rung out over London, ere the knocker sounded
    very gently on the door. I went myself at the summons, and found a
    small man crouching against the pillars of the portico.

    “Are you come from Dr. Jekyll?” I asked.

    He told me “yes” by a constrained gesture; and when I had bidden him
    enter, he did not obey me without a searching backward glance into the
    darkness of the square. There was a policeman not far off, advancing
    with his bull’s eye open; and at the sight, I thought my visitor
    started and made greater haste.

    These particulars struck me, I confess, disagreeably; and as I followed
    him into the bright light of the consulting-room, I kept my hand ready
    on my weapon. Here, at last, I had a chance of clearly seeing him. I
    had never set eyes on him before, so much was certain. He was small, as
    I have said; I was struck besides with the shocking expression of his
    face, with his remarkable combination of great muscular activity and
    great apparent debility of constitution, and—last but not least— with
    the odd, subjective disturbance caused by his neighbourhood. This bore
    some resemblance to incipient rigour, and was accompanied by a marked
    sinking of the pulse. At the time, I set it down to some idiosyncratic,
    personal distaste, and merely wondered at the acuteness of the
    symptoms; but I have since had reason to believe the cause to lie much
    deeper in the nature of man, and to turn on some nobler hinge than the
    principle of hatred.

    This person (who had thus, from the first moment of his entrance,
    struck in me what I can only describe as a disgustful curiosity) was
    dressed in a fashion that would have made an ordinary person laughable;
    his clothes, that is to say, although they were of rich and sober
    fabric, were enormously too large for him in every measurement—the
    trousers hanging on his legs and rolled up to keep them from the
    ground, the waist of the coat below his haunches, and the collar
    sprawling wide upon his shoulders. Strange to relate, this ludicrous
    accoutrement was far from moving me to laughter. Rather, as there was
    something abnormal and misbegotten in the very essence of the creature
    that now faced me— something seizing, surprising, and revolting—this
    fresh disparity seemed but to fit in with and to reinforce it; so that
    to my interest in the man’s nature and character, there was added a
    curiosity as to his origin, his life, his fortune and status in the
    world.

    These observations, though they have taken so great a space to be set
    down in, were yet the work of a few seconds. My visitor was, indeed, on
    fire with sombre excitement.

    “Have you got it?” he cried. “Have you got it?” And so lively was his
    impatience that he even laid his hand upon my arm and sought to shake
    me.

    I put him back, conscious at his touch of a certain icy pang along my
    blood. “Come, sir,” said I. “You forget that I have not yet the
    pleasure of your acquaintance. Be seated, if you please.” And I showed
    him an example, and sat down myself in my customary seat and with as
    fair an imitation of my ordinary manner to a patient, as the lateness
    of the hour, the nature of my pre-occupations, and the horror I had of
    my visitor, would suffer me to muster.

    “I beg your pardon, Dr. Lanyon,” he replied civilly enough. “What you
    say is very well founded; and my impatience has shown its heels to my
    politeness. I come here at the instance of your colleague, Dr. Henry
    Jekyll, on a piece of business of some moment; and I understood…” He
    paused and put his hand to his throat, and I could see, in spite of his
    collected manner, that he was wrestling against the approaches of the
    hysteria—“I understood, a drawer…”

    But here I took pity on my visitor’s suspense, and some perhaps on my
    own growing curiosity.

    “There it is, sir,” said I, pointing to the drawer, where it lay on the
    floor behind a table and still covered with the sheet.

    He sprang to it, and then paused, and laid his hand upon his heart: I
    could hear his teeth grate with the convulsive action of his jaws; and
    his face was so ghastly to see that I grew alarmed both for his life
    and reason.

    “Compose yourself,” said I.

    He turned a dreadful smile to me, and as if with the decision of
    despair, plucked away the sheet. At sight of the contents, he uttered
    one loud sob of such immense relief that I sat petrified. And the next
    moment, in a voice that was already fairly well under control, “Have
    you a graduated glass?” he asked.

    I rose from my place with something of an effort and gave him what he
    asked.

    He thanked me with a smiling nod, measured out a few minims of the red
    tincture and added one of the powders. The mixture, which was at first
    of a reddish hue, began, in proportion as the crystals melted, to
    brighten in colour, to effervesce audibly, and to throw off small fumes
    of vapour. Suddenly and at the same moment, the ebullition ceased and
    the compound changed to a dark purple, which faded again more slowly to
    a watery green. My visitor, who had watched these metamorphoses with a
    keen eye, smiled, set down the glass upon the table, and then turned
    and looked upon me with an air of scrutiny.

    “And now,” said he, “to settle what remains. Will you be wise? will you
    be guided? will you suffer me to take this glass in my hand and to go
    forth from your house without further parley? or has the greed of
    curiosity too much command of you? Think before you answer, for it
    shall be done as you decide. As you decide, you shall be left as you
    were before, and neither richer nor wiser, unless the sense of service
    rendered to a man in mortal distress may be counted as a kind of riches
    of the soul. Or, if you shall so prefer to choose, a new province of
    knowledge and new avenues to fame and power shall be laid open to you,
    here, in this room, upon the instant; and your sight shall be blasted
    by a prodigy to stagger the unbelief of Satan.”

    “Sir,” said I, affecting a coolness that I was far from truly
    possessing, “you speak enigmas, and you will perhaps not wonder that I
    hear you with no very strong impression of belief. But I have gone too
    far in the way of inexplicable services to pause before I see the end.”

    “It is well,” replied my visitor. “Lanyon, you remember your vows: what
    follows is under the seal of our profession. And now, you who have so
    long been bound to the most narrow and material views, you who have
    denied the virtue of transcendental medicine, you who have derided your
    superiors— behold!”

    He put the glass to his lips and drank at one gulp. A cry followed; he
    reeled, staggered, clutched at the table and held on, staring with
    injected eyes, gasping with open mouth; and as I looked there came, I
    thought, a change—he seemed to swell— his face became suddenly black
    and the features seemed to melt and alter—and the next moment, I had
    sprung to my feet and leaped back against the wall, my arm raised to
    shield me from that prodigy, my mind submerged in terror.

    “O God!” I screamed, and “O God!” again and again; for there before my
    eyes—pale and shaken, and half-fainting, and groping before him with
    his hands, like a man restored from death— there stood Henry Jekyll!

    What he told me in the next hour, I cannot bring my mind to set on
    paper. I saw what I saw, I heard what I heard, and my soul sickened at
    it; and yet now when that sight has faded from my eyes, I ask myself if
    I believe it, and I cannot answer. My life is shaken to its roots;
    sleep has left me; the deadliest terror sits by me at all hours of the
    day and night; I feel that my days are numbered, and that I must die;
    and yet I shall die incredulous. As for the moral turpitude that man
    unveiled to me, even with tears of penitence, I cannot, even in memory,
    dwell on it without a start of horror. I will say but one thing,
    Utterson, and that (if you can bring your mind to credit it) will be
    more than enough. The creature who crept into my house that night was,
    on Jekyll’s own confession, known by the name of Hyde and hunted for in
    every corner of the land as the murderer of Carew.

    HASTIE LANYON

    HENRY JEKYLL’S FULL STATEMENT OF THE CASE

    I was born in the year 18—— to a large fortune, endowed besides with
    excellent parts, inclined by nature to industry, fond of the respect of
    the wise and good among my fellow-men, and thus, as might have been
    supposed, with every guarantee of an honourable and distinguished
    future. And indeed the worst of my faults was a certain impatient
    gaiety of disposition, such as has made the happiness of many, but such
    as I found it hard to reconcile with my imperious desire to carry my
    head high, and wear a more than commonly grave countenance before the
    public. Hence it came about that I concealed my pleasures; and that
    when I reached years of reflection, and began to look round me and take
    stock of my progress and position in the world, I stood already
    committed to a profound duplicity of life. Many a man would have even
    blazoned such irregularities as I was guilty of; but from the high
    views that I had set before me, I regarded and hid them with an almost
    morbid sense of shame. It was thus rather the exacting nature of my
    aspirations than any particular degradation in my faults, that made me
    what I was and, with even a deeper trench than in the majority of men,
    severed in me those provinces of good and ill which divide and compound
    man’s dual nature. In this case, I was driven to reflect deeply and
    inveterately on that hard law of life, which lies at the root of
    religion and is one of the most plentiful springs of distress. Though
    so profound a double-dealer, I was in no sense a hypocrite; both sides
    of me were in dead earnest; I was no more myself when I laid aside
    restraint and plunged in shame, than when I laboured, in the eye of
    day, at the furtherance of knowledge or the relief of sorrow and
    suffering. And it chanced that the direction of my scientific studies,
    which led wholly toward the mystic and the transcendental, re-acted and
    shed a strong light on this consciousness of the perennial war among my
    members. With every day, and from both sides of my intelligence, the
    moral and the intellectual, I thus drew steadily nearer to that truth,
    by whose partial discovery I have been doomed to such a dreadful
    shipwreck: that man is not truly one, but truly two. I say two, because
    the state of my own knowledge does not pass beyond that point. Others
    will follow, others will outstrip me on the same lines; and I hazard
    the guess that man will be ultimately known for a mere polity of
    multifarious, incongruous, and independent denizens. I, for my part,
    from the nature of my life, advanced infallibly in one direction and in
    one direction only. It was on the moral side, and in my own person,
    that I learned to recognise the thorough and primitive duality of man;
    I saw that, of the two natures that contended in the field of my
    consciousness, even if I could rightly be said to be either, it was
    only because I was radically both; and from an early date, even before
    the course of my scientific discoveries had begun to suggest the most
    naked possibility of such a miracle, I had learned to dwell with
    pleasure, as a beloved day-dream, on the thought of the separation of
    these elements. If each, I told myself, could but be housed in separate
    identities, life would be relieved of all that was unbearable; the
    unjust might go his way, delivered from the aspirations and remorse of
    his more upright twin; and the just could walk steadfastly and securely
    on his upward path, doing the good things in which he found his
    pleasure, and no longer exposed to disgrace and penitence by the hands
    of this extraneous evil. It was the curse of mankind that these
    incongruous fagots were thus bound together that in the agonised womb
    of consciousness, these polar twins should be continuously struggling.
    How, then, were they dissociated?

    I was so far in my reflections when, as I have said, a side-light began
    to shine upon the subject from the laboratory table. I began to
    perceive more deeply than it has ever yet been stated, the trembling
    immateriality, the mist-like transience of this seemingly so solid body
    in which we walk attired. Certain agents I found to have the power to
    shake and to pluck back that fleshly vestment, even as a wind might
    toss the curtains of a pavilion. For two good reasons, I will not enter
    deeply into this scientific branch of my confession. First, because I
    have been made to learn that the doom and burthen of our life is bound
    for ever on man’s shoulders, and when the attempt is made to cast it
    off, it but returns upon us with more unfamiliar and more awful
    pressure. Second, because, as my narrative will make, alas! too
    evident, my discoveries were incomplete. Enough, then, that I not only
    recognised my natural body for the mere aura and effulgence of certain
    of the powers that made up my spirit, but managed to compound a drug by
    which these powers should be dethroned from their supremacy, and a
    second form and countenance substituted, none the less natural to me
    because they were the expression, and bore the stamp, of lower elements
    in my soul.

    I hesitated long before I put this theory to the test of practice. I
    knew well that I risked death; for any drug that so potently controlled
    and shook the very fortress of identity, might by the least scruple of
    an overdose or at the least inopportunity in the moment of exhibition,
    utterly blot out that immaterial tabernacle which I looked to it to
    change. But the temptation of a discovery so singular and profound, at
    last overcame the suggestions of alarm. I had long since prepared my
    tincture; I purchased at once, from a firm of wholesale chemists, a
    large quantity of a particular salt which I knew, from my experiments,
    to be the last ingredient required; and late one accursed night, I
    compounded the elements, watched them boil and smoke together in the
    glass, and when the ebullition had subsided, with a strong glow of
    courage, drank off the potion.

    The most racking pangs succeeded: a grinding in the bones, deadly
    nausea, and a horror of the spirit that cannot be exceeded at the hour
    of birth or death. Then these agonies began swiftly to subside, and I
    came to myself as if out of a great sickness. There was something
    strange in my sensations, something indescribably new and, from its
    very novelty, incredibly sweet. I felt younger, lighter, happier in
    body; within I was conscious of a heady recklessness, a current of
    disordered sensual images running like a mill-race in my fancy, a
    solution of the bonds of obligation, an unknown but not an innocent
    freedom of the soul. I knew myself, at the first breath of this new
    life, to be more wicked, tenfold more wicked, sold a slave to my
    original evil; and the thought, in that moment, braced and delighted me
    like wine. I stretched out my hands, exulting in the freshness of these
    sensations; and in the act, I was suddenly aware that I had lost in
    stature.

    There was no mirror, at that date, in my room; that which stands beside
    me as I write, was brought there later on and for the very purpose of
    these transformations. The night, however, was far gone into the
    morning—the morning, black as it was, was nearly ripe for the
    conception of the day—the inmates of my house were locked in the most
    rigorous hours of slumber; and I determined, flushed as I was with hope
    and triumph, to venture in my new shape as far as to my bedroom. I
    crossed the yard, wherein the constellations looked down upon me, I
    could have thought, with wonder, the first creature of that sort that
    their unsleeping vigilance had yet disclosed to them; I stole through
    the corridors, a stranger in my own house; and coming to my room, I saw
    for the first time the appearance of Edward Hyde.

    I must here speak by theory alone, saying not that which I know, but
    that which I suppose to be most probable. The evil side of my nature,
    to which I had now transferred the stamping efficacy, was less robust
    and less developed than the good which I had just deposed. Again, in
    the course of my life, which had been, after all, nine-tenths a life of
    effort, virtue, and control, it had been much less exercised and much
    less exhausted. And hence, as I think, it came about that Edward Hyde
    was so much smaller, slighter, and younger than Henry Jekyll. Even as
    good shone upon the countenance of the one, evil was written broadly
    and plainly on the face of the other. Evil besides (which I must still
    believe to be the lethal side of man) had left on that body an imprint
    of deformity and decay. And yet when I looked upon that ugly idol in
    the glass, I was conscious of no repugnance, rather of a leap of
    welcome. This, too, was myself. It seemed natural and human. In my eyes
    it bore a livelier image of the spirit, it seemed more express and
    single, than the imperfect and divided countenance I had been hitherto
    accustomed to call mine. And in so far I was doubtless right. I have
    observed that when I wore the semblance of Edward Hyde, none could come
    near to me at first without a visible misgiving of the flesh. This, as
    I take it, was because all human beings, as we meet them, are
    commingled out of good and evil: and Edward Hyde, alone in the ranks of
    mankind, was pure evil.

    I lingered but a moment at the mirror: the second and conclusive
    experiment had yet to be attempted; it yet remained to be seen if I had
    lost my identity beyond redemption and must flee before daylight from a
    house that was no longer mine; and hurrying back to my cabinet, I once
    more prepared and drank the cup, once more suffered the pangs of
    dissolution, and came to myself once more with the character, the
    stature, and the face of Henry Jekyll.

    That night I had come to the fatal cross-roads. Had I approached my
    discovery in a more noble spirit, had I risked the experiment while
    under the empire of generous or pious aspirations, all must have been
    otherwise, and from these agonies of death and birth, I had come forth
    an angel instead of a fiend. The drug had no discriminating action; it
    was neither diabolical nor divine; it but shook the doors of the
    prison-house of my disposition; and like the captives of Philippi, that
    which stood within ran forth. At that time my virtue slumbered; my
    evil, kept awake by ambition, was alert and swift to seize the
    occasion; and the thing that was projected was Edward Hyde. Hence,
    although I had now two characters as well as two appearances, one was
    wholly evil, and the other was still the old Henry Jekyll, that
    incongruous compound of whose reformation and improvement I had already
    learned to despair. The movement was thus wholly toward the worse.

    Even at that time, I had not yet conquered my aversion to the dryness
    of a life of study. I would still be merrily disposed at times; and as
    my pleasures were (to say the least) undignified, and I was not only
    well known and highly considered, but growing toward the elderly man,
    this incoherency of my life was daily growing more unwelcome. It was on
    this side that my new power tempted me until I fell in slavery. I had
    but to drink the cup, to doff at once the body of the noted professor,
    and to assume, like a thick cloak, that of Edward Hyde. I smiled at the
    notion; it seemed to me at the time to be humorous; and I made my
    preparations with the most studious care. I took and furnished that
    house in Soho, to which Hyde was tracked by the police; and engaged as
    housekeeper a creature whom I well knew to be silent and unscrupulous.
    On the other side, I announced to my servants that a Mr. Hyde (whom I
    described) was to have full liberty and power about my house in the
    square; and to parry mishaps, I even called and made myself a familiar
    object, in my second character. I next drew up that will to which you
    so much objected; so that if anything befell me in the person of Dr.
    Jekyll, I could enter on that of Edward Hyde without pecuniary loss.
    And thus fortified, as I supposed, on every side, I began to profit by
    the strange immunities of my position.

    Men have before hired bravos to transact their crimes, while their own
    person and reputation sat under shelter. I was the first that ever did
    so for his pleasures. I was the first that could thus plod in the
    public eye with a load of genial respectability, and in a moment, like
    a schoolboy, strip off these lendings and spring headlong into the sea
    of liberty. But for me, in my impenetrable mantle, the safety was
    complete. Think of it—I did not even exist! Let me but escape into my
    laboratory door, give me but a second or two to mix and swallow the
    draught that I had always standing ready; and whatever he had done,
    Edward Hyde would pass away like the stain of breath upon a mirror; and
    there in his stead, quietly at home, trimming the midnight lamp in his
    study, a man who could afford to laugh at suspicion, would be Henry
    Jekyll.

    The pleasures which I made haste to seek in my disguise were, as I have
    said, undignified; I would scarce use a harder term. But in the hands
    of Edward Hyde, they soon began to turn toward the monstrous. When I
    would come back from these excursions, I was often plunged into a kind
    of wonder at my vicarious depravity. This familiar that I called out of
    my own soul, and sent forth alone to do his good pleasure, was a being
    inherently malign and villainous; his every act and thought centred on
    self; drinking pleasure with bestial avidity from any degree of torture
    to another; relentless like a man of stone. Henry Jekyll stood at times
    aghast before the acts of Edward Hyde; but the situation was apart from
    ordinary laws, and insidiously relaxed the grasp of conscience. It was
    Hyde, after all, and Hyde alone, that was guilty. Jekyll was no worse;
    he woke again to his good qualities seemingly unimpaired; he would even
    make haste, where it was possible, to undo the evil done by Hyde. And
    thus his conscience slumbered.

    Into the details of the infamy at which I thus connived (for even now I
    can scarce grant that I committed it) I have no design of entering; I
    mean but to point out the warnings and the successive steps with which
    my chastisement approached. I met with one accident which, as it
    brought on no consequence, I shall no more than mention. An act of
    cruelty to a child aroused against me the anger of a passer-by, whom I
    recognised the other day in the person of your kinsman; the doctor and
    the child’s family joined him; there were moments when I feared for my
    life; and at last, in order to pacify their too just resentment, Edward
    Hyde had to bring them to the door, and pay them in a cheque drawn in
    the name of Henry Jekyll. But this danger was easily eliminated from
    the future, by opening an account at another bank in the name of Edward
    Hyde himself; and when, by sloping my own hand backward, I had supplied
    my double with a signature, I thought I sat beyond the reach of fate.

    Some two months before the murder of Sir Danvers, I had been out for
    one of my adventures, had returned at a late hour, and woke the next
    day in bed with somewhat odd sensations. It was in vain I looked about
    me; in vain I saw the decent furniture and tall proportions of my room
    in the square; in vain that I recognised the pattern of the
    bed-curtains and the design of the mahogany frame; something still kept
    insisting that I was not where I was, that I had not wakened where I
    seemed to be, but in the little room in Soho where I was accustomed to
    sleep in the body of Edward Hyde. I smiled to myself, and, in my
    psychological way began lazily to inquire into the elements of this
    illusion, occasionally, even as I did so, dropping back into a
    comfortable morning doze. I was still so engaged when, in one of my
    more wakeful moments, my eyes fell upon my hand. Now the hand of Henry
    Jekyll (as you have often remarked) was professional in shape and size:
    it was large, firm, white, and comely. But the hand which I now saw,
    clearly enough, in the yellow light of a mid-London morning, lying half
    shut on the bed-clothes, was lean, corded, knuckly, of a dusky pallor
    and thickly shaded with a swart growth of hair. It was the hand of
    Edward Hyde.

    I must have stared upon it for near half a minute, sunk as I was in the
    mere stupidity of wonder, before terror woke up in my breast as sudden
    and startling as the crash of cymbals; and bounding from my bed, I
    rushed to the mirror. At the sight that met my eyes, my blood was
    changed into something exquisitely thin and icy. Yes, I had gone to bed
    Henry Jekyll, I had awakened Edward Hyde. How was this to be explained?
    I asked myself, and then, with another bound of terror—how was it to be
    remedied? It was well on in the morning; the servants were up; all my
    drugs were in the cabinet—a long journey down two pairs of stairs,
    through the back passage, across the open court and through the
    anatomical theatre, from where I was then standing horror-struck. It
    might indeed be possible to cover my face; but of what use was that,
    when I was unable to conceal the alteration in my stature? And then
    with an overpowering sweetness of relief, it came back upon my mind
    that the servants were already used to the coming and going of my
    second self. I had soon dressed, as well as I was able, in clothes of
    my own size: had soon passed through the house, where Bradshaw stared
    and drew back at seeing Mr. Hyde at such an hour and in such a strange
    array; and ten minutes later, Dr. Jekyll had returned to his own shape
    and was sitting down, with a darkened brow, to make a feint of
    breakfasting.

    Small indeed was my appetite. This inexplicable incident, this reversal
    of my previous experience, seemed, like the Babylonian finger on the
    wall, to be spelling out the letters of my judgment; and I began to
    reflect more seriously than ever before on the issues and possibilities
    of my double existence. That part of me which I had the power of
    projecting, had lately been much exercised and nourished; it had seemed
    to me of late as though the body of Edward Hyde had grown in stature,
    as though (when I wore that form) I were conscious of a more generous
    tide of blood; and I began to spy a danger that, if this were much
    prolonged, the balance of my nature might be permanently overthrown,
    the power of voluntary change be forfeited, and the character of Edward
    Hyde become irrevocably mine. The power of the drug had not been always
    equally displayed. Once, very early in my career, it had totally failed
    me; since then I had been obliged on more than one occasion to double,
    and once, with infinite risk of death, to treble the amount; and these
    rare uncertainties had cast hitherto the sole shadow on my contentment.
    Now, however, and in the light of that morning’s accident, I was led to
    remark that whereas, in the beginning, the difficulty had been to throw
    off the body of Jekyll, it had of late gradually but decidedly
    transferred itself to the other side. All things therefore seemed to
    point to this: that I was slowly losing hold of my original and better
    self, and becoming slowly incorporated with my second and worse.

    Between these two, I now felt I had to choose. My two natures had
    memory in common, but all other faculties were most unequally shared
    between them. Jekyll (who was composite) now with the most sensitive
    apprehensions, now with a greedy gusto, projected and shared in the
    pleasures and adventures of Hyde; but Hyde was indifferent to Jekyll,
    or but remembered him as the mountain bandit remembers the cavern in
    which he conceals himself from pursuit. Jekyll had more than a father’s
    interest; Hyde had more than a son’s indifference. To cast in my lot
    with Jekyll, was to die to those appetites which I had long secretly
    indulged and had of late begun to pamper. To cast it in with Hyde, was
    to die to a thousand interests and aspirations, and to become, at a
    blow and for ever, despised and friendless. The bargain might appear
    unequal; but there was still another consideration in the scales; for
    while Jekyll would suffer smartingly in the fires of abstinence, Hyde
    would be not even conscious of all that he had lost. Strange as my
    circumstances were, the terms of this debate are as old and commonplace
    as man; much the same inducements and alarms cast the die for any
    tempted and trembling sinner; and it fell out with me, as it falls with
    so vast a majority of my fellows, that I chose the better part and was
    found wanting in the strength to keep to it.

    Yes, I preferred the elderly and discontented doctor, surrounded by
    friends and cherishing honest hopes; and bade a resolute farewell to
    the liberty, the comparative youth, the light step, leaping impulses
    and secret pleasures, that I had enjoyed in the disguise of Hyde. I
    made this choice perhaps with some unconscious reservation, for I
    neither gave up the house in Soho, nor destroyed the clothes of Edward
    Hyde, which still lay ready in my cabinet. For two months, however, I
    was true to my determination; for two months I led a life of such
    severity as I had never before attained to, and enjoyed the
    compensations of an approving conscience. But time began at last to
    obliterate the freshness of my alarm; the praises of conscience began
    to grow into a thing of course; I began to be tortured with throes and
    longings, as of Hyde struggling after freedom; and at last, in an hour
    of moral weakness, I once again compounded and swallowed the
    transforming draught.

    I do not suppose that, when a drunkard reasons with himself upon his
    vice, he is once out of five hundred times affected by the dangers that
    he runs through his brutish, physical insensibility; neither had I,
    long as I had considered my position, made enough allowance for the
    complete moral insensibility and insensate readiness to evil, which
    were the leading characters of Edward Hyde. Yet it was by these that I
    was punished. My devil had been long caged, he came out roaring. I was
    conscious, even when I took the draught, of a more unbridled, a more
    furious propensity to ill. It must have been this, I suppose, that
    stirred in my soul that tempest of impatience with which I listened to
    the civilities of my unhappy victim; I declare, at least, before God,
    no man morally sane could have been guilty of that crime upon so
    pitiful a provocation; and that I struck in no more reasonable spirit
    than that in which a sick child may break a plaything. But I had
    voluntarily stripped myself of all those balancing instincts by which
    even the worst of us continues to walk with some degree of steadiness
    among temptations; and in my case, to be tempted, however slightly, was
    to fall.

    Instantly the spirit of hell awoke in me and raged. With a transport of
    glee, I mauled the unresisting body, tasting delight from every blow;
    and it was not till weariness had begun to succeed, that I was
    suddenly, in the top fit of my delirium, struck through the heart by a
    cold thrill of terror. A mist dispersed; I saw my life to be forfeit;
    and fled from the scene of these excesses, at once glorying and
    trembling, my lust of evil gratified and stimulated, my love of life
    screwed to the topmost peg. I ran to the house in Soho, and (to make
    assurance doubly sure) destroyed my papers; thence I set out through
    the lamplit streets, in the same divided ecstasy of mind, gloating on
    my crime, light-headedly devising others in the future, and yet still
    hastening and still hearkening in my wake for the steps of the avenger.
    Hyde had a song upon his lips as he compounded the draught, and as he
    drank it, pledged the dead man. The pangs of transformation had not
    done tearing him, before Henry Jekyll, with streaming tears of
    gratitude and remorse, had fallen upon his knees and lifted his clasped
    hands to God. The veil of self-indulgence was rent from head to foot, I
    saw my life as a whole: I followed it up from the days of childhood,
    when I had walked with my father’s hand, and through the self-denying
    toils of my professional life, to arrive again and again, with the same
    sense of unreality, at the damned horrors of the evening. I could have
    screamed aloud; I sought with tears and prayers to smother down the
    crowd of hideous images and sounds with which my memory swarmed against
    me; and still, between the petitions, the ugly face of my iniquity
    stared into my soul. As the acuteness of this remorse began to die
    away, it was succeeded by a sense of joy. The problem of my conduct was
    solved. Hyde was thenceforth impossible; whether I would or not, I was
    now confined to the better part of my existence; and oh, how I rejoiced
    to think it! with what willing humility, I embraced anew the
    restrictions of natural life! with what sincere renunciation, I locked
    the door by which I had so often gone and come, and ground the key
    under my heel!

    The next day, came the news that the murder not had been overlooked,
    that the guilt of Hyde was patent to the world, and that the victim was
    a man high in public estimation. It was not only a crime, it had been a
    tragic folly. I think I was glad to know it; I think I was glad to have
    my better impulses thus buttressed and guarded by the terrors of the
    scaffold. Jekyll was now my city of refuge; let but Hyde peep out an
    instant, and the hands of all men would be raised to take and slay him.

    I resolved in my future conduct to redeem the past; and I can say with
    honesty that my resolve was fruitful of some good. You know yourself
    how earnestly in the last months of last year, I laboured to relieve
    suffering; you know that much was done for others, and that the days
    passed quietly, almost happily for myself. Nor can I truly say that I
    wearied of this beneficent and innocent life; I think instead that I
    daily enjoyed it more completely; but I was still cursed with my
    duality of purpose; and as the first edge of my penitence wore off, the
    lower side of me, so long indulged, so recently chained down, began to
    growl for licence. Not that I dreamed of resuscitating Hyde; the bare
    idea of that would startle me to frenzy: no, it was in my own person,
    that I was once more tempted to trifle with my conscience; and it was
    as an ordinary secret sinner, that I at last fell before the assaults
    of temptation.

    There comes an end to all things; the most capacious measure is filled
    at last; and this brief condescension to evil finally destroyed the
    balance of my soul. And yet I was not alarmed; the fall seemed natural,
    like a return to the old days before I had made discovery. It was a
    fine, clear, January day, wet under foot where the frost had melted,
    but cloudless overhead; and the Regent’s Park was full of winter
    chirrupings and sweet with spring odours. I sat in the sun on a bench;
    the animal within me licking the chops of memory; the spiritual side a
    little drowsed, promising subsequent penitence, but not yet moved to
    begin. After all, I reflected, I was like my neighbours; and then I
    smiled, comparing myself with other men, comparing my active goodwill
    with the lazy cruelty of their neglect. And at the very moment of that
    vain-glorious thought, a qualm came over me, a horrid nausea and the
    most deadly shuddering. These passed away, and left me faint; and then
    as in its turn the faintness subsided, I began to be aware of a change
    in the temper of my thoughts, a greater boldness, a contempt of danger,
    a solution of the bonds of obligation. I looked down; my clothes hung
    formlessly on my shrunken limbs; the hand that lay on my knee was
    corded and hairy. I was once more Edward Hyde. A moment before I had
    been safe of all men’s respect, wealthy, beloved—the cloth laying for
    me in the dining-room at home; and now I was the common quarry of
    mankind, hunted, houseless, a known murderer, thrall to the gallows.

    My reason wavered, but it did not fail me utterly. I have more than
    once observed that, in my second character, my faculties seemed
    sharpened to a point and my spirits more tensely elastic; thus it came
    about that, where Jekyll perhaps might have succumbed, Hyde rose to the
    importance of the moment. My drugs were in one of the presses of my
    cabinet; how was I to reach them? That was the problem that (crushing
    my temples in my hands) I set myself to solve. The laboratory door I
    had closed. If I sought to enter by the house, my own servants would
    consign me to the gallows. I saw I must employ another hand, and
    thought of Lanyon. How was he to be reached? how persuaded? Supposing
    that I escaped capture in the streets, how was I to make my way into
    his presence? and how should I, an unknown and displeasing visitor,
    prevail on the famous physician to rifle the study of his colleague,
    Dr. Jekyll? Then I remembered that of my original character, one part
    remained to me: I could write my own hand; and once I had conceived
    that kindling spark, the way that I must follow became lighted up from
    end to end.

    Thereupon, I arranged my clothes as best I could, and summoning a
    passing hansom, drove to an hotel in Portland Street, the name of which
    I chanced to remember. At my appearance (which was indeed comical
    enough, however tragic a fate these garments covered) the driver could
    not conceal his mirth. I gnashed my teeth upon him with a gust of
    devilish fury; and the smile withered from his face—happily for him—yet
    more happily for myself, for in another instant I had certainly dragged
    him from his perch. At the inn, as I entered, I looked about me with so
    black a countenance as made the attendants tremble; not a look did they
    exchange in my presence; but obsequiously took my orders, led me to a
    private room, and brought me wherewithal to write. Hyde in danger of
    his life was a creature new to me; shaken with inordinate anger, strung
    to the pitch of murder, lusting to inflict pain. Yet the creature was
    astute; mastered his fury with a great effort of the will; composed his
    two important letters, one to Lanyon and one to Poole; and that he
    might receive actual evidence of their being posted, sent them out with
    directions that they should be registered.

    Thenceforward, he sat all day over the fire in the private room,
    gnawing his nails; there he dined, sitting alone with his fears, the
    waiter visibly quailing before his eye; and thence, when the night was
    fully come, he set forth in the corner of a closed cab, and was driven
    to and fro about the streets of the city. He, I say—I cannot say, I.
    That child of Hell had nothing human; nothing lived in him but fear and
    hatred. And when at last, thinking the driver had begun to grow
    suspicious, he discharged the cab and ventured on foot, attired in his
    misfitting clothes, an object marked out for observation, into the
    midst of the nocturnal passengers, these two base passions raged within
    him like a tempest. He walked fast, hunted by his fears, chattering to
    himself, skulking through the less-frequented thoroughfares, counting
    the minutes that still divided him from midnight. Once a woman spoke to
    him, offering, I think, a box of lights. He smote her in the face, and
    she fled.

    When I came to myself at Lanyon’s, the horror of my old friend perhaps
    affected me somewhat: I do not know; it was at least but a drop in the
    sea to the abhorrence with which I looked back upon these hours. A
    change had come over me. It was no longer the fear of the gallows, it
    was the horror of being Hyde that racked me. I received Lanyon’s
    condemnation partly in a dream; it was partly in a dream that I came
    home to my own house and got into bed. I slept after the prostration of
    the day, with a stringent and profound slumber which not even the
    nightmares that wrung me could avail to break. I awoke in the morning
    shaken, weakened, but refreshed. I still hated and feared the thought
    of the brute that slept within me, and I had not of course forgotten
    the appalling dangers of the day before; but I was once more at home,
    in my own house and close to my drugs; and gratitude for my escape
    shone so strong in my soul that it almost rivalled the brightness of
    hope.

    I was stepping leisurely across the court after breakfast, drinking the
    chill of the air with pleasure, when I was seized again with those
    indescribable sensations that heralded the change; and I had but the
    time to gain the shelter of my cabinet, before I was once again raging
    and freezing with the passions of Hyde. It took on this occasion a
    double dose to recall me to myself; and alas! Six hours after, as I sat
    looking sadly in the fire, the pangs returned, and the drug had to be
    re-administered. In short, from that day forth it seemed only by a
    great effort as of gymnastics, and only under the immediate stimulation
    of the drug, that I was able to wear the countenance of Jekyll. At all
    hours of the day and night, I would be taken with the premonitory
    shudder; above all, if I slept, or even dozed for a moment in my chair,
    it was always as Hyde that I awakened. Under the strain of this
    continually-impending doom and by the sleeplessness to which I now
    condemned myself, ay, even beyond what I had thought possible to man, I
    became, in my own person, a creature eaten up and emptied by fever,
    languidly weak both in body and mind, and solely occupied by one
    thought: the horror of my other self. But when I slept, or when the
    virtue of the medicine wore off, I would leap almost without transition
    (for the pangs of transformation grew daily less marked) into the
    possession of a fancy brimming with images of terror, a soul boiling
    with causeless hatreds, and a body that seemed not strong enough to
    contain the raging energies of life. The powers of Hyde seemed to have
    grown with the sickliness of Jekyll. And certainly the hate that now
    divided them was equal on each side. With Jekyll, it was a thing of
    vital instinct. He had now seen the full deformity of that creature
    that shared with him some of the phenomena of consciousness, and was
    co-heir with him to death: and beyond these links of community, which
    in themselves made the most poignant part of his distress, he thought
    of Hyde, for all his energy of life, as of something not only hellish
    but inorganic. This was the shocking thing; that the slime of the pit
    seemed to utter cries and voices; that the amorphous dust gesticulated
    and sinned; that what was dead, and had no shape, should usurp the
    offices of life. And this again, that that insurgent horror was knit to
    him closer than a wife, closer than an eye; lay caged in his flesh,
    where he heard it mutter and felt it struggle to be born; and at every
    hour of weakness, and in the confidence of slumber, prevailed against
    him and deposed him out of life. The hatred of Hyde for Jekyll, was of
    a different order. His terror of the gallows drove him continually to
    commit temporary suicide, and return to his subordinate station of a
    part instead of a person; but he loathed the necessity, he loathed the
    despondency into which Jekyll was now fallen, and he resented the
    dislike with which he was himself regarded. Hence the ape-like tricks
    that he would play me, scrawling in my own hand blasphemies on the
    pages of my books, burning the letters and destroying the portrait of
    my father; and indeed, had it not been for his fear of death, he would
    long ago have ruined himself in order to involve me in the ruin. But
    his love of life is wonderful; I go further: I, who sicken and freeze
    at the mere thought of him, when I recall the abjection and passion of
    this attachment, and when I know how he fears my power to cut him off
    by suicide, I find it in my heart to pity him.

    It is useless, and the time awfully fails me, to prolong this
    description; no one has ever suffered such torments, let that suffice;
    and yet even to these, habit brought—no, not alleviation—but a certain
    callousness of soul, a certain acquiescence of despair; and my
    punishment might have gone on for years, but for the last calamity
    which has now fallen, and which has finally severed me from my own face
    and nature. My provision of the salt, which had never been renewed
    since the date of the first experiment, began to run low. I sent out
    for a fresh supply, and mixed the draught; the ebullition followed, and
    the first change of colour, not the second; I drank it and it was
    without efficiency. You will learn from Poole how I have had London
    ransacked; it was in vain; and I am now persuaded that my first supply
    was impure, and that it was that unknown impurity which lent efficacy
    to the draught.

    About a week has passed, and I am now finishing this statement under
    the influence of the last of the old powders. This, then, is the last
    time, short of a miracle, that Henry Jekyll can think his own thoughts
    or see his own face (now how sadly altered!) in the glass. Nor must I
    delay too long to bring my writing to an end; for if my narrative has
    hitherto escaped destruction, it has been by a combination of great
    prudence and great good luck. Should the throes of change take me in
    the act of writing it, Hyde will tear it in pieces; but if some time
    shall have elapsed after I have laid it by, his wonderful selfishness
    and Circumscription to the moment will probably save it once again from
    the action of his ape-like spite. And indeed the doom that is closing
    on us both, has already changed and crushed him. Half an hour from now,
    when I shall again and for ever re-indue that hated personality, I know
    how I shall sit shuddering and weeping in my chair, or continue, with
    the most strained and fear-struck ecstasy of listening, to pace up and
    down this room (my last earthly refuge) and give ear to every sound of
    menace. Will Hyde die upon the scaffold? or will he find courage to
    release himself at the last moment? God knows; I am careless; this is
    my true hour of death, and what is to follow concerns another than
    myself. Here then, as I lay down the pen and proceed to seal up my
    confession, I bring the life of that unhappy Henry Jekyll to an end.

  • The strange case of Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde [43]

    The strange case of Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde [43]

    Aproximadamente 25.967 palavras.

    The Strange Case Of Dr. Jekyll And Mr. Hyde

    by Robert Louis Stevenson

    Contents

    STORY OF THE DOOR

    SEARCH FOR MR. HYDE

    DR. JEKYLL WAS QUITE AT EASE

    THE CAREW MURDER CASE

    INCIDENT OF THE LETTER

    INCIDENT OF DR. LANYON

    INCIDENT AT THE WINDOW

    THE LAST NIGHT

    DR. LANYON’S NARRATIVE

    HENRY JEKYLL’S FULL STATEMENT OF THE CASE

    STORY OF THE DOOR

    Mr. Utterson the lawyer was a man of a rugged countenance that was
    never lighted by a smile; cold, scanty and embarrassed in discourse;
    backward in sentiment; lean, long, dusty, dreary and yet somehow
    lovable. At friendly meetings, and when the wine was to his taste,
    something eminently human beaconed from his eye; something indeed which
    never found its way into his talk, but which spoke not only in these
    silent symbols of the after-dinner face, but more often and loudly in
    the acts of his life. He was austere with himself; drank gin when he
    was alone, to mortify a taste for vintages; and though he enjoyed the
    theatre, had not crossed the doors of one for twenty years. But he had
    an approved tolerance for others; sometimes wondering, almost with
    envy, at the high pressure of spirits involved in their misdeeds; and
    in any extremity inclined to help rather than to reprove. “I incline to
    Cain’s heresy,” he used to say quaintly: “I let my brother go to the
    devil in his own way.” In this character, it was frequently his fortune
    to be the last reputable acquaintance and the last good influence in
    the lives of downgoing men. And to such as these, so long as they came
    about his chambers, he never marked a shade of change in his demeanour.

    No doubt the feat was easy to Mr. Utterson; for he was undemonstrative
    at the best, and even his friendship seemed to be founded in a similar
    catholicity of good-nature. It is the mark of a modest man to accept
    his friendly circle ready-made from the hands of opportunity; and that
    was the lawyer’s way. His friends were those of his own blood or those
    whom he had known the longest; his affections, like ivy, were the
    growth of time, they implied no aptness in the object. Hence, no doubt
    the bond that united him to Mr. Richard Enfield, his distant kinsman,
    the well-known man about town. It was a nut to crack for many, what
    these two could see in each other, or what subject they could find in
    common. It was reported by those who encountered them in their Sunday
    walks, that they said nothing, looked singularly dull and would hail
    with obvious relief the appearance of a friend. For all that, the two
    men put the greatest store by these excursions, counted them the chief
    jewel of each week, and not only set aside occasions of pleasure, but
    even resisted the calls of business, that they might enjoy them
    uninterrupted.

    It chanced on one of these rambles that their way led them down a
    by-street in a busy quarter of London. The street was small and what is
    called quiet, but it drove a thriving trade on the weekdays. The
    inhabitants were all doing well, it seemed, and all emulously hoping to
    do better still, and laying out the surplus of their gains in coquetry;
    so that the shop fronts stood along that thoroughfare with an air of
    invitation, like rows of smiling saleswomen. Even on Sunday, when it
    veiled its more florid charms and lay comparatively empty of passage,
    the street shone out in contrast to its dingy neighbourhood, like a fire
    in a forest; and with its freshly painted shutters, well-polished
    brasses, and general cleanliness and gaiety of note, instantly caught
    and pleased the eye of the passenger.

    Two doors from one corner, on the left hand going east the line was
    broken by the entry of a court; and just at that point a certain
    sinister block of building thrust forward its gable on the street. It
    was two storeys high; showed no window, nothing but a door on the lower
    storey and a blind forehead of discoloured wall on the upper; and bore
    in every feature, the marks of prolonged and sordid negligence. The
    door, which was equipped with neither bell nor knocker, was blistered
    and distained. Tramps slouched into the recess and struck matches on
    the panels; children kept shop upon the steps; the schoolboy had tried
    his knife on the mouldings; and for close on a generation, no one had
    appeared to drive away these random visitors or to repair their
    ravages.

    Mr. Enfield and the lawyer were on the other side of the by-street; but
    when they came abreast of the entry, the former lifted up his cane and
    pointed.

    “Did you ever remark that door?” he asked; and when his companion had
    replied in the affirmative, “It is connected in my mind,” added he,
    “with a very odd story.”

    “Indeed?” said Mr. Utterson, with a slight change of voice, “and what
    was that?”

    “Well, it was this way,” returned Mr. Enfield: “I was coming home from
    some place at the end of the world, about three o’clock of a black
    winter morning, and my way lay through a part of town where there was
    literally nothing to be seen but lamps. Street after street and all the
    folks asleep—street after street, all lighted up as if for a procession
    and all as empty as a church—till at last I got into that state of mind
    when a man listens and listens and begins to long for the sight of a
    policeman. All at once, I saw two figures: one a little man who was
    stumping along eastward at a good walk, and the other a girl of maybe
    eight or ten who was running as hard as she was able down a cross
    street. Well, sir, the two ran into one another naturally enough at the
    corner; and then came the horrible part of the thing; for the man
    trampled calmly over the child’s body and left her screaming on the
    ground. It sounds nothing to hear, but it was hellish to see. It wasn’t
    like a man; it was like some damned Juggernaut. I gave a few halloa,
    took to my heels, collared my gentleman, and brought him back to where
    there was already quite a group about the screaming child. He was
    perfectly cool and made no resistance, but gave me one look, so ugly
    that it brought out the sweat on me like running. The people who had
    turned out were the girl’s own family; and pretty soon, the doctor, for
    whom she had been sent, put in his appearance. Well, the child was not
    much the worse, more frightened, according to the Sawbones; and there
    you might have supposed would be an end to it. But there was one
    curious circumstance. I had taken a loathing to my gentleman at first
    sight. So had the child’s family, which was only natural. But the
    doctor’s case was what struck me. He was the usual cut and dry
    apothecary, of no particular age and colour, with a strong Edinburgh
    accent and about as emotional as a bagpipe. Well, sir, he was like the
    rest of us; every time he looked at my prisoner, I saw that Sawbones
    turn sick and white with the desire to kill him. I knew what was in his
    mind, just as he knew what was in mine; and killing being out of the
    question, we did the next best. We told the man we could and would make
    such a scandal out of this as should make his name stink from one end
    of London to the other. If he had any friends or any credit, we
    undertook that he should lose them. And all the time, as we were
    pitching it in red hot, we were keeping the women off him as best we
    could for they were as wild as harpies. I never saw a circle of such
    hateful faces; and there was the man in the middle, with a kind of
    black sneering coolness—frightened too, I could see that—but carrying
    it off, sir, really like Satan. ‘If you choose to make capital out of
    this accident,’ said he, ‘I am naturally helpless. No gentleman but
    wishes to avoid a scene,’ says he. ‘Name your figure.’ Well, we screwed
    him up to a hundred pounds for the child’s family; he would have
    clearly liked to stick out; but there was something about the lot of us
    that meant mischief, and at last he struck. The next thing was to get
    the money; and where do you think he carried us but to that place with
    the door?—whipped out a key, went in, and presently came back with the
    matter of ten pounds in gold and a cheque for the balance on Coutts’s,
    drawn payable to bearer and signed with a name that I can’t mention,
    though it’s one of the points of my story, but it was a name at least
    very well known and often printed. The figure was stiff; but the
    signature was good for more than that if it was only genuine. I took
    the liberty of pointing out to my gentleman that the whole business
    looked apocryphal, and that a man does not, in real life, walk into a
    cellar door at four in the morning and come out with another man’s
    cheque for close upon a hundred pounds. But he was quite easy and
    sneering. ‘Set your mind at rest,’ says he, ‘I will stay with you till
    the banks open and cash the cheque myself.’ So we all set off, the
    doctor, and the child’s father, and our friend and myself, and passed
    the rest of the night in my chambers; and next day, when we had
    breakfasted, went in a body to the bank. I gave in the cheque myself,
    and said I had every reason to believe it was a forgery. Not a bit of
    it. The cheque was genuine.”

    “Tut-tut!” said Mr. Utterson.

    “I see you feel as I do,” said Mr. Enfield. “Yes, it’s a bad story. For
    my man was a fellow that nobody could have to do with, a really
    damnable man; and the person that drew the cheque is the very pink of
    the proprieties, celebrated too, and (what makes it worse) one of your
    fellows who do what they call good. Blackmail, I suppose; an honest man
    paying through the nose for some of the capers of his youth. Black Mail
    House is what I call the place with the door, in consequence. Though
    even that, you know, is far from explaining all,” he added, and with
    the words fell into a vein of musing.

    From this he was recalled by Mr. Utterson asking rather suddenly: “And
    you don’t know if the drawer of the cheque lives there?”

    “A likely place, isn’t it?” returned Mr. Enfield. “But I happen to have
    noticed his address; he lives in some square or other.”

    “And you never asked about the—place with the door?” said Mr. Utterson.

    “No, sir; I had a delicacy,” was the reply. “I feel very strongly about
    putting questions; it partakes too much of the style of the day of
    judgment. You start a question, and it’s like starting a stone. You sit
    quietly on the top of a hill; and away the stone goes, starting others;
    and presently some bland old bird (the last you would have thought of)
    is knocked on the head in his own back garden and the family have to
    change their name. No sir, I make it a rule of mine: the more it looks
    like Queer Street, the less I ask.”

    “A very good rule, too,” said the lawyer.

    “But I have studied the place for myself,” continued Mr. Enfield. “It
    seems scarcely a house. There is no other door, and nobody goes in or
    out of that one but, once in a great while, the gentleman of my
    adventure. There are three windows looking on the court on the first
    floor; none below; the windows are always shut but they’re clean. And
    then there is a chimney which is generally smoking; so somebody must
    live there. And yet it’s not so sure; for the buildings are so packed
    together about the court, that it’s hard to say where one ends and
    another begins.”

    The pair walked on again for a while in silence; and then “Enfield,”
    said Mr. Utterson, “that’s a good rule of yours.”

    “Yes, I think it is,” returned Enfield.

    “But for all that,” continued the lawyer, “there’s one point I want to
    ask. I want to ask the name of that man who walked over the child.”

    “Well,” said Mr. Enfield, “I can’t see what harm it would do. It was a
    man of the name of Hyde.”

    “Hm,” said Mr. Utterson. “What sort of a man is he to see?”

    “He is not easy to describe. There is something wrong with his
    appearance; something displeasing, something down-right detestable. I
    never saw a man I so disliked, and yet I scarce know why. He must be
    deformed somewhere; he gives a strong feeling of deformity, although I
    couldn’t specify the point. He’s an extraordinary looking man, and yet
    I really can name nothing out of the way. No, sir; I can make no hand
    of it; I can’t describe him. And it’s not want of memory; for I declare
    I can see him this moment.”

    Mr. Utterson again walked some way in silence and obviously under a
    weight of consideration. “You are sure he used a key?” he inquired at
    last.

    “My dear sir…” began Enfield, surprised out of himself.

    “Yes, I know,” said Utterson; “I know it must seem strange. The fact
    is, if I do not ask you the name of the other party, it is because I
    know it already. You see, Richard, your tale has gone home. If you have
    been inexact in any point you had better correct it.”

    “I think you might have warned me,” returned the other with a touch of
    sullenness. “But I have been pedantically exact, as you call it. The
    fellow had a key; and what’s more, he has it still. I saw him use it
    not a week ago.”

    Mr. Utterson sighed deeply but said never a word; and the young man
    presently resumed. “Here is another lesson to say nothing,” said he. “I
    am ashamed of my long tongue. Let us make a bargain never to refer to
    this again.”

    “With all my heart,” said the lawyer. “I shake hands on that, Richard.”

    SEARCH FOR MR. HYDE

    That evening Mr. Utterson came home to his bachelor house in sombre
    spirits and sat down to dinner without relish. It was his custom of a
    Sunday, when this meal was over, to sit close by the fire, a volume of
    some dry divinity on his reading desk, until the clock of the
    neighbouring church rang out the hour of twelve, when he would go
    soberly and gratefully to bed. On this night however, as soon as the
    cloth was taken away, he took up a candle and went into his business
    room. There he opened his safe, took from the most private part of it a
    document endorsed on the envelope as Dr. Jekyll’s Will and sat down
    with a clouded brow to study its contents. The will was holograph, for
    Mr. Utterson though he took charge of it now that it was made, had
    refused to lend the least assistance in the making of it; it provided
    not only that, in case of the decease of Henry Jekyll, M.D., D.C.L.,
    L.L.D., F.R.S., etc., all his possessions were to pass into the hands
    of his “friend and benefactor Edward Hyde,” but that in case of Dr.
    Jekyll’s “disappearance or unexplained absence for any period exceeding
    three calendar months,” the said Edward Hyde should step into the said
    Henry Jekyll’s shoes without further delay and free from any burthen or
    obligation beyond the payment of a few small sums to the members of the
    doctor’s household. This document had long been the lawyer’s eyesore.
    It offended him both as a lawyer and as a lover of the sane and
    customary sides of life, to whom the fanciful was the immodest. And
    hitherto it was his ignorance of Mr. Hyde that had swelled his
    indignation; now, by a sudden turn, it was his knowledge. It was
    already bad enough when the name was but a name of which he could learn
    no more. It was worse when it began to be clothed upon with detestable
    attributes; and out of the shifting, insubstantial mists that had so
    long baffled his eye, there leaped up the sudden, definite presentment
    of a fiend.

    “I thought it was madness,” he said, as he replaced the obnoxious paper
    in the safe, “and now I begin to fear it is disgrace.”

    With that he blew out his candle, put on a greatcoat, and set forth in
    the direction of Cavendish Square, that citadel of medicine, where his
    friend, the great Dr. Lanyon, had his house and received his crowding
    patients. “If anyone knows, it will be Lanyon,” he had thought.

    The solemn butler knew and welcomed him; he was subjected to no stage
    of delay, but ushered direct from the door to the dining-room where Dr.
    Lanyon sat alone over his wine. This was a hearty, healthy, dapper,
    red-faced gentleman, with a shock of hair prematurely white, and a
    boisterous and decided manner. At sight of Mr. Utterson, he sprang up
    from his chair and welcomed him with both hands. The geniality, as was
    the way of the man, was somewhat theatrical to the eye; but it reposed
    on genuine feeling. For these two were old friends, old mates both at
    school and college, both thorough respecters of themselves and of each
    other, and what does not always follow, men who thoroughly enjoyed each
    other’s company.

    After a little rambling talk, the lawyer led up to the subject which so
    disagreeably preoccupied his mind.

    “I suppose, Lanyon,” said he, “you and I must be the two oldest friends
    that Henry Jekyll has?”

    “I wish the friends were younger,” chuckled Dr. Lanyon. “But I suppose
    we are. And what of that? I see little of him now.”

    “Indeed?” said Utterson. “I thought you had a bond of common interest.”

    “We had,” was the reply. “But it is more than ten years since Henry
    Jekyll became too fanciful for me. He began to go wrong, wrong in mind;
    and though of course I continue to take an interest in him for old
    sake’s sake, as they say, I see and I have seen devilish little of the
    man. Such unscientific balderdash,” added the doctor, flushing suddenly
    purple, “would have estranged Damon and Pythias.”

    This little spirit of temper was somewhat of a relief to Mr. Utterson.
    “They have only differed on some point of science,” he thought; and
    being a man of no scientific passions (except in the matter of
    conveyancing), he even added: “It is nothing worse than that!” He gave
    his friend a few seconds to recover his composure, and then approached
    the question he had come to put. “Did you ever come across a _protégé_
    of his—one Hyde?” he asked.

    “Hyde?” repeated Lanyon. “No. Never heard of him. Since my time.”

    That was the amount of information that the lawyer carried back with
    him to the great, dark bed on which he tossed to and fro, until the
    small hours of the morning began to grow large. It was a night of
    little ease to his toiling mind, toiling in mere darkness and besieged
    by questions.

    Six o’clock struck on the bells of the church that was so conveniently
    near to Mr. Utterson’s dwelling, and still he was digging at the
    problem. Hitherto it had touched him on the intellectual side alone;
    but now his imagination also was engaged, or rather enslaved; and as
    he lay and tossed in the gross darkness of the night and the curtained
    room, Mr. Enfield’s tale went by before his mind in a scroll of
    lighted pictures. He would be aware of the great field of lamps of
    a nocturnal city; then of the figure of a man walking swiftly; then
    of a child running from the doctor’s; and then these met, and that
    human Juggernaut trod the child down and passed on regardless of her
    screams. Or else he would see a room in a rich house, where his friend
    lay asleep, dreaming and smiling at his dreams; and then the door of
    that room would be opened, the curtains of the bed plucked apart, the
    sleeper recalled, and lo! there would stand by his side a figure to
    whom power was given, and even at that dead hour, he must rise and do
    its bidding. The figure in these two phases haunted the lawyer all
    night; and if at any time he dozed over, it was but to see it glide
    more stealthily through sleeping houses, or move the more swiftly and
    still the more swiftly, even to dizziness, through wider labyrinths of
    lamplighted city, and at every street corner crush a child and leave
    her screaming. And still the figure had no face by which he might know
    it; even in his dreams, it had no face, or one that baffled him and
    melted before his eyes; and thus it was that there sprang up and grew
    apace in the lawyer’s mind a singularly strong, almost an inordinate,
    curiosity to behold the features of the real Mr. Hyde. If he could but
    once set eyes on him, he thought the mystery would lighten and perhaps
    roll altogether away, as was the habit of mysterious things when well
    examined. He might see a reason for his friend’s strange preference or
    bondage (call it which you please) and even for the startling clauses
    of the will. At least it would be a face worth seeing: the face of
    a man who was without bowels of mercy: a face which had but to show
    itself to raise up, in the mind of the unimpressionable Enfield, a
    spirit of enduring hatred.

    From that time forward, Mr. Utterson began to haunt the door in the
    by-street of shops. In the morning before office hours, at noon when
    business was plenty and time scarce, at night under the face of the
    fogged city moon, by all lights and at all hours of solitude or
    concourse, the lawyer was to be found on his chosen post.

    “If he be Mr. Hyde,” he had thought, “I shall be Mr. Seek.”

    And at last his patience was rewarded. It was a fine dry night; frost
    in the air; the streets as clean as a ballroom floor; the lamps,
    unshaken by any wind, drawing a regular pattern of light and shadow. By
    ten o’clock, when the shops were closed, the by-street was very
    solitary and, in spite of the low growl of London from all round, very
    silent. Small sounds carried far; domestic sounds out of the houses
    were clearly audible on either side of the roadway; and the rumour of
    the approach of any passenger preceded him by a long time. Mr. Utterson
    had been some minutes at his post, when he was aware of an odd light
    footstep drawing near. In the course of his nightly patrols, he had
    long grown accustomed to the quaint effect with which the footfalls of
    a single person, while he is still a great way off, suddenly spring out
    distinct from the vast hum and clatter of the city. Yet his attention
    had never before been so sharply and decisively arrested; and it was
    with a strong, superstitious prevision of success that he withdrew into
    the entry of the court.

    The steps drew swiftly nearer, and swelled out suddenly louder as they
    turned the end of the street. The lawyer, looking forth from the entry,
    could soon see what manner of man he had to deal with. He was small and
    very plainly dressed and the look of him, even at that distance, went
    somehow strongly against the watcher’s inclination. But he made
    straight for the door, crossing the roadway to save time; and as he
    came, he drew a key from his pocket like one approaching home.

    Mr. Utterson stepped out and touched him on the shoulder as he passed.
    “Mr. Hyde, I think?”

    Mr. Hyde shrank back with a hissing intake of the breath. But his fear
    was only momentary; and though he did not look the lawyer in the face,
    he answered coolly enough: “That is my name. What do you want?”

    “I see you are going in,” returned the lawyer. “I am an old friend of
    Dr. Jekyll’s—Mr. Utterson of Gaunt Street—you must have heard of my
    name; and meeting you so conveniently, I thought you might admit me.”

    “You will not find Dr. Jekyll; he is from home,” replied Mr. Hyde,
    blowing in the key. And then suddenly, but still without looking up,
    “How did you know me?” he asked.

    “On your side,” said Mr. Utterson “will you do me a favour?”

    “With pleasure,” replied the other. “What shall it be?”

    “Will you let me see your face?” asked the lawyer.

    Mr. Hyde appeared to hesitate, and then, as if upon some sudden
    reflection, fronted about with an air of defiance; and the pair stared
    at each other pretty fixedly for a few seconds. “Now I shall know you
    again,” said Mr. Utterson. “It may be useful.”

    “Yes,” returned Mr. Hyde, “it is as well we have met; and _à propos_,
    you should have my address.” And he gave a number of a street in Soho.

    “Good God!” thought Mr. Utterson, “can he, too, have been thinking of
    the will?” But he kept his feelings to himself and only grunted in
    acknowledgment of the address.

    “And now,” said the other, “how did you know me?”

    “By description,” was the reply.

    “Whose description?”

    “We have common friends,” said Mr. Utterson.

    “Common friends,” echoed Mr. Hyde, a little hoarsely. “Who are they?”

    “Jekyll, for instance,” said the lawyer.

    “He never told you,” cried Mr. Hyde, with a flush of anger. “I did not
    think you would have lied.”

    “Come,” said Mr. Utterson, “that is not fitting language.”

    The other snarled aloud into a savage laugh; and the next moment, with
    extraordinary quickness, he had unlocked the door and disappeared into
    the house.

    The lawyer stood awhile when Mr. Hyde had left him, the picture of
    disquietude. Then he began slowly to mount the street, pausing every
    step or two and putting his hand to his brow like a man in mental
    perplexity. The problem he was thus debating as he walked, was one of a
    class that is rarely solved. Mr. Hyde was pale and dwarfish, he gave an
    impression of deformity without any nameable malformation, he had a
    displeasing smile, he had borne himself to the lawyer with a sort of
    murderous mixture of timidity and boldness, and he spoke with a husky,
    whispering and somewhat broken voice; all these were points against
    him, but not all of these together could explain the hitherto unknown
    disgust, loathing and fear with which Mr. Utterson regarded him. “There
    must be something else,” said the perplexed gentleman. “There _is_
    something more, if I could find a name for it. God bless me, the man
    seems hardly human! Something troglodytic, shall we say? or can it be
    the old story of Dr. Fell? or is it the mere radiance of a foul soul
    that thus transpires through, and transfigures, its clay continent? The
    last, I think; for, O my poor old Harry Jekyll, if ever I read Satan’s
    signature upon a face, it is on that of your new friend.”

    Round the corner from the by-street, there was a square of ancient,
    handsome houses, now for the most part decayed from their high estate
    and let in flats and chambers to all sorts and conditions of men;
    map-engravers, architects, shady lawyers and the agents of obscure
    enterprises. One house, however, second from the corner, was still
    occupied entire; and at the door of this, which wore a great air of
    wealth and comfort, though it was now plunged in darkness except for
    the fanlight, Mr. Utterson stopped and knocked. A well-dressed, elderly
    servant opened the door.

    “Is Dr. Jekyll at home, Poole?” asked the lawyer.

    “I will see, Mr. Utterson,” said Poole, admitting the visitor, as he
    spoke, into a large, low-roofed, comfortable hall paved with flags,
    warmed (after the fashion of a country house) by a bright, open fire,
    and furnished with costly cabinets of oak. “Will you wait here by the
    fire, sir? or shall I give you a light in the dining-room?”

    “Here, thank you,” said the lawyer, and he drew near and leaned on the
    tall fender. This hall, in which he was now left alone, was a pet fancy
    of his friend the doctor’s; and Utterson himself was wont to speak of
    it as the pleasantest room in London. But tonight there was a shudder
    in his blood; the face of Hyde sat heavy on his memory; he felt (what
    was rare with him) a nausea and distaste of life; and in the gloom of
    his spirits, he seemed to read a menace in the flickering of the
    firelight on the polished cabinets and the uneasy starting of the
    shadow on the roof. He was ashamed of his relief, when Poole presently
    returned to announce that Dr. Jekyll was gone out.

    “I saw Mr. Hyde go in by the old dissecting room door, Poole,” he said. “Is
    that right, when Dr. Jekyll is from home?”

    “Quite right, Mr. Utterson, sir,” replied the servant. “Mr. Hyde has a
    key.”

    “Your master seems to repose a great deal of trust in that young man,
    Poole,” resumed the other musingly.

    “Yes, sir, he does indeed,” said Poole. “We have all orders to obey
    him.”

    “I do not think I ever met Mr. Hyde?” asked Utterson.

    “O, dear no, sir. He never _dines_ here,” replied the butler. “Indeed
    we see very little of him on this side of the house; he mostly comes
    and goes by the laboratory.”

    “Well, good-night, Poole.”

    “Good-night, Mr. Utterson.”

    And the lawyer set out homeward with a very heavy heart. “Poor Harry
    Jekyll,” he thought, “my mind misgives me he is in deep waters! He was
    wild when he was young; a long while ago to be sure; but in the law of
    God, there is no statute of limitations. Ah, it must be that; the ghost
    of some old sin, the cancer of some concealed disgrace: punishment
    coming, _pede claudo_, years after memory has forgotten and self-love
    condoned the fault.” And the lawyer, scared by the thought, brooded
    awhile on his own past, groping in all the corners of memory, lest by
    chance some Jack-in-the-Box of an old iniquity should leap to light
    there. His past was fairly blameless; few men could read the rolls of
    their life with less apprehension; yet he was humbled to the dust by
    the many ill things he had done, and raised up again into a sober and
    fearful gratitude by the many he had come so near to doing yet avoided.
    And then by a return on his former subject, he conceived a spark of
    hope. “This Master Hyde, if he were studied,” thought he, “must have
    secrets of his own; black secrets, by the look of him; secrets compared
    to which poor Jekyll’s worst would be like sunshine. Things cannot
    continue as they are. It turns me cold to think of this creature
    stealing like a thief to Harry’s bedside; poor Harry, what a wakening!
    And the danger of it; for if this Hyde suspects the existence of the
    will, he may grow impatient to inherit. Ah, I must put my shoulder to
    the wheel—if Jekyll will but let me,” he added, “if Jekyll will only
    let me.” For once more he saw before his mind’s eye, as clear as
    transparency, the strange clauses of the will.

    DR. JEKYLL WAS QUITE AT EASE

    A fortnight later, by excellent good fortune, the doctor gave one of
    his pleasant dinners to some five or six old cronies, all intelligent,
    reputable men and all judges of good wine; and Mr. Utterson so
    contrived that he remained behind after the others had departed. This
    was no new arrangement, but a thing that had befallen many scores of
    times. Where Utterson was liked, he was liked well. Hosts loved to
    detain the dry lawyer, when the light-hearted and loose-tongued had
    already their foot on the threshold; they liked to sit a while in his
    unobtrusive company, practising for solitude, sobering their minds in
    the man’s rich silence after the expense and strain of gaiety. To this
    rule, Dr. Jekyll was no exception; and as he now sat on the opposite
    side of the fire—a large, well-made, smooth-faced man of fifty, with
    something of a slyish cast perhaps, but every mark of capacity and
    kindness—you could see by his looks that he cherished for Mr. Utterson
    a sincere and warm affection.

    “I have been wanting to speak to you, Jekyll,” began the latter. “You
    know that will of yours?”

    A close observer might have gathered that the topic was distasteful;
    but the doctor carried it off gaily. “My poor Utterson,” said he, “you
    are unfortunate in such a client. I never saw a man so distressed as
    you were by my will; unless it were that hide-bound pedant, Lanyon, at
    what he called my scientific heresies. O, I know he’s a good fellow—you
    needn’t frown—an excellent fellow, and I always mean to see more of
    him; but a hide-bound pedant for all that; an ignorant, blatant pedant.
    I was never more disappointed in any man than Lanyon.”

    “You know I never approved of it,” pursued Utterson, ruthlessly
    disregarding the fresh topic.

    “My will? Yes, certainly, I know that,” said the doctor, a trifle
    sharply. “You have told me so.”

    “Well, I tell you so again,” continued the lawyer. “I have been
    learning something of young Hyde.”

    The large handsome face of Dr. Jekyll grew pale to the very lips, and
    there came a blackness about his eyes. “I do not care to hear more,”
    said he. “This is a matter I thought we had agreed to drop.”

    “What I heard was abominable,” said Utterson.

    “It can make no change. You do not understand my position,” returned
    the doctor, with a certain incoherency of manner. “I am painfully
    situated, Utterson; my position is a very strange—a very strange one.
    It is one of those affairs that cannot be mended by talking.”

    “Jekyll,” said Utterson, “you know me: I am a man to be trusted. Make a
    clean breast of this in confidence; and I make no doubt I can get you
    out of it.”

    “My good Utterson,” said the doctor, “this is very good of you, this is
    downright good of you, and I cannot find words to thank you in. I
    believe you fully; I would trust you before any man alive, ay, before
    myself, if I could make the choice; but indeed it isn’t what you fancy;
    it is not as bad as that; and just to put your good heart at rest, I
    will tell you one thing: the moment I choose, I can be rid of Mr. Hyde.
    I give you my hand upon that; and I thank you again and again; and I
    will just add one little word, Utterson, that I’m sure you’ll take in
    good part: this is a private matter, and I beg of you to let it sleep.”

    Utterson reflected a little, looking in the fire.

    “I have no doubt you are perfectly right,” he said at last, getting to
    his feet.

    “Well, but since we have touched upon this business, and for the last
    time I hope,” continued the doctor, “there is one point I should like
    you to understand. I have really a very great interest in poor Hyde. I
    know you have seen him; he told me so; and I fear he was rude. But I do
    sincerely take a great, a very great interest in that young man; and if
    I am taken away, Utterson, I wish you to promise me that you will bear
    with him and get his rights for him. I think you would, if you knew
    all; and it would be a weight off my mind if you would promise.”

    “I can’t pretend that I shall ever like him,” said the lawyer.

    “I don’t ask that,” pleaded Jekyll, laying his hand upon the other’s
    arm; “I only ask for justice; I only ask you to help him for my sake,
    when I am no longer here.”

    Utterson heaved an irrepressible sigh. “Well,” said he, “I promise.”

    THE CAREW MURDER CASE

    Nearly a year later, in the month of October, 18—, London was startled
    by a crime of singular ferocity and rendered all the more notable by
    the high position of the victim. The details were few and startling. A
    maid servant living alone in a house not far from the river, had gone
    upstairs to bed about eleven. Although a fog rolled over the city in
    the small hours, the early part of the night was cloudless, and the
    lane, which the maid’s window overlooked, was brilliantly lit by the
    full moon. It seems she was romantically given, for she sat down upon
    her box, which stood immediately under the window, and fell into a
    dream of musing. Never (she used to say, with streaming tears, when she
    narrated that experience), never had she felt more at peace with all
    men or thought more kindly of the world. And as she so sat she became
    aware of an aged beautiful gentleman with white hair, drawing near
    along the lane; and advancing to meet him, another and very small
    gentleman, to whom at first she paid less attention. When they had come
    within speech (which was just under the maid’s eyes) the older man
    bowed and accosted the other with a very pretty manner of politeness.
    It did not seem as if the subject of his address were of great
    importance; indeed, from his pointing, it sometimes appeared as if he
    were only inquiring his way; but the moon shone on his face as he
    spoke, and the girl was pleased to watch it, it seemed to breathe such
    an innocent and old-world kindness of disposition, yet with something
    high too, as of a well-founded self-content. Presently her eye wandered
    to the other, and she was surprised to recognise in him a certain Mr.
    Hyde, who had once visited her master and for whom she had conceived a
    dislike. He had in his hand a heavy cane, with which he was trifling;
    but he answered never a word, and seemed to listen with an
    ill-contained impatience. And then all of a sudden he broke out in a
    great flame of anger, stamping with his foot, brandishing the cane, and
    carrying on (as the maid described it) like a madman. The old gentleman
    took a step back, with the air of one very much surprised and a trifle
    hurt; and at that Mr. Hyde broke out of all bounds and clubbed him to
    the earth. And next moment, with ape-like fury, he was trampling his
    victim under foot and hailing down a storm of blows, under which the
    bones were audibly shattered and the body jumped upon the roadway. At
    the horror of these sights and sounds, the maid fainted.

    It was two o’clock when she came to herself and called for the police.
    The murderer was gone long ago; but there lay his victim in the middle
    of the lane, incredibly mangled. The stick with which the deed had been
    done, although it was of some rare and very tough and heavy wood, had
    broken in the middle under the stress of this insensate cruelty; and
    one splintered half had rolled in the neighbouring gutter—the other,
    without doubt, had been carried away by the murderer. A purse and gold
    watch were found upon the victim: but no cards or papers, except a
    sealed and stamped envelope, which he had been probably carrying to the
    post, and which bore the name and address of Mr. Utterson.

    This was brought to the lawyer the next morning, before he was out of
    bed; and he had no sooner seen it and been told the circumstances, than
    he shot out a solemn lip. “I shall say nothing till I have seen the
    body,” said he; “this may be very serious. Have the kindness to wait
    while I dress.” And with the same grave countenance he hurried through
    his breakfast and drove to the police station, whither the body had
    been carried. As soon as he came into the cell, he nodded.

    “Yes,” said he, “I recognise him. I am sorry to say that this is Sir
    Danvers Carew.”

    “Good God, sir,” exclaimed the officer, “is it possible?” And the next
    moment his eye lighted up with professional ambition. “This will make a
    deal of noise,” he said. “And perhaps you can help us to the man.” And
    he briefly narrated what the maid had seen, and showed the broken
    stick.

    Mr. Utterson had already quailed at the name of Hyde; but when the
    stick was laid before him, he could doubt no longer; broken and
    battered as it was, he recognised it for one that he had himself
    presented many years before to Henry Jekyll.

    “Is this Mr. Hyde a person of small stature?” he inquired.

    “Particularly small and particularly wicked-looking, is what the maid
    calls him,” said the officer.

    Mr. Utterson reflected; and then, raising his head, “If you will come
    with me in my cab,” he said, “I think I can take you to his house.”

    It was by this time about nine in the morning, and the first fog of the
    season. A great chocolate-coloured pall lowered over heaven, but the
    wind was continually charging and routing these embattled vapours; so
    that as the cab crawled from street to street, Mr. Utterson beheld a
    marvelous number of degrees and hues of twilight; for here it would be
    dark like the back-end of evening; and there would be a glow of a rich,
    lurid brown, like the light of some strange conflagration; and here,
    for a moment, the fog would be quite broken up, and a haggard shaft of
    daylight would glance in between the swirling wreaths. The dismal
    quarter of Soho seen under these changing glimpses, with its muddy
    ways, and slatternly passengers, and its lamps, which had never been
    extinguished or had been kindled afresh to combat this mournful
    reinvasion of darkness, seemed, in the lawyer’s eyes, like a district
    of some city in a nightmare. The thoughts of his mind, besides, were of
    the gloomiest dye; and when he glanced at the companion of his drive,
    he was conscious of some touch of that terror of the law and the law’s
    officers, which may at times assail the most honest.

    As the cab drew up before the address indicated, the fog lifted a
    little and showed him a dingy street, a gin palace, a low French eating
    house, a shop for the retail of penny numbers and twopenny salads, many
    ragged children huddled in the doorways, and many women of many
    different nationalities passing out, key in hand, to have a morning
    glass; and the next moment the fog settled down again upon that part,
    as brown as umber, and cut him off from his blackguardly surroundings.
    This was the home of Henry Jekyll’s favourite; of a man who was heir to
    a quarter of a million sterling.

    An ivory-faced and silvery-haired old woman opened the door. She had an
    evil face, smoothed by hypocrisy: but her manners were excellent. Yes,
    she said, this was Mr. Hyde’s, but he was not at home; he had been in
    that night very late, but he had gone away again in less than an hour;
    there was nothing strange in that; his habits were very irregular, and
    he was often absent; for instance, it was nearly two months since she
    had seen him till yesterday.

    “Very well, then, we wish to see his rooms,” said the lawyer; and when
    the woman began to declare it was impossible, “I had better tell you
    who this person is,” he added. “This is Inspector Newcomen of Scotland
    Yard.”

    A flash of odious joy appeared upon the woman’s face. “Ah!” said she,
    “he is in trouble! What has he done?”

    Mr. Utterson and the inspector exchanged glances. “He don’t seem a very
    popular character,” observed the latter. “And now, my good woman, just
    let me and this gentleman have a look about us.”

    In the whole extent of the house, which but for the old woman remained
    otherwise empty, Mr. Hyde had only used a couple of rooms; but these
    were furnished with luxury and good taste. A closet was filled with
    wine; the plate was of silver, the napery elegant; a good picture hung
    upon the walls, a gift (as Utterson supposed) from Henry Jekyll, who
    was much of a connoisseur; and the carpets were of many piles and
    agreeable in colour. At this moment, however, the rooms bore every mark
    of having been recently and hurriedly ransacked; clothes lay about the
    floor, with their pockets inside out; lock-fast drawers stood open; and
    on the hearth there lay a pile of grey ashes, as though many papers had
    been burned. From these embers the inspector disinterred the butt end
    of a green cheque book, which had resisted the action of the fire; the
    other half of the stick was found behind the door; and as this clinched
    his suspicions, the officer declared himself delighted. A visit to the
    bank, where several thousand pounds were found to be lying to the
    murderer’s credit, completed his gratification.

    “You may depend upon it, sir,” he told Mr. Utterson: “I have him in my
    hand. He must have lost his head, or he never would have left the stick
    or, above all, burned the cheque book. Why, money’s life to the man. We
    have nothing to do but wait for him at the bank, and get out the
    handbills.”

    This last, however, was not so easy of accomplishment; for Mr. Hyde had
    numbered few familiars—even the master of the servant maid had only
    seen him twice; his family could nowhere be traced; he had never been
    photographed; and the few who could describe him differed widely, as
    common observers will. Only on one point were they agreed; and that was
    the haunting sense of unexpressed deformity with which the fugitive
    impressed his beholders.

    INCIDENT OF THE LETTER

    It was late in the afternoon, when Mr. Utterson found his way to Dr.
    Jekyll’s door, where he was at once admitted by Poole, and carried down
    by the kitchen offices and across a yard which had once been a garden,
    to the building which was indifferently known as the laboratory or
    dissecting rooms. The doctor had bought the house from the heirs of a
    celebrated surgeon; and his own tastes being rather chemical than
    anatomical, had changed the destination of the block at the bottom of
    the garden. It was the first time that the lawyer had been received in
    that part of his friend’s quarters; and he eyed the dingy, windowless
    structure with curiosity, and gazed round with a distasteful sense of
    strangeness as he crossed the theatre, once crowded with eager students
    and now lying gaunt and silent, the tables laden with chemical
    apparatus, the floor strewn with crates and littered with packing
    straw, and the light falling dimly through the foggy cupola. At the
    further end, a flight of stairs mounted to a door covered with red
    baize; and through this, Mr. Utterson was at last received into the
    doctor’s cabinet. It was a large room fitted round with glass presses,
    furnished, among other things, with a cheval-glass and a business
    table, and looking out upon the court by three dusty windows barred
    with iron. The fire burned in the grate; a lamp was set lighted on the
    chimney shelf, for even in the houses the fog began to lie thickly; and
    there, close up to the warmth, sat Dr. Jekyll, looking deathly sick. He
    did not rise to meet his visitor, but held out a cold hand and bade him
    welcome in a changed voice.

    “And now,” said Mr. Utterson, as soon as Poole had left them, “you have
    heard the news?”

    The doctor shuddered. “They were crying it in the square,” he said. “I
    heard them in my dining-room.”

    “One word,” said the lawyer. “Carew was my client, but so are you, and
    I want to know what I am doing. You have not been mad enough to hide
    this fellow?”

    “Utterson, I swear to God,” cried the doctor, “I swear to God I will
    never set eyes on him again. I bind my honour to you that I am done
    with him in this world. It is all at an end. And indeed he does not
    want my help; you do not know him as I do; he is safe, he is quite
    safe; mark my words, he will never more be heard of.”

    The lawyer listened gloomily; he did not like his friend’s feverish
    manner. “You seem pretty sure of him,” said he; “and for your sake, I
    hope you may be right. If it came to a trial, your name might appear.”

    “I am quite sure of him,” replied Jekyll; “I have grounds for certainty
    that I cannot share with any one. But there is one thing on which you
    may advise me. I have—I have received a letter; and I am at a loss
    whether I should show it to the police. I should like to leave it in
    your hands, Utterson; you would judge wisely, I am sure; I have so
    great a trust in you.”

    “You fear, I suppose, that it might lead to his detection?” asked the
    lawyer.

    “No,” said the other. “I cannot say that I care what becomes of Hyde; I
    am quite done with him. I was thinking of my own character, which this
    hateful business has rather exposed.”

    Utterson ruminated awhile; he was surprised at his friend’s
    selfishness, and yet relieved by it. “Well,” said he, at last, “let me
    see the letter.”

    The letter was written in an odd, upright hand and signed “Edward
    Hyde”: and it signified, briefly enough, that the writer’s benefactor,
    Dr. Jekyll, whom he had long so unworthily repaid for a thousand
    generosities, need labour under no alarm for his safety, as he had
    means of escape on which he placed a sure dependence. The lawyer liked
    this letter well enough; it put a better colour on the intimacy than he
    had looked for; and he blamed himself for some of his past suspicions.

    “Have you the envelope?” he asked.

    “I burned it,” replied Jekyll, “before I thought what I was about. But
    it bore no postmark. The note was handed in.”

    “Shall I keep this and sleep upon it?” asked Utterson.

    “I wish you to judge for me entirely,” was the reply. “I have lost
    confidence in myself.”

    “Well, I shall consider,” returned the lawyer. “And now one word more:
    it was Hyde who dictated the terms in your will about that
    disappearance?”

    The doctor seemed seized with a qualm of faintness; he shut his mouth
    tight and nodded.

    “I knew it,” said Utterson. “He meant to murder you. You had a fine
    escape.”

    “I have had what is far more to the purpose,” returned the doctor
    solemnly: “I have had a lesson—O God, Utterson, what a lesson I have
    had!” And he covered his face for a moment with his hands.

    On his way out, the lawyer stopped and had a word or two with Poole.
    “By the bye,” said he, “there was a letter handed in to-day: what was
    the messenger like?” But Poole was positive nothing had come except by
    post; “and only circulars by that,” he added.

    This news sent off the visitor with his fears renewed. Plainly the
    letter had come by the laboratory door; possibly, indeed, it had been
    written in the cabinet; and if that were so, it must be differently
    judged, and handled with the more caution. The newsboys, as he went,
    were crying themselves hoarse along the footways: “Special edition.
    Shocking murder of an M.P.” That was the funeral oration of one friend
    and client; and he could not help a certain apprehension lest the good
    name of another should be sucked down in the eddy of the scandal. It
    was, at least, a ticklish decision that he had to make; and
    self-reliant as he was by habit, he began to cherish a longing for
    advice. It was not to be had directly; but perhaps, he thought, it
    might be fished for.

    Presently after, he sat on one side of his own hearth, with Mr. Guest,
    his head clerk, upon the other, and midway between, at a nicely
    calculated distance from the fire, a bottle of a particular old wine
    that had long dwelt unsunned in the foundations of his house. The fog
    still slept on the wing above the drowned city, where the lamps
    glimmered like carbuncles; and through the muffle and smother of these
    fallen clouds, the procession of the town’s life was still rolling in
    through the great arteries with a sound as of a mighty wind. But the
    room was gay with firelight. In the bottle the acids were long ago
    resolved; the imperial dye had softened with time, as the colour grows
    richer in stained windows; and the glow of hot autumn afternoons on
    hillside vineyards, was ready to be set free and to disperse the fogs
    of London. Insensibly the lawyer melted. There was no man from whom he
    kept fewer secrets than Mr. Guest; and he was not always sure that he
    kept as many as he meant. Guest had often been on business to the
    doctor’s; he knew Poole; he could scarce have failed to hear of Mr.
    Hyde’s familiarity about the house; he might draw conclusions: was it
    not as well, then, that he should see a letter which put that mystery
    to rights? and above all since Guest, being a great student and critic
    of handwriting, would consider the step natural and obliging? The
    clerk, besides, was a man of counsel; he could scarce read so strange a
    document without dropping a remark; and by that remark Mr. Utterson
    might shape his future course.

    “This is a sad business about Sir Danvers,” he said.

    “Yes, sir, indeed. It has elicited a great deal of public feeling,”
    returned Guest. “The man, of course, was mad.”

    “I should like to hear your views on that,” replied Utterson. “I have a
    document here in his handwriting; it is between ourselves, for I scarce
    know what to do about it; it is an ugly business at the best. But there
    it is; quite in your way: a murderer’s autograph.”

    Guest’s eyes brightened, and he sat down at once and studied it with
    passion. “No sir,” he said: “not mad; but it is an odd hand.”

    “And by all accounts a very odd writer,” added the lawyer.

    Just then the servant entered with a note.

    “Is that from Dr. Jekyll, sir?” inquired the clerk. “I thought I knew
    the writing. Anything private, Mr. Utterson?”

    “Only an invitation to dinner. Why? Do you want to see it?”

    “One moment. I thank you, sir;” and the clerk laid the two sheets of
    paper alongside and sedulously compared their contents. “Thank you,
    sir,” he said at last, returning both; “it’s a very interesting
    autograph.”

    There was a pause, during which Mr. Utterson struggled with himself.
    “Why did you compare them, Guest?” he inquired suddenly.

    “Well, sir,” returned the clerk, “there’s a rather singular
    resemblance; the two hands are in many points identical: only
    differently sloped.”

    “Rather quaint,” said Utterson.

    “It is, as you say, rather quaint,” returned Guest.

    “I wouldn’t speak of this note, you know,” said the master.

    “No, sir,” said the clerk. “I understand.”

    But no sooner was Mr. Utterson alone that night, than he locked the
    note into his safe, where it reposed from that time forward. “What!” he
    thought. “Henry Jekyll forge for a murderer!” And his blood ran cold in
    his veins.

    INCIDENT OF DR. LANYON

    Time ran on; thousands of pounds were offered in reward, for the death
    of Sir Danvers was resented as a public injury; but Mr. Hyde had
    disappeared out of the ken of the police as though he had never
    existed. Much of his past was unearthed, indeed, and all disreputable:
    tales came out of the man’s cruelty, at once so callous and violent; of
    his vile life, of his strange associates, of the hatred that seemed to
    have surrounded his career; but of his present whereabouts, not a
    whisper. From the time he had left the house in Soho on the morning of
    the murder, he was simply blotted out; and gradually, as time drew on,
    Mr. Utterson began to recover from the hotness of his alarm, and to
    grow more at quiet with himself. The death of Sir Danvers was, to his
    way of thinking, more than paid for by the disappearance of Mr. Hyde.
    Now that that evil influence had been withdrawn, a new life began for
    Dr. Jekyll. He came out of his seclusion, renewed relations with his
    friends, became once more their familiar guest and entertainer; and
    whilst he had always been known for charities, he was now no less
    distinguished for religion. He was busy, he was much in the open air,
    he did good; his face seemed to open and brighten, as if with an inward
    consciousness of service; and for more than two months, the doctor was
    at peace.

    On the 8th of January Utterson had dined at the doctor’s with a small
    party; Lanyon had been there; and the face of the host had looked from
    one to the other as in the old days when the trio were inseparable
    friends. On the 12th, and again on the 14th, the door was shut against
    the lawyer. “The doctor was confined to the house,” Poole said, “and
    saw no one.” On the 15th, he tried again, and was again refused; and
    having now been used for the last two months to see his friend almost
    daily, he found this return of solitude to weigh upon his spirits. The
    fifth night he had in Guest to dine with him; and the sixth he betook
    himself to Dr. Lanyon’s.

    There at least he was not denied admittance; but when he came in, he
    was shocked at the change which had taken place in the doctor’s
    appearance. He had his death-warrant written legibly upon his face. The
    rosy man had grown pale; his flesh had fallen away; he was visibly
    balder and older; and yet it was not so much these tokens of a swift
    physical decay that arrested the lawyer’s notice, as a look in the eye
    and quality of manner that seemed to testify to some deep-seated terror
    of the mind. It was unlikely that the doctor should fear death; and yet
    that was what Utterson was tempted to suspect. “Yes,” he thought; “he
    is a doctor, he must know his own state and that his days are counted;
    and the knowledge is more than he can bear.” And yet when Utterson
    remarked on his ill looks, it was with an air of great firmness that
    Lanyon declared himself a doomed man.

    “I have had a shock,” he said, “and I shall never recover. It is a
    question of weeks. Well, life has been pleasant; I liked it; yes, sir,
    I used to like it. I sometimes think if we knew all, we should be more
    glad to get away.”

    “Jekyll is ill, too,” observed Utterson. “Have you seen him?”

    But Lanyon’s face changed, and he held up a trembling hand. “I wish to
    see or hear no more of Dr. Jekyll,” he said in a loud, unsteady voice.
    “I am quite done with that person; and I beg that you will spare me any
    allusion to one whom I regard as dead.”

    “Tut, tut!” said Mr. Utterson; and then after a considerable pause,
    “Can’t I do anything?” he inquired. “We are three very old friends,
    Lanyon; we shall not live to make others.”

    “Nothing can be done,” returned Lanyon; “ask himself.”

    “He will not see me,” said the lawyer.

    “I am not surprised at that,” was the reply. “Some day, Utterson, after
    I am dead, you may perhaps come to learn the right and wrong of this. I
    cannot tell you. And in the meantime, if you can sit and talk with me
    of other things, for God’s sake, stay and do so; but if you cannot keep
    clear of this accursed topic, then in God’s name, go, for I cannot bear
    it.”

    As soon as he got home, Utterson sat down and wrote to Jekyll,
    complaining of his exclusion from the house, and asking the cause of
    this unhappy break with Lanyon; and the next day brought him a long
    answer, often very pathetically worded, and sometimes darkly mysterious
    in drift. The quarrel with Lanyon was incurable. “I do not blame our
    old friend,” Jekyll wrote, “but I share his view that we must never
    meet. I mean from henceforth to lead a life of extreme seclusion; you
    must not be surprised, nor must you doubt my friendship, if my door is
    often shut even to you. You must suffer me to go my own dark way. I
    have brought on myself a punishment and a danger that I cannot name. If
    I am the chief of sinners, I am the chief of sufferers also. I could
    not think that this earth contained a place for sufferings and terrors
    so unmanning; and you can do but one thing, Utterson, to lighten this
    destiny, and that is to respect my silence.” Utterson was amazed; the
    dark influence of Hyde had been withdrawn, the doctor had returned to
    his old tasks and amities; a week ago, the prospect had smiled with
    every promise of a cheerful and an honoured age; and now in a moment,
    friendship, and peace of mind, and the whole tenor of his life were
    wrecked. So great and unprepared a change pointed to madness; but in
    view of Lanyon’s manner and words, there must lie for it some deeper
    ground.

    A week afterwards Dr. Lanyon took to his bed, and in something less
    than a fortnight he was dead. The night after the funeral, at which he
    had been sadly affected, Utterson locked the door of his business room,
    and sitting there by the light of a melancholy candle, drew out and set
    before him an envelope addressed by the hand and sealed with the seal
    of his dead friend. “PRIVATE: for the hands of G. J. Utterson ALONE,
    and in case of his predecease _to be destroyed unread_,” so it was
    emphatically superscribed; and the lawyer dreaded to behold the
    contents. “I have buried one friend to-day,” he thought: “what if this
    should cost me another?” And then he condemned the fear as a
    disloyalty, and broke the seal. Within there was another enclosure,
    likewise sealed, and marked upon the cover as “not to be opened till
    the death or disappearance of Dr. Henry Jekyll.” Utterson could not
    trust his eyes. Yes, it was disappearance; here again, as in the mad
    will which he had long ago restored to its author, here again were the
    idea of a disappearance and the name of Henry Jekyll bracketed. But in
    the will, that idea had sprung from the sinister suggestion of the man
    Hyde; it was set there with a purpose all too plain and horrible.
    Written by the hand of Lanyon, what should it mean? A great curiosity
    came on the trustee, to disregard the prohibition and dive at once to
    the bottom of these mysteries; but professional honour and faith to his
    dead friend were stringent obligations; and the packet slept in the
    inmost corner of his private safe.

    It is one thing to mortify curiosity, another to conquer it; and it may
    be doubted if, from that day forth, Utterson desired the society of his
    surviving friend with the same eagerness. He thought of him kindly; but
    his thoughts were disquieted and fearful. He went to call indeed; but
    he was perhaps relieved to be denied admittance; perhaps, in his heart,
    he preferred to speak with Poole upon the doorstep and surrounded by
    the air and sounds of the open city, rather than to be admitted into
    that house of voluntary bondage, and to sit and speak with its
    inscrutable recluse. Poole had, indeed, no very pleasant news to
    communicate. The doctor, it appeared, now more than ever confined
    himself to the cabinet over the laboratory, where he would sometimes
    even sleep; he was out of spirits, he had grown very silent, he did not
    read; it seemed as if he had something on his mind. Utterson became so
    used to the unvarying character of these reports, that he fell off
    little by little in the frequency of his visits.

    INCIDENT AT THE WINDOW

    It chanced on Sunday, when Mr. Utterson was on his usual walk with Mr.
    Enfield, that their way lay once again through the by-street; and that
    when they came in front of the door, both stopped to gaze on it.

    “Well,” said Enfield, “that story’s at an end at least. We shall never
    see more of Mr. Hyde.”

    “I hope not,” said Utterson. “Did I ever tell you that I once saw him,
    and shared your feeling of repulsion?”

    “It was impossible to do the one without the other,” returned Enfield.
    “And by the way, what an ass you must have thought me, not to know that
    this was a back way to Dr. Jekyll’s! It was partly your own fault that
    I found it out, even when I did.”

    “So you found it out, did you?” said Utterson. “But if that be so, we
    may step into the court and take a look at the windows. To tell you the
    truth, I am uneasy about poor Jekyll; and even outside, I feel as if
    the presence of a friend might do him good.”

    The court was very cool and a little damp, and full of premature
    twilight, although the sky, high up overhead, was still bright with
    sunset. The middle one of the three windows was half-way open; and
    sitting close beside it, taking the air with an infinite sadness of
    mien, like some disconsolate prisoner, Utterson saw Dr. Jekyll.

    “What! Jekyll! Jekyll!” he cried. “I trust you are better.”

    “I am very low, Utterson,” replied the doctor drearily, “very low. It
    will not last long, thank God.”

    “You stay too much indoors,” said the lawyer. “You should be out,
    whipping up the circulation like Mr. Enfield and me. (This is my
    cousin—Mr. Enfield—Dr. Jekyll.) Come now; get your hat and take a quick
    turn with us.”

    “You are very good,” sighed the other. “I should like to very much; but
    no, no, no, it is quite impossible; I dare not. But indeed, Utterson, I
    am very glad to see you; this is really a great pleasure; I would ask
    you and Mr. Enfield up, but the place is really not fit.”

    “Why, then,” said the lawyer, good-naturedly, “the best thing we can do
    is to stay down here and speak with you from where we are.”

    “That is just what I was about to venture to propose,” returned the
    doctor with a smile. But the words were hardly uttered, before the
    smile was struck out of his face and succeeded by an expression of such
    abject terror and despair, as froze the very blood of the two gentlemen
    below. They saw it but for a glimpse for the window was instantly
    thrust down; but that glimpse had been sufficient, and they turned and
    left the court without a word. In silence, too, they traversed the
    by-street; and it was not until they had come into a neighbouring
    thoroughfare, where even upon a Sunday there were still some stirrings
    of life, that Mr. Utterson at last turned and looked at his companion.
    They were both pale; and there was an answering horror in their eyes.

    “God forgive us, God forgive us,” said Mr. Utterson.

    But Mr. Enfield only nodded his head very seriously, and walked on once
    more in silence.

    THE LAST NIGHT

    Mr. Utterson was sitting by his fireside one evening after dinner, when
    he was surprised to receive a visit from Poole.

    “Bless me, Poole, what brings you here?” he cried; and then taking a
    second look at him, “What ails you?” he added; “is the doctor ill?”

    “Mr. Utterson,” said the man, “there is something wrong.”

    “Take a seat, and here is a glass of wine for you,” said the lawyer.
    “Now, take your time, and tell me plainly what you want.”

    “You know the doctor’s ways, sir,” replied Poole, “and how he shuts
    himself up. Well, he’s shut up again in the cabinet; and I don’t like
    it, sir—I wish I may die if I like it. Mr. Utterson, sir, I’m afraid.”

    “Now, my good man,” said the lawyer, “be explicit. What are you afraid
    of?”

    “I’ve been afraid for about a week,” returned Poole, doggedly
    disregarding the question, “and I can bear it no more.”

    The man’s appearance amply bore out his words; his manner was altered
    for the worse; and except for the moment when he had first announced
    his terror, he had not once looked the lawyer in the face. Even now, he
    sat with the glass of wine untasted on his knee, and his eyes directed
    to a corner of the floor. “I can bear it no more,” he repeated.

    “Come,” said the lawyer, “I see you have some good reason, Poole; I see
    there is something seriously amiss. Try to tell me what it is.”

    “I think there’s been foul play,” said Poole, hoarsely.

    “Foul play!” cried the lawyer, a good deal frightened and rather
    inclined to be irritated in consequence. “What foul play! What does the
    man mean?”

    “I daren’t say, sir,” was the answer; “but will you come along with me
    and see for yourself?”

    Mr. Utterson’s only answer was to rise and get his hat and greatcoat;
    but he observed with wonder the greatness of the relief that appeared
    upon the butler’s face, and perhaps with no less, that the wine was
    still untasted when he set it down to follow.

    It was a wild, cold, seasonable night of March, with a pale moon, lying
    on her back as though the wind had tilted her, and flying wrack of the
    most diaphanous and lawny texture. The wind made talking difficult, and
    flecked the blood into the face. It seemed to have swept the streets
    unusually bare of passengers, besides; for Mr. Utterson thought he had
    never seen that part of London so deserted. He could have wished it
    otherwise; never in his life had he been conscious of so sharp a wish
    to see and touch his fellow-creatures; for struggle as he might, there
    was borne in upon his mind a crushing anticipation of calamity. The
    square, when they got there, was full of wind and dust, and the thin
    trees in the garden were lashing themselves along the railing. Poole,
    who had kept all the way a pace or two ahead, now pulled up in the
    middle of the pavement, and in spite of the biting weather, took off
    his hat and mopped his brow with a red pocket-handkerchief. But for all
    the hurry of his coming, these were not the dews of exertion that he
    wiped away, but the moisture of some strangling anguish; for his face
    was white and his voice, when he spoke, harsh and broken.

    “Well, sir,” he said, “here we are, and God grant there be nothing
    wrong.”

    “Amen, Poole,” said the lawyer.

    Thereupon the servant knocked in a very guarded manner; the door was
    opened on the chain; and a voice asked from within, “Is that you,
    Poole?”

    “It’s all right,” said Poole. “Open the door.”

    The hall, when they entered it, was brightly lighted up; the fire was
    built high; and about the hearth the whole of the servants, men and
    women, stood huddled together like a flock of sheep. At the sight of
    Mr. Utterson, the housemaid broke into hysterical whimpering; and the
    cook, crying out “Bless God! it’s Mr. Utterson,” ran forward as if to
    take him in her arms.

    “What, what? Are you all here?” said the lawyer peevishly. “Very
    irregular, very unseemly; your master would be far from pleased.”

    “They’re all afraid,” said Poole.

    Blank silence followed, no one protesting; only the maid lifted her
    voice and now wept loudly.

    “Hold your tongue!” Poole said to her, with a ferocity of accent that
    testified to his own jangled nerves; and indeed, when the girl had so
    suddenly raised the note of her lamentation, they had all started and
    turned towards the inner door with faces of dreadful expectation. “And
    now,” continued the butler, addressing the knife-boy, “reach me a
    candle, and we’ll get this through hands at once.” And then he begged
    Mr. Utterson to follow him, and led the way to the back garden.

    “Now, sir,” said he, “you come as gently as you can. I want you to
    hear, and I don’t want you to be heard. And see here, sir, if by any
    chance he was to ask you in, don’t go.”

    Mr. Utterson’s nerves, at this unlooked-for termination, gave a jerk
    that nearly threw him from his balance; but he recollected his courage
    and followed the butler into the laboratory building through the
    surgical theatre, with its lumber of crates and bottles, to the foot of
    the stair. Here Poole motioned him to stand on one side and listen;
    while he himself, setting down the candle and making a great and
    obvious call on his resolution, mounted the steps and knocked with a
    somewhat uncertain hand on the red baize of the cabinet door.

    “Mr. Utterson, sir, asking to see you,” he called; and even as he did
    so, once more violently signed to the lawyer to give ear.

    A voice answered from within: “Tell him I cannot see anyone,” it said
    complainingly.

    “Thank you, sir,” said Poole, with a note of something like triumph in
    his voice; and taking up his candle, he led Mr. Utterson back across
    the yard and into the great kitchen, where the fire was out and the
    beetles were leaping on the floor.

    “Sir,” he said, looking Mr. Utterson in the eyes, “Was that my master’s
    voice?”

    “It seems much changed,” replied the lawyer, very pale, but giving look
    for look.

    “Changed? Well, yes, I think so,” said the butler. “Have I been twenty
    years in this man’s house, to be deceived about his voice? No, sir;
    master’s made away with; he was made away with eight days ago, when we
    heard him cry out upon the name of God; and _who’s_ in there instead of
    him, and _why_ it stays there, is a thing that cries to Heaven, Mr.
    Utterson!”

    “That is a very strange tale, Poole; this is rather a wild tale my
    man,” said Mr. Utterson, biting his finger. “Suppose it were as you
    suppose, supposing Dr. Jekyll to have been—well, murdered, what could
    induce the murderer to stay? That won’t hold water; it doesn’t commend
    itself to reason.”

    “Well, Mr. Utterson, you are a hard man to satisfy, but I’ll do it
    yet,” said Poole. “All this last week (you must know) him, or it,
    whatever it is that lives in that cabinet, has been crying night and
    day for some sort of medicine and cannot get it to his mind. It was
    sometimes his way—the master’s, that is—to write his orders on a sheet
    of paper and throw it on the stair. We’ve had nothing else this week
    back; nothing but papers, and a closed door, and the very meals left
    there to be smuggled in when nobody was looking. Well, sir, every day,
    ay, and twice and thrice in the same day, there have been orders and
    complaints, and I have been sent flying to all the wholesale chemists
    in town. Every time I brought the stuff back, there would be another
    paper telling me to return it, because it was not pure, and another
    order to a different firm. This drug is wanted bitter bad, sir,
    whatever for.”

    “Have you any of these papers?” asked Mr. Utterson.

    Poole felt in his pocket and handed out a crumpled note, which the
    lawyer, bending nearer to the candle, carefully examined. Its contents
    ran thus: “Dr. Jekyll presents his compliments to Messrs. Maw. He
    assures them that their last sample is impure and quite useless for his
    present purpose. In the year 18—, Dr. J. purchased a somewhat large
    quantity from Messrs. M. He now begs them to search with most sedulous
    care, and should any of the same quality be left, forward it to him at
    once. Expense is no consideration. The importance of this to Dr. J. can
    hardly be exaggerated.” So far the letter had run composedly enough,
    but here with a sudden splutter of the pen, the writer’s emotion had
    broken loose. “For God’s sake,” he added, “find me some of the old.”

    “This is a strange note,” said Mr. Utterson; and then sharply, “How do
    you come to have it open?”

    “The man at Maw’s was main angry, sir, and he threw it back to me like
    so much dirt,” returned Poole.

    “This is unquestionably the doctor’s hand, do you know?” resumed the
    lawyer.

    “I thought it looked like it,” said the servant rather sulkily; and
    then, with another voice, “But what matters hand of write?” he said.
    “I’ve seen him!”

    “Seen him?” repeated Mr. Utterson. “Well?”

    “That’s it!” said Poole. “It was this way. I came suddenly into the
    theatre from the garden. It seems he had slipped out to look for this
    drug or whatever it is; for the cabinet door was open, and there he was
    at the far end of the room digging among the crates. He looked up when
    I came in, gave a kind of cry, and whipped upstairs into the cabinet.
    It was but for one minute that I saw him, but the hair stood upon my
    head like quills. Sir, if that was my master, why had he a mask upon
    his face? If it was my master, why did he cry out like a rat, and run
    from me? I have served him long enough. And then…” The man paused and
    passed his hand over his face.

    “These are all very strange circumstances,” said Mr. Utterson, “but I
    think I begin to see daylight. Your master, Poole, is plainly seized
    with one of those maladies that both torture and deform the sufferer;
    hence, for aught I know, the alteration of his voice; hence the mask
    and the avoidance of his friends; hence his eagerness to find this
    drug, by means of which the poor soul retains some hope of ultimate
    recovery—God grant that he be not deceived! There is my explanation; it
    is sad enough, Poole, ay, and appalling to consider; but it is plain
    and natural, hangs well together, and delivers us from all exorbitant
    alarms.”

    “Sir,” said the butler, turning to a sort of mottled pallor, “that
    thing was not my master, and there’s the truth. My master”—here he
    looked round him and began to whisper—“is a tall, fine build of a man,
    and this was more of a dwarf.” Utterson attempted to protest. “O, sir,”
    cried Poole, “do you think I do not know my master after twenty years?
    Do you think I do not know where his head comes to in the cabinet door,
    where I saw him every morning of my life? No, sir, that thing in the
    mask was never Dr. Jekyll—God knows what it was, but it was never Dr.
    Jekyll; and it is the belief of my heart that there was murder done.”

    “Poole,” replied the lawyer, “if you say that, it will become my duty
    to make certain. Much as I desire to spare your master’s feelings, much
    as I am puzzled by this note which seems to prove him to be still
    alive, I shall consider it my duty to break in that door.”

    “Ah, Mr. Utterson, that’s talking!” cried the butler.

    “And now comes the second question,” resumed Utterson: “Who is going to
    do it?”

    “Why, you and me, sir,” was the undaunted reply.

    “That’s very well said,” returned the lawyer; “and whatever comes of
    it, I shall make it my business to see you are no loser.”

    “There is an axe in the theatre,” continued Poole; “and you might take
    the kitchen poker for yourself.”

    The lawyer took that rude but weighty instrument into his hand, and
    balanced it. “Do you know, Poole,” he said, looking up, “that you and I
    are about to place ourselves in a position of some peril?”

    “You may say so, sir, indeed,” returned the butler.

    “It is well, then that we should be frank,” said the other. “We both
    think more than we have said; let us make a clean breast. This masked
    figure that you saw, did you recognise it?”

    “Well, sir, it went so quick, and the creature was so doubled up, that
    I could hardly swear to that,” was the answer. “But if you mean, was it
    Mr. Hyde?—why, yes, I think it was! You see, it was much of the same
    bigness; and it had the same quick, light way with it; and then who
    else could have got in by the laboratory door? You have not forgot,
    sir, that at the time of the murder he had still the key with him? But
    that’s not all. I don’t know, Mr. Utterson, if you ever met this Mr.
    Hyde?”

    “Yes,” said the lawyer, “I once spoke with him.”

    “Then you must know as well as the rest of us that there was something
    queer about that gentleman—something that gave a man a turn—I don’t
    know rightly how to say it, sir, beyond this: that you felt in your
    marrow kind of cold and thin.”

    “I own I felt something of what you describe,” said Mr. Utterson.

    “Quite so, sir,” returned Poole. “Well, when that masked thing like a
    monkey jumped from among the chemicals and whipped into the cabinet, it
    went down my spine like ice. O, I know it’s not evidence, Mr. Utterson;
    I’m book-learned enough for that; but a man has his feelings, and I
    give you my bible-word it was Mr. Hyde!”

    “Ay, ay,” said the lawyer. “My fears incline to the same point. Evil, I
    fear, founded—evil was sure to come—of that connection. Ay truly, I
    believe you; I believe poor Harry is killed; and I believe his murderer
    (for what purpose, God alone can tell) is still lurking in his victim’s
    room. Well, let our name be vengeance. Call Bradshaw.”

    The footman came at the summons, very white and nervous.

    “Pull yourself together, Bradshaw,” said the lawyer. “This suspense, I
    know, is telling upon all of you; but it is now our intention to make
    an end of it. Poole, here, and I are going to force our way into the
    cabinet. If all is well, my shoulders are broad enough to bear the
    blame. Meanwhile, lest anything should really be amiss, or any
    malefactor seek to escape by the back, you and the boy must go round
    the corner with a pair of good sticks and take your post at the
    laboratory door. We give you ten minutes to get to your stations.”

    As Bradshaw left, the lawyer looked at his watch. “And now, Poole, let
    us get to ours,” he said; and taking the poker under his arm, led the
    way into the yard. The scud had banked over the moon, and it was now
    quite dark. The wind, which only broke in puffs and draughts into that
    deep well of building, tossed the light of the candle to and fro about
    their steps, until they came into the shelter of the theatre, where
    they sat down silently to wait. London hummed solemnly all around; but
    nearer at hand, the stillness was only broken by the sounds of a
    footfall moving to and fro along the cabinet floor.

    “So it will walk all day, sir,” whispered Poole; “ay, and the better
    part of the night. Only when a new sample comes from the chemist,
    there’s a bit of a break. Ah, it’s an ill conscience that’s such an
    enemy to rest! Ah, sir, there’s blood foully shed in every step of it!
    But hark again, a little closer—put your heart in your ears, Mr.
    Utterson, and tell me, is that the doctor’s foot?”

    The steps fell lightly and oddly, with a certain swing, for all they
    went so slowly; it was different indeed from the heavy creaking tread
    of Henry Jekyll. Utterson sighed. “Is there never anything else?” he
    asked.

    Poole nodded. “Once,” he said. “Once I heard it weeping!”

    “Weeping? how that?” said the lawyer, conscious of a sudden chill of
    horror.

    “Weeping like a woman or a lost soul,” said the butler. “I came away
    with that upon my heart, that I could have wept too.”

    But now the ten minutes drew to an end. Poole disinterred the axe from
    under a stack of packing straw; the candle was set upon the nearest
    table to light them to the attack; and they drew near with bated breath
    to where that patient foot was still going up and down, up and down, in
    the quiet of the night.

    “Jekyll,” cried Utterson, with a loud voice, “I demand to see you.” He
    paused a moment, but there came no reply. “I give you fair warning, our
    suspicions are aroused, and I must and shall see you,” he resumed; “if
    not by fair means, then by foul—if not of your consent, then by brute
    force!”

    “Utterson,” said the voice, “for God’s sake, have mercy!”

    “Ah, that’s not Jekyll’s voice—it’s Hyde’s!” cried Utterson. “Down with
    the door, Poole!”

    Poole swung the axe over his shoulder; the blow shook the building, and
    the red baize door leaped against the lock and hinges. A dismal
    screech, as of mere animal terror, rang from the cabinet. Up went the
    axe again, and again the panels crashed and the frame bounded; four
    times the blow fell; but the wood was tough and the fittings were of
    excellent workmanship; and it was not until the fifth, that the lock
    burst and the wreck of the door fell inwards on the carpet.

    The besiegers, appalled by their own riot and the stillness that had
    succeeded, stood back a little and peered in. There lay the cabinet
    before their eyes in the quiet lamplight, a good fire glowing and
    chattering on the hearth, the kettle singing its thin strain, a drawer
    or two open, papers neatly set forth on the business table, and nearer
    the fire, the things laid out for tea; the quietest room, you would
    have said, and, but for the glazed presses full of chemicals, the most
    commonplace that night in London.

    Right in the middle there lay the body of a man sorely contorted and
    still twitching. They drew near on tiptoe, turned it on his back and
    beheld the face of Edward Hyde. He was dressed in clothes far too large
    for him, clothes of the doctor’s bigness; the cords of his face still
    moved with a semblance of life, but life was quite gone; and by the
    crushed phial in the hand and the strong smell of kernels that hung
    upon the air, Utterson knew that he was looking on the body of a
    self-destroyer.

    “We have come too late,” he said sternly, “whether to save or punish.
    Hyde is gone to his account; and it only remains for us to find the
    body of your master.”

    The far greater proportion of the building was occupied by the theatre,
    which filled almost the whole ground storey and was lighted from above,
    and by the cabinet, which formed an upper storey at one end and looked
    upon the court. A corridor joined the theatre to the door on the
    by-street; and with this the cabinet communicated separately by a
    second flight of stairs. There were besides a few dark closets and a
    spacious cellar. All these they now thoroughly examined. Each closet
    needed but a glance, for all were empty, and all, by the dust that fell
    from their doors, had stood long unopened. The cellar, indeed, was
    filled with crazy lumber, mostly dating from the times of the surgeon
    who was Jekyll’s predecessor; but even as they opened the door they
    were advertised of the uselessness of further search, by the fall of a
    perfect mat of cobweb which had for years sealed up the entrance.
    Nowhere was there any trace of Henry Jekyll, dead or alive.

    Poole stamped on the flags of the corridor. “He must be buried here,”
    he said, hearkening to the sound.

    “Or he may have fled,” said Utterson, and he turned to examine the door
    in the by-street. It was locked; and lying near by on the flags, they
    found the key, already stained with rust.

    “This does not look like use,” observed the lawyer.

    “Use!” echoed Poole. “Do you not see, sir, it is broken? much as if a
    man had stamped on it.”

    “Ay,” continued Utterson, “and the fractures, too, are rusty.” The two
    men looked at each other with a scare. “This is beyond me, Poole,” said
    the lawyer. “Let us go back to the cabinet.”

    They mounted the stair in silence, and still with an occasional
    awestruck glance at the dead body, proceeded more thoroughly to examine
    the contents of the cabinet. At one table, there were traces of
    chemical work, various measured heaps of some white salt being laid on
    glass saucers, as though for an experiment in which the unhappy man had
    been prevented.

    “That is the same drug that I was always bringing him,” said Poole; and
    even as he spoke, the kettle with a startling noise boiled over.

    This brought them to the fireside, where the easy-chair was drawn
    cosily up, and the tea things stood ready to the sitter’s elbow, the
    very sugar in the cup. There were several books on a shelf; one lay
    beside the tea things open, and Utterson was amazed to find it a copy
    of a pious work, for which Jekyll had several times expressed a great
    esteem, annotated, in his own hand with startling blasphemies.

    Next, in the course of their review of the chamber, the searchers came
    to the cheval-glass, into whose depths they looked with an involuntary
    horror. But it was so turned as to show them nothing but the rosy glow
    playing on the roof, the fire sparkling in a hundred repetitions along
    the glazed front of the presses, and their own pale and fearful
    countenances stooping to look in.

    “This glass has seen some strange things, sir,” whispered Poole.

    “And surely none stranger than itself,” echoed the lawyer in the same
    tones. “For what did Jekyll”—he caught himself up at the word with a
    start, and then conquering the weakness—“what could Jekyll want with
    it?” he said.

    “You may say that!” said Poole.

    Next they turned to the business table. On the desk, among the neat
    array of papers, a large envelope was uppermost, and bore, in the
    doctor’s hand, the name of Mr. Utterson. The lawyer unsealed it, and
    several enclosures fell to the floor. The first was a will, drawn in
    the same eccentric terms as the one which he had returned six months
    before, to serve as a testament in case of death and as a deed of gift
    in case of disappearance; but in place of the name of Edward Hyde, the
    lawyer, with indescribable amazement read the name of Gabriel John
    Utterson. He looked at Poole, and then back at the paper, and last of
    all at the dead malefactor stretched upon the carpet.

    “My head goes round,” he said. “He has been all these days in
    possession; he had no cause to like me; he must have raged to see
    himself displaced; and he has not destroyed this document.”

    He caught up the next paper; it was a brief note in the doctor’s hand
    and dated at the top. “O Poole!” the lawyer cried, “he was alive and
    here this day. He cannot have been disposed of in so short a space; he
    must be still alive, he must have fled! And then, why fled? and how?
    and in that case, can we venture to declare this suicide? O, we must be
    careful. I foresee that we may yet involve your master in some dire
    catastrophe.”

    “Why don’t you read it, sir?” asked Poole.

    “Because I fear,” replied the lawyer solemnly. “God grant I have no
    cause for it!” And with that he brought the paper to his eyes and read
    as follows:

    “My dear Utterson,—When this shall fall into your hands, I shall have
    disappeared, under what circumstances I have not the penetration to
    foresee, but my instinct and all the circumstances of my nameless
    situation tell me that the end is sure and must be early. Go then, and
    first read the narrative which Lanyon warned me he was to place in your
    hands; and if you care to hear more, turn to the confession of

    “Your unworthy and unhappy friend,

    “HENRY JEKYLL.”

    “There was a third enclosure?” asked Utterson.

    “Here, sir,” said Poole, and gave into his hands a considerable packet
    sealed in several places.

    The lawyer put it in his pocket. “I would say nothing of this paper. If
    your master has fled or is dead, we may at least save his credit. It is
    now ten; I must go home and read these documents in quiet; but I shall
    be back before midnight, when we shall send for the police.”

    They went out, locking the door of the theatre behind them; and
    Utterson, once more leaving the servants gathered about the fire in the
    hall, trudged back to his office to read the two narratives in which
    this mystery was now to be explained.

    DR. LANYON’S NARRATIVE

    On the ninth of January, now four days ago, I received by the evening
    delivery a registered envelope, addressed in the hand of my colleague
    and old school companion, Henry Jekyll. I was a good deal surprised by
    this; for we were by no means in the habit of correspondence; I had
    seen the man, dined with him, indeed, the night before; and I could
    imagine nothing in our intercourse that should justify formality of
    registration. The contents increased my wonder; for this is how the
    letter ran:

    “10_th December_, 18—.

    “Dear Lanyon,—You are one of my oldest friends; and although we may
    have differed at times on scientific questions, I cannot remember, at
    least on my side, any break in our affection. There was never a day
    when, if you had said to me, ‘Jekyll, my life, my honour, my reason,
    depend upon you,’ I would not have sacrificed my left hand to help you.
    Lanyon, my life, my honour, my reason, are all at your mercy; if you
    fail me to-night, I am lost. You might suppose, after this preface,
    that I am going to ask you for something dishonourable to grant. Judge
    for yourself.

    “I want you to postpone all other engagements for to-night—ay, even if
    you were summoned to the bedside of an emperor; to take a cab, unless
    your carriage should be actually at the door; and with this letter in
    your hand for consultation, to drive straight to my house. Poole, my
    butler, has his orders; you will find him waiting your arrival with a
    locksmith. The door of my cabinet is then to be forced; and you are to
    go in alone; to open the glazed press (letter E) on the left hand,
    breaking the lock if it be shut; and to draw out, _with all its
    contents as they stand_, the fourth drawer from the top or (which is
    the same thing) the third from the bottom. In my extreme distress of
    mind, I have a morbid fear of misdirecting you; but even if I am in
    error, you may know the right drawer by its contents: some powders, a
    phial and a paper book. This drawer I beg of you to carry back with you
    to Cavendish Square exactly as it stands.

    “That is the first part of the service: now for the second. You should
    be back, if you set out at once on the receipt of this, long before
    midnight; but I will leave you that amount of margin, not only in the
    fear of one of those obstacles that can neither be prevented nor
    foreseen, but because an hour when your servants are in bed is to be
    preferred for what will then remain to do. At midnight, then, I have to
    ask you to be alone in your consulting room, to admit with your own
    hand into the house a man who will present himself in my name, and to
    place in his hands the drawer that you will have brought with you from
    my cabinet. Then you will have played your part and earned my gratitude
    completely. Five minutes afterwards, if you insist upon an explanation,
    you will have understood that these arrangements are of capital
    importance; and that by the neglect of one of them, fantastic as they
    must appear, you might have charged your conscience with my death or
    the shipwreck of my reason.

    “Confident as I am that you will not trifle with this appeal, my heart
    sinks and my hand trembles at the bare thought of such a possibility.
    Think of me at this hour, in a strange place, labouring under a
    blackness of distress that no fancy can exaggerate, and yet well aware
    that, if you will but punctually serve me, my troubles will roll away
    like a story that is told. Serve me, my dear Lanyon and save

    “Your friend,

    “H.J.

    “P.S.—I had already sealed this up when a fresh terror struck upon my
    soul. It is possible that the post-office may fail me, and this letter
    not come into your hands until to-morrow morning. In that case, dear
    Lanyon, do my errand when it shall be most convenient for you in the
    course of the day; and once more expect my messenger at midnight. It
    may then already be too late; and if that night passes without event,
    you will know that you have seen the last of Henry Jekyll.”

    Upon the reading of this letter, I made sure my colleague was insane;
    but till that was proved beyond the possibility of doubt, I felt bound
    to do as he requested. The less I understood of this farrago, the less
    I was in a position to judge of its importance; and an appeal so worded
    could not be set aside without a grave responsibility. I rose
    accordingly from table, got into a hansom, and drove straight to
    Jekyll’s house. The butler was awaiting my arrival; he had received by
    the same post as mine a registered letter of instruction, and had sent
    at once for a locksmith and a carpenter. The tradesmen came while we
    were yet speaking; and we moved in a body to old Dr. Denman’s surgical
    theatre, from which (as you are doubtless aware) Jekyll’s private
    cabinet is most conveniently entered. The door was very strong, the
    lock excellent; the carpenter avowed he would have great trouble and
    have to do much damage, if force were to be used; and the locksmith was
    near despair. But this last was a handy fellow, and after two hour’s
    work, the door stood open. The press marked E was unlocked; and I took
    out the drawer, had it filled up with straw and tied in a sheet, and
    returned with it to Cavendish Square.

    Here I proceeded to examine its contents. The powders were neatly
    enough made up, but not with the nicety of the dispensing chemist; so
    that it was plain they were of Jekyll’s private manufacture; and when I
    opened one of the wrappers I found what seemed to me a simple
    crystalline salt of a white colour. The phial, to which I next turned
    my attention, might have been about half full of a blood-red liquor,
    which was highly pungent to the sense of smell and seemed to me to
    contain phosphorus and some volatile ether. At the other ingredients I
    could make no guess. The book was an ordinary version book and
    contained little but a series of dates. These covered a period of many
    years, but I observed that the entries ceased nearly a year ago and
    quite abruptly. Here and there a brief remark was appended to a date,
    usually no more than a single word: “double” occurring perhaps six
    times in a total of several hundred entries; and once very early in the
    list and followed by several marks of exclamation, “total failure!!!”
    All this, though it whetted my curiosity, told me little that was
    definite. Here were a phial of some salt, and the record of a series of
    experiments that had led (like too many of Jekyll’s investigations) to
    no end of practical usefulness. How could the presence of these
    articles in my house affect either the honour, the sanity, or the life
    of my flighty colleague? If his messenger could go to one place, why
    could he not go to another? And even granting some impediment, why was
    this gentleman to be received by me in secret? The more I reflected the
    more convinced I grew that I was dealing with a case of cerebral
    disease; and though I dismissed my servants to bed, I loaded an old
    revolver, that I might be found in some posture of self-defence.

    Twelve o’clock had scarce rung out over London, ere the knocker sounded
    very gently on the door. I went myself at the summons, and found a
    small man crouching against the pillars of the portico.

    “Are you come from Dr. Jekyll?” I asked.

    He told me “yes” by a constrained gesture; and when I had bidden him
    enter, he did not obey me without a searching backward glance into the
    darkness of the square. There was a policeman not far off, advancing
    with his bull’s eye open; and at the sight, I thought my visitor
    started and made greater haste.

    These particulars struck me, I confess, disagreeably; and as I followed
    him into the bright light of the consulting room, I kept my hand ready
    on my weapon. Here, at last, I had a chance of clearly seeing him. I
    had never set eyes on him before, so much was certain. He was small, as
    I have said; I was struck besides with the shocking expression of his
    face, with his remarkable combination of great muscular activity and
    great apparent debility of constitution, and—last but not least—with
    the odd, subjective disturbance caused by his neighbourhood. This bore
    some resemblance to incipient rigour, and was accompanied by a marked
    sinking of the pulse. At the time, I set it down to some idiosyncratic,
    personal distaste, and merely wondered at the acuteness of the
    symptoms; but I have since had reason to believe the cause to lie much
    deeper in the nature of man, and to turn on some nobler hinge than the
    principle of hatred.

    This person (who had thus, from the first moment of his entrance,
    struck in me what I can only describe as a disgustful curiosity) was
    dressed in a fashion that would have made an ordinary person laughable;
    his clothes, that is to say, although they were of rich and sober
    fabric, were enormously too large for him in every measurement—the
    trousers hanging on his legs and rolled up to keep them from the
    ground, the waist of the coat below his haunches, and the collar
    sprawling wide upon his shoulders. Strange to relate, this ludicrous
    accoutrement was far from moving me to laughter. Rather, as there was
    something abnormal and misbegotten in the very essence of the creature
    that now faced me—something seizing, surprising and revolting—this
    fresh disparity seemed but to fit in with and to reinforce it; so that
    to my interest in the man’s nature and character, there was added a
    curiosity as to his origin, his life, his fortune and status in the
    world.

    These observations, though they have taken so great a space to be set
    down in, were yet the work of a few seconds. My visitor was, indeed, on
    fire with sombre excitement.

    “Have you got it?” he cried. “Have you got it?” And so lively was his
    impatience that he even laid his hand upon my arm and sought to shake
    me.

    I put him back, conscious at his touch of a certain icy pang along my
    blood. “Come, sir,” said I. “You forget that I have not yet the
    pleasure of your acquaintance. Be seated, if you please.” And I showed
    him an example, and sat down myself in my customary seat and with as
    fair an imitation of my ordinary manner to a patient, as the lateness
    of the hour, the nature of my preoccupations, and the horror I had of
    my visitor, would suffer me to muster.

    “I beg your pardon, Dr. Lanyon,” he replied civilly enough. “What you
    say is very well founded; and my impatience has shown its heels to my
    politeness. I come here at the instance of your colleague, Dr. Henry
    Jekyll, on a piece of business of some moment; and I understood…” He
    paused and put his hand to his throat, and I could see, in spite of his
    collected manner, that he was wrestling against the approaches of the
    hysteria—“I understood, a drawer…”

    But here I took pity on my visitor’s suspense, and some perhaps on my
    own growing curiosity.

    “There it is, sir,” said I, pointing to the drawer, where it lay on the
    floor behind a table and still covered with the sheet.

    He sprang to it, and then paused, and laid his hand upon his heart; I
    could hear his teeth grate with the convulsive action of his jaws; and
    his face was so ghastly to see that I grew alarmed both for his life
    and reason.

    “Compose yourself,” said I.

    He turned a dreadful smile to me, and as if with the decision of
    despair, plucked away the sheet. At sight of the contents, he uttered
    one loud sob of such immense relief that I sat petrified. And the next
    moment, in a voice that was already fairly well under control, “Have
    you a graduated glass?” he asked.

    I rose from my place with something of an effort and gave him what he
    asked.

    He thanked me with a smiling nod, measured out a few minims of the red
    tincture and added one of the powders. The mixture, which was at first
    of a reddish hue, began, in proportion as the crystals melted, to
    brighten in colour, to effervesce audibly, and to throw off small fumes
    of vapour. Suddenly and at the same moment, the ebullition ceased and
    the compound changed to a dark purple, which faded again more slowly to
    a watery green. My visitor, who had watched these metamorphoses with a
    keen eye, smiled, set down the glass upon the table, and then turned
    and looked upon me with an air of scrutiny.

    “And now,” said he, “to settle what remains. Will you be wise? will you
    be guided? will you suffer me to take this glass in my hand and to go
    forth from your house without further parley? or has the greed of
    curiosity too much command of you? Think before you answer, for it
    shall be done as you decide. As you decide, you shall be left as you
    were before, and neither richer nor wiser, unless the sense of service
    rendered to a man in mortal distress may be counted as a kind of riches
    of the soul. Or, if you shall so prefer to choose, a new province of
    knowledge and new avenues to fame and power shall be laid open to you,
    here, in this room, upon the instant; and your sight shall be blasted
    by a prodigy to stagger the unbelief of Satan.”

    “Sir,” said I, affecting a coolness that I was far from truly
    possessing, “you speak enigmas, and you will perhaps not wonder that I
    hear you with no very strong impression of belief. But I have gone too
    far in the way of inexplicable services to pause before I see the end.”

    “It is well,” replied my visitor. “Lanyon, you remember your vows: what
    follows is under the seal of our profession. And now, you who have so
    long been bound to the most narrow and material views, you who have
    denied the virtue of transcendental medicine, you who have derided your
    superiors—behold!”

    He put the glass to his lips and drank at one gulp. A cry followed; he
    reeled, staggered, clutched at the table and held on, staring with
    injected eyes, gasping with open mouth; and as I looked there came, I
    thought, a change—he seemed to swell—his face became suddenly black and
    the features seemed to melt and alter—and the next moment, I had sprung
    to my feet and leaped back against the wall, my arms raised to shield
    me from that prodigy, my mind submerged in terror.

    “O God!” I screamed, and “O God!” again and again; for there before my
    eyes—pale and shaken, and half fainting, and groping before him with
    his hands, like a man restored from death—there stood Henry Jekyll!

    What he told me in the next hour, I cannot bring my mind to set on
    paper. I saw what I saw, I heard what I heard, and my soul sickened at
    it; and yet now when that sight has faded from my eyes, I ask myself if
    I believe it, and I cannot answer. My life is shaken to its roots;
    sleep has left me; the deadliest terror sits by me at all hours of the
    day and night; and I feel that my days are numbered, and that I must
    die; and yet I shall die incredulous. As for the moral turpitude that
    man unveiled to me, even with tears of penitence, I cannot, even in
    memory, dwell on it without a start of horror. I will say but one
    thing, Utterson, and that (if you can bring your mind to credit it)
    will be more than enough. The creature who crept into my house that
    night was, on Jekyll’s own confession, known by the name of Hyde and
    hunted for in every corner of the land as the murderer of Carew.

    HASTIE LANYON.

    HENRY JEKYLL’S FULL STATEMENT OF THE CASE

    I was born in the year 18— to a large fortune, endowed besides with
    excellent parts, inclined by nature to industry, fond of the respect of
    the wise and good among my fellowmen, and thus, as might have been
    supposed, with every guarantee of an honourable and distinguished
    future. And indeed the worst of my faults was a certain impatient
    gaiety of disposition, such as has made the happiness of many, but such
    as I found it hard to reconcile with my imperious desire to carry my
    head high, and wear a more than commonly grave countenance before the
    public. Hence it came about that I concealed my pleasures; and that
    when I reached years of reflection, and began to look round me and take
    stock of my progress and position in the world, I stood already
    committed to a profound duplicity of life. Many a man would have even
    blazoned such irregularities as I was guilty of; but from the high
    views that I had set before me, I regarded and hid them with an almost
    morbid sense of shame. It was thus rather the exacting nature of my
    aspirations than any particular degradation in my faults, that made me
    what I was, and, with even a deeper trench than in the majority of men,
    severed in me those provinces of good and ill which divide and compound
    man’s dual nature. In this case, I was driven to reflect deeply and
    inveterately on that hard law of life, which lies at the root of
    religion and is one of the most plentiful springs of distress. Though
    so profound a double-dealer, I was in no sense a hypocrite; both sides
    of me were in dead earnest; I was no more myself when I laid aside
    restraint and plunged in shame, than when I laboured, in the eye of
    day, at the furtherance of knowledge or the relief of sorrow and
    suffering. And it chanced that the direction of my scientific studies,
    which led wholly towards the mystic and the transcendental, reacted and
    shed a strong light on this consciousness of the perennial war among my
    members. With every day, and from both sides of my intelligence, the
    moral and the intellectual, I thus drew steadily nearer to that truth,
    by whose partial discovery I have been doomed to such a dreadful
    shipwreck: that man is not truly one, but truly two. I say two, because
    the state of my own knowledge does not pass beyond that point. Others
    will follow, others will outstrip me on the same lines; and I hazard
    the guess that man will be ultimately known for a mere polity of
    multifarious, incongruous and independent denizens. I, for my part,
    from the nature of my life, advanced infallibly in one direction and in
    one direction only. It was on the moral side, and in my own person,
    that I learned to recognise the thorough and primitive duality of man;
    I saw that, of the two natures that contended in the field of my
    consciousness, even if I could rightly be said to be either, it was
    only because I was radically both; and from an early date, even before
    the course of my scientific discoveries had begun to suggest the most
    naked possibility of such a miracle, I had learned to dwell with
    pleasure, as a beloved daydream, on the thought of the separation of
    these elements. If each, I told myself, could be housed in separate
    identities, life would be relieved of all that was unbearable; the
    unjust might go his way, delivered from the aspirations and remorse of
    his more upright twin; and the just could walk steadfastly and securely
    on his upward path, doing the good things in which he found his
    pleasure, and no longer exposed to disgrace and penitence by the hands
    of this extraneous evil. It was the curse of mankind that these
    incongruous faggots were thus bound together—that in the agonised womb
    of consciousness, these polar twins should be continuously struggling.
    How, then were they dissociated?

    I was so far in my reflections when, as I have said, a side light began
    to shine upon the subject from the laboratory table. I began to
    perceive more deeply than it has ever yet been stated, the trembling
    immateriality, the mistlike transience, of this seemingly so solid body
    in which we walk attired. Certain agents I found to have the power to
    shake and pluck back that fleshly vestment, even as a wind might toss
    the curtains of a pavilion. For two good reasons, I will not enter
    deeply into this scientific branch of my confession. First, because I
    have been made to learn that the doom and burthen of our life is bound
    for ever on man’s shoulders, and when the attempt is made to cast it
    off, it but returns upon us with more unfamiliar and more awful
    pressure. Second, because, as my narrative will make, alas! too
    evident, my discoveries were incomplete. Enough then, that I not only
    recognised my natural body from the mere aura and effulgence of certain
    of the powers that made up my spirit, but managed to compound a drug by
    which these powers should be dethroned from their supremacy, and a
    second form and countenance substituted, none the less natural to me
    because they were the expression, and bore the stamp, of lower elements
    in my soul.

    I hesitated long before I put this theory to the test of practice. I
    knew well that I risked death; for any drug that so potently controlled
    and shook the very fortress of identity, might, by the least scruple of
    an overdose or at the least inopportunity in the moment of exhibition,
    utterly blot out that immaterial tabernacle which I looked to it to
    change. But the temptation of a discovery so singular and profound at
    last overcame the suggestions of alarm. I had long since prepared my
    tincture; I purchased at once, from a firm of wholesale chemists, a
    large quantity of a particular salt which I knew, from my experiments,
    to be the last ingredient required; and late one accursed night, I
    compounded the elements, watched them boil and smoke together in the
    glass, and when the ebullition had subsided, with a strong glow of
    courage, drank off the potion.

    The most racking pangs succeeded: a grinding in the bones, deadly
    nausea, and a horror of the spirit that cannot be exceeded at the hour
    of birth or death. Then these agonies began swiftly to subside, and I
    came to myself as if out of a great sickness. There was something
    strange in my sensations, something indescribably new and, from its
    very novelty, incredibly sweet. I felt younger, lighter, happier in
    body; within I was conscious of a heady recklessness, a current of
    disordered sensual images running like a millrace in my fancy, a
    solution of the bonds of obligation, an unknown but not an innocent
    freedom of the soul. I knew myself, at the first breath of this new
    life, to be more wicked, tenfold more wicked, sold a slave to my
    original evil; and the thought, in that moment, braced and delighted me
    like wine. I stretched out my hands, exulting in the freshness of these
    sensations; and in the act, I was suddenly aware that I had lost in
    stature.

    There was no mirror, at that date, in my room; that which stands beside
    me as I write, was brought there later on and for the very purpose of
    these transformations. The night however, was far gone into the
    morning—the morning, black as it was, was nearly ripe for the
    conception of the day—the inmates of my house were locked in the most
    rigorous hours of slumber; and I determined, flushed as I was with hope
    and triumph, to venture in my new shape as far as to my bedroom. I
    crossed the yard, wherein the constellations looked down upon me, I
    could have thought, with wonder, the first creature of that sort that
    their unsleeping vigilance had yet disclosed to them; I stole through
    the corridors, a stranger in my own house; and coming to my room, I saw
    for the first time the appearance of Edward Hyde.

    I must here speak by theory alone, saying not that which I know, but
    that which I suppose to be most probable. The evil side of my nature,
    to which I had now transferred the stamping efficacy, was less robust
    and less developed than the good which I had just deposed. Again, in
    the course of my life, which had been, after all, nine tenths a life of
    effort, virtue and control, it had been much less exercised and much
    less exhausted. And hence, as I think, it came about that Edward Hyde
    was so much smaller, slighter and younger than Henry Jekyll. Even as
    good shone upon the countenance of the one, evil was written broadly
    and plainly on the face of the other. Evil besides (which I must still
    believe to be the lethal side of man) had left on that body an imprint
    of deformity and decay. And yet when I looked upon that ugly idol in
    the glass, I was conscious of no repugnance, rather of a leap of
    welcome. This, too, was myself. It seemed natural and human. In my eyes
    it bore a livelier image of the spirit, it seemed more express and
    single, than the imperfect and divided countenance I had been hitherto
    accustomed to call mine. And in so far I was doubtless right. I have
    observed that when I wore the semblance of Edward Hyde, none could come
    near to me at first without a visible misgiving of the flesh. This, as
    I take it, was because all human beings, as we meet them, are
    commingled out of good and evil: and Edward Hyde, alone in the ranks of
    mankind, was pure evil.

    I lingered but a moment at the mirror: the second and conclusive
    experiment had yet to be attempted; it yet remained to be seen if I had
    lost my identity beyond redemption and must flee before daylight from a
    house that was no longer mine; and hurrying back to my cabinet, I once
    more prepared and drank the cup, once more suffered the pangs of
    dissolution, and came to myself once more with the character, the
    stature and the face of Henry Jekyll.

    That night I had come to the fatal cross-roads. Had I approached my
    discovery in a more noble spirit, had I risked the experiment while
    under the empire of generous or pious aspirations, all must have been
    otherwise, and from these agonies of death and birth, I had come forth
    an angel instead of a fiend. The drug had no discriminating action; it
    was neither diabolical nor divine; it but shook the doors of the
    prisonhouse of my disposition; and like the captives of Philippi, that
    which stood within ran forth. At that time my virtue slumbered; my
    evil, kept awake by ambition, was alert and swift to seize the
    occasion; and the thing that was projected was Edward Hyde. Hence,
    although I had now two characters as well as two appearances, one was
    wholly evil, and the other was still the old Henry Jekyll, that
    incongruous compound of whose reformation and improvement I had already
    learned to despair. The movement was thus wholly toward the worse.

    Even at that time, I had not conquered my aversion to the dryness of a
    life of study. I would still be merrily disposed at times; and as my
    pleasures were (to say the least) undignified, and I was not only well
    known and highly considered, but growing towards the elderly man, this
    incoherency of my life was daily growing more unwelcome. It was on this
    side that my new power tempted me until I fell in slavery. I had but to
    drink the cup, to doff at once the body of the noted professor, and to
    assume, like a thick cloak, that of Edward Hyde. I smiled at the
    notion; it seemed to me at the time to be humourous; and I made my
    preparations with the most studious care. I took and furnished that
    house in Soho, to which Hyde was tracked by the police; and engaged as
    a housekeeper a creature whom I knew well to be silent and
    unscrupulous. On the other side, I announced to my servants that a Mr.
    Hyde (whom I described) was to have full liberty and power about my
    house in the square; and to parry mishaps, I even called and made
    myself a familiar object, in my second character. I next drew up that
    will to which you so much objected; so that if anything befell me in
    the person of Dr. Jekyll, I could enter on that of Edward Hyde without
    pecuniary loss. And thus fortified, as I supposed, on every side, I
    began to profit by the strange immunities of my position.

    Men have before hired bravos to transact their crimes, while their own
    person and reputation sat under shelter. I was the first that ever did
    so for his pleasures. I was the first that could plod in the public eye
    with a load of genial respectability, and in a moment, like a
    schoolboy, strip off these lendings and spring headlong into the sea of
    liberty. But for me, in my impenetrable mantle, the safety was
    complete. Think of it—I did not even exist! Let me but escape into my
    laboratory door, give me but a second or two to mix and swallow the
    draught that I had always standing ready; and whatever he had done,
    Edward Hyde would pass away like the stain of breath upon a mirror; and
    there in his stead, quietly at home, trimming the midnight lamp in his
    study, a man who could afford to laugh at suspicion, would be Henry
    Jekyll.

    The pleasures which I made haste to seek in my disguise were, as I have
    said, undignified; I would scarce use a harder term. But in the hands
    of Edward Hyde, they soon began to turn toward the monstrous. When I
    would come back from these excursions, I was often plunged into a kind
    of wonder at my vicarious depravity. This familiar that I called out of
    my own soul, and sent forth alone to do his good pleasure, was a being
    inherently malign and villainous; his every act and thought centered on
    self; drinking pleasure with bestial avidity from any degree of torture
    to another; relentless like a man of stone. Henry Jekyll stood at times
    aghast before the acts of Edward Hyde; but the situation was apart from
    ordinary laws, and insidiously relaxed the grasp of conscience. It was
    Hyde, after all, and Hyde alone, that was guilty. Jekyll was no worse;
    he woke again to his good qualities seemingly unimpaired; he would even
    make haste, where it was possible, to undo the evil done by Hyde. And
    thus his conscience slumbered.

    Into the details of the infamy at which I thus connived (for even now I
    can scarce grant that I committed it) I have no design of entering; I
    mean but to point out the warnings and the successive steps with which
    my chastisement approached. I met with one accident which, as it
    brought on no consequence, I shall no more than mention. An act of
    cruelty to a child aroused against me the anger of a passer-by, whom I
    recognised the other day in the person of your kinsman; the doctor and
    the child’s family joined him; there were moments when I feared for my
    life; and at last, in order to pacify their too just resentment, Edward
    Hyde had to bring them to the door, and pay them in a cheque drawn in
    the name of Henry Jekyll. But this danger was easily eliminated from
    the future, by opening an account at another bank in the name of Edward
    Hyde himself; and when, by sloping my own hand backward, I had supplied
    my double with a signature, I thought I sat beyond the reach of fate.

    Some two months before the murder of Sir Danvers, I had been out for
    one of my adventures, had returned at a late hour, and woke the next
    day in bed with somewhat odd sensations. It was in vain I looked about
    me; in vain I saw the decent furniture and tall proportions of my room
    in the square; in vain that I recognised the pattern of the bed
    curtains and the design of the mahogany frame; something still kept
    insisting that I was not where I was, that I had not wakened where I
    seemed to be, but in the little room in Soho where I was accustomed to
    sleep in the body of Edward Hyde. I smiled to myself, and in my
    psychological way, began lazily to inquire into the elements of this
    illusion, occasionally, even as I did so, dropping back into a
    comfortable morning doze. I was still so engaged when, in one of my
    more wakeful moments, my eyes fell upon my hand. Now the hand of Henry
    Jekyll (as you have often remarked) was professional in shape and size;
    it was large, firm, white and comely. But the hand which I now saw,
    clearly enough, in the yellow light of a mid-London morning, lying half
    shut on the bedclothes, was lean, corded, knuckly, of a dusky pallor
    and thickly shaded with a swart growth of hair. It was the hand of
    Edward Hyde.

    I must have stared upon it for near half a minute, sunk as I was in the
    mere stupidity of wonder, before terror woke up in my breast as sudden
    and startling as the crash of cymbals; and bounding from my bed I
    rushed to the mirror. At the sight that met my eyes, my blood was
    changed into something exquisitely thin and icy. Yes, I had gone to bed
    Henry Jekyll, I had awakened Edward Hyde. How was this to be explained?
    I asked myself; and then, with another bound of terror—how was it to be
    remedied? It was well on in the morning; the servants were up; all my
    drugs were in the cabinet—a long journey down two pair of stairs,
    through the back passage, across the open court and through the
    anatomical theatre, from where I was then standing horror-struck. It
    might indeed be possible to cover my face; but of what use was that,
    when I was unable to conceal the alteration in my stature? And then
    with an overpowering sweetness of relief, it came back upon my mind
    that the servants were already used to the coming and going of my
    second self. I had soon dressed, as well as I was able, in clothes of
    my own size: had soon passed through the house, where Bradshaw stared
    and drew back at seeing Mr. Hyde at such an hour and in such a strange
    array; and ten minutes later, Dr. Jekyll had returned to his own shape
    and was sitting down, with a darkened brow, to make a feint of
    breakfasting.

    Small indeed was my appetite. This inexplicable incident, this reversal
    of my previous experience, seemed, like the Babylonian finger on the
    wall, to be spelling out the letters of my judgment; and I began to
    reflect more seriously than ever before on the issues and possibilities
    of my double existence. That part of me which I had the power of
    projecting, had lately been much exercised and nourished; it had seemed
    to me of late as though the body of Edward Hyde had grown in stature,
    as though (when I wore that form) I were conscious of a more generous
    tide of blood; and I began to spy a danger that, if this were much
    prolonged, the balance of my nature might be permanently overthrown,
    the power of voluntary change be forfeited, and the character of Edward
    Hyde become irrevocably mine. The power of the drug had not been always
    equally displayed. Once, very early in my career, it had totally failed
    me; since then I had been obliged on more than one occasion to double,
    and once, with infinite risk of death, to treble the amount; and these
    rare uncertainties had cast hitherto the sole shadow on my contentment.
    Now, however, and in the light of that morning’s accident, I was led to
    remark that whereas, in the beginning, the difficulty had been to throw
    off the body of Jekyll, it had of late gradually but decidedly
    transferred itself to the other side. All things therefore seemed to
    point to this; that I was slowly losing hold of my original and better
    self, and becoming slowly incorporated with my second and worse.

    Between these two, I now felt I had to choose. My two natures had
    memory in common, but all other faculties were most unequally shared
    between them. Jekyll (who was composite) now with the most sensitive
    apprehensions, now with a greedy gusto, projected and shared in the
    pleasures and adventures of Hyde; but Hyde was indifferent to Jekyll,
    or but remembered him as the mountain bandit remembers the cavern in
    which he conceals himself from pursuit. Jekyll had more than a father’s
    interest; Hyde had more than a son’s indifference. To cast in my lot
    with Jekyll, was to die to those appetites which I had long secretly
    indulged and had of late begun to pamper. To cast it in with Hyde, was
    to die to a thousand interests and aspirations, and to become, at a
    blow and forever, despised and friendless. The bargain might appear
    unequal; but there was still another consideration in the scales; for
    while Jekyll would suffer smartingly in the fires of abstinence, Hyde
    would be not even conscious of all that he had lost. Strange as my
    circumstances were, the terms of this debate are as old and commonplace
    as man; much the same inducements and alarms cast the die for any
    tempted and trembling sinner; and it fell out with me, as it falls with
    so vast a majority of my fellows, that I chose the better part and was
    found wanting in the strength to keep to it.

    Yes, I preferred the elderly and discontented doctor, surrounded by
    friends and cherishing honest hopes; and bade a resolute farewell to
    the liberty, the comparative youth, the light step, leaping impulses
    and secret pleasures, that I had enjoyed in the disguise of Hyde. I
    made this choice perhaps with some unconscious reservation, for I
    neither gave up the house in Soho, nor destroyed the clothes of Edward
    Hyde, which still lay ready in my cabinet. For two months, however, I
    was true to my determination; for two months, I led a life of such
    severity as I had never before attained to, and enjoyed the
    compensations of an approving conscience. But time began at last to
    obliterate the freshness of my alarm; the praises of conscience began
    to grow into a thing of course; I began to be tortured with throes and
    longings, as of Hyde struggling after freedom; and at last, in an hour
    of moral weakness, I once again compounded and swallowed the
    transforming draught.

    I do not suppose that, when a drunkard reasons with himself upon his
    vice, he is once out of five hundred times affected by the dangers that
    he runs through his brutish, physical insensibility; neither had I,
    long as I had considered my position, made enough allowance for the
    complete moral insensibility and insensate readiness to evil, which
    were the leading characters of Edward Hyde. Yet it was by these that I
    was punished. My devil had been long caged, he came out roaring. I was
    conscious, even when I took the draught, of a more unbridled, a more
    furious propensity to ill. It must have been this, I suppose, that
    stirred in my soul that tempest of impatience with which I listened to
    the civilities of my unhappy victim; I declare, at least, before God,
    no man morally sane could have been guilty of that crime upon so
    pitiful a provocation; and that I struck in no more reasonable spirit
    than that in which a sick child may break a plaything. But I had
    voluntarily stripped myself of all those balancing instincts by which
    even the worst of us continues to walk with some degree of steadiness
    among temptations; and in my case, to be tempted, however slightly, was
    to fall.

    Instantly the spirit of hell awoke in me and raged. With a transport of
    glee, I mauled the unresisting body, tasting delight from every blow;
    and it was not till weariness had begun to succeed, that I was
    suddenly, in the top fit of my delirium, struck through the heart by a
    cold thrill of terror. A mist dispersed; I saw my life to be forfeit;
    and fled from the scene of these excesses, at once glorying and
    trembling, my lust of evil gratified and stimulated, my love of life
    screwed to the topmost peg. I ran to the house in Soho, and (to make
    assurance doubly sure) destroyed my papers; thence I set out through
    the lamplit streets, in the same divided ecstasy of mind, gloating on
    my crime, light-headedly devising others in the future, and yet still
    hastening and still hearkening in my wake for the steps of the avenger.
    Hyde had a song upon his lips as he compounded the draught, and as he
    drank it, pledged the dead man. The pangs of transformation had not
    done tearing him, before Henry Jekyll, with streaming tears of
    gratitude and remorse, had fallen upon his knees and lifted his clasped
    hands to God. The veil of self-indulgence was rent from head to foot. I
    saw my life as a whole: I followed it up from the days of childhood,
    when I had walked with my father’s hand, and through the self-denying
    toils of my professional life, to arrive again and again, with the same
    sense of unreality, at the damned horrors of the evening. I could have
    screamed aloud; I sought with tears and prayers to smother down the
    crowd of hideous images and sounds with which my memory swarmed against
    me; and still, between the petitions, the ugly face of my iniquity
    stared into my soul. As the acuteness of this remorse began to die
    away, it was succeeded by a sense of joy. The problem of my conduct was
    solved. Hyde was thenceforth impossible; whether I would or not, I was
    now confined to the better part of my existence; and O, how I rejoiced
    to think of it! with what willing humility I embraced anew the
    restrictions of natural life! with what sincere renunciation I locked
    the door by which I had so often gone and come, and ground the key
    under my heel!

    The next day, came the news that the murder had not been overlooked,
    that the guilt of Hyde was patent to the world, and that the victim was
    a man high in public estimation. It was not only a crime, it had been a
    tragic folly. I think I was glad to know it; I think I was glad to have
    my better impulses thus buttressed and guarded by the terrors of the
    scaffold. Jekyll was now my city of refuge; let but Hyde peep out an
    instant, and the hands of all men would be raised to take and slay him.

    I resolved in my future conduct to redeem the past; and I can say with
    honesty that my resolve was fruitful of some good. You know yourself
    how earnestly, in the last months of the last year, I laboured to
    relieve suffering; you know that much was done for others, and that the
    days passed quietly, almost happily for myself. Nor can I truly say
    that I wearied of this beneficent and innocent life; I think instead
    that I daily enjoyed it more completely; but I was still cursed with my
    duality of purpose; and as the first edge of my penitence wore off, the
    lower side of me, so long indulged, so recently chained down, began to
    growl for licence. Not that I dreamed of resuscitating Hyde; the bare
    idea of that would startle me to frenzy: no, it was in my own person
    that I was once more tempted to trifle with my conscience; and it was
    as an ordinary secret sinner that I at last fell before the assaults of
    temptation.

    There comes an end to all things; the most capacious measure is filled
    at last; and this brief condescension to my evil finally destroyed the
    balance of my soul. And yet I was not alarmed; the fall seemed natural,
    like a return to the old days before I had made my discovery. It was a
    fine, clear, January day, wet under foot where the frost had melted,
    but cloudless overhead; and the Regent’s Park was full of winter
    chirrupings and sweet with spring odours. I sat in the sun on a bench;
    the animal within me licking the chops of memory; the spiritual side a
    little drowsed, promising subsequent penitence, but not yet moved to
    begin. After all, I reflected, I was like my neighbours; and then I
    smiled, comparing myself with other men, comparing my active good-will
    with the lazy cruelty of their neglect. And at the very moment of that
    vainglorious thought, a qualm came over me, a horrid nausea and the
    most deadly shuddering. These passed away, and left me faint; and then
    as in its turn faintness subsided, I began to be aware of a change in
    the temper of my thoughts, a greater boldness, a contempt of danger, a
    solution of the bonds of obligation. I looked down; my clothes hung
    formlessly on my shrunken limbs; the hand that lay on my knee was
    corded and hairy. I was once more Edward Hyde. A moment before I had
    been safe of all men’s respect, wealthy, beloved—the cloth laying for
    me in the dining-room at home; and now I was the common quarry of
    mankind, hunted, houseless, a known murderer, thrall to the gallows.

    My reason wavered, but it did not fail me utterly. I have more than
    once observed that in my second character, my faculties seemed
    sharpened to a point and my spirits more tensely elastic; thus it came
    about that, where Jekyll perhaps might have succumbed, Hyde rose to the
    importance of the moment. My drugs were in one of the presses of my
    cabinet; how was I to reach them? That was the problem that (crushing
    my temples in my hands) I set myself to solve. The laboratory door I
    had closed. If I sought to enter by the house, my own servants would
    consign me to the gallows. I saw I must employ another hand, and
    thought of Lanyon. How was he to be reached? how persuaded? Supposing
    that I escaped capture in the streets, how was I to make my way into
    his presence? and how should I, an unknown and displeasing visitor,
    prevail on the famous physician to rifle the study of his colleague,
    Dr. Jekyll? Then I remembered that of my original character, one part
    remained to me: I could write my own hand; and once I had conceived
    that kindling spark, the way that I must follow became lighted up from
    end to end.

    Thereupon, I arranged my clothes as best I could, and summoning a
    passing hansom, drove to an hotel in Portland Street, the name of which
    I chanced to remember. At my appearance (which was indeed comical
    enough, however tragic a fate these garments covered) the driver could
    not conceal his mirth. I gnashed my teeth upon him with a gust of
    devilish fury; and the smile withered from his face—happily for him—yet
    more happily for myself, for in another instant I had certainly dragged
    him from his perch. At the inn, as I entered, I looked about me with so
    black a countenance as made the attendants tremble; not a look did they
    exchange in my presence; but obsequiously took my orders, led me to a
    private room, and brought me wherewithal to write. Hyde in danger of
    his life was a creature new to me; shaken with inordinate anger, strung
    to the pitch of murder, lusting to inflict pain. Yet the creature was
    astute; mastered his fury with a great effort of the will; composed his
    two important letters, one to Lanyon and one to Poole; and that he
    might receive actual evidence of their being posted, sent them out with
    directions that they should be registered. Thenceforward, he sat all
    day over the fire in the private room, gnawing his nails; there he
    dined, sitting alone with his fears, the waiter visibly quailing before
    his eye; and thence, when the night was fully come, he set forth in the
    corner of a closed cab, and was driven to and fro about the streets of
    the city. He, I say—I cannot say, I. That child of Hell had nothing
    human; nothing lived in him but fear and hatred. And when at last,
    thinking the driver had begun to grow suspicious, he discharged the cab
    and ventured on foot, attired in his misfitting clothes, an object
    marked out for observation, into the midst of the nocturnal passengers,
    these two base passions raged within him like a tempest. He walked
    fast, hunted by his fears, chattering to himself, skulking through the
    less frequented thoroughfares, counting the minutes that still divided
    him from midnight. Once a woman spoke to him, offering, I think, a box
    of lights. He smote her in the face, and she fled.

    When I came to myself at Lanyon’s, the horror of my old friend perhaps
    affected me somewhat: I do not know; it was at least but a drop in the
    sea to the abhorrence with which I looked back upon these hours. A
    change had come over me. It was no longer the fear of the gallows, it
    was the horror of being Hyde that racked me. I received Lanyon’s
    condemnation partly in a dream; it was partly in a dream that I came
    home to my own house and got into bed. I slept after the prostration of
    the day, with a stringent and profound slumber which not even the
    nightmares that wrung me could avail to break. I awoke in the morning
    shaken, weakened, but refreshed. I still hated and feared the thought
    of the brute that slept within me, and I had not of course forgotten
    the appalling dangers of the day before; but I was once more at home,
    in my own house and close to my drugs; and gratitude for my escape
    shone so strong in my soul that it almost rivalled the brightness of
    hope.

    I was stepping leisurely across the court after breakfast, drinking the
    chill of the air with pleasure, when I was seized again with those
    indescribable sensations that heralded the change; and I had but the
    time to gain the shelter of my cabinet, before I was once again raging
    and freezing with the passions of Hyde. It took on this occasion a
    double dose to recall me to myself; and alas! six hours after, as I sat
    looking sadly in the fire, the pangs returned, and the drug had to be
    re-administered. In short, from that day forth it seemed only by a
    great effort as of gymnastics, and only under the immediate stimulation
    of the drug, that I was able to wear the countenance of Jekyll. At all
    hours of the day and night, I would be taken with the premonitory
    shudder; above all, if I slept, or even dozed for a moment in my chair,
    it was always as Hyde that I awakened. Under the strain of this
    continually impending doom and by the sleeplessness to which I now
    condemned myself, ay, even beyond what I had thought possible to man, I
    became, in my own person, a creature eaten up and emptied by fever,
    languidly weak both in body and mind, and solely occupied by one
    thought: the horror of my other self. But when I slept, or when the
    virtue of the medicine wore off, I would leap almost without transition
    (for the pangs of transformation grew daily less marked) into the
    possession of a fancy brimming with images of terror, a soul boiling
    with causeless hatreds, and a body that seemed not strong enough to
    contain the raging energies of life. The powers of Hyde seemed to have
    grown with the sickliness of Jekyll. And certainly the hate that now
    divided them was equal on each side. With Jekyll, it was a thing of
    vital instinct. He had now seen the full deformity of that creature
    that shared with him some of the phenomena of consciousness, and was
    co-heir with him to death: and beyond these links of community, which
    in themselves made the most poignant part of his distress, he thought
    of Hyde, for all his energy of life, as of something not only hellish
    but inorganic. This was the shocking thing; that the slime of the pit
    seemed to utter cries and voices; that the amorphous dust gesticulated
    and sinned; that what was dead, and had no shape, should usurp the
    offices of life. And this again, that that insurgent horror was knit to
    him closer than a wife, closer than an eye; lay caged in his flesh,
    where he heard it mutter and felt it struggle to be born; and at every
    hour of weakness, and in the confidence of slumber, prevailed against
    him, and deposed him out of life. The hatred of Hyde for Jekyll was of
    a different order. His terror of the gallows drove him continually to
    commit temporary suicide, and return to his subordinate station of a
    part instead of a person; but he loathed the necessity, he loathed the
    despondency into which Jekyll was now fallen, and he resented the
    dislike with which he was himself regarded. Hence the ape-like tricks
    that he would play me, scrawling in my own hand blasphemies on the
    pages of my books, burning the letters and destroying the portrait of
    my father; and indeed, had it not been for his fear of death, he would
    long ago have ruined himself in order to involve me in the ruin. But
    his love of life is wonderful; I go further: I, who sicken and freeze at
    the mere thought of him, when I recall the abjection and passion of
    this attachment, and when I know how he fears my power to cut him off
    by suicide, I find it in my heart to pity him.

    It is useless, and the time awfully fails me, to prolong this
    description; no one has ever suffered such torments, let that suffice;
    and yet even to these, habit brought—no, not alleviation—but a certain
    callousness of soul, a certain acquiescence of despair; and my
    punishment might have gone on for years, but for the last calamity
    which has now fallen, and which has finally severed me from my own face
    and nature. My provision of the salt, which had never been renewed
    since the date of the first experiment, began to run low. I sent out
    for a fresh supply and mixed the draught; the ebullition followed, and
    the first change of colour, not the second; I drank it and it was
    without efficiency. You will learn from Poole how I have had London
    ransacked; it was in vain; and I am now persuaded that my first supply
    was impure, and that it was that unknown impurity which lent efficacy
    to the draught.

    About a week has passed, and I am now finishing this statement under
    the influence of the last of the old powders. This, then, is the last
    time, short of a miracle, that Henry Jekyll can think his own thoughts
    or see his own face (now how sadly altered!) in the glass. Nor must I
    delay too long to bring my writing to an end; for if my narrative has
    hitherto escaped destruction, it has been by a combination of great
    prudence and great good luck. Should the throes of change take me in
    the act of writing it, Hyde will tear it in pieces; but if some time
    shall have elapsed after I have laid it by, his wonderful selfishness
    and circumscription to the moment will probably save it once again from
    the action of his ape-like spite. And indeed the doom that is closing
    on us both has already changed and crushed him. Half an hour from now,
    when I shall again and forever reindue that hated personality, I know
    how I shall sit shuddering and weeping in my chair, or continue, with
    the most strained and fearstruck ecstasy of listening, to pace up and
    down this room (my last earthly refuge) and give ear to every sound of
    menace. Will Hyde die upon the scaffold? or will he find courage to
    release himself at the last moment? God knows; I am careless; this is
    my true hour of death, and what is to follow concerns another than
    myself. Here then, as I lay down the pen and proceed to seal up my
    confession, I bring the life of that unhappy Henry Jekyll to an end.

  • The Song of the Lark

    The Song of the Lark

    Aproximadamente 155.576 palavras.

    [Illustration]

    THE SONG OF THE LARK

    By Willa Cather

    (1915 edition)

    CONTENTS

    PART I. FRIENDS OF CHILDHOOD
    I
    II
    III
    IV
    V
    VI
    VII
    VIII
    IX
    X
    XI
    XII
    XIII
    XIV
    XV
    XVI
    XVII
    XVIII
    XIX
    XX

    PART II. THE SONG OF THE LARK
    I
    II
    III
    IV
    V
    VI
    VII
    VIII
    IX
    X
    XI

    PART III. STUPID FACES
    I
    II
    III
    IV
    V
    VI

    PART IV. THE ANCIENT PEOPLE
    I
    II
    III
    IV
    V
    VI
    VII
    VIII

    PART V. DR. ARCHIE’S VENTURE
    I
    II
    III
    IV
    V

    PART VI. KRONBORG
    I
    II
    III
    IV
    V
    VI
    VII
    VIII
    IX
    X
    XI

    EPILOGUE

    PART I.
    FRIENDS OF CHILDHOOD

    I

    Dr. Howard Archie had just come up from a game of pool with the Jewish
    clothier and two traveling men who happened to be staying overnight in
    Moonstone. His offices were in the Duke Block, over the drug store.
    Larry, the doctor’s man, had lit the overhead light in the waiting-room
    and the double student’s lamp on the desk in the study. The isinglass
    sides of the hard-coal burner were aglow, and the air in the study was
    so hot that as he came in the doctor opened the door into his little
    operating-room, where there was no stove. The waiting room was carpeted
    and stiffly furnished, something like a country parlor. The study had
    worn, unpainted floors, but there was a look of winter comfort about
    it. The doctor’s flat-top desk was large and well made; the papers were
    in orderly piles, under glass weights. Behind the stove a wide
    bookcase, with double glass doors, reached from the floor to the
    ceiling. It was filled with medical books of every thickness and color.
    On the top shelf stood a long row of thirty or forty volumes, bound all
    alike in dark mottled board covers, with imitation leather backs.

    As the doctor in New England villages is proverbially old, so the
    doctor in small Colorado towns twenty-five years ago was generally
    young. Dr. Archie was barely thirty. He was tall, with massive
    shoulders which he held stiffly, and a large, well-shaped head. He was
    a distinguished-looking man, for that part of the world, at least.

    There was something individual in the way in which his reddish-brown
    hair, parted cleanly at the side, bushed over his high forehead. His
    nose was straight and thick, and his eyes were intelligent. He wore a
    curly, reddish mustache and an imperial, cut trimly, which made him
    look a little like the pictures of Napoleon III. His hands were large
    and well kept, but ruggedly formed, and the backs were shaded with
    crinkly reddish hair. He wore a blue suit of woolly, wide-waled serge;
    the traveling men had known at a glance that it was made by a Denver
    tailor. The doctor was always well dressed.

    Dr. Archie turned up the student’s lamp and sat down in the swivel
    chair before his desk. He sat uneasily, beating a tattoo on his knees
    with his fingers, and looked about him as if he were bored. He glanced
    at his watch, then absently took from his pocket a bunch of small keys,
    selected one and looked at it. A contemptuous smile, barely
    perceptible, played on his lips, but his eyes remained meditative.
    Behind the door that led into the hall, under his buffalo-skin
    driving-coat, was a locked cupboard. This the doctor opened
    mechanically, kicking aside a pile of muddy overshoes. Inside, on the
    shelves, were whiskey glasses and decanters, lemons, sugar, and
    bitters. Hearing a step in the empty, echoing hall without, the doctor
    closed the cupboard again, snapping the Yale lock. The door of the
    waiting-room opened, a man entered and came on into the
    consulting-room.

    “Good-evening, Mr. Kronborg,” said the doctor carelessly. “Sit down.”

    His visitor was a tall, loosely built man, with a thin brown beard,
    streaked with gray. He wore a frock coat, a broad-brimmed black hat, a
    white lawn necktie, and steel rimmed spectacles. Altogether there was a
    pretentious and important air about him, as he lifted the skirts of his
    coat and sat down.

    “Good-evening, doctor. Can you step around to the house with me? I
    think Mrs. Kronborg will need you this evening.” This was said with
    profound gravity and, curiously enough, with a slight embarrassment.

    “Any hurry?” the doctor asked over his shoulder as he went into his
    operating-room.

    Mr. Kronborg coughed behind his hand, and contracted his brows. His
    face threatened at every moment to break into a smile of foolish
    excitement. He controlled it only by calling upon his habitual pulpit
    manner. “Well, I think it would be as well to go immediately. Mrs.
    Kronborg will be more comfortable if you are there. She has been
    suffering for some time.”

    The doctor came back and threw a black bag upon his desk. He wrote some
    instructions for his man on a prescription pad and then drew on his
    overcoat. “All ready,” he announced, putting out his lamp. Mr. Kronborg
    rose and they tramped through the empty hall and down the stairway to
    the street. The drug store below was dark, and the saloon next door was
    just closing. Every other light on Main Street was out.

    On either side of the road and at the outer edge of the board sidewalk,
    the snow had been shoveled into breastworks. The town looked small and
    black, flattened down in the snow, muffled and all but extinguished.
    Overhead the stars shone gloriously. It was impossible not to notice
    them. The air was so clear that the white sand hills to the east of
    Moonstone gleamed softly. Following the Reverend Mr. Kronborg along the
    narrow walk, past the little dark, sleeping houses, the doctor looked
    up at the flashing night and whistled softly. It did seem that people
    were stupider than they need be; as if on a night like this there ought
    to be something better to do than to sleep nine hours, or to assist
    Mrs. Kronborg in functions which she could have performed so admirably
    unaided. He wished he had gone down to Denver to hear Fay Templeton
    sing “See-Saw.” Then he remembered that he had a personal interest in
    this family, after all. They turned into another street and saw before
    them lighted windows; a low story-and-a-half house, with a wing built
    on at the right and a kitchen addition at the back, everything a little
    on the slant—roofs, windows, and doors. As they approached the gate,
    Peter Kronborg’s pace grew brisker. His nervous, ministerial cough
    annoyed the doctor. “Exactly as if he were going to give out a text,”
    he thought. He drew off his glove and felt in his vest pocket. “Have a
    troche, Kronborg,” he said, producing some. “Sent me for samples. Very
    good for a rough throat.”

    “Ah, thank you, thank you. I was in something of a hurry. I neglected
    to put on my overshoes. Here we are, doctor.” Kronborg opened his front
    door—seemed delighted to be at home again.

    The front hall was dark and cold; the hatrack was hung with an
    astonishing number of children’s hats and caps and cloaks. They were
    even piled on the table beneath the hatrack. Under the table was a heap
    of rubbers and overshoes. While the doctor hung up his coat and hat,
    Peter Kronborg opened the door into the living-room. A glare of light
    greeted them, and a rush of hot, stale air, smelling of warming
    flannels.

    At three o’clock in the morning Dr. Archie was in the parlor putting on
    his cuffs and coat—there was no spare bedroom in that house. Peter
    Kronborg’s seventh child, a boy, was being soothed and cosseted by his
    aunt, Mrs. Kronborg was asleep, and the doctor was going home. But he
    wanted first to speak to Kronborg, who, coatless and fluttery, was
    pouring coal into the kitchen stove. As the doctor crossed the
    dining-room he paused and listened. From one of the wing rooms, off to
    the left, he heard rapid, distressed breathing. He went to the kitchen
    door.

    “One of the children sick in there?” he asked, nodding toward the
    partition.

    Kronborg hung up the stove-lifter and dusted his fingers. “It must be
    Thea. I meant to ask you to look at her. She has a croupy cold. But in
    my excitement—Mrs. Kronborg is doing finely, eh, doctor? Not many of
    your patients with such a constitution, I expect.”

    “Oh, yes. She’s a fine mother.” The doctor took up the lamp from the
    kitchen table and unceremoniously went into the wing room. Two chubby
    little boys were asleep in a double bed, with the coverlids over their
    noses and their feet drawn up. In a single bed, next to theirs, lay a
    little girl of eleven, wide awake, two yellow braids sticking up on the
    pillow behind her. Her face was scarlet and her eyes were blazing.

    The doctor shut the door behind him. “Feel pretty sick, Thea?” he asked
    as he took out his thermometer. “Why didn’t you call somebody?”

    She looked at him with greedy affection. “I thought you were here,” she
    spoke between quick breaths. “There is a new baby, isn’t there? Which?”

    “Which?” repeated the doctor.

    “Brother or sister?”

    He smiled and sat down on the edge of the bed. “Brother,” he said,
    taking her hand. “Open.”

    “Good. Brothers are better,” she murmured as he put the glass tube
    under her tongue.

    “Now, be still, I want to count.” Dr. Archie reached for her hand and
    took out his watch. When he put her hand back under the quilt he went
    over to one of the windows—they were both tight shut—and lifted it a
    little way. He reached up and ran his hand along the cold, unpapered
    wall. “Keep under the covers; I’ll come back to you in a moment,” he
    said, bending over the glass lamp with his thermometer. He winked at
    her from the door before he shut it.

    Peter Kronborg was sitting in his wife’s room, holding the bundle which
    contained his son. His air of cheerful importance, his beard and
    glasses, even his shirt-sleeves, annoyed the doctor. He beckoned
    Kronborg into the living-room and said sternly:—

    “You’ve got a very sick child in there. Why didn’t you call me before?
    It’s pneumonia, and she must have been sick for several days. Put the
    baby down somewhere, please, and help me make up the bed-lounge here in
    the parlor. She’s got to be in a warm room, and she’s got to be quiet.
    You must keep the other children out. Here, this thing opens up, I
    see,” swinging back the top of the carpet lounge. “We can lift her
    mattress and carry her in just as she is. I don’t want to disturb her
    more than is necessary.”

    Kronborg was all concern immediately. The two men took up the mattress
    and carried the sick child into the parlor. “I’ll have to go down to my
    office to get some medicine, Kronborg. The drug store won’t be open.
    Keep the covers on her. I won’t be gone long. Shake down the stove and
    put on a little coal, but not too much; so it’ll catch quickly, I mean.
    Find an old sheet for me, and put it there to warm.”

    The doctor caught his coat and hurried out into the dark street. Nobody
    was stirring yet, and the cold was bitter. He was tired and hungry and
    in no mild humor. “The idea!” he muttered; “to be such an ass at his
    age, about the seventh! And to feel no responsibility about the little
    girl. Silly old goat! The baby would have got into the world somehow;
    they always do. But a nice little girl like that—she’s worth the whole
    litter. Where she ever got it from—” He turned into the Duke Block and
    ran up the stairs to his office.

    Thea Kronborg, meanwhile, was wondering why she happened to be in the
    parlor, where nobody but company—usually visiting preachers—ever slept.
    She had moments of stupor when she did not see anything, and moments of
    excitement when she felt that something unusual and pleasant was about
    to happen, when she saw everything clearly in the red light from the
    isinglass sides of the hard-coal burner—the nickel trimmings on the
    stove itself, the pictures on the wall, which she thought very
    beautiful, the flowers on the Brussels carpet, Czerny’s “Daily Studies”
    which stood open on the upright piano. She forgot, for the time being,
    all about the new baby.

    When she heard the front door open, it occurred to her that the
    pleasant thing which was going to happen was Dr. Archie himself. He
    came in and warmed his hands at the stove. As he turned to her, she
    threw herself wearily toward him, half out of her bed. She would have
    tumbled to the floor had he not caught her. He gave her some medicine
    and went to the kitchen for something he needed. She drowsed and lost
    the sense of his being there. When she opened her eyes again, he was
    kneeling before the stove, spreading something dark and sticky on a
    white cloth, with a big spoon; batter, perhaps. Presently she felt him
    taking off her nightgown. He wrapped the hot plaster about her chest.
    There seemed to be straps which he pinned over her shoulders. Then he
    took out a thread and needle and began to sew her up in it. That, she
    felt, was too strange; she must be dreaming anyhow, so she succumbed to
    her drowsiness.

    Thea had been moaning with every breath since the doctor came back, but
    she did not know it. She did not realize that she was suffering pain.
    When she was conscious at all, she seemed to be separated from her
    body; to be perched on top of the piano, or on the hanging lamp,
    watching the doctor sew her up. It was perplexing and unsatisfactory,
    like dreaming. She wished she could waken up and see what was going on.

    The doctor thanked God that he had persuaded Peter Kronborg to keep out
    of the way. He could do better by the child if he had her to himself.
    He had no children of his own. His marriage was a very unhappy one. As
    he lifted and undressed Thea, he thought to himself what a beautiful
    thing a little girl’s body was,—like a flower. It was so neatly and
    delicately fashioned, so soft, and so milky white. Thea must have got
    her hair and her silky skin from her mother. She was a little Swede,
    through and through. Dr. Archie could not help thinking how he would
    cherish a little creature like this if she were his. Her hands, so
    little and hot, so clever, too,—he glanced at the open exercise book on
    the piano. When he had stitched up the flaxseed jacket, he wiped it
    neatly about the edges, where the paste had worked out on the skin. He
    put on her the clean nightgown he had warmed before the fire, and
    tucked the blankets about her. As he pushed back the hair that had
    fuzzed down over her eyebrows, he felt her head thoughtfully with the
    tips of his fingers. No, he couldn’t say that it was different from any
    other child’s head, though he believed that there was something very
    different about her. He looked intently at her wide, flushed face,
    freckled nose, fierce little mouth, and her delicate, tender chin—the
    one soft touch in her hard little Scandinavian face, as if some fairy
    godmother had caressed her there and left a cryptic promise. Her brows
    were usually drawn together defiantly, but never when she was with Dr.
    Archie. Her affection for him was prettier than most of the things that
    went to make up the doctor’s life in Moonstone.

    The windows grew gray. He heard a tramping on the attic floor, on the
    back stairs, then cries: “Give me my shirt!” “Where’s my other
    stocking?”

    “I’ll have to stay till they get off to school,” he reflected, “or
    they’ll be in here tormenting her, the whole lot of them.”

    II

    For the next four days it seemed to Dr. Archie that his patient might
    slip through his hands, do what he might. But she did not. On the
    contrary, after that she recovered very rapidly. As her father
    remarked, she must have inherited the “constitution” which he was never
    tired of admiring in her mother.

    One afternoon, when her new brother was a week old, the doctor found
    Thea very comfortable and happy in her bed in the parlor. The sunlight
    was pouring in over her shoulders, the baby was asleep on a pillow in a
    big rocking-chair beside her. Whenever he stirred, she put out her hand
    and rocked him. Nothing of him was visible but a flushed, puffy
    forehead and an uncompromisingly big, bald cranium. The door into her
    mother’s room stood open, and Mrs. Kronborg was sitting up in bed
    darning stockings. She was a short, stalwart woman, with a short neck
    and a determined-looking head. Her skin was very fair, her face calm
    and unwrinkled, and her yellow hair, braided down her back as she lay
    in bed, still looked like a girl’s. She was a woman whom Dr. Archie
    respected; active, practical, unruffled; goodhumored, but determined.
    Exactly the sort of woman to take care of a flighty preacher. She had
    brought her husband some property, too,—one fourth of her father’s
    broad acres in Nebraska,—but this she kept in her own name. She had
    profound respect for her husband’s erudition and eloquence. She sat
    under his preaching with deep humility, and was as much taken in by his
    stiff shirt and white neckties as if she had not ironed them herself by
    lamplight the night before they appeared correct and spotless in the
    pulpit. But for all this, she had no confidence in his administration
    of worldly affairs. She looked to him for morning prayers and grace at
    table; she expected him to name the babies and to supply whatever
    parental sentiment there was in the house, to remember birthdays and
    anniversaries, to point the children to moral and patriotic ideals. It
    was her work to keep their bodies, their clothes, and their conduct in
    some sort of order, and this she accomplished with a success that was a
    source of wonder to her neighbors. As she used to remark, and her
    husband admiringly to echo, she “had never lost one.” With all his
    flightiness, Peter Kronborg appreciated the matter-of-fact, punctual
    way in which his wife got her children into the world and along in it.
    He believed, and he was right in believing, that the sovereign State of
    Colorado was much indebted to Mrs. Kronborg and women like her.

    Mrs. Kronborg believed that the size of every family was decided in
    heaven. More modern views would not have startled her; they would
    simply have seemed foolish—thin chatter, like the boasts of the men who
    built the tower of Babel, or like Axel’s plan to breed ostriches in the
    chicken yard. From what evidence Mrs. Kronborg formed her opinions on
    this and other matters, it would have been difficult to say, but once
    formed, they were unchangeable. She would no more have questioned her
    convictions than she would have questioned revelation. Calm and even
    tempered, naturally kind, she was capable of strong prejudices, and she
    never forgave.

    When the doctor came in to see Thea, Mrs. Kronborg was reflecting that
    the washing was a week behind, and deciding what she had better do
    about it. The arrival of a new baby meant a revision of her entire
    domestic schedule, and as she drove her needle along she had been
    working out new sleeping arrangements and cleaning days. The doctor had
    entered the house without knocking, after making noise enough in the
    hall to prepare his patients. Thea was reading, her book propped up
    before her in the sunlight.

    “Mustn’t do that; bad for your eyes,” he said, as Thea shut the book
    quickly and slipped it under the covers.

    Mrs. Kronborg called from her bed: “Bring the baby here, doctor, and
    have that chair. She wanted him in there for company.”

    Before the doctor picked up the baby, he put a yellow paper bag down on
    Thea’s coverlid and winked at her. They had a code of winks and
    grimaces. When he went in to chat with her mother, Thea opened the bag
    cautiously, trying to keep it from crackling. She drew out a long bunch
    of white grapes, with a little of the sawdust in which they had been
    packed still clinging to them. They were called Malaga grapes in
    Moonstone, and once or twice during the winter the leading grocer got a
    keg of them. They were used mainly for table decoration, about
    Christmas-time. Thea had never had more than one grape at a time
    before. When the doctor came back she was holding the almost
    transparent fruit up in the sunlight, feeling the pale-green skins
    softly with the tips of her fingers. She did not thank him; she only
    snapped her eyes at him in a special way which he understood, and, when
    he gave her his hand, put it quickly and shyly under her cheek, as if
    she were trying to do so without knowing it—and without his knowing it.

    Dr. Archie sat down in the rocking-chair. “And how’s Thea feeling
    to-day?”

    He was quite as shy as his patient, especially when a third person
    overheard his conversation. Big and handsome and superior to his fellow
    townsmen as Dr. Archie was, he was seldom at his ease, and like Peter
    Kronborg he often dodged behind a professional manner. There was
    sometimes a contraction of embarrassment and self consciousness all
    over his big body, which made him awkward—likely to stumble, to kick up
    rugs, or to knock over chairs. If any one was very sick, he forgot
    himself, but he had a clumsy touch in convalescent gossip.

    Thea curled up on her side and looked at him with pleasure. “All right.
    I like to be sick. I have more fun then than other times.”

    “How’s that?”

    “I don’t have to go to school, and I don’t have to practice. I can read
    all I want to, and have good things,”—she patted the grapes. “I had
    lots of fun that time I mashed my finger and you wouldn’t let Professor
    Wunsch make me practice. Only I had to do left hand, even then. I think
    that was mean.”

    The doctor took her hand and examined the forefinger, where the nail
    had grown back a little crooked. “You mustn’t trim it down close at the
    corner there, and then it will grow straight. You won’t want it crooked
    when you’re a big girl and wear rings and have sweethearts.”

    She made a mocking little face at him and looked at his new scarf-pin.
    “That’s the prettiest one you ev-ER had. I wish you’d stay a long while
    and let me look at it. What is it?”

    Dr. Archie laughed. “It’s an opal. Spanish Johnny brought it up for me
    from Chihuahua in his shoe. I had it set in Denver, and I wore it
    to-day for your benefit.”

    Thea had a curious passion for jewelry. She wanted every shining stone
    she saw, and in summer she was always going off into the sand hills to
    hunt for crystals and agates and bits of pink chalcedony. She had two
    cigar boxes full of stones that she had found or traded for, and she
    imagined that they were of enormous value. She was always planning how
    she would have them set.

    “What are you reading?” The doctor reached under the covers and pulled
    out a book of Byron’s poems. “Do you like this?”

    She looked confused, turned over a few pages rapidly, and pointed to
    “My native land, good-night.” “That,” she said sheepishly.

    “How about ‘Maid of Athens’?”

    She blushed and looked at him suspiciously. “I like ‘There was a sound
    of revelry,’” she muttered.

    The doctor laughed and closed the book. It was clumsily bound in padded
    leather and had been presented to the Reverend Peter Kronborg by his
    Sunday-School class as an ornament for his parlor table.

    “Come into the office some day, and I’ll lend you a nice book. You can
    skip the parts you don’t understand. You can read it in vacation.
    Perhaps you’ll be able to understand all of it by then.”

    Thea frowned and looked fretfully toward the piano. “In vacation I have
    to practice four hours every day, and then there’ll be Thor to take
    care of.” She pronounced it “Tor.”

    “Thor? Oh, you’ve named the baby Thor?” exclaimed the doctor.

    Thea frowned again, still more fiercely, and said quickly, “That’s a
    nice name, only maybe it’s a little—old fashioned.” She was very
    sensitive about being thought a foreigner, and was proud of the fact
    that, in town, her father always preached in English; very bookish
    English, at that, one might add.

    Born in an old Scandinavian colony in Minnesota, Peter Kronborg had
    been sent to a small divinity school in Indiana by the women of a
    Swedish evangelical mission, who were convinced of his gifts and who
    skimped and begged and gave church suppers to get the long, lazy youth
    through the seminary. He could still speak enough Swedish to exhort and
    to bury the members of his country church out at Copper Hole, and he
    wielded in his Moonstone pulpit a somewhat pompous English vocabulary
    he had learned out of books at college. He always spoke of “the infant
    Saviour,” “our Heavenly Father,” etc. The poor man had no natural,
    spontaneous human speech. If he had his sincere moments, they were
    perforce inarticulate. Probably a good deal of his pretentiousness was
    due to the fact that he habitually expressed himself in a book learned
    language, wholly remote from anything personal, native, or homely. Mrs.
    Kronborg spoke Swedish to her own sisters and to her sister-in-law
    Tillie, and colloquial English to her neighbors. Thea, who had a rather
    sensitive ear, until she went to school never spoke at all, except in
    monosyllables, and her mother was convinced that she was tongue-tied.
    She was still inept in speech for a child so intelligent. Her ideas
    were usually clear, but she seldom attempted to explain them, even at
    school, where she excelled in “written work” and never did more than
    mutter a reply.

    “Your music professor stopped me on the street to-day and asked me how
    you were,” said the doctor, rising. “He’ll be sick himself, trotting
    around in this slush with no overcoat or overshoes.”

    “He’s poor,” said Thea simply.

    The doctor sighed. “I’m afraid he’s worse than that. Is he always all
    right when you take your lessons? Never acts as if he’d been drinking?”

    Thea looked angry and spoke excitedly. “He knows a lot. More than
    anybody. I don’t care if he does drink; he’s old and poor.” Her voice
    shook a little.

    Mrs. Kronborg spoke up from the next room. “He’s a good teacher,
    doctor. It’s good for us he does drink. He’d never be in a little place
    like this if he didn’t have some weakness. These women that teach music
    around here don’t know nothing. I wouldn’t have my child wasting time
    with them. If Professor Wunsch goes away, Thea’ll have nobody to take
    from. He’s careful with his scholars; he don’t use bad language. Mrs.
    Kohler is always present when Thea takes her lesson. It’s all right.”
    Mrs. Kronborg spoke calmly and judicially. One could see that she had
    thought the matter out before.

    “I’m glad to hear that, Mrs. Kronborg. I wish we could get the old man
    off his bottle and keep him tidy. Do you suppose if I gave you an old
    overcoat you could get him to wear it?” The doctor went to the bedroom
    door and Mrs. Kronborg looked up from her darning.

    “Why, yes, I guess he’d be glad of it. He’ll take most anything from
    me. He won’t buy clothes, but I guess he’d wear ’em if he had ’em. I’ve
    never had any clothes to give him, having so many to make over for.”

    “I’ll have Larry bring the coat around to-night. You aren’t cross with
    me, Thea?” taking her hand.

    Thea grinned warmly. “Not if you give Professor Wunsch a coat—and
    things,” she tapped the grapes significantly. The doctor bent over and
    kissed her.

    III

    Being sick was all very well, but Thea knew from experience that
    starting back to school again was attended by depressing difficulties.
    One Monday morning she got up early with Axel and Gunner, who shared
    her wing room, and hurried into the back living-room, between the
    dining-room and the kitchen. There, beside a soft-coal stove, the
    younger children of the family undressed at night and dressed in the
    morning. The older daughter, Anna, and the two big boys slept upstairs,
    where the rooms were theoretically warmed by stovepipes from below. The
    first (and the worst!) thing that confronted Thea was a suit of clean,
    prickly red flannel, fresh from the wash. Usually the torment of
    breaking in a clean suit of flannel came on Sunday, but yesterday, as
    she was staying in the house, she had begged off. Their winter
    underwear was a trial to all the children, but it was bitterest to Thea
    because she happened to have the most sensitive skin. While she was
    tugging it on, her Aunt Tillie brought in warm water from the boiler
    and filled the tin pitcher. Thea washed her face, brushed and braided
    her hair, and got into her blue cashmere dress. Over this she buttoned
    a long apron, with sleeves, which would not be removed until she put on
    her cloak to go to school. Gunner and Axel, on the soap box behind the
    stove, had their usual quarrel about which should wear the tightest
    stockings, but they exchanged reproaches in low tones, for they were
    wholesomely afraid of Mrs. Kronborg’s rawhide whip. She did not
    chastise her children often, but she did it thoroughly. Only a somewhat
    stern system of discipline could have kept any degree of order and
    quiet in that overcrowded house.

    Mrs. Kronborg’s children were all trained to dress themselves at the
    earliest possible age, to make their own beds,—the boys as well as the
    girls,—to take care of their clothes, to eat what was given them, and
    to keep out of the way. Mrs. Kronborg would have made a good chess
    player; she had a head for moves and positions.

    Anna, the elder daughter, was her mother’s lieutenant. All the children
    knew that they must obey Anna, who was an obstinate contender for
    proprieties and not always fair minded. To see the young Kronborgs
    headed for Sunday School was like watching a military drill. Mrs.
    Kronborg let her children’s minds alone. She did not pry into their
    thoughts or nag them. She respected them as individuals, and outside of
    the house they had a great deal of liberty. But their communal life was
    definitely ordered.

    In the winter the children breakfasted in the kitchen; Gus and Charley
    and Anna first, while the younger children were dressing. Gus was
    nineteen and was a clerk in a dry-goods store. Charley, eighteen months
    younger, worked in a feed store. They left the house by the kitchen
    door at seven o’clock, and then Anna helped her Aunt Tillie get the
    breakfast for the younger ones. Without the help of this sister-in-law,
    Tillie Kronborg, Mrs. Kronborg’s life would have been a hard one. Mrs.
    Kronborg often reminded Anna that “no hired help would ever have taken
    the same interest.”

    Mr. Kronborg came of a poorer stock than his wife; from a lowly,
    ignorant family that had lived in a poor part of Sweden. His
    great-grandfather had gone to Norway to work as a farm laborer and had
    married a Norwegian girl. This strain of Norwegian blood came out
    somewhere in each generation of the Kronborgs. The intemperance of one
    of Peter Kronborg’s uncles, and the religious mania of another, had
    been alike charged to the Norwegian grandmother. Both Peter Kronborg
    and his sister Tillie were more like the Norwegian root of the family
    than like the Swedish, and this same Norwegian strain was strong in
    Thea, though in her it took a very different character.

    Tillie was a queer, addle-pated thing, as flighty as a girl at
    thirty-five, and overweeningly fond of gay clothes—which taste, as Mrs.
    Kronborg philosophically said, did nobody any harm. Tillie was always
    cheerful, and her tongue was still for scarcely a minute during the
    day. She had been cruelly overworked on her father’s Minnesota farm
    when she was a young girl, and she had never been so happy as she was
    now; had never before, as she said, had such social advantages. She
    thought her brother the most important man in Moonstone. She never
    missed a church service, and, much to the embarrassment of the
    children, she always “spoke a piece” at the Sunday-School concerts. She
    had a complete set of “Standard Recitations,” which she conned on
    Sundays. This morning, when Thea and her two younger brothers sat down
    to breakfast, Tillie was remonstrating with Gunner because he had not
    learned a recitation assigned to him for George Washington Day at
    school. The unmemorized text lay heavily on Gunner’s conscience as he
    attacked his buckwheat cakes and sausage. He knew that Tillie was in
    the right, and that “when the day came he would be ashamed of himself.”

    “I don’t care,” he muttered, stirring his coffee; “they oughtn’t to
    make boys speak. It’s all right for girls. They like to show off.”

    “No showing off about it. Boys ought to like to speak up for their
    country. And what was the use of your father buying you a new suit, if
    you’re not going to take part in anything?”

    “That was for Sunday-School. I’d rather wear my old one, anyhow. Why
    didn’t they give the piece to Thea?” Gunner grumbled.

    Tillie was turning buckwheat cakes at the griddle. “Thea can play and
    sing, she don’t need to speak. But you’ve got to know how to do
    something, Gunner, that you have. What are you going to do when you git
    big and want to git into society, if you can’t do nothing? Everybody’ll
    say, ‘Can you sing? Can you play? Can you speak? Then git right out of
    society.’ An’ that’s what they’ll say to you, Mr. Gunner.”

    Gunner and Alex grinned at Anna, who was preparing her mother’s
    breakfast. They never made fun of Tillie, but they understood well
    enough that there were subjects upon which her ideas were rather
    foolish. When Tillie struck the shallows, Thea was usually prompt in
    turning the conversation.

    “Will you and Axel let me have your sled at recess?” she asked.

    “All the time?” asked Gunner dubiously.

    “I’ll work your examples for you to-night, if you do.”

    “Oh, all right. There’ll be a lot of ’em.”

    “I don’t mind, I can work ’em fast. How about yours, Axel?”

    Axel was a fat little boy of seven, with pretty, lazy blue eyes. “I
    don’t care,” he murmured, buttering his last buckwheat cake without
    ambition; “too much trouble to copy ’em down. Jenny Smiley’ll let me
    have hers.”

    The boys were to pull Thea to school on their sled, as the snow was
    deep. The three set off together. Anna was now in the high school, and
    she no longer went with the family party, but walked to school with
    some of the older girls who were her friends, and wore a hat, not a
    hood like Thea.

    IV

    “And it was Summer, beautiful Summer!” Those were the closing words of
    Thea’s favorite fairy tale, and she thought of them as she ran out into
    the world one Saturday morning in May, her music book under her arm.
    She was going to the Kohlers’ to take her lesson, but she was in no
    hurry.

    It was in the summer that one really lived. Then all the little
    overcrowded houses were opened wide, and the wind blew through them
    with sweet, earthy smells of garden-planting. The town looked as if it
    had just been washed. People were out painting their fences. The
    cottonwood trees were a-flicker with sticky, yellow little leaves, and
    the feathery tamarisks were in pink bud. With the warm weather came
    freedom for everybody. People were dug up, as it were. The very old
    people, whom one had not seen all winter, came out and sunned
    themselves in the yard. The double windows were taken off the houses,
    the tormenting flannels in which children had been encased all winter
    were put away in boxes, and the youngsters felt a pleasure in the cool
    cotton things next their skin.

    Thea had to walk more than a mile to reach the Kohlers’ house, a very
    pleasant mile out of town toward the glittering sand hills,—yellow this
    morning, with lines of deep violet where the clefts and valleys were.
    She followed the sidewalk to the depot at the south end of the town;
    then took the road east to the little group of adobe houses where the
    Mexicans lived, then dropped into a deep ravine; a dry sand creek,
    across which the railroad track ran on a trestle. Beyond that gulch, on
    a little rise of ground that faced the open sandy plain, was the
    Kohlers’ house, where Professor Wunsch lived. Fritz Kohler was the town
    tailor, one of the first settlers. He had moved there, built a little
    house and made a garden, when Moonstone was first marked down on the
    map. He had three sons, but they now worked on the railroad and were
    stationed in distant cities. One of them had gone to work for the Santa
    Fé, and lived in New Mexico.

    Mrs. Kohler seldom crossed the ravine and went into the town except at
    Christmas-time, when she had to buy presents and Christmas cards to
    send to her old friends in Freeport, Illinois. As she did not go to
    church, she did not possess such a thing as a hat. Year after year she
    wore the same red hood in winter and a black sunbonnet in summer. She
    made her own dresses; the skirts came barely to her shoe-tops, and were
    gathered as full as they could possibly be to the waistband. She
    preferred men’s shoes, and usually wore the cast-offs of one of her
    sons. She had never learned much English, and her plants and shrubs
    were her companions. She lived for her men and her garden. Beside that
    sand gulch, she had tried to reproduce a bit of her own village in the
    Rhine Valley. She hid herself behind the growth she had fostered, lived
    under the shade of what she had planted and watered and pruned. In the
    blaze of the open plain she was stupid and blind like an owl. Shade,
    shade; that was what she was always planning and making. Behind the
    high tamarisk hedge, her garden was a jungle of verdure in summer.
    Above the cherry trees and peach trees and golden plums stood the
    windmill, with its tank on stilts, which kept all this verdure alive.
    Outside, the sage-brush grew up to the very edge of the garden, and the
    sand was always drifting up to the tamarisks.

    Every one in Moonstone was astonished when the Kohlers took the
    wandering music-teacher to live with them. In seventeen years old Fritz
    had never had a crony, except the harness-maker and Spanish Johnny.
    This Wunsch came from God knew where,—followed Spanish Johnny into town
    when that wanderer came back from one of his tramps. Wunsch played in
    the dance orchestra, tuned pianos, and gave lessons. When Mrs. Kohler
    rescued him, he was sleeping in a dirty, unfurnished room over one of
    the saloons, and he had only two shirts in the world. Once he was under
    her roof, the old woman went at him as she did at her garden. She sewed
    and washed and mended for him, and made him so clean and respectable
    that he was able to get a large class of pupils and to rent a piano. As
    soon as he had money ahead, he sent to the Narrow Gauge lodging-house,
    in Denver, for a trunkful of music which had been held there for unpaid
    board. With tears in his eyes the old man—he was not over fifty, but
    sadly battered—told Mrs. Kohler that he asked nothing better of God
    than to end his days with her, and to be buried in the garden, under
    her linden trees. They were not American basswood, but the European
    linden, which has honey-colored blooms in summer, with a fragrance that
    surpasses all trees and flowers and drives young people wild with joy.

    Thea was reflecting as she walked along that had it not been for
    Professor Wunsch she might have lived on for years in Moonstone without
    ever knowing the Kohlers, without ever seeing their garden or the
    inside of their house. Besides the cuckoo clock,—which was wonderful
    enough, and which Mrs. Kohler said she kept for “company when she was
    lonesome,”—the Kohlers had in their house the most wonderful thing Thea
    had ever seen—but of that later.

    Professor Wunsch went to the houses of his other pupils to give them
    their lessons, but one morning he told Mrs. Kronborg that Thea had
    talent, and that if she came to him he could teach her in his slippers,
    and that would be better. Mrs. Kronborg was a strange woman. That word
    “talent,” which no one else in Moonstone, not even Dr. Archie, would
    have understood, she comprehended perfectly. To any other woman there,
    it would have meant that a child must have her hair curled every day
    and must play in public. Mrs. Kronborg knew it meant that Thea must
    practice four hours a day. A child with talent must be kept at the
    piano, just as a child with measles must be kept under the blankets.
    Mrs. Kronborg and her three sisters had all studied piano, and all sang
    well, but none of them had talent. Their father had played the oboe in
    an orchestra in Sweden, before he came to America to better his
    fortunes. He had even known Jenny Lind. A child with talent had to be
    kept at the piano; so twice a week in summer and once a week in winter
    Thea went over the gulch to the Kohlers’, though the Ladies’ Aid
    Society thought it was not proper for their preacher’s daughter to go
    “where there was so much drinking.” Not that the Kohler sons ever so
    much as looked at a glass of beer. They were ashamed of their old folks
    and got out into the world as fast as possible; had their clothes made
    by a Denver tailor and their necks shaved up under their hair and
    forgot the past. Old Fritz and Wunsch, however, indulged in a friendly
    bottle pretty often. The two men were like comrades; perhaps the bond
    between them was the glass wherein lost hopes are found; perhaps it was
    common memories of another country; perhaps it was the grapevine in the
    garden—knotty, fibrous shrub, full of homesickness and sentiment, which
    the Germans have carried around the world with them.

    As Thea approached the house she peeped between the pink sprays of the
    tamarisk hedge and saw the Professor and Mrs. Kohler in the garden,
    spading and raking. The garden looked like a relief-map now, and gave
    no indication of what it would be in August; such a jungle! Pole beans
    and potatoes and corn and leeks and kale and red cabbage—there would
    even be vegetables for which there is no American name. Mrs. Kohler was
    always getting by mail packages of seeds from Freeport and from the old
    country. Then the flowers! There were big sunflowers for the canary
    bird, tiger lilies and phlox and zinnias and lady’s-slippers and
    portulaca and hollyhocks,—giant hollyhocks. Beside the fruit trees
    there was a great umbrella-shaped catalpa, and a balm-of-Gilead, two
    lindens, and even a ginka,—a rigid, pointed tree with leaves shaped
    like butterflies, which shivered, but never bent to the wind.

    This morning Thea saw to her delight that the two oleander trees, one
    white and one red, had been brought up from their winter quarters in
    the cellar. There is hardly a German family in the most arid parts of
    Utah, New Mexico, Arizona, but has its oleander trees. However loutish
    the American-born sons of the family may be, there was never one who
    refused to give his muscle to the back-breaking task of getting those
    tubbed trees down into the cellar in the fall and up into the sunlight
    in the spring. They may strive to avert the day, but they grapple with
    the tub at last.

    When Thea entered the gate, her professor leaned his spade against the
    white post that supported the turreted dove-house, and wiped his face
    with his shirt-sleeve; someway he never managed to have a handkerchief
    about him. Wunsch was short and stocky, with something rough and
    bear-like about his shoulders. His face was a dark, bricky red, deeply
    creased rather than wrinkled, and the skin was like loose leather over
    his neck band—he wore a brass collar button but no collar. His hair was
    cropped close; iron-gray bristles on a bullet-like head. His eyes were
    always suffused and bloodshot. He had a coarse, scornful mouth, and
    irregular, yellow teeth, much worn at the edges. His hands were square
    and red, seldom clean, but always alive, impatient, even sympathetic.

    “_Morgen_,” he greeted his pupil in a businesslike way, put on a black
    alpaca coat, and conducted her at once to the piano in Mrs. Kohler’s
    sitting-room. He twirled the stool to the proper height, pointed to it,
    and sat down in a wooden chair beside Thea.

    “The scale of B flat major,” he directed, and then fell into an
    attitude of deep attention. Without a word his pupil set to work.

    To Mrs. Kohler, in the garden, came the cheerful sound of effort, of
    vigorous striving. Unconsciously she wielded her rake more lightly.
    Occasionally she heard the teacher’s voice. “Scale of E minor….
    _Weiter, weiter!… Immer_ I hear the thumb, like a lame foot.
    _Weiter… weiter_, once… _Schön!_ The chords, quick!”

    The pupil did not open her mouth until they began the second movement
    of the Clementi sonata, when she remonstrated in low tones about the
    way he had marked the fingering of a passage.

    “It makes no matter what you think,” replied her teacher coldly. “There
    is only one right way. The thumb there. _Ein, zwei, drei, vier_,” etc.
    Then for an hour there was no further interruption.

    At the end of the lesson Thea turned on her stool and leaned her arm on
    the keyboard. They usually had a little talk after the lesson.

    Herr Wunsch grinned. “How soon is it you are free from school? Then we
    make ahead faster, eh?”

    “First week in June. Then will you give me the ‘Invitation to the
    Dance’?”

    He shrugged his shoulders. “It makes no matter. If you want him, you
    play him out of lesson hours.”

    “All right.” Thea fumbled in her pocket and brought out a crumpled slip
    of paper. “What does this mean, please? I guess it’s Latin.”

    Wunsch blinked at the line penciled on the paper. “Wherefrom you get
    this?” he asked gruffly.

    “Out of a book Dr. Archie gave me to read. It’s all English but that.
    Did you ever see it before?” she asked, watching his face.

    “Yes. A long time ago,” he muttered, scowling. “Ovidius!” He took a
    stub of lead pencil from his vest pocket, steadied his hand by a
    visible effort, and under the words:

    “Lente currite, lente currite, noctis equi,”

    he wrote in a clear, elegant Gothic hand,—

    “Go slowly, go slowly, ye steeds of the night.”

    He put the pencil back in his pocket and continued to stare at the
    Latin. It recalled the poem, which he had read as a student, and
    thought very fine. There were treasures of memory which no
    lodging-house keeper could attach. One carried things about in one’s
    head, long after one’s linen could be smuggled out in a tuning-bag. He
    handed the paper back to Thea. “There is the English, quite elegant,”
    he said, rising.

    Mrs. Kohler stuck her head in at the door, and Thea slid off the stool.
    “Come in, Mrs. Kohler,” she called, “and show me the piece-picture.”

    The old woman laughed, pulled off her big gardening gloves, and pushed
    Thea to the lounge before the object of her delight. The
    “piece-picture,” which hung on the wall and nearly covered one whole
    end of the room, was the handiwork of Fritz Kohler. He had learned his
    trade under an old-fashioned tailor in Magdeburg who required from each
    of his apprentices a thesis: that is, before they left his shop, each
    apprentice had to copy in cloth some well known German painting,
    stitching bits of colored stuff together on a linen background; a kind
    of mosaic. The pupil was allowed to select his subject, and Fritz
    Kohler had chosen a popular painting of Napoleon’s retreat from Moscow.
    The gloomy Emperor and his staff were represented as crossing a stone
    bridge, and behind them was the blazing city, the walls and fortresses
    done in gray cloth with orange tongues of flame darting about the domes
    and minarets. Napoleon rode his white horse; Murat, in Oriental dress,
    a bay charger. Thea was never tired of examining this work, of hearing
    how long it had taken Fritz to make it, how much it had been admired,
    and what narrow escapes it had had from moths and fire. Silk, Mrs.
    Kohler explained, would have been much easier to manage than woolen
    cloth, in which it was often hard to get the right shades. The reins of
    the horses, the wheels of the spurs, the brooding eyebrows of the
    Emperor, Murat’s fierce mustaches, the great shakos of the Guard, were
    all worked out with the minutest fidelity. Thea’s admiration for this
    picture had endeared her to Mrs. Kohler. It was now many years since
    she used to point out its wonders to her own little boys. As Mrs.
    Kohler did not go to church, she never heard any singing, except the
    songs that floated over from Mexican Town, and Thea often sang for her
    after the lesson was over. This morning Wunsch pointed to the piano.

    “On Sunday, when I go by the church, I hear you sing something.”

    Thea obediently sat down on the stool again and began, “_Come, ye
    Disconsolate_.” Wunsch listened thoughtfully, his hands on his knees.
    Such a beautiful child’s voice! Old Mrs. Kohler’s face relaxed in a
    smile of happiness; she half closed her eyes. A big fly was darting in
    and out of the window; the sunlight made a golden pool on the rag
    carpet and bathed the faded cretonne pillows on the lounge, under the
    piece-picture. “_Earth has no sorrow that Heaven cannot heal_,” the
    song died away.

    “That is a good thing to remember,” Wunsch shook himself. “You believe
    that?” looking quizzically at Thea.

    She became confused and pecked nervously at a black key with her middle
    finger. “I don’t know. I guess so,” she murmured.

    Her teacher rose abruptly. “Remember, for next time, thirds. You ought
    to get up earlier.”

    That night the air was so warm that Fritz and Herr Wunsch had their
    after-supper pipe in the grape arbor, smoking in silence while the
    sound of fiddles and guitars came across the ravine from Mexican Town.
    Long after Fritz and his old Paulina had gone to bed, Wunsch sat
    motionless in the arbor, looking up through the woolly vine leaves at
    the glittering machinery of heaven.

    “Lente currite, noctis equi.”

    That line awoke many memories. He was thinking of youth; of his own, so
    long gone by, and of his pupil’s, just beginning. He would even have
    cherished hopes for her, except that he had become superstitious. He
    believed that whatever he hoped for was destined not to be; that his
    affection brought ill-fortune, especially to the young; that if he held
    anything in his thoughts, he harmed it. He had taught in music schools
    in St. Louis and Kansas City, where the shallowness and complacency of
    the young misses had maddened him. He had encountered bad manners and
    bad faith, had been the victim of sharpers of all kinds, was dogged by
    bad luck. He had played in orchestras that were never paid and
    wandering opera troupes which disbanded penniless. And there was always
    the old enemy, more relentless than the others. It was long since he
    had wished anything or desired anything beyond the necessities of the
    body. Now that he was tempted to hope for another, he felt alarmed and
    shook his head.

    It was his pupil’s power of application, her rugged will, that
    interested him. He had lived for so long among people whose sole
    ambition was to get something for nothing that he had learned not to
    look for seriousness in anything. Now that he by chance encountered it,
    it recalled standards, ambitions, a society long forgot. What was it
    she reminded him of? A yellow flower, full of sunlight, perhaps. No; a
    thin glass full of sweet-smelling, sparkling Moselle wine. He seemed to
    see such a glass before him in the arbor, to watch the bubbles rising
    and breaking, like the silent discharge of energy in the nerves and
    brain, the rapid florescence in young blood—Wunsch felt ashamed and
    dragged his slippers along the path to the kitchen, his eyes on the
    ground.

    V

    The children in the primary grades were sometimes required to make
    relief maps of Moonstone in sand. Had they used colored sands, as the
    Navajo medicine men do in their sand mosaics, they could easily have
    indicated the social classifications of Moonstone, since these
    conformed to certain topographical boundaries, and every child
    understood them perfectly.

    The main business street ran, of course, through the center of the
    town. To the west of this street lived all the people who were, as
    Tillie Kronborg said, “in society.” Sylvester Street, the third
    parallel with Main Street on the west, was the longest in town, and the
    best dwellings were built along it. Far out at the north end, nearly a
    mile from the court-house and its cottonwood grove, was Dr. Archie’s
    house, its big yard and garden surrounded by a white paling fence. The
    Methodist Church was in the center of the town, facing the court-house
    square. The Kronborgs lived half a mile south of the church, on the
    long street that stretched out like an arm to the depot settlement.
    This was the first street west of Main, and was built up only on one
    side. The preacher’s house faced the backs of the brick and frame store
    buildings and a draw full of sunflowers and scraps of old iron. The
    sidewalk which ran in front of the Kronborgs’ house was the one
    continuous sidewalk to the depot, and all the train men and roundhouse
    employees passed the front gate every time they came uptown. Thea and
    Mrs. Kronborg had many friends among the railroad men, who often paused
    to chat across the fence, and of one of these we shall have more to
    say.

    In the part of Moonstone that lay east of Main Street, toward the deep
    ravine which, farther south, wound by Mexican Town, lived all the
    humbler citizens, the people who voted but did not run for office. The
    houses were little story-and-a-half cottages, with none of the fussy
    architectural efforts that marked those on Sylvester Street. They
    nestled modestly behind their cottonwoods and Virginia creeper; their
    occupants had no social pretensions to keep up. There were no
    half-glass front doors with doorbells, or formidable parlors behind
    closed shutters. Here the old women washed in the back yard, and the
    men sat in the front doorway and smoked their pipes. The people on
    Sylvester Street scarcely knew that this part of the town existed. Thea
    liked to take Thor and her express wagon and explore these quiet, shady
    streets, where the people never tried to have lawns or to grow elms and
    pine trees, but let the native timber have its way and spread in
    luxuriance. She had many friends there, old women who gave her a yellow
    rose or a spray of trumpet vine and appeased Thor with a cooky or a
    doughnut. They called Thea “that preacher’s girl,” but the
    demonstrative was misplaced, for when they spoke of Mr. Kronborg they
    called him “the Methodist preacher.”

    Dr. Archie was very proud of his yard and garden, which he worked
    himself. He was the only man in Moonstone who was successful at growing
    rambler roses, and his strawberries were famous. One morning when Thea
    was downtown on an errand, the doctor stopped her, took her hand and
    went over her with a quizzical eye, as he nearly always did when they
    met.

    “You haven’t been up to my place to get any strawberries yet, Thea.
    They’re at their best just now. Mrs. Archie doesn’t know what to do
    with them all. Come up this afternoon. Just tell Mrs. Archie I sent
    you. Bring a big basket and pick till you are tired.”

    When she got home Thea told her mother that she didn’t want to go,
    because she didn’t like Mrs. Archie.

    “She is certainly one queer woman,” Mrs. Kronborg assented, “but he’s
    asked you so often, I guess you’ll have to go this time. She won’t bite
    you.”

    After dinner Thea took a basket, put Thor in his baby buggy, and set
    out for Dr. Archie’s house at the other end of town. As soon as she
    came within sight of the house, she slackened her pace. She approached
    it very slowly, stopping often to pick dandelions and sand-peas for
    Thor to crush up in his fist.

    It was his wife’s custom, as soon as Dr. Archie left the house in the
    morning, to shut all the doors and windows to keep the dust out, and to
    pull down the shades to keep the sun from fading the carpets. She
    thought, too, that neighbors were less likely to drop in if the house
    was closed up. She was one of those people who are stingy without
    motive or reason, even when they can gain nothing by it. She must have
    known that skimping the doctor in heat and food made him more
    extravagant than he would have been had she made him comfortable. He
    never came home for lunch, because she gave him such miserable scraps
    and shreds of food. No matter how much milk he bought, he could never
    get thick cream for his strawberries. Even when he watched his wife
    lift it from the milk in smooth, ivory-colored blankets, she managed,
    by some sleight-of-hand, to dilute it before it got to the breakfast
    table. The butcher’s favorite joke was about the kind of meat he sold
    Mrs. Archie. She felt no interest in food herself, and she hated to
    prepare it. She liked nothing better than to have Dr. Archie go to
    Denver for a few days—he often went chiefly because he was hungry—and
    to be left alone to eat canned salmon and to keep the house shut up
    from morning until night.

    Mrs. Archie would not have a servant because, she said, “they ate too
    much and broke too much”; she even said they knew too much. She used
    what mind she had in devising shifts to minimize her housework. She
    used to tell her neighbors that if there were no men, there would be no
    housework. When Mrs. Archie was first married, she had been always in a
    panic for fear she would have children. Now that her apprehensions on
    that score had grown paler, she was almost as much afraid of having
    dust in the house as she had once been of having children in it. If
    dust did not get in, it did not have to be got out, she said. She would
    take any amount of trouble to avoid trouble. Why, nobody knew.
    Certainly her husband had never been able to make her out. Such little,
    mean natures are among the darkest and most baffling of created things.
    There is no law by which they can be explained. The ordinary incentives
    of pain and pleasure do not account for their behavior. They live like
    insects, absorbed in petty activities that seem to have nothing to do
    with any genial aspect of human life.

    Mrs. Archie, as Mrs. Kronborg said, “liked to gad.” She liked to have
    her house clean, empty, dark, locked, and to be out of it—anywhere. A
    church social, a prayer meeting, a ten-cent show; she seemed to have no
    preference. When there was nowhere else to go, she used to sit for
    hours in Mrs. Smiley’s millinery and notion store, listening to the
    talk of the women who came in, watching them while they tried on hats,
    blinking at them from her corner with her sharp, restless little eyes.
    She never talked much herself, but she knew all the gossip of the town
    and she had a sharp ear for racy anecdotes—“traveling men’s stories,”
    they used to be called in Moonstone. Her clicking laugh sounded like a
    typewriting machine in action, and, for very pointed stories, she had a
    little screech.

    Mrs. Archie had been Mrs. Archie for only six years, and when she was
    Belle White she was one of the “pretty” girls in Lansing, Michigan. She
    had then a train of suitors. She could truly remind Archie that “the
    boys hung around her.” They did. They thought her very spirited and
    were always saying, “Oh, that Belle White, she’s a case!” She used to
    play heavy practical jokes which the young men thought very clever.
    Archie was considered the most promising young man in “the young
    crowd,” so Belle selected him. She let him see, made him fully aware,
    that she had selected him, and Archie was the sort of boy who could not
    withstand such enlightenment. Belle’s family were sorry for him. On his
    wedding day her sisters looked at the big, handsome boy—he was
    twenty-four—as he walked down the aisle with his bride, and then they
    looked at each other. His besotted confidence, his sober, radiant face,
    his gentle, protecting arm, made them uncomfortable. Well, they were
    glad that he was going West at once, to fulfill his doom where they
    would not be onlookers. Anyhow, they consoled themselves, they had got
    Belle off their hands.

    More than that, Belle seemed to have got herself off her hands. Her
    reputed prettiness must have been entirely the result of determination,
    of a fierce little ambition. Once she had married, fastened herself on
    some one, come to port,—it vanished like the ornamental plumage which
    drops away from some birds after the mating season. The one aggressive
    action of her life was over. She began to shrink in face and stature.
    Of her harum-scarum spirit there was nothing left but the little
    screech. Within a few years she looked as small and mean as she was.

    Thor’s chariot crept along. Thea approached the house unwillingly. She
    didn’t care about the strawberries, anyhow. She had come only because
    she did not want to hurt Dr. Archie’s feelings. She not only disliked
    Mrs. Archie, she was a little afraid of her. While Thea was getting the
    heavy baby-buggy through the iron gate she heard some one call, “Wait a
    minute!” and Mrs. Archie came running around the house from the back
    door, her apron over her head. She came to help with the buggy, because
    she was afraid the wheels might scratch the paint off the gateposts.
    She was a skinny little woman with a great pile of frizzy light hair on
    a small head.

    “Dr. Archie told me to come up and pick some strawberries,” Thea
    muttered, wishing she had stayed at home.

    Mrs. Archie led the way to the back door, squinting and shading her
    eyes with her hand. “Wait a minute,” she said again, when Thea
    explained why she had come.

    She went into her kitchen and Thea sat down on the porch step. When
    Mrs. Archie reappeared she carried in her hand a little wooden
    butter-basket trimmed with fringed tissue paper, which she must have
    brought home from some church supper. “You’ll have to have something to
    put them in,” she said, ignoring the yawning willow basket which stood
    empty on Thor’s feet. “You can have this, and you needn’t mind about
    returning it. You know about not trampling the vines, don’t you?”

    Mrs. Archie went back into the house and Thea leaned over in the sand
    and picked a few strawberries. As soon as she was sure that she was not
    going to cry, she tossed the little basket into the big one and ran
    Thor’s buggy along the gravel walk and out of the gate as fast as she
    could push it. She was angry, and she was ashamed for Dr. Archie. She
    could not help thinking how uncomfortable he would be if he ever found
    out about it. Little things like that were the ones that cut him most.
    She slunk home by the back way, and again almost cried when she told
    her mother about it.

    Mrs. Kronborg was frying doughnuts for her husband’s supper. She
    laughed as she dropped a new lot into the hot grease. “It’s wonderful,
    the way some people are made,” she declared. “But I wouldn’t let that
    upset me if I was you. Think what it would be to live with it all the
    time. You look in the black pocketbook inside my handbag and take a
    dime and go downtown and get an ice-cream soda. That’ll make you feel
    better. Thor can have a little of the ice-cream if you feed it to him
    with a spoon. He likes it, don’t you, son?” She stooped to wipe his
    chin. Thor was only six months old and inarticulate, but it was quite
    true that he liked ice-cream.

    VI

    Seen from a balloon, Moonstone would have looked like a Noah’s ark town
    set out in the sand and lightly shaded by gray-green tamarisks and
    cottonwoods. A few people were trying to make soft maples grow in their
    turfed lawns, but the fashion of planting incongruous trees from the
    North Atlantic States had not become general then, and the frail,
    brightly painted desert town was shaded by the light-reflecting,
    wind-loving trees of the desert, whose roots are always seeking water
    and whose leaves are always talking about it, making the sound of rain.
    The long porous roots of the cottonwood are irrepressible. They break
    into the wells as rats do into granaries, and thieve the water.

    The long street which connected Moonstone with the depot settlement
    traversed in its course a considerable stretch of rough open country,
    staked out in lots but not built up at all, a weedy hiatus between the
    town and the railroad. When you set out along this street to go to the
    station, you noticed that the houses became smaller and farther apart,
    until they ceased altogether, and the board sidewalk continued its
    uneven course through sunflower patches, until you reached the
    solitary, new brick Catholic Church. The church stood there because the
    land was given to the parish by the man who owned the adjoining waste
    lots, in the hope of making them more salable—“Farrier’s Addition,”
    this patch of prairie was called in the clerk’s office. An eighth of a
    mile beyond the church was a washout, a deep sand-gully, where the
    board sidewalk became a bridge for perhaps fifty feet. Just beyond the
    gully was old Uncle Billy Beemer’s grove,—twelve town lots set out in
    fine, well-grown cottonwood trees, delightful to look upon, or to
    listen to, as they swayed and rippled in the wind. Uncle Billy had been
    one of the most worthless old drunkards who ever sat on a store box and
    told filthy stories. One night he played hide-and-seek with a switch
    engine and got his sodden brains knocked out. But his grove, the one
    creditable thing he had ever done in his life, rustled on. Beyond this
    grove the houses of the depot settlement began, and the naked board
    walk, that had run in out of the sunflowers, again became a link
    between human dwellings.

    One afternoon, late in the summer, Dr. Howard Archie was fighting his
    way back to town along this walk through a blinding sandstorm, a silk
    handkerchief tied over his mouth. He had been to see a sick woman down
    in the depot settlement, and he was walking because his ponies had been
    out for a hard drive that morning.

    As he passed the Catholic Church he came upon Thea and Thor. Thea was
    sitting in a child’s express wagon, her feet out behind, kicking the
    wagon along and steering by the tongue. Thor was on her lap and she
    held him with one arm. He had grown to be a big cub of a baby, with a
    constitutional grievance, and he had to be continually amused. Thea
    took him philosophically, and tugged and pulled him about, getting as
    much fun as she could under her encumbrance. Her hair was blowing about
    her face, and her eyes were squinting so intently at the uneven board
    sidewalk in front of her that she did not see the doctor until he spoke
    to her.

    “Look out, Thea. You’ll steer that youngster into the ditch.”

    The wagon stopped. Thea released the tongue, wiped her hot, sandy face,
    and pushed back her hair. “Oh, no, I won’t! I never ran off but once,
    and then he didn’t get anything but a bump. He likes this better than a
    baby buggy, and so do I.”

    “Are you going to kick that cart all the way home?”

    “Of course. We take long trips; wherever there is a sidewalk. It’s no
    good on the road.”

    “Looks to me like working pretty hard for your fun. Are you going to be
    busy to-night? Want to make a call with me? Spanish Johnny’s come home
    again, all used up. His wife sent me word this morning, and I said I’d
    go over to see him to-night. He’s an old chum of yours, isn’t he?”

    “Oh, I’m glad. She’s been crying her eyes out. When did he come?”

    “Last night, on Number Six. Paid his fare, they tell me. Too sick to
    beat it. There’ll come a time when that boy won’t get back, I’m afraid.
    Come around to my office about eight o’clock,—and you needn’t bring
    that!”

    Thor seemed to understand that he had been insulted, for he scowled and
    began to kick the side of the wagon, shouting, “Go-go, go-go!” Thea
    leaned forward and grabbed the wagon tongue. Dr. Archie stepped in
    front of her and blocked the way. “Why don’t you make him wait? What do
    you let him boss you like that for?”

    “If he gets mad he throws himself, and then I can’t do anything with
    him. When he’s mad he’s lots stronger than me, aren’t you, Thor?” Thea
    spoke with pride, and the idol was appeased. He grunted approvingly as
    his sister began to kick rapidly behind her, and the wagon rattled off
    and soon disappeared in the flying currents of sand.

    That evening Dr. Archie was seated in his office, his desk chair tilted
    back, reading by the light of a hot coal-oil lamp. All the windows were
    open, but the night was breathless after the sandstorm, and his hair
    was moist where it hung over his forehead. He was deeply engrossed in
    his book and sometimes smiled thoughtfully as he read. When Thea
    Kronborg entered quietly and slipped into a seat, he nodded, finished
    his paragraph, inserted a bookmark, and rose to put the book back into
    the case. It was one out of the long row of uniform volumes on the top
    shelf.

    “Nearly every time I come in, when you’re alone, you’re reading one of
    those books,” Thea remarked thoughtfully. “They must be very nice.”

    The doctor dropped back into his swivel chair, the mottled volume still
    in his hand. “They aren’t exactly books, Thea,” he said seriously.
    “They’re a city.”

    “A history, you mean?”

    “Yes, and no. They’re a history of a live city, not a dead one. A
    Frenchman undertook to write about a whole cityful of people, all the
    kinds he knew. And he got them nearly all in, I guess. Yes, it’s very
    interesting. You’ll like to read it some day, when you’re grown up.”

    Thea leaned forward and made out the title on the back, “A
    Distinguished Provincial in Paris.”

    “It doesn’t sound very interesting.”

    “Perhaps not, but it is.” The doctor scrutinized her broad face, low
    enough to be in the direct light from under the green lamp shade.
    “Yes,” he went on with some satisfaction, “I think you’ll like them
    some day. You’re always curious about people, and I expect this man
    knew more about people than anybody that ever lived.”

    “City people or country people?”

    “Both. People are pretty much the same everywhere.”

    “Oh, no, they’re not. The people who go through in the dining-car
    aren’t like us.”

    “What makes you think they aren’t, my girl? Their clothes?”

    Thea shook her head. “No, it’s something else. I don’t know.” Her eyes
    shifted under the doctor’s searching gaze and she glanced up at the row
    of books. “How soon will I be old enough to read them?”

    “Soon enough, soon enough, little girl.” The doctor patted her hand and
    looked at her index finger. “The nail’s coming all right, isn’t it? But
    I think that man makes you practice too much. You have it on your mind
    all the time.” He had noticed that when she talked to him she was
    always opening and shutting her hands. “It makes you nervous.”

    “No, he don’t,” Thea replied stubbornly, watching Dr. Archie return the
    book to its niche.

    He took up a black leather case, put on his hat, and they went down the
    dark stairs into the street. The summer moon hung full in the sky. For
    the time being, it was the great fact in the world. Beyond the edge of
    the town the plain was so white that every clump of sage stood out
    distinct from the sand, and the dunes looked like a shining lake. The
    doctor took off his straw hat and carried it in his hand as they walked
    toward Mexican Town, across the sand.

    North of Pueblo, Mexican settlements were rare in Colorado then. This
    one had come about accidentally. Spanish Johnny was the first Mexican
    who came to Moonstone. He was a painter and decorator, and had been
    working in Trinidad, when Ray Kennedy told him there was a “boom” on in
    Moonstone, and a good many new buildings were going up. A year after
    Johnny settled in Moonstone, his cousin, Famos Serreños, came to work
    in the brickyard; then Serreños’ cousins came to help him. During the
    strike, the master mechanic put a gang of Mexicans to work in the
    roundhouse. The Mexicans had arrived so quietly, with their blankets
    and musical instruments, that before Moonstone was awake to the fact,
    there was a Mexican quarter; a dozen families or more.

    As Thea and the doctor approached the ’dobe houses, they heard a
    guitar, and a rich barytone voice—that of Famos Serreños—singing “La
    Golandrina.” All the Mexican houses had neat little yards, with
    tamarisk hedges and flowers, and walks bordered with shells or
    whitewashed stones. Johnny’s house was dark. His wife, Mrs.
    Tellamantez, was sitting on the doorstep, combing her long, blue-black
    hair. (Mexican women are like the Spartans; when they are in trouble,
    in love, under stress of any kind, they comb and comb their hair.) She
    rose without embarrassment or apology, comb in hand, and greeted the
    doctor.

    “Good-evening; will you go in?” she asked in a low, musical voice. “He
    is in the back room. I will make a light.” She followed them indoors,
    lit a candle and handed it to the doctor, pointing toward the bedroom.
    Then she went back and sat down on her doorstep.

    Dr. Archie and Thea went into the bedroom, which was dark and quiet.
    There was a bed in the corner, and a man was lying on the clean sheets.
    On the table beside him was a glass pitcher, half-full of water.
    Spanish Johnny looked younger than his wife, and when he was in health
    he was very handsome: slender, gold-colored, with wavy black hair, a
    round, smooth throat, white teeth, and burning black eyes. His profile
    was strong and severe, like an Indian’s. What was termed his “wildness”
    showed itself only in his feverish eyes and in the color that burned on
    his tawny cheeks. That night he was a coppery green, and his eyes were
    like black holes. He opened them when the doctor held the candle before
    his face.

    “_Mi testa!_” he muttered, “_mi testa_,” doctor. “_La fiebre!_” Seeing
    the doctor’s companion at the foot of the bed, he attempted a smile.
    “_Muchacha!_” he exclaimed deprecatingly.

    Dr. Archie stuck a thermometer into his mouth. “Now, Thea, you can run
    outside and wait for me.”

    Thea slipped noiselessly through the dark house and joined Mrs.
    Tellamantez. The somber Mexican woman did not seem inclined to talk,
    but her nod was friendly. Thea sat down on the warm sand, her back to
    the moon, facing Mrs. Tellamantez on her doorstep, and began to count
    the moon flowers on the vine that ran over the house. Mrs. Tellamantez
    was always considered a very homely woman. Her face was of a strongly
    marked type not sympathetic to Americans. Such long, oval faces, with a
    full chin, a large, mobile mouth, a high nose, are not uncommon in
    Spain. Mrs. Tellamantez could not write her name, and could read but
    little. Her strong nature lived upon itself. She was chiefly known in
    Moonstone for her forbearance with her incorrigible husband.

    Nobody knew exactly what was the matter with Johnny, and everybody
    liked him. His popularity would have been unusual for a white man, for
    a Mexican it was unprecedented. His talents were his undoing. He had a
    high, uncertain tenor voice, and he played the mandolin with
    exceptional skill. Periodically he went crazy. There was no other way
    to explain his behavior. He was a clever workman, and, when he worked,
    as regular and faithful as a burro. Then some night he would fall in
    with a crowd at the saloon and begin to sing. He would go on until he
    had no voice left, until he wheezed and rasped. Then he would play his
    mandolin furiously, and drink until his eyes sank back into his head.
    At last, when he was put out of the saloon at closing time, and could
    get nobody to listen to him, he would run away—along the railroad
    track, straight across the desert. He always managed to get aboard a
    freight somewhere. Once beyond Denver, he played his way southward from
    saloon to saloon until he got across the border. He never wrote to his
    wife; but she would soon begin to get newspapers from La Junta,
    Albuquerque, Chihuahua, with marked paragraphs announcing that Juan
    Tellamantez and his wonderful mandolin could be heard at the Jack
    Rabbit Grill, or the Pearl of Cadiz Saloon. Mrs. Tellamantez waited and
    wept and combed her hair. When he was completely wrung out and burned
    up,—all but destroyed,—her Juan always came back to her to be taken
    care of,—once with an ugly knife wound in the neck, once with a finger
    missing from his right hand,—but he played just as well with three
    fingers as he had with four.

    Public sentiment was lenient toward Johnny, but everybody was disgusted
    with Mrs. Tellamantez for putting up with him. She ought to discipline
    him, people said; she ought to leave him; she had no self-respect. In
    short, Mrs. Tellamantez got all the blame. Even Thea thought she was
    much too humble. To-night, as she sat with her back to the moon,
    looking at the moon flowers and Mrs. Tellamantez’s somber face, she was
    thinking that there is nothing so sad in the world as that kind of
    patience and resignation. It was much worse than Johnny’s craziness.
    She even wondered whether it did not help to make Johnny crazy. People
    had no right to be so passive and resigned. She would like to roll over
    and over in the sand and screech at Mrs. Tellamantez. She was glad when
    the doctor came out.

    The Mexican woman rose and stood respectful and expectant. The doctor
    held his hat in his hand and looked kindly at her.

    “Same old thing, Mrs. Tellamantez. He’s no worse than he’s been before.
    I’ve left some medicine. Don’t give him anything but toast water until
    I see him again. You’re a good nurse; you’ll get him out.” Dr. Archie
    smiled encouragingly. He glanced about the little garden and wrinkled
    his brows. “I can’t see what makes him behave so. He’s killing himself,
    and he’s not a rowdy sort of fellow. Can’t you tie him up someway?
    Can’t you tell when these fits are coming on?”

    Mrs. Tellamantez put her hand to her forehead. “The saloon, doctor, the
    excitement; that is what makes him. People listen to him, and it
    excites him.”

    The doctor shook his head. “Maybe. He’s too much for my calculations. I
    don’t see what he gets out of it.”

    “He is always fooled,”—the Mexican woman spoke rapidly and tremulously,
    her long under lip quivering.

    “He is good at heart, but he has no head. He fools himself. You do not
    understand in this country, you are progressive. But he has no
    judgment, and he is fooled.” She stooped quickly, took up one of the
    white conch-shells that bordered the walk, and, with an apologetic
    inclination of her head, held it to Dr. Archie’s ear. “Listen, doctor.
    You hear something in there? You hear the sea; and yet the sea is very
    far from here. You have judgment, and you know that. But he is fooled.
    To him, it is the sea itself. A little thing is big to him.” She bent
    and placed the shell in the white row, with its fellows. Thea took it
    up softly and pressed it to her own ear. The sound in it startled her;
    it was like something calling one. So that was why Johnny ran away.
    There was something awe-inspiring about Mrs. Tellamantez and her shell.

    Thea caught Dr. Archie’s hand and squeezed it hard as she skipped along
    beside him back toward Moonstone. She went home, and the doctor went
    back to his lamp and his book. He never left his office until after
    midnight. If he did not play whist or pool in the evening, he read. It
    had become a habit with him to lose himself.

    VII

    Thea’s twelfth birthday had passed a few weeks before her memorable
    call upon Mrs. Tellamantez. There was a worthy man in Moonstone who was
    already planning to marry Thea as soon as she should be old enough. His
    name was Ray Kennedy, his age was thirty, and he was conductor on a
    freight train, his run being from Moonstone to Denver. Ray was a big
    fellow, with a square, open American face, a rock chin, and features
    that one would never happen to remember. He was an aggressive idealist,
    a freethinker, and, like most railroad men, deeply sentimental. Thea
    liked him for reasons that had to do with the adventurous life he had
    led in Mexico and the Southwest, rather than for anything very
    personal. She liked him, too, because he was the only one of her
    friends who ever took her to the sand hills. The sand hills were a
    constant tantalization; she loved them better than anything near
    Moonstone, and yet she could so seldom get to them. The first dunes
    were accessible enough; they were only a few miles beyond the Kohlers’,
    and she could run out there any day when she could do her practicing in
    the morning and get Thor off her hands for an afternoon. But the real
    hills—the Turquoise Hills, the Mexicans called them—were ten good miles
    away, and one reached them by a heavy, sandy road. Dr. Archie sometimes
    took Thea on his long drives, but as nobody lived in the sand hills, he
    never had calls to make in that direction. Ray Kennedy was her only
    hope of getting there.

    This summer Thea had not been to the hills once, though Ray had planned
    several Sunday expeditions. Once Thor was sick, and once the organist
    in her father’s church was away and Thea had to play the organ for the
    three Sunday services. But on the first Sunday in September, Ray drove
    up to the Kronborgs’ front gate at nine o’clock in the morning and the
    party actually set off. Gunner and Axel went with Thea, and Ray had
    asked Spanish Johnny to come and to bring Mrs. Tellamantez and his
    mandolin. Ray was artlessly fond of music, especially of Mexican music.
    He and Mrs. Tellamantez had got up the lunch between them, and they
    were to make coffee in the desert.

    When they left Mexican Town, Thea was on the front seat with Ray and
    Johnny, and Gunner and Axel sat behind with Mrs. Tellamantez. They
    objected to this, of course, but there were some things about which
    Thea would have her own way. “As stubborn as a Finn,” Mrs. Kronborg
    sometimes said of her, quoting an old Swedish saying. When they passed
    the Kohlers’, old Fritz and Wunsch were cutting grapes at the arbor.
    Thea gave them a businesslike nod. Wunsch came to the gate and looked
    after them. He divined Ray Kennedy’s hopes, and he distrusted every
    expedition that led away from the piano. Unconsciously he made Thea pay
    for frivolousness of this sort.

    As Ray Kennedy’s party followed the faint road across the sagebrush,
    they heard behind them the sound of church bells, which gave them a
    sense of escape and boundless freedom. Every rabbit that shot across
    the path, every sage hen that flew up by the trail, was like a runaway
    thought, a message that one sent into the desert. As they went farther,
    the illusion of the mirage became more instead of less convincing; a
    shallow silver lake that spread for many miles, a little misty in the
    sunlight. Here and there one saw reflected the image of a heifer,
    turned loose to live upon the sparse sand-grass. They were magnified to
    a preposterous height and looked like mammoths, prehistoric beasts
    standing solitary in the waters that for many thousands of years
    actually washed over that desert;—the mirage itself may be the ghost of
    that long-vanished sea. Beyond the phantom lake lay the line of
    many-colored hills; rich, sun-baked yellow, glowing turquoise,
    lavender, purple; all the open, pastel colors of the desert.

    After the first five miles the road grew heavier. The horses had to
    slow down to a walk and the wheels sank deep into the sand, which now
    lay in long ridges, like waves, where the last high wind had drifted
    it. Two hours brought the party to Pedro’s Cup, named for a Mexican
    desperado who had once held the sheriff at bay there. The Cup was a
    great amphitheater, cut out in the hills, its floor smooth and packed
    hard, dotted with sagebrush and greasewood.

    On either side of the Cup the yellow hills ran north and south, with
    winding ravines between them, full of soft sand which drained down from
    the crumbling banks. On the surface of this fluid sand, one could find
    bits of brilliant stone, crystals and agates and onyx, and petrified
    wood as red as blood. Dried toads and lizards were to be found there,
    too. Birds, decomposing more rapidly, left only feathered skeletons.

    After a little reconnoitering, Mrs. Tellamantez declared that it was
    time for lunch, and Ray took his hatchet and began to cut greasewood,
    which burns fiercely in its green state. The little boys dragged the
    bushes to the spot that Mrs. Tellamantez had chosen for her fire.
    Mexican women like to cook out of doors.

    After lunch Thea sent Gunner and Axel to hunt for agates. “If you see a
    rattlesnake, run. Don’t try to kill it,” she enjoined.

    Gunner hesitated. “If Ray would let me take the hatchet, I could kill
    one all right.”

    Mrs. Tellamantez smiled and said something to Johnny in Spanish.

    “Yes,” her husband replied, translating, “they say in Mexico, kill a
    snake but never hurt his feelings. Down in the hot country,
    _muchacha_,” turning to Thea, “people keep a pet snake in the house to
    kill rats and mice. They call him the house snake. They keep a little
    mat for him by the fire, and at night he curl up there and sit with the
    family, just as friendly!”

    Gunner sniffed with disgust. “Well, I think that’s a dirty Mexican way
    to keep house; so there!”

    Johnny shrugged his shoulders. “Perhaps,” he muttered. A Mexican learns
    to dive below insults or soar above them, after he crosses the border.

    By this time the south wall of the amphitheater cast a narrow shelf of
    shadow, and the party withdrew to this refuge. Ray and Johnny began to
    talk about the Grand Canyon and Death Valley, two places much shrouded
    in mystery in those days, and Thea listened intently. Mrs. Tellamantez
    took out her drawn-work and pinned it to her knee. Ray could talk well
    about the large part of the continent over which he had been knocked
    about, and Johnny was appreciative.

    “You been all over, pretty near. Like a Spanish boy,” he commented
    respectfully.

    Ray, who had taken off his coat, whetted his pocketknife thoughtfully
    on the sole of his shoe. “I began to browse around early. I had a mind
    to see something of this world, and I ran away from home before I was
    twelve. Rustled for myself ever since.”

    “Ran away?” Johnny looked hopeful. “What for?”

    “Couldn’t make it go with my old man, and didn’t take to farming. There
    were plenty of boys at home. I wasn’t missed.”

    Thea wriggled down in the hot sand and rested her chin on her arm.
    “Tell Johnny about the melons, Ray, please do!”

    Ray’s solid, sunburned cheeks grew a shade redder, and he looked
    reproachfully at Thea. “You’re stuck on that story, kid. You like to
    get the laugh on me, don’t you? That was the finishing split I had with
    my old man, John. He had a claim along the creek, not far from Denver,
    and raised a little garden stuff for market. One day he had a load of
    melons and he decided to take ’em to town and sell ’em along the
    street, and he made me go along and drive for him. Denver wasn’t the
    queen city it is now, by any means, but it seemed a terrible big place
    to me; and when we got there, if he didn’t make me drive right up
    Capitol Hill! Pap got out and stopped at folkses houses to ask if they
    didn’t want to buy any melons, and I was to drive along slow. The
    farther I went the madder I got, but I was trying to look unconscious,
    when the end-gate came loose and one of the melons fell out and
    squashed. Just then a swell girl, all dressed up, comes out of one of
    the big houses and calls out, ‘Hello, boy, you’re losing your melons!’
    Some dudes on the other side of the street took their hats off to her
    and began to laugh. I couldn’t stand it any longer. I grabbed the whip
    and lit into that team, and they tore up the hill like jack-rabbits,
    them damned melons bouncing out the back every jump, the old man
    cussin’ an’ yellin’ behind and everybody laughin’. I never looked
    behind, but the whole of Capitol Hill must have been a mess with them
    squashed melons. I didn’t stop the team till I got out of sight of
    town. Then I pulled up an’ left ’em with a rancher I was acquainted
    with, and I never went home to get the lickin’ that was waitin’ for me.
    I expect it’s waitin’ for me yet.”

    Thea rolled over in the sand. “Oh, I wish I could have seen those
    melons fly, Ray! I’ll never see anything as funny as that. Now, tell
    Johnny about your first job.”

    Ray had a collection of good stories. He was observant, truthful, and
    kindly—perhaps the chief requisites in a good story-teller.
    Occasionally he used newspaper phrases, conscientiously learned in his
    efforts at self-instruction, but when he talked naturally he was always
    worth listening to. Never having had any schooling to speak of, he had,
    almost from the time he first ran away, tried to make good his loss. As
    a sheep-herder he had worried an old grammar to tatters, and read
    instructive books with the help of a pocket dictionary. By the light of
    many camp-fires he had pondered upon Prescott’s histories, and the
    works of Washington Irving, which he bought at a high price from a
    book-agent. Mathematics and physics were easy for him, but general
    culture came hard, and he was determined to get it. Ray was a
    freethinker, and inconsistently believed himself damned for being one.
    When he was braking, down on the Santa Fé, at the end of his run he
    used to climb into the upper bunk of the caboose, while a noisy gang
    played poker about the stove below him, and by the roof-lamp read
    Robert Ingersoll’s speeches and “The Age of Reason.”

    Ray was a loyal-hearted fellow, and it had cost him a great deal to
    give up his God. He was one of the stepchildren of Fortune, and he had
    very little to show for all his hard work; the other fellow always got
    the best of it. He had come in too late, or too early, on several
    schemes that had made money. He brought with him from all his
    wanderings a good deal of information (more or less correct in itself,
    but unrelated, and therefore misleading), a high standard of personal
    honor, a sentimental veneration for all women, bad as well as good, and
    a bitter hatred of Englishmen. Thea often thought that the nicest thing
    about Ray was his love for Mexico and the Mexicans, who had been kind
    to him when he drifted, a homeless boy, over the border. In Mexico, Ray
    was Señor Ken-áy-dy, and when he answered to that name he was somehow a
    different fellow. He spoke Spanish fluently, and the sunny warmth of
    that tongue kept him from being quite as hard as his chin, or as narrow
    as his popular science.

    While Ray was smoking his cigar, he and Johnny fell to talking about
    the great fortunes that had been made in the Southwest, and about
    fellows they knew who had “struck it rich.”

    “I guess you been in on some big deals down there?” Johnny asked
    trustfully.

    Ray smiled and shook his head. “I’ve been out on some, John. I’ve never
    been exactly in on any. So far, I’ve either held on too long or let go
    too soon. But mine’s coming to me, all right.” Ray looked reflective.
    He leaned back in the shadow and dug out a rest for his elbow in the
    sand. “The narrowest escape I ever had, was in the Bridal Chamber. If I
    hadn’t let go there, it would have made me rich. That was a close
    call.”

    Johnny looked delighted. “You don’ say! She was silver mine, I guess?”

    “I guess she was! Down at Lake Valley. I put up a few hundred for the
    prospector, and he gave me a bunch of stock. Before we’d got anything
    out of it, my brother-in-law died of the fever in Cuba. My sister was
    beside herself to get his body back to Colorado to bury him. Seemed
    foolish to me, but she’s the only sister I got. It’s expensive for dead
    folks to travel, and I had to sell my stock in the mine to raise the
    money to get Elmer on the move. Two months afterward, the boys struck
    that big pocket in the rock, full of virgin silver. They named her the
    Bridal Chamber. It wasn’t ore, you remember. It was pure, soft metal
    you could have melted right down into dollars. The boys cut it out with
    chisels. If old Elmer hadn’t played that trick on me, I’d have been in
    for about fifty thousand. That was a close call, Spanish.”

    “I recollec’. When the pocket gone, the town go bust.”

    “You bet. Higher’n a kite. There was no vein, just a pocket in the rock
    that had sometime or another got filled up with molten silver. You’d
    think there would be more somewhere about, but _nada_. There’s fools
    digging holes in that mountain yet.”

    When Ray had finished his cigar, Johnny took his mandolin and began
    Kennedy’s favorite, “Ultimo Amor.” It was now three o’clock in the
    afternoon, the hottest hour in the day. The narrow shelf of shadow had
    widened until the floor of the amphitheater was marked off in two
    halves, one glittering yellow, and one purple. The little boys had come
    back and were making a robbers’ cave to enact the bold deeds of Pedro
    the bandit. Johnny, stretched gracefully on the sand, passed from
    “Ultimo Amor” to “Fluvia de Oro,” and then to “Noches de Algeria,”
    playing languidly.

    Every one was busy with his own thoughts. Mrs. Tellamantez was thinking
    of the square in the little town in which she was born; of the white
    church steps, with people genuflecting as they passed, and the
    round-topped acacia trees, and the band playing in the plaza. Ray
    Kennedy was thinking of the future, dreaming the large Western dream of
    easy money, of a fortune kicked up somewhere in the hills,—an oil well,
    a gold mine, a ledge of copper. He always told himself, when he
    accepted a cigar from a newly married railroad man, that he knew enough
    not to marry until he had found his ideal, and could keep her like a
    queen. He believed that in the yellow head over there in the sand he
    had found his ideal, and that by the time she was old enough to marry,
    he would be able to keep her like a queen. He would kick it up from
    somewhere, when he got loose from the railroad.

    Thea, stirred by tales of adventure, of the Grand Canyon and Death
    Valley, was recalling a great adventure of her own. Early in the summer
    her father had been invited to conduct a reunion of old frontiersmen,
    up in Wyoming, near Laramie, and he took Thea along with him to play
    the organ and sing patriotic songs. There they stayed at the house of
    an old ranchman who told them about a ridge up in the hills called
    Laramie Plain, where the wagon-trails of the Forty-niners and the
    Mormons were still visible. The old man even volunteered to take Mr.
    Kronborg up into the hills to see this place, though it was a very long
    drive to make in one day. Thea had begged frantically to go along, and
    the old rancher, flattered by her rapt attention to his stories, had
    interceded for her.

    They set out from Laramie before daylight, behind a strong team of
    mules. All the way there was much talk of the Forty-niners. The old
    rancher had been a teamster in a freight train that used to crawl back
    and forth across the plains between Omaha and Cherry Creek, as Denver
    was then called, and he had met many a wagon train bound for
    California. He told of Indians and buffalo, thirst and slaughter,
    wanderings in snowstorms, and lonely graves in the desert.

    The road they followed was a wild and beautiful one. It led up and up,
    by granite rocks and stunted pines, around deep ravines and echoing
    gorges. The top of the ridge, when they reached it, was a great flat
    plain, strewn with white boulders, with the wind howling over it. There
    was not one trail, as Thea had expected; there were a score; deep
    furrows, cut in the earth by heavy wagon wheels, and now grown over
    with dry, whitish grass. The furrows ran side by side; when one trail
    had been worn too deep, the next party had abandoned it and made a new
    trail to the right or left. They were, indeed, only old wagon ruts,
    running east and west, and grown over with grass. But as Thea ran about
    among the white stones, her skirts blowing this way and that, the wind
    brought to her eyes tears that might have come anyway. The old rancher
    picked up an iron ox-shoe from one of the furrows and gave it to her
    for a keepsake. To the west one could see range after range of blue
    mountains, and at last the snowy range, with its white, windy peaks,
    the clouds caught here and there on their spurs. Again and again Thea
    had to hide her face from the cold for a moment. The wind never slept
    on this plain, the old man said. Every little while eagles flew over.

    Coming up from Laramie, the old man had told them that he was in
    Brownsville, Nebraska, when the first telegraph wires were put across
    the Missouri River, and that the first message that ever crossed the
    river was “Westward the course of Empire takes its way.” He had been in
    the room when the instrument began to click, and all the men there had,
    without thinking what they were doing, taken off their hats, waiting
    bareheaded to hear the message translated. Thea remembered that message
    when she sighted down the wagon tracks toward the blue mountains. She
    told herself she would never, never forget it. The spirit of human
    courage seemed to live up there with the eagles. For long after, when
    she was moved by a Fourth-of-July oration, or a band, or a circus
    parade, she was apt to remember that windy ridge.

    To-day she went to sleep while she was thinking about it. When Ray
    wakened her, the horses were hitched to the wagon and Gunner and Axel
    were begging for a place on the front seat. The air had cooled, the sun
    was setting, and the desert was on fire. Thea contentedly took the back
    seat with Mrs. Tellamantez. As they drove homeward the stars began to
    come out, pale yellow in a yellow sky, and Ray and Johnny began to sing
    one of those railroad ditties that are usually born on the Southern
    Pacific and run the length of the Santa Fé and the “Q” system before
    they die to give place to a new one. This was a song about a Greaser
    dance, the refrain being something like this:—

    “Pedró, Pedró, swing high, swing low,
    And it’s allamand left again;
    For there’s boys that’s bold and there’s some that’s cold,
    But the góld boys come from Spain,
    Oh, the góld boys come from Spain!”

    VIII

    Winter was long in coming that year. Throughout October the days were
    bathed in sunlight and the air was clear as crystal. The town kept its
    cheerful summer aspect, the desert glistened with light, the sand hills
    every day went through magical changes of color. The scarlet sage
    bloomed late in the front yards, the cottonwood leaves were bright gold
    long before they fell, and it was not until November that the green on
    the tamarisks began to cloud and fade. There was a flurry of snow about
    Thanksgiving, and then December came on warm and clear.

    Thea had three music pupils now, little girls whose mothers declared
    that Professor Wunsch was “much too severe.” They took their lessons on
    Saturday, and this, of course, cut down her time for play. She did not
    really mind this because she was allowed to use the money—her pupils
    paid her twenty-five cents a lesson—to fit up a little room for herself
    upstairs in the half-story. It was the end room of the wing, and was
    not plastered, but was snugly lined with soft pine. The ceiling was so
    low that a grown person could reach it with the palm of the hand, and
    it sloped down on either side. There was only one window, but it was a
    double one and went to the floor. In October, while the days were still
    warm, Thea and Tillie papered the room, walls and ceiling in the same
    paper, small red and brown roses on a yellowish ground. Thea bought a
    brown cotton carpet, and her big brother, Gus, put it down for her one
    Sunday. She made white cheesecloth curtains and hung them on a tape.
    Her mother gave her an old walnut dresser with a broken mirror, and she
    had her own dumpy walnut single bed, and a blue washbowl and pitcher
    which she had drawn at a church fair lottery. At the head of her bed
    she had a tall round wooden hat-crate, from the clothing store. This,
    standing on end and draped with cretonne, made a fairly steady table
    for her lantern. She was not allowed to take a lamp upstairs, so Ray
    Kennedy gave her a railroad lantern by which she could read at night.

    In winter this loft room of Thea’s was bitterly cold, but against her
    mother’s advice—and Tillie’s—she always left her window open a little
    way. Mrs. Kronborg declared that she “had no patience with American
    physiology,” though the lessons about the injurious effects of alcohol
    and tobacco were well enough for the boys. Thea asked Dr. Archie about
    the window, and he told her that a girl who sang must always have
    plenty of fresh air, or her voice would get husky, and that the cold
    would harden her throat. The important thing, he said, was to keep your
    feet warm. On very cold nights Thea always put a brick in the oven
    after supper, and when she went upstairs she wrapped it in an old
    flannel petticoat and put it in her bed. The boys, who would never heat
    bricks for themselves, sometimes carried off Thea’s, and thought it a
    good joke to get ahead of her.

    When Thea first plunged in between her red blankets, the cold sometimes
    kept her awake for a good while, and she comforted herself by
    remembering all she could of “Polar Explorations,” a fat, calf-bound
    volume her father had bought from a book-agent, and by thinking about
    the members of Greely’s party: how they lay in their frozen
    sleeping-bags, each man hoarding the warmth of his own body and trying
    to make it last as long as possible against the on-coming cold that
    would be everlasting. After half an hour or so, a warm wave crept over
    her body and round, sturdy legs; she glowed like a little stove with
    the warmth of her own blood, and the heavy quilts and red blankets grew
    warm wherever they touched her, though her breath sometimes froze on
    the coverlid. Before daylight, her internal fires went down a little,
    and she often wakened to find herself drawn up into a tight ball,
    somewhat stiff in the legs. But that made it all the easier to get up.

    The acquisition of this room was the beginning of a new era in Thea’s
    life. It was one of the most important things that ever happened to
    her. Hitherto, except in summer, when she could be out of doors, she
    had lived in constant turmoil; the family, the day school, the
    Sunday-School. The clamor about her drowned the voice within herself.
    In the end of the wing, separated from the other upstairs
    sleeping-rooms by a long, cold, unfinished lumber room, her mind worked
    better. She thought things out more clearly. Pleasant plans and ideas
    occurred to her which had never come before. She had certain thoughts
    which were like companions, ideas which were like older and wiser
    friends. She left them there in the morning, when she finished dressing
    in the cold, and at night, when she came up with her lantern and shut
    the door after a busy day, she found them awaiting her. There was no
    possible way of heating the room, but that was fortunate, for otherwise
    it would have been occupied by one of her older brothers.

    From the time when she moved up into the wing, Thea began to live a
    double life. During the day, when the hours were full of tasks, she was
    one of the Kronborg children, but at night she was a different person.
    On Friday and Saturday nights she always read for a long while after
    she was in bed. She had no clock, and there was no one to nag her.

    Ray Kennedy, on his way from the depot to his boardinghouse, often
    looked up and saw Thea’s light burning when the rest of the house was
    dark, and felt cheered as by a friendly greeting. He was a faithful
    soul, and many disappointments had not changed his nature. He was
    still, at heart, the same boy who, when he was sixteen, had settled
    down to freeze with his sheep in a Wyoming blizzard, and had been
    rescued only to play the losing game of fidelity to other charges.

    Ray had no very clear idea of what might be going on in Thea’s head,
    but he knew that something was. He used to remark to Spanish Johnny,
    “That girl is developing something fine.” Thea was patient with Ray,
    even in regard to the liberties he took with her name. Outside the
    family, every one in Moonstone, except Wunsch and Dr. Archie, called
    her “Thee-a,” but this seemed cold and distant to Ray, so he called her
    “Thee.” Once, in a moment of exasperation, Thea asked him why he did
    this, and he explained that he once had a chum, Theodore, whose name
    was always abbreviated thus, and that since he was killed down on the
    Santa Fé, it seemed natural to call somebody “Thee.” Thea sighed and
    submitted. She was always helpless before homely sentiment and usually
    changed the subject.

    It was the custom for each of the different Sunday Schools in Moonstone
    to give a concert on Christmas Eve. But this year all the churches were
    to unite and give, as was announced from the pulpits, “a semi-sacred
    concert of picked talent” at the opera house. The Moonstone Orchestra,
    under the direction of Professor Wunsch, was to play, and the most
    talented members of each Sunday School were to take part in the
    programme. Thea was put down by the committee “for instrumental.” This
    made her indignant, for the vocal numbers were always more popular.
    Thea went to the president of the committee and demanded hotly if her
    rival, Lily Fisher, were going to sing. The president was a big,
    florid, powdered woman, a fierce W.C.T.U. worker, one of Thea’s natural
    enemies. Her name was Johnson; her husband kept the livery stable, and
    she was called Mrs. Livery Johnson, to distinguish her from other
    families of the same surname. Mrs. Johnson was a prominent Baptist, and
    Lily Fisher was the Baptist prodigy. There was a not very Christian
    rivalry between the Baptist Church and Mr. Kronborg’s church.

    When Thea asked Mrs. Johnson whether her rival was to be allowed to
    sing, Mrs. Johnson, with an eagerness which told how she had waited for
    this moment, replied that “Lily was going to recite to be obliging, and
    to give other children a chance to sing.” As she delivered this thrust,
    her eyes glittered more than the Ancient Mariner’s, Thea thought. Mrs.
    Johnson disapproved of the way in which Thea was being brought up, of a
    child whose chosen associates were Mexicans and sinners, and who was,
    as she pointedly put it, “bold with men.” She so enjoyed an opportunity
    to rebuke Thea, that, tightly corseted as she was, she could scarcely
    control her breathing, and her lace and her gold watch chain rose and
    fell “with short, uneasy motion.” Frowning, Thea turned away and walked
    slowly homeward. She suspected guile. Lily Fisher was the most stuck-up
    doll in the world, and it was certainly not like her to recite to be
    obliging. Nobody who could sing ever recited, because the warmest
    applause always went to the singers.

    However, when the programme was printed in the Moonstone _Gleam_, there
    it was: “Instrumental solo, Thea Kronborg. Recitation, Lily Fisher.”

    Because his orchestra was to play for the concert, Mr. Wunsch imagined
    that he had been put in charge of the music, and he became arrogant. He
    insisted that Thea should play a “Ballade” by Reinecke. When Thea
    consulted her mother, Mrs. Kronborg agreed with her that the “Ballade”
    would “never take” with a Moonstone audience. She advised Thea to play
    “something with variations,” or, at least, “The Invitation to the
    Dance.”

    “It makes no matter what they like,” Wunsch replied to Thea’s
    entreaties. “It is time already that they learn something.”

    Thea’s fighting powers had been impaired by an ulcerated tooth and
    consequent loss of sleep, so she gave in. She finally had the molar
    pulled, though it was a second tooth and should have been saved. The
    dentist was a clumsy, ignorant country boy, and Mr. Kronborg would not
    hear of Dr. Archie’s taking Thea to a dentist in Denver, though Ray
    Kennedy said he could get a pass for her. What with the pain of the
    tooth, and family discussions about it, with trying to make Christmas
    presents and to keep up her school work and practicing, and giving
    lessons on Saturdays, Thea was fairly worn out.

    On Christmas Eve she was nervous and excited. It was the first time she
    had ever played in the opera house, and she had never before had to
    face so many people. Wunsch would not let her play with her notes, and
    she was afraid of forgetting. Before the concert began, all the
    participants had to assemble on the stage and sit there to be looked
    at. Thea wore her white summer dress and a blue sash, but Lily Fisher
    had a new pink silk, trimmed with white swansdown.

    The hall was packed. It seemed as if every one in Moonstone was there,
    even Mrs. Kohler, in her hood, and old Fritz. The seats were wooden
    kitchen chairs, numbered, and nailed to long planks which held them
    together in rows. As the floor was not raised, the chairs were all on
    the same level. The more interested persons in the audience peered over
    the heads of the people in front of them to get a good view of the
    stage. From the platform Thea picked out many friendly faces. There was
    Dr. Archie, who never went to church entertainments; there was the
    friendly jeweler who ordered her music for her,—he sold accordions and
    guitars as well as watches,—and the druggist who often lent her books,
    and her favorite teacher from the school. There was Ray Kennedy, with a
    party of freshly barbered railroad men he had brought along with him.
    There was Mrs. Kronborg with all the children, even Thor, who had been
    brought out in a new white plush coat. At the back of the hall sat a
    little group of Mexicans, and among them Thea caught the gleam of
    Spanish Johnny’s white teeth, and of Mrs. Tellamantez’s lustrous,
    smoothly coiled black hair.

    After the orchestra played “Selections from Erminie,” and the Baptist
    preacher made a long prayer, Tillie Kronborg came on with a highly
    colored recitation, “The Polish Boy.” When it was over every one
    breathed more freely. No committee had the courage to leave Tillie off
    a programme. She was accepted as a trying feature of every
    entertainment. The Progressive Euchre Club was the only social
    organization in the town that entirely escaped Tillie. After Tillie sat
    down, the Ladies’ Quartette sang, “Beloved, it is Night,” and then it
    was Thea’s turn.